Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

44th Annual Convention; San Diego, CA; 2018

Program by Day for Saturday, May 26, 2018


 

Special Event #12
Yoga: Revive and Refresh--Sponsored by the HSF SIG
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Del Mar
Chair: Amanda C. Nicolson (Swan Consulting Inc.)

Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A certified instructor will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class. Bring a mat or towel and wear comfortable clothes (no shoes).

 
 
Special Event #13
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 AM–9:20 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-13
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
 

Humanitarian Award: The Power of Two: Families and Professionals Working as Partners for Children With Autism to Become Independent, Productive, and Happy

Abstract:

One key to the success of our students at the Centro Ann Sullivan in Peru- CASP is what we call the "Power of Two," where families and professionals work as a team. Dr. Mayo founded The School of Families of CASP 39 years ago with just 8 students and their families and now educates more than 450 families each year. At CASP, families are partners in the education of their children. Together with CASP professionals, they work as a team to provide the most comprehensive education for the students. CASP families receive a total of 171 hours of training annually, through group and individual sessions. Each family receives an Individual Educational Plan (IEP), updated annually, that outlines the skills they need to learn to be the best parents and teachers for their child. These skills are then taught in the classroom, in the community, and five times a year individual family training occurs in the home of the student. CASP believes the whole family is important to the success of the student and as such, twice a year more than 400 siblings of our students attend training to learn skills for how to be a sibling and also a teacher. As a result of many years of continuous training, some CASP families are now creating a multiplicative effect by training other families across Peru through the Mother-to-Mother Program and internationally through long distance education.

 
LILIANA MAYO (Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru)
 
Dr. Liliana Mayo received her doctoral training in the Department of Applied Behavior Science at the University of Kansas. She is the founder and executive director of Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru (CASP), in Lima, Peru, which serves more than 400 students with different abilities (especially those with the most severe limitations) and their families. Dr. Mayo is a professor of special education at the Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia and the Universidad Catolica, in Peru, and an Adjunct Faculty Member in the Department of Applied Behavior Sciences at the University of Kansas. Also she is a member of the National Council of Education in Peru. She is the representative of CASP in the formal cooperative agreement between CASP and the Schiefelbusch Institute for Research in Life Span Studies at the University of Kansas, in the United States. Dr. Mayo has received numerous awards and recognitions due to her contributions to the development of successful practices that promote progress and full inclusion of people with different abilities in society through the high participation of parents in the School of Families, and the implementation of effective educational programs following a Functional Natural Curriculum. Among them are the Queen Sofia of Spain 1999, Award for Rehabilitation and Integration, the International Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis award in 2000, the Peruvian Government that is the Order 'El Sol del Peru' in the Commander Grade in 2007. She was honored by the government of Panama with the Order 'Maria Ossa de Amador' in the Grade of Grand Medal in 2012 and for the government of Domenican Republic, with 'Christopher Columbus' Heraldic Order' in 2014.
 

Scientific Translation: Lost in Translation

Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been a translational science almost from the beginning. Even as Skinner warned against the mistake of allowing issues of application to affect the development of a science in its early stages (in Behavior of Organisms, 1938), he was already at work extending to human behavior the principles he had discovered with rats. This work would eventually appear in Science and Human Behavior (1953), Verbal Behavior (1957), and a series of papers on ways to increase the effectiveness of instruction (starting in 1954). At a more practical level, he invented the "air crib" to simplify infant care, a missile guidance system based on the visual acuity of pigeons, and a machine to promote student learning. Because translation is so deeply embedded in the behavior analytic Zeitgeist, it is easy to lose sight of it. In this brief talk, I will outline the development of behavior analysis as a translational science and describe some contemporary examples.

 
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
 
Michael Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. Much of his current research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as President of ABAI. He currently serves as Coordinator of the ABAI Accreditation Board.
 

International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Carrying Science and Practice in the Suitcase

Abstract:

Under the leadership of its Executive Council, ABAI has been crossing geographical borders for more than four decades, disseminating behavior analysis globally. I have had the honor to be part of this dissemination, inspired by the belief that we can change lives all around the world. Although this award is for people or organizations demonstrating significant and sustained contributions to the dissemination/development of behavior analysis outside the United States, behavior analysts in the United States have long been role models for me; I have huge gratitude for these pioneers. Awareness of ABAI and of leading behavior analysts in the United States started early in my career: in 1982 I went to Harvard to meet B. F. Skinner, and in 1990 I was already a contact person in Brazil for ABAI. Brazilian professors in behavior analysis shaped my interest in international development, and Brazil now has one of the largest communities of behavior analysts. One of the ingredients of our success was the constant presence of model scientists and practitioners; North American behavior analysts were invited to visit our country to help build the field there. Fred Keller was the first, and we also benefited from the visiting professorships of such luminaries as Murray Sidman and Charles Catania all of whom made it clear that without science there could be no solid progress in our field; and without practice, no future. With these two elements in mind, we went abroad to convince people of the real importance of behavior analysis.

 
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
 
Dr. Hubner is a professor of experimental psychology at the Institute of Psychology, University of São Paulo, and was coordinator of the graduate program in the experimental department from 2004 to 2010. She is also past president of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and of the Brazilian Association of Behavioral Medicine and Psychology. She conducts research at the Laboratory for the Study of Verbal Operants involving managing processes in the acquisition of symbolic behaviors such as reading, writing, and verbal episodes. She is currently immersed in three areas of research: investigating the empirical relations between verbal and nonverbal behavior, analyzing the processes of control by minimal units in reading, and studying verbal behavior programs for children with autism spectrum disorders.
 

Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Behavior Analysis in Brasilia

Abstract:

The Graduate Program in Behavioral Sciences (Programa de Pos-Graduacao em Ciencias do Comportamento, PPG-CdC,) of the University of Brasilia (UnB), Brazil awards both Masters and Ph.D. degrees. It has played a pivotal role in the establishment and development of behavior analysis as a science and as a profession in Brazil since 1964, then under the leadership of Fred S. Keller and Carolina M. Bori and the collaboration of Rodolpho Azzi, John Gilmour Sherman, Robert Berryman and James R. Nazzaro. Faculty members of the graduate program at UnB have a good record of publications in both national and international scientific journals in behavior analysis (including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis, the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis), further attesting to the enduring contributions of the graduate program to the development of behavior analysis.

 
JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Carlos Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and give two original examples of POAMs who are also BCBAs and be able to define BCBA; (2) understand the bidirectional nature of translational science; (3) understand Skinner's influence in establishing behavior analysis as a translational science; (4) identify and describe the importance of science and practice and the United States to the international development of behavior analysis; (5) describe the Principle 70/30 of CASP of Families participation; (6) know the number of hours of training each family receives in CASP; (6) summarize the history of behavior analysis at the University of Brasilia, from the beginnings of the graduate program to current days; (7) describe the main research areas and contributions of UnB faculty and students to the experimental, applied, and conceptual behavior analysis.
 
 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Repetitive Behavior in ASD: Current Trends in Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amarie Carnett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Rigid and repetitive patterns and/or interests (RRBIs) are a core feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In comparison to social-communication interventions for children with ASD, surprising little is known about the effectiveness, implementation, and current practices being delivered RRBIs. Several analytic practices show a strong evidence-base or promise in reducing RRBIs or other co-occurring maladaptive behaviors (National Autism Center, 2015). There are several areas of imperative inquiry. In this symposium, two studies will be presented. The first study will present data from an online survey of practices implemented by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) for children (birth to age 8) across a variety of sub-topographies of repetitive behavior (e.g., stereotypy, insistence on sameness). The second study will present findings for a meta-analysis on interventions for vocal stereotypy with a focus on the implications of measurement differences. Discussed will be gaps in extant literature and implications of findings for science and practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): repetitive behavior, rigid behavior, stereotypy, vocal stereotypy
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation are researchers and practitioners who work with individuals with autism who engage in rigid and/or repetitive patterns of behavior and/or interests.

 

Early Interventions for Repetitive Behavior in Autism: An Online Survey of Practices by Behavior Analysts

SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Laura Lee McIntyre (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The evidence base of interventions to treat rigid and repetitive patterns of behavior and/or interests (RRBIs) in young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is growing. Some researchers have asserted that some repetitive behavior can actually be adaptive for infants and young children and are present in typical development. However, as RRBIs are a core feature of ASD, the reduction of these behavioral topographies is often targeted in clinical practice. Yet, surprisingly little is known about what practices are actually being implemented in the field. An online survey was distributed to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) who indicated that they worked with young children with ASD. A total of 128 BCBAs submitted complete entires. Survey items included BCBAs frequency of use of 15 practices including: antecedent-based embedded perseverative interests, consequence-based embedded perseverative interests, differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI), differential reinforcement of other or zero rates of behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of variable behavior (DRV), environmental enrichment, functional communication training (FCT), noncontingent or time based schedules of reinforcement, overcorrection, physical exercise, response blocking, response cost, response interruption redirection (RIRD), sensory extinction, skill enrichment, visual and/or cues and 1 assessment (functional analysis). Additionally, we collected data on age ranges (i.e., birth to three year olds, three to five year olds, and five to eight year olds) with which BCBAs implemented or supervised implementation of each intervention and their perceptions of the effectiveness of each intervention. Finally, we collected a variety of demographic data. Preliminary analyses revealed that the most common practices implemented were: environmental enrichment, skill enrichment, visual and/or verbal cues, FCT, and RIRD. The interventions implemented the least were response cost, overcorrection, sensory extinction, and DRV. The interventions BCBAs rated the most effective were FCT, DRI, RIRD, and consequence-based embedded perseverative interests. The interventions that were rated the least effective were DRV, response cost, overcorrection, and physical exercise. Correlates to usage and perceptions of effectiveness including educational background, training, practice setting, and clientele will be discussed, as well as implications for future research and practice.

 

A Meta-Analysis of Automatically-Maintained Vocal Stereotypy in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

THEONI MANTZOROS (Pennsylvania State University), Ashley McCoy (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy (VS) is a behavior of concern for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Engagement in VS can be detrimental in that it may be stigmatizing in social settings and interfere with performance on academic and vocational tasks. A first step in treating VS is to determine function through a functional analysis or functional behavior assessment. Interventions can then be developed based on the specific function of the VS. Twenty-seven studies were identified incorporating 78 participants diagnosed with ASD who engaged in automatically-maintained VS. In this presentation the effects of the available treatments for automatically-reinforced VS will be discussed. Interventions include matched stimulation, differential reinforcement, response interruption and redirection (RIRD), and other punishment procedures. Preliminary analyses indicate that there are multiple interventions in the literature which are effective in decreasing automatically-reinforced VS, with Tau-U values suggesting treatment effects in the medium to large range. Results of RIRD were further assessed based on the data collection methodology utilized in individual studies which included whole session and interrupted session data collection. A limitation of the extant literature is the degree to which the groups vary within each intervention, as well as the limited number of participants per treatment. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
Beliefs, Deception, and RFT, Oh My! Teaching Complex Verbal Behavior to Children With and Without Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: M. Fernanda Welsh, M.S.
Abstract:

There are many empirically supported procedures for teaching early verbal behavior to individuals. As the verbal behavior repertoire grows, so does the complexity of targets and teaching procedures. This symposium will present research evaluating assessment and interventions for complex verbal behavior in children with and without autism. The first paper will present a study investigating procedures using multiple exemplar training to teach children with autism to identify the false beliefs of others. The second paper will present data on using multiple exemplar training to teach typically developing children to understand the double meaning of jokes. The final paper will present a review and critical analysis of research on the PEAK Assessment and Curriculum.

Keyword(s): complex skills, perspective taking, RFT, ToM
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify False Beliefs of Others

AZIZULL KAUR DHADWAL (Pepperdine University; Autism Behavior Intervention), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder have deficits in perspective taking abilities required to identify false beliefs of others (Baron-Cohen, Leslie & Frith, 1985). Research has demonstrated that children with autism can be taught to recognize the false beliefs of others using video modeling (e.g., Charlop-Christy & Daneshvar, 2003; LeBlanc & Coates, 2003). The current study extends behavioral research by teaching children with autism to identify false beliefs using a treatment package conducted in the natural environment with live people. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, this study evaluates the use of multiple exemplar training, prompting, and reinforcement to train identification of false beliefs in two tasks. Thus far, the data from participant one demonstrates that the treatment package was effective in teaching him to identify false beliefs across two false belief tasks (an appearance-reality task and unexpected transfer task). Generalization across people and untrained stimuli was observed. Furthermore, the participant improved from baseline to posttreatment on correct responding to the classic false-belief task known as the Sally-Anne task, which was never trained. Data are currently being collected with two additional participants.

 

VB, RFT, and LOL: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Teaching Humor Comprehension

ROCIO NUNEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The understanding of complex forms of verbal behavior, specifically jokes with double meanings, is a skill that has been suggested to emerge in typically developing children between the ages of 7 and 11 years. Given that humor has been documented to be an important element in social interactions, it would be beneficial to identify the specific skills necessary to establish the speaker and listener repertoire of humor in order to remediate deficits in this area for specific clinical populations (e.g. autism spectrum disorders). The behavioral literature on this topic is somewhat limited but suggests that such skills are learned operants that can be taught through the use of systematic teaching procedures. As such, the current study employed multiple exemplar training and a three-step error correction procedure, implemented in a multiple-baseline across participants design, to teach typically developing children, between the ages of five and six years, to understand double-meaning jokes. All four participants demonstrated low levels of comprehension of double-meaning jokes in baseline and met mastery criterion for comprehension and appreciation measures in post-intervention. Post-probes and maintenance results were mixed with two participants requiring re-introduction of the intervention before meeting criteria on follow-up measures.

 
Moving Toward Relational Complexity: Review and Critical Analysis of PEAK Research
ALEXANDRIA EMILY LEIDT (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) was developed in 2014 to provide a curriculum based on the principles of behavior analysis to be used with individuals with autism or other developmental challenges. In this paper, we review and critically examine research on the PEAK curriculum from its beginnings in 2014 to the present. In addition, we analyze what potential limitations remain in the current status of research, as well as identify possible future directions for PEAK research. To date, most existing research compares the PEAK Relational Training System to other valid and reliable measures of learner ability, as well as evaluates how the PEAK system can be used to instruct daily skills, across a variety of domains. The presentation concludes with practical recommendations for practitioners.
 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Elopement for Individuals With Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tasia Brafford (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Christina Fragale (The University of Texas; The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk)
CE Instructor: Christina Fragale, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Elopement is a common topography of challenging behavior among individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities. Elopement can lead to exposure to dangerous situations, disrupt learning, limit access to residential services and community activities, and even lead to serious injury or death. A systematic literature search identified 18 studies published from 2009 to 2016 that evaluated interventions to decrease elopement. The studies were summarized in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) assessment procedures, (c) intervention procedures, (d) intervention results. Frequent interventions included functional communication training, differential reinforcement, and response blocking. Functional analyses were conducted for each participant with several methodological modifications to address difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. Functional analysis of elopement may be challenging as participant retrieval may be necessary for safety purposes, but could serve as a confounding variable providing attention across all conditions. Systematic replication of functional analysis procedures utilized by Lehardy et al. (2013) was implemented with a 5-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated elopement was maintained by access to tangibles. Functional communication training resulted in markedly reduced instances of elopement, confirming the results of the functional analysis. Implications and recommendations for practice will be discussed and suggestions for future research will be offered.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): elopement, FCT, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts including clinicians, teachers, researchers, BCBAs, and BCaBAs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state common interventions in research for elopement and the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches; (2) recognize functional analysis procedures that can be used to identify the function of elopement behavior; (3) identify areas in need of further research on the assessment and intervention of elopement.
 

Systematic Review of Assessment and Treatment of Elopement in Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities

Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), NICOLE O'GUINN (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Elopement is commonly occurring topography of challenging behavior among individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities. Elopement can disrupt learning, limit access to residential services, limit access to community activities, and in extreme cases lead to serious injury or death. A systematic literature search identified 18 studies published from 2009 to 2016 that evaluated interventions to decrease elopement. The studies were summarized in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) assessment procedures, (c) intervention procedures, (d) intervention results. Across the 18 studies, intervention was implemented across 27 participants with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities, ages four to 47 years. Functional analyses were conducted for each participant with several methodological modifications to address difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. The most frequent interventions included functional communication training, differential reinforcement, and response blocking. Implications for practice will be discussed and suggestions for future research will be offered.

 

Evaluation and Treatment of Elopement Among Children With Developmental Disabilities

Nicole O'Guinn (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), VIDA CANESTARO (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Elopement is a frequent problem among individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Elopement can lead to an individual being exposed to dangerous situations. Moreover, elopement can increase stress for caretakers. Functional analysis of elopement may be challenging due to the fact that participant retrieval may be necessary for safety purposes, but could serve as a confounding variable providing attention across all conditions. A review of the literature revealed a variety of functional analysis methodologies to address these difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. The current study is a systematic replication of functional analysis procedures utilized by Lehardy et al. (2013). This functional analysis methodology was implemented with a 5-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated elopement was maintained by access to tangibles. Functional communication training resulted in markedly reduced instances of elopement, thus confirming the results of the functional analysis. The results of this study, recommendations for practice, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #18
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Skinner's Operationalism, Selectionism, Loving Infinitely, and Building the Deepest Connection With Others in ABA Practice and ACT

Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology)
Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D., BCBA-D is a professor at Florida Institute of Technology. He graduated from the University of Nevada, Reno under the mentorship of W. Larry Williams and Steven C. Hayes. Over the last decade, Dr. Szabo has sought to develop iterations of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) suitable to the needs of ABA practitioners and within their specialized scope of practice. He has offered ACT training to parents, children, senior executives and frontline staff, and couples learning effective partner skills. With his students, Dr. Szabo is currently investigating behavioral flexibility training and a variety of applied-RFT strategies to promote learning and improved performance. Dr. Szabo is also the second chair of an international non-governmental organization, Commit & Act, which teaches women, children, and couples in Sierra Leone behavior-based strategies for partnership and empowerment.
Abstract:

In "The Operational Analysis of Psychological Terms," Skinner proposed that the science of behavior needs a contingency analysis of the contexts in which scientists use terms. A term is valid only when it increases the scientist's capacity for prediction and influence, and not merely when it produces socially mediated reinforcers such as the approval and agreement of other scientists. Years later, Skinner continued to evolve contingency analysis in terms of Darwinian theory, which involves variation, selection, and retention. In this talk, I will argue that the pragmatic aims of ABA hinge upon these two conceptual advances and that Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) offers practitioners a way to harness Skinner's conceptual horsepower in service of helping others. In the ACT approach, ABA workers start where folks are at and talk with them about what they value most. About love. Family. Pain. Laughter. Building this kind of connection with stakeholders in ABA is neither unprofessional, nor is using common sense language an invitation to mentalism. It is the catwalk from unworkable essentialism to pragmatic contextualism. In this talk, I will bridge the conceptual with the pragmatic by sharing single case design data from our work with parents and children.

Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, and others interested in bridging theory and practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify four arguments in Skinner (1945); (2) identify the main tenets of Skinner (1981); (3) examine a behavioral analysis of love and family connection; (4) evaluate the ACT approach to generating flexible patterns of behavior in challenging human contexts; (5) examine single case design data from two ACT ABA studies.
 
 
Paper Session #20
Ethics in Behavior Analytic Practice and Public Policy
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS
Chair: Cesar Antonio Alves da Rocha (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
 

Paternalism Reloaded: on the Ethics of "Nudge" and Cultural Design

Domain: Theory
CESAR ANTONIO ALVES DA ROCHA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
 
Abstract:

“Paternalism” is a term commonly used to refer to government interventions designed to control people “for their own good”. Although not a new idea, it has been reloaded in recent years: a growing trend in public policy field appeals to the use of behavioral sciences’ insights in the design of social interventions following paternalistic models. Libertarian paternalism is one of the most popular, recently developed approaches on this. Based on behavioral economics, it claims for a kind of governmental interventionism that does not collide with freedom of choice. The idea is to introduce simple designs for contexts of choice that do not alter significantly economic incentives, nor restrict the original range of available options — “Nudge” is the term coined to designate this kind of intervention. The claim for controlling groups of people in non-coercive ways finds its roots in the work of B. F. Skinner: he argued for the deliberate design of the culture, illustrating it in practices described in his novel Walden Two. Both these proposals have been assiduously criticized, primarily regarding ethical issues. Some of the most prominent criticisms denounce a neglect on the perils introduced by subtle, non-aversive forms of control. Lack of awareness provided by the subtle pervasiveness of “nudges”, or the taming of moods made possible by positive reinforcement, could help breed a despotic state, in which behavioral control technologies may be used for the subjection of people. The aim of this work is to explore and discuss some of the main arguments in response to these criticisms. Considering theoretical remarks along with tangible examples of policies based in the aforementioned models, I provide an assessment on the ethics underlying these approaches. While libertarian paternalists claim to provide ways for preventing wrongdoings by prioritizing the interests of the controlled, behaviorists could argue that cultural design may work precisely as an antidote for tyranny, by empowering lay people to exert counter-control. Clarifying the ethical aspect involved in both, “nudge” and cultural design, may be vital for these initiatives to be if not more widely accepted, at least adequately recognized for what they are and able to fairly push their vindications in the political arena.

 
 
 
Paper Session #21
Effects of ABA on Behavior Displayed by Infants and Children With Down Syndrome or Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Evelyn Amanda Boutot (Texas State University)
 

What Can ABA Do for Infants With Down Syndrome? Results of a Pilot Feasibility Study

Domain: Service Delivery
EVELYN AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
 
Abstract:

Comprehensive ABA programming ("ABA therapy") is most commonly associated with children on the autism spectrum, with most states having mandates for insurance coverage of ABA therapy. However, only one state, Florida, has a mandate for ABA therapy for disabilities other than autism (including Down syndrome). The potential for ABA to improve behaviors and skills for children with other disabilities, such as Down syndrome is great, yet there is a dearth of research on such programming. Additionally, because Down syndrome can be known at an earlier age than that of some disabilities (such as autism), there is potential to begin ABA programming in infancy; however, research on ABA and infants is also scant. This paper presentation will review the current literature on programming for infants with DS and present a study that assessed feasibility of ABA programming for four infants with Down syndrome ages 5-18 months. We measured feasibility according to five of the eight criteria outlined by Bowen and colleagues (2009): Acceptability, Demand, Implementation, Practicality, and Limited Efficacy. Results suggest ABA programming is promising for this young population; recommendations will be made for researchers and practitioners.

 

Application of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions With Children With Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN COPELAND (University of New Mexico), Megan Griffin (University of New Mexico), Rolanda R Maez (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract:

Children with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) are at risk for a host of learning challenges (e.g., difficulty with memory, attention, executive functioning, information processing, language, and motor tasks; Kodituwakku & Kodituwakku, 2014) and often exhibit higher rates of challenging behaviors (e.g., disruptive and uncooperative behavior) when compared to children with typical development (Jirikowic, Kartin, & Olson, 2008). Relatively few empirical studies have examined interventions to decrease problem behaviors in this population and almost no researchers have employed ABA strategies with this population. We conducted a series of four single case studies with four children with FASD ages 9 to 12 to study the effects of ABA interventions (self-monitoring, goal setting, and contingent reinforcement) on participants' compliance with home-related routines and academic responding. Studies took place in participants' home at times families identified as having high rates of problem behavior. Implementation of the interventions was associated with increases in compliance and academic responding and decreases in non-compliance and argumentative behaviors across all participants. Social validity assessment indicated participants' satisfaction with the studies' interventions and outcomes. We will present findings across studies and discuss implications for behavior analytic research and practice among individuals with FASD.

 
 
 
Symposium #22
Circumvention of an Operant Analysis: How Do You Plead? EAHB SIG Award: Dr. Michael Perone
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Michael Perone. Dr. Perone's research interests have long focused on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with extensions into Applied Behavior Analysis. Two former colleagues will review and reflect upon Dr. Perone's career and his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. Perone will deliver comments reflecting upon his career and a topic of his choosing. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the contributions of Dr. Michael Perone.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant, Verbal Behavior
 

From Lean to Rich: A Distinguished Career in EAHB

(Basic Research)
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Mike Perone's extraordinary contributions to EAHB are rich and translational. They include the adaptation of basic behavior analytic experiments in animals to the human laboratory, extension of basic operant principles to elderly populations, and the development of methodologies that have guided EAHB researchers for over two decades. Although Perone has made important contributions in many areas of EAHB, probably his best known work is in the study of aversive aspects of positive reinforcement and conversely, positive aspects of negative reinforcement. His research paradigm on incentive shifts showed that both past and upcoming ratio size and reinforcer magnitude were important determinants of pausing and emotionality, and that both are greatest when there is a transition from a rich (high reinforcer magnitude, low cost) to a lean (low magnitude, high cost) schedule. Perone originally developed this paradigm with non-humans, but his extension of the analysis to humans in basic and applied settings is an elegant example of translational research. This work, along with his research on basic processes underlying avoidance led to the development of his paper "Negative effects of positive reinforcement" (The Behavior Analyst, 2003), which has had a major impact on how behavior analysts understand both reinforcement and punishment procedures.

 

Basic Research to Application and Back Again: It Takes a Laboratory

(Basic Research)
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Translation from Basic Research to Application and Back Again Requires a Deep Commitment to the principles and methods of the operant research tradition. This is true at both ends of the translation process. Without adhering to the rigorous standards of the animal laboratory when conducting research at the more clinical end of the translation, it is impossible to know whether the same behavioral process are operational in both settings. Without this disciplined approach to use inspired research, the translation will fail. The hallmark of proper translational research is whether the laboratory models predict outcomes in treatment. This cannot happen if we do not adhere to strict research strategies and methods. Mike's career has set gold standard for laboratory research with humans, and the gold standard for translational research in the behavioral sciences.

 
 
Paper Session #23
The Use of Behavioral Principles for Teaching Terms and Procedures
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Stacey Helen Hunter (Bangor University)
 

The Effectiveness of SAFMEDS to Help Students Learn Psychology Terms in High School

Domain: Applied Research
STACEY HELEN HUNTER (Bangor University), Kate Geary (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University)
 
Abstract:

Precision teaching has historically been used in education to support basic skills, however there is a lack of literature on the use of precision teaching specifically SAFMEDS (SAY ALL FAST MINUTE EVERY DAY SHUFFLED) with main stream high school students. There were multiple aims to this research; first to assess if SAFMEDS could be effectively implemented by the class teacher (putting science into the hands of teachers), second if SAFMEDS would be a more effective revision tool than mind mapping (the students' current revision tool), third would students complete SAFMEDS in their own time as homework and finally would SAFMEDS be an accepted education tool by students and their teacher. The results of this research showed that SAFMEDS were effectively integrated into the psychology course, showed greater improvements across all subject areas when compared to mind mapping. SAFMEDS were effective not just in a class room setting but also in the home setting. Finally, treatment acceptability of the use of SAFMEDS were positively received from both teachers and students. Overall the use of SAFMEDS as an additional educational tool to support learning is a low cost effective accepted method in a main stream school setting.

 

Behavior Analysis in Medical Education: Establishing Behavioral Fluency in Key Clinical and Procedural Skills

Domain: Applied Research
SINEAD LYDON (School of Medicine, National University of Ireland, Galway; School of Psychology, Trinity College Dublin), Dara Byrne (National University of Ireland Galway), Paul O'Connor (National University of Ireland Galway), Bronwyn Reid McDermott (National University of Ireland Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Chloe Walsh (National University of Ireland, Galway), Louise Rabbitt (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 
Abstract:

A lack of preparedness for practice has been observed among new medical graduates. This is detrimental for both these individuals and their patients. These data emphasise the need for novel approaches within medical education. This presentation will describe a series of research studies that share the common aim of assessing interventions implemented to produce behavioral fluency in key clinical and procedural skills among medical students and hospital doctors. Skills targeted include the interpretation of electrocardiograms, venipuncture, and pediatric lumbar puncture. Data collected demonstrate that participants achieved behavioral fluency in the targeted skills across the studies, that behavior retained and was stable, and that learning generalised to novel settings and novel behaviours. Participants trained to behavioral fluency outperformed their peers and, in some cases, their more senior colleagues. Interventions to produce behavioral fluency in clinical and procedural skills have apparent potential within medical education and their use may ensure that clinical and procedural skills competency is improved and persists over time and in difficult conditions, resulting in more skilled doctors and improved patient safety.

 
 
 
Symposium #25
Merits and Challenges of Temporally Extended Activities as Functional Units in Behavior Analytic Research
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carsta Simon (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

In this symposium, we discuss how different behavior analytic schools deal with questions concerning what units of behavior may be said to exist and how such units may be grouped, related within a hierarchy, and subdivided. Baum suggests that an ontology or behavior requires two distinctions: between individuals and classes, and between processes and objects. These distinctions allow a workable ontology in which behavior consists of processes—or of activities extended in time. That is, behavioral units are ontological individuals—functional wholes with parts that also are activities. As part of the endeavor to identify what constitutes ontologically and epistemologically sound units of analysis, Simon investigates verbal behavior in conversations through a selectionist lens. Speech is a natural event that comes down to sounds that affect the behavior of conspecifics. Simon's talk explores how Baum's recommendation to regard activities extended in time as ontological individuals may be applied to verbal behavior. Having conducted experiments designed in Baum's ontological framework, which is viewing behavioral units as functional wholes with parts that also are verbal activities, she discusses the conceptual merits and methodological challenges connected to applying Baum's philosophical analyses to experimental work.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): molar behaviorism, multi-scale selection, ontology, verbal behavior
 

Individuals and Processes: Ontology For Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Abstract:

Realism, defined as belief in a real world separate from perception, is incompatible with a science of behavior. Alternatives to it include pragmatism, which dismisses the belief as irrelevant, and Eastern philosophy, which holds that the world is only perception. The reason realism is incompatible with a science of behavior is that separating perception of objects from real objects leads directly to subjective-objective or inner-outer dualism. This dualism, in turn, leads directly to mentalism, the practice of offering inner unseen entities as explanations of behavior. Positing unobservable causes (inner entities) renders a science incoherent. Ontology for behavior requires two distinctions: between classes and individuals; and between objects and processes. These distinctions allow a workable ontology in which behavior consists of activities that are extended in time (i.e., processes) and are ontological individuals—that is, functional wholes with parts that also are activities. Such an ontology provides coherence to a science of behavior.

 

On Relating Darwinian Selection to Selection of Verbal Behavior During Our Lifetime

(Theory)
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

How may Darwinian selection aid our understanding of the selection of behavior during ontogeny? To identify what constitutes ontologically and epistemologically sound units of analysis, I investigate verbal behavior in conversations through a selectionist lens. Speech is a natural event that comes down to sounds that affect the behavior of conspecifics. The talk explores how Baum's multi-scale approach may be applied to verbal behavior. This implies treating larger verbal episodes as wholes, induced by a context and correlating with consequences. Thus, the talk, first, debates theoretical reasons to place verbal behavior in an evolutionary framework by viewing it as shaped by its consequences, through a person's lifetime and through interactions with the environment across many generations of natural selection. Second, the talk exemplifies experimental procedures treating verbal behavior as allocation of time.

 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Unique Referral Concerns: Assessment and Treatment of Idiosyncratic Target Behaviors in Outpatient Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D.
Abstract:

The functional analysis provides a means for practitioners to identify the variables maintaining destructive behaviors and, in turn, develop function-based intervention. The current symposium outlines three studies which employed functional analysis to assess and inform function-based treatment of idiosyncratic presenting concerns. First, Simmons, Akers, and Fisher conducted a functional analysis of covert food stealing for a 6-year-old neurotypical individual. The results of the functional analysis informed the application of a function-based intervention and multiple schedule to signal availability and nonavailability of food items. Similarly, Stuesser and Roscoe provided a novel extension of assessment and treatment methods. Authors evaluated medical nonadherence and problem behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Functional analysis results informed a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) treatment alone and in combination with stimulus fading to increase adherence and decrease problem behavior. Last, DeLisle and Thomason-Sassi extended the use of denial-and-delay tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) for two individuals diagnosed with autism to automatically-maintained problem behavior. During this evaluation the authors taught the individuals to request permission to engage in the targeted behavior, and to refrain from behavior outside the permitted times. Finally, denial training, delay training, and fading therapist proximity were completed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): denial-delay training, function-based treatment, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe assessment and treatment pertaining to covert behaviors. 2. Participants will be able to operationally define and describe implementation of DRA and stimulus fading. 3. Participants will be able to describe delay-denial tolerance procedures.
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Covert Food Stealing in an Outpatient Setting
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Covert food stealing is a serious problem behavior that can pose a health risk to the individual and can be extremely disruptive for caregivers. Previous research on food stealing has been primarily conducted with individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome or intellectual disability in intensive residential settings and researchers have not demonstrated maintenance of treatment effects on food stealing in the natural environment. We conducted a functional analysis of food stealing and determined that food stealing was a covert behavior that was not maintained by socially-mediated variables. A treatment package including discriminative stimuli to signal available and unavailable food items and contingent reprimands was effective in decreasing food stealing in a 6-year-old-child with typical development. The caregiver implemented the assessment and treatment in both clinic and home settings and rated procedures and outcomes as high in social validity. Treatment effects generalized to the home and maintained 8 weeks after in-clinic training sessions.
 

Use of Denial-Delay Tolerance Training in the Treatment of Ritualistic and Stereotypic Behavior

DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Denial-and-delay tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) is a treatment protocol that has been used to teach children to mand for socially-mediated reinforcers. Subsequent treatment components include a teaching of tolerance response when requests are denied, and working until a reinforcer is available. In the current study, we extended this treatment for socially-mediated behavior to the treatment of automatically maintained behavior. We utilized an alone screen to determine the function of behavior for two individuals diagnosed with autism. Next, we taught the individuals to request permission to engage in their behavior targeted for decrease, and to refrain from behavior outside of those permitted times. Finally, denial training, delay training, and fading therapist proximity were completed. Results showed that participants engaged in low rates of inappropriate behavior, and were able to tolerate a denied mand by engaging in increasing amounts of work. Interobserver agreement was collected on 30% of sessions for both participants, and averaged at 96.7% (range, 93.3-100).

 

Increasing Medical Adherence for Individuals With Autism

HAILEE STUESSER (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Medical procedures such as routine physicals and blood work are often associated with nonadherence and problem behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Previous research has shown the utility of behavior analytic interventions for increasing medical adherence. However, these interventions often include a combination of components making it difficult to discern whether all components are necessary. The purpose of this study was to evaluate differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without extinction alone and in combination with fading for increasing adherence and decreasing disruption during routine medical exams in four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. An indirect assessment was conducted to identify routine medical exam steps. A functional analysis confirmed that problem behavior was maintained by escape from medical demands. We evaluated DRA alone and in combination with stimulus fading using multiple baseline across participants or reversal designs. DRA with fading was necessary for achieving clinically significant outcomes in three of the four participants. Interobserver agreement was assessed in 33% of sessions and averaged 91%.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #27
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Relational Frame Theory: Past, Present, and Future
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
Presenting Authors: : DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The seminal research on equivalence relations by Sidman (1994) and colleagues, which commenced in the early 1970s, led in the mid-1980s to the development of relational frame theory (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). The tutorial will present an overview of this 30 year-old unfolding research story and will consider some empirical and conceptual issues that appear to require focused attention as the story continues to unfold across the coming decades. In particular, the tutorial will commence by focusing on the historical and intellectual roots of RFT, identifying the work of Darwin, Wittgenstein, Skinner, and particularly Sidman as critically important. The basic units of analysis proposed by RFT, as a behavior-analytic account of human language and cognition, will then be considered. The impact these analytic units have had, and still have, on RFT research will also be reviewed. A relatively new RFT concept, known as the multi-dimensional multi-level (MDML) framework will be presented. A recent model of specific properties of relational framing, the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model, will also be considered. Finally, a case will be made to integrate the MDML and the DAARRE model into a hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) articulate the historical and intellectual roots of relational frame theory; (2) describe the basic units of analysis of RFT as presented in the seminal volume (Hayes, et al., 2001); (3) identify and explain the basic concepts presented in graphical representations of the MDML framework and the DAARRE model.
 
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behavior between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, is a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and most recently became an Odysseus laureate of the Flemish Science Foundation and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Strategies for Inclusive Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we included three papers related to using behavioral analytic strategies in inclusive settings. The first presentation used peer-mediated strategies embedded in Lego activities to increase social initiation and responses for children with autism in an inclusive preschool setting. The second presentation used social narratives combined with behavioral strategies to improve oral narratives for a child with hearing impairments in various settings and evaluated the generalization effect an inclusive classroom. The third paper presents several behavioral strategies that can be used in inclusive settings for students with different ability levels.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, special education teachers, general education teachers

 

Using Peer-Mediated LEGO Play Intervention to Improve Social Interactions for Chinese Children With Autism in an Inclusive Setting

XIAOYI HU (Beijing Normal University), Qunshan Zheng (University of Florida), Gabrielle T. Lee (Chongqing Normal University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a peer-mediated LEGO? play intervention on improving social skills for children with ASD in an inclusive preschool in China. Three boys with ASD and 13 typically developing children participated in this study. A multiple-probe across participants design was used. The intervention consisted of LEGO? construction activities incorporated with peer-mediated strategies for one child with ASD and two typically developing peers. The intervention sessions were conducted two sessions per week with a total of 28 to 31 sessions for each participant. Results indicate that all three children with ASD increased their social initiations and responses following the completion of the intervention. Social validity was also obtained.

 

An Intervention Study of Story Grammar Instruction Based on Picture Books on the Oral Narrative Ability of a Student With Hearing Impairments in a General Education Classroom

Huan Li (Southwest University, Chongqing, China), Zhengting Feng (Southwest University, Chongqing, China), XIAOYI HU (Beijing Normal University, China)
Abstract:

Oral narrative ability exerts a major impact on the cognitive development, interpersonal communication and verbal learning of hearing-impaired students learning in regular class. Through a cross-situation multi-baseline research on a single subject, the study employs story grammar instruction based on picture books as the plan for intervening oral narrative ability of the student in communicating with family members, a private tutor and strangers. It is found that the intervention method leads to significant improvements in story length and story grammar concerning the oral narrative ability of the hearing-impaired student in the three communication situations. As for the effect of the intervention on discourse coherence in the student's oral narration, further studies are still needed. In view of those findings, the study puts forward corresponding suggestions on the application of picture-book-based story grammar instruction in actual situation.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis as a Teaching Technology for Inclusion

Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School & HKABA), Hye-Suk Lee Park (KAVBA ABA Research Center), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre), TRACY YIP (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is known as an effective way to address the needs of people with autism spectrum disorders. The layperson may also associate behavior analysis with forensic psychology through their experience of crime dramas such as Criminal Minds: Behavior Analysis Unit. However accurate or simplified these portrayals they are a very narrow view of the larger field of behavioral science. Behavior analysis has a host of applications in the real world. Some of these applications include but are certainly not limited to the determination of social policies, advertising, policing, animal training, business practices, diet and exercise regimens and education. In this chapter the authors will focus on how applied behavior analysis can be used as a teaching technology from the behavioral and educational literature that has the potential to help lead the way out of the educational crisis faced in the United States of America and abroad.

 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
There's More Than One Tool in the Toolkit: Statistics for Behavior Analysts
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (Zuce Technologies, LLC)
CE Instructor: Zachary H. Morford, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has traditionally eschewed the use of statistical tests in the analysis of single-case experimental design (SCED) data. In particular, behavior analysts have argued against parametric statistics (e.g., t-tests and ANOVAs) for multiple reasons. Rather than use statistical tests, behavior analysts have relied upon inter-ocular trauma tests, where the visual analysis of SCED results hits you right between the eyes. The field has, generally speaking, overlooked the fact that parametric tests are only a few hammers in a much larger toolkit of statistical procedures. It is possible and beneficial for behavior analysts to use both methods—visual analysis and statistical tests—in conjunction with one another to analyze their data. In this symposium, the presenters will review three different non-parametric statistical tests that can be used in basic and applied behavior analytic research: Randomization tests, general estimating equations (GEE), and multilevel modeling. Each has its own unique merits and uses within SCEDs, and can function to augment other methods of analysis and replace more commonly used statistical tests.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Research methods, Single-case designs, Statistics, Visual analysis
Target Audience:

Master's level and doctoral level BCBAs; Graduate Students in Behavior Analysis; Basic Researchers; Applied Researchers; Scientist-Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) select statistical tests that supplement visual analysis; (2) design single-case experiments for the purposes of applying statistical tests to the data acquired; (3) increase the internal validity of single-case designs by randomly assigning treatments to observation occasions.
 

Randomize, Test, Re-Randomize, and Infer: A Statistical Test for Single-Case Designs

(Basic Research)
KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The frequent and repeated measurement of behavior often precludes behavior analysts from making statistical inferences about data obtained from single-case experimental designs (SCED). Parametric tests assume a random sample, independent observations, and a normal distribution. SCEDs violate one or more of these assumptions, and even worse, are considered quasi-experimental because subjects are not randomly sampled from a defined population or randomly assigned to treatments. Recent advances in computing, however, have brought an old and readily applicable test of significance to fore: Randomization Tests (Fisher, 1935; Pitman, 1937). Unlike conventional Null Hypothesis Significance Tests (NHST), randomization tests are non-parametric, distribution-free tests of statistical significance. They are particularly applicable to SCEDs, so long as treatments are randomly assigned to observations. The requirement that SCEDs include random assignment increases their methodological rigor by controlling for unknown variables and addresses the charge that SCEDs are quasi-experimental. While randomization tests cannot supplant the experimental control already built into SCEDs, they can certainly supplement the conclusions behavior analysts might make about treatment effects. The purpose of this presentation, then, is to elucidate the origins of randomization tests, explicate their applicability to SCEDs, and warn against the pitfalls of NHSTs when making inferences.

 

Using Multilevel Modeling to Quantify Individual Variability in Single-Subject Designs

(Basic Research)
WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Charles Casey Joel Frye (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The field of Behavior Analysis has historically been conflicted over the use of inferential statistical methods in the analyses of data from single-subject designs. Valid concerns with the use of inferential statistics include the suppression of important behavioral variability at the individual level and the over-reliance on and misinterpretation of the p-value. This conflict has commonly resulted in two strategies: first, reliance on visual analyses and the out-right rejection of any inferential statistics, or second, the application of more "basic" inferential tests that may or more not be appropriate for single-subject design data. Multilevel modeling (e.g., mixed-methods or hierarchal regression) is a more advanced statistical analysis that addresses many of the concerns that the field of Behavior Analysis has with inferential statistics including quantifying the contribution of individual behavioral variability to the results and the compression of many data-points into a single comparison. The benefits of multilevel modeling will be demonstrated using several single-subject design datasets. A guide of how researchers can implement multilevel modeling including a priori recommendations before beginning data collection will be offered.

 
Comparing General Estimating Equations to Standard Analytic Techniques for Delay Discounting Data
(Basic Research)
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), William DeHart (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Anne Foreman (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting continues to be a rapidly growing area both within behavior analysis and in other fields, in part because differences in the degree of discounting are routinely found across populations of interest. There are often acknowledged and unacknowledged challenges in analyzing delay discounting data because the data frequently violate the assumptions of the statistical tests or there are no appropriate equivalent non-parametric tests. General estimating equations (GEE) are regression techniques that can handle many of the difficulties associated with delay discounting data. Using an iterative Monte Carlo procedure with simulated choice data sets, the results obtained with GEEs were compared to the results obtained with traditional analyses (e.g. t-tests, ANOVAs, Mann-Whitney U, etc.) to assess the similarities and differences in the techniques. The GEEs and traditional techniques produced similar patterns of results; however, GEEs obviate the need for conducting multiple tests, tolerate violations of normality, and account for within-subject correlations making GEEs a viable and more flexible approach for analyzing choice data.
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Observational Learning in Children With Autism and Social Delays: Recent Advances in Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The focus of this symposium will be to present recent research that has focused on improving observational in children with autism and social delays both in-vivo and with video models. The first paper evaluated the effects of teaching children with autism to engage in self-echoic responses during in-vivo observational learning on the learning of tacts. Both participants learned the picture labels faster in the condition where they were taught to engage in self-echoic responses than in the condition where they were not required to use the self-echoic responses. In the second paper, three children with autism learned to engage in sharing responses during play with the successive introduction of observational learning presenting on video plus verbal coaching while viewing the video. Participants in this study also generalized sharing responses to non-teaching conditions including novel toys, in the absence of a teacher, and to siblings. In the third study, participants with social delays showed improved performance with sequencing pictures and learned to tact two and three-digit numbers during in-vivo observational learning but not via video. Participants in the video condition showed improved performance of known tasks but did not learn new responses. In the final study, the authors assessed the direct and indirect effects of training by assessing observational learning before and after instruction across tasks and task variations during both in-vivo and video model probes. All participants acquired the prerequisite skills and demonstrated observational learning during probes of directly-trained tasks, but generalization was variable.

Keyword(s): learning/ performance, observational learning, video modeling
Target Audience:

BCBAs, practitioners, researchers, graduate students, teachers

 

Evaluation of the Effects of Teaching Self-Echoic Responses on Observational Learning in Children With Autism

JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Observational learning is essential for a child with autism to learn academic responses and to reduce reliance on one-to-one instruction. Imitation of the responses observed during observational learning contexts may facilitate OL and research indicates that typically developing children engage in verbal rehearsals (self-echoics)to facilitate recall of responses. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of self-echoic responses on learning picture labels via observational learning. In one condition, participants were taught to engage in self-echoic responses (i.e., repeat the modeled response three times, first out loud, then using a whisper, and finally to mouth the response) immediately after the adult modeled the picture label. In the probe condition, participants did not learn self-echoic responses. Both participants learned the new picture labels faster in the self-echoic condition compared with the probe condition. Areas for future research and practice implications will be addressed.

 

Observational Learning of Social Responses by Children With Autism: Evaluation of Video Modeling and Verbal Coaching

Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Elliot Recchia (Alpine Learning Group), STEPHANIE VENTURA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit significant deficits in social responses such as sharing. Past research has demonstrated that children with autism can learn academic responses via observational learning, however to date learning social responses via observational learning has not been demonstrated. The purpose of the current study was to use a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of observational learning via video and verbal coaching on teaching sharing to three children with autism during play. During baseline, no participants shared when they entered a room with others playing. During intervention, participants viewed a video in which a peer earned reinforcement for sharing with the person who had no toys. We also used verbal coaching with rules while the participants watched the video. Sharing increased for all three participants with generalization of sharing responses to toys never associated with training, when the teacher was not present during playtime, and to siblings.

 

The Effects of Peer Monitoring on Observational Stimulus Control in Preschoolers With and Without Social Delays: In-Vivo Versus Video and Learning Versus Performance

Bianca Vassare (Columbia University, Teachers College), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

A peer-monitoring intervention in both in-vivo and video conditions, counterbalanced across participants, was implemented with 12 preschoolers to induce observational stimulus control. In the first experiment, only participants who had completed the intervention in-vivo acquired both observational learning and performance capabilities. Completing the intervention in the video condition alone was not effective in inducing observational learning, but was effective in establishing observational performance. Both in-vivo and video pre-intervention probes were conducted in the second experiment; results were similar to those found in Experiment 1. These findings demonstrate that the peer-monitoring intervention led to the emergence of observational performance, however, the presence of a peer audience was the necessary component to induce observational learning. Furthermore, participants who were in the presence of a peer audience emitted higher frequencies of social contact in a free operant play setting than their peers who lacked a peer audience during the intervention.

 

Teaching Observational Learning to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An In-Vivo and Video-Model Assessment

ELIZABETH MCKAY SANSING (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Observational learning (OL) occurs when an individual contacts reinforcement as a result of discriminating the reinforced and nonreinforced responses of another individual. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have deficits in observational learning, and previous research has demonstrated that teaching a series of prerequisite skills (i.e., attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination) can facilitate observational learning. We sequentially taught these prerequisite skills for three young children with ASD across three play-based tasks. We assessed OL before and after instruction across tasks and task variations (for two participants) during in-vivo and video-model probes using a concurrent multiple-probe design. All participants acquired the prerequisite skills and demonstrated observational learning during probes of directly-trained tasks. Generalization results varied across participants. Generalization occurred during the in-vivo probe for both participants for whom we assessed this response. Implications of these findings and directions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Managing Generative Processes in the Development of Early Verbal Behavior Repertoires
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kalle M Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Sara Garbarini, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present data that suggests how clinicians might best organize their programming to produce generative effects in their learners. The first study, Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Two Year Follow Up, is a two-year follow up presentation of a young learner who scored in low level I of the VB-MAPP -- without an echoic repertoire -- and is currently learning relational intraverbals such as the deitics (here/there, I/you), ordinals (first, middle, last) and Crels such as "name/sound". The second study, Establishing Stimulus Control Over Echoic Behavior to Teach the Mand, discusses implementing procedures to effect stimulus transfer control across Mand types. The third study, Teaching Learners Who Use a Speech Generator Device to Mand for Information-Asking Questions About Hidden Objects, is about teaching children who use a speech generator device, to ask questions. The fourth study, Decreasing Echolalic Responses by Teaching a Conditional Response to the Autoclitic OR When Differentially Tacting From Two Options, presents data on a procedure to increase comprehension and decrease echolalia by teaching the appropriate control of the autoclitic "or" to establish differential tacting of available choices. These four studies illustrate different aspects of the organization and management of programming to produce generative speaker/listener competencies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This symposium has been designed for intermediate level professionals. Preferably for an audience of graduate ABA professionals. Professionals at the undergraduate level will greatly benefit too.

Learning Objectives: 1. Clinicians will learn to organize their programming to produce generative effects in their learners. 2. Clinicians will see examples as to how to produce generative speaker/listener competencies 3. Clinicians will be exposed to a variety of interventions to solve various problems
 

Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Two Year Follow Up

Jessica Fernandez (Fit Learning Aptos), Richard E. Laitinen (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems), SHUBHRA GHOSH (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc.)
Abstract:

This paper is a two year follow up presentation of a six-year old learner who scored in low level I of the VB-MAPP, and initially did not have an echoic repertoire. His first year of progress was presented at the 2017 ABAI conference. In his second year of therapy the learner made significant gains in all verbal behavior repertoires: tacts, intraverbals, mands and echoics and his listener skills improved as well, positively impacting social skills. His language is becoming more fluent and his mean utterances has increased too. He is beginning to interact more in his natural environment as he independently reads books, plays with puzzles, is beginning to build more complex structures with wooden blocks, indicating that his nonverbal imitation is improving too. He is currently learning relational intraverbals such as (here/there, I/you), ordinals (first, middle, last) and Crels such as "name/sound.? Further relations, such as comparatives, spatials and temporals will be addressed as programming progresses.

 

Developing a Vocal Manding Repertoire: Establishing Stimulus Control Over Echoic Behavior to Teach the Mand

CHARLENE GERVAIS (Portia Learning Centre; Porita International)
Abstract:

Many children with autism do not have an established echoic repertoire. Imitating vocalizations is an important skill for learning to vocally mand. Pairing procedures have been shown to increase vocalizations in some limited research studies, however, there is no evidence to suggest that pairing words with reinforcement reliably establishes echoic behavior. We examined the use of two procedures to establish echoic stimulus control and eventually establish a manding repertoire using stimulus control transfer procedures across verbal operants. We were successful in establishing vocal manding with the participant, a young boy with autism. Both procedures used direct reinforcement for echoic behavior, however, the second procedure included the use of visual cues. Establishing stimulus control over echoic behavior led to an increase in mand and tact repertoires. Results suggest that stimulus control transfer procedures across verbal operants, combined with careful analysis of current skills and barriers may increase success when attempting to establish vocal verbal behaviour. More research is needed to identify which procedures or combination of procedures are most effective for certain profiles.

 

Teaching Learners Who Use a Speech Generator Device to Mand for Information-Asking Questions About Hidden Objects

SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School), Maria DeMauro (David Gregory School)
Abstract:

This study investigated if learners using a speech-generator device (SGD) could learn to mand for information, asking questions about hidden objects. We replicated the study by Williams, Perez-Gonzalez & Vogt (2003) with four learners who attended a program for children with special needs and who used the SGD but never used it to mand for information. The results indicated that learners can learn to use the SGD to ask questions when taught under the appropriate conditions of deprivation and systematic fading of textual and model prompts. We also measured generalization to untaught objects across settings.

 

Decreasing Echolalic Responses by Teaching a Conditional Response to the Autocliticor When Differentially Tacting From Two Options

GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro para la Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Sara Garbarini (David Gregory School), Goldean Lowe (IMUA Family Services, Maui, Hawaii), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro para la Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Kenya Velazquez (Centro Altum)
Abstract:

It is common for children who present with a dominant echolalic repertoire to respond with an echoic when presented with an autoclitic form of instruction requesting a tact or mand-response, as in, for example, "Is this an apple or an orange?" or "Would you like to eat cake or spinach?" The current study analyzed the effectiveness of a procedure that incorporated already established tacting, matching and reading repertoires to increase differential tacting based on an "or" relation between two options. We measured if this acquired skill decreased echolalia and generalized to untrained settings. The data suggested that the learners in this study learned to tact differentially from two options that were presented with the autoclitic. We also measured if the acquired skill generalized to natural settings.

 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations Regarding the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Valerie M. Volkert, M.A.
Abstract:

Children are diagnosed with a feeding disorder when they do not eat an adequate quantity or variety of foods, sustain an appropriate weight, or grow (Palmer & Horn, 1978; Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). Feeding disorders are reported to occur in 2% to 35% of typically developing children and 33% to 80% of children with developmental disabilities (Bachmeyer, 2009; Burklow, et al., 1998; Palmer & Horn, 1987). Applied behavior analytic interventions have proven effective in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Bachmeyer, 2009). A multi-component intervention combining differential positive reinforcement and escape extinction has the most empirical support (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). However, escape extinction is not always feasible, and using extinction as a treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior can be associated with extinction bursts, emotional responding, and extinction-induced aggression (Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). The current symposium reviews the prevalence of extinction bursts and examines the use of antecedent-based approaches to treat inappropriate mealtime behavior with and without escape extinction. Finally, the current symposium reviews the findings of a trial-based functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior and function-based treatments compared to a traditional functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Piazza et al., 2003).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent-based approaches, escape extinction, feeding disorders, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.

Learning Objectives: 1) The listener will be able to identify when a child is at risk for a feeding disorder. 2) The listener will be able to identify and explain the application of antecedent-based approaches to feeding disorders. 3) The listener will be able to identify behaviors often associated with extinction bursts during the treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior.
 
Effects of a High-Probability Instructional Sequence and Response-Independent Reinforcer Delivery on Pediatric Food Refusal
SYDNEY BALL (University of North Carolina Wilimington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashleigh Leuck (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Casey Ogburn (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Previous investigators have shown that a high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence may be effective without escape extinction (EE) or result in beneficial effects when combined with EE to treat the feeding problems of some children (e.g., Patel et al., 2006; Patel, Reed, Piazza, Mueller, & Bachmeyer, 2007). Bullock and Normand (2006) showed that compliance increased for 2 children using either a high-p instructional sequence or a fixed-time (FT) schedule of positive reinforcement. We used a combined multielement and reversal design to compare the effects of a high-p instructional sequence and response-independent delivery of positive reinforcers to treat the food refusal of 2 children. Compliance with low-probability demands (bite presentations) increased using either the high-p instructional sequence or an FT schedule of positive reinforcement for both children. Compliance with low-p demands was higher and inappropriate mealtime behavior was lower in both conditions compared to EE alone with the child for whom EE was necessary. These findings suggest that the response requirement arranged in the high-p instructional sequence may not be necessary to increase compliance with the low-p demands. Two independent observers collected data during at least 33% of sessions and agreement was above 80%. We will discuss conceptual and clinical implications of these findings.
 

Prevalence of Extinction Bursts During Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior

CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Extinction bursts are commonly identified as a side effect of extinction when treating problem behavior (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Lerman and Iwata (1995) found that 27 of 113 data sets (24%) in studies that included extinction as treatment for problem behavior displayed an extinction burst. In a subsequent analysis, Lerman, Iwata, and Wallace (1999) found that 39% of 41 data sets in studies that included extinction as treatment for self-injurious behavior found an extinction burst. Even though extinction is a well-established treatment for food refusal (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), no studies to date have examined the prevalence of extinction bursts during the treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) for children with feeding disorders. The current study evaluated the presence of extinction bursts during treatment of IMB, using the criteria delineated by Lerman and Iwata, with 88 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both. Results of 133 data sets (74 and 59 datasets for solid and liquid intake, respectively) indicated the overall prevalence of extinction bursts was 12%. We will discuss these findings and the results of additional analyses, including limitations and implications.

 
An Evaluation of Stimulus Fading in the Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
ELIZABETH GONZALEZ (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashleigh Leuck (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyndra Lawson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sarah Teague (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Food selectivity is a common problem in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Schreck & Williams, 2006). Escape extinction (EE) is an effective and often necessary intervention, but it is associated with negative side effects, such as extinction bursts, emotional responding, and extinction-induced aggression (Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Therefore, additional research identifying antecedent treatments that may be effective alone or attenuate the side effects of EE are warranted. We used a combined multielement and reversal (ABAB) design to evaluate the effects of stimulus fading with simultaneous presentation of preferred and nonpreferred foods to treat the food selectivity of a child with ASD. Initially, inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased and acceptance and mouth clean (a product measure of swallowing) increased using fading without EE. However, it was necessary to combine EE with stimulus fading to maintain high levels of acceptance and mouth clean. Consumption of nonpreferred foods alone did not increase until after stimulus fading. Additionally, inappropriate mealtime behavior, negative vocalizations, and expulsions remained low throughout stimulus fading. Two independent observers collected data during at least 33% of sessions and agreement was at or above 80%. We will discuss the conceptual and clinical implications of these findings.
 
An Initial Evaluation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Kristin O'Guinn (Baylor University)
Abstract: In order to address feeding problems such as food refusal and selectivity, is important to consider the variables maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the trial-based functional analysis of IMB and assess correspondence of the results with the traditional functional analysis. The participants were two boys, ages 3 to 5 years old, diagnosed with developmental disabilities. A trial-based functional analysis and traditional functional analysis of IMB were conducted with each participant, with the order of functional analyses counterbalanced across participants. The trial-based functional analysis resulted in differentially higher levels of IMB in one or more test conditions, indicating a social function of problem behavior for both participants. In addition, the results of the trial-based and traditional functional analysis corresponded for both participants. The subsequent function-based intervention resulted in a decrease in IMB and an increase in appropriate feeding behaviors for both participants, providing additional evidence that the trial-based functional analysis resulted in the accurate identification of the function of IMB for both participants. The results of this study provide initial support for the use of trial-based functional analysis to assess the function of IMB.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Novel Behavioral Economic Approaches to Assessing and Treating Substance Abuse
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Martner (University of Florida)
Discussant: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (Johns Hopkins University)
CE Instructor: Tyler Nighbor, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Substance abuse is a major public health crisis that is costly both in terms of health care expenditures and the resulting poor health outcomes for individuals and their families. In the current symposium, a series of talks will address different behavioral economic approaches to assessing and treating health behavior related to substance abuse. Strategies that will be presented include 1) the use low-risk behavioral economic assessments to predict treatment outcomes among pregnant women undergoing smoking-cessation treatment, 2) improving effective contraceptive use among opioid-maintained women of reproductive age using financial incentives, 3) assessing whether electronic cigarettes are viable behavioral substitutes to cigarettes, and 4) the use of a soft-commitment approach to reducing cigarette use. All presentations highlight the use of established principles of behavioral economics to address serious health concerns.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): health behavior, incentives, smoking cessation, technology
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: they are optional for those requesting BACB or QABA.
 
Remote Delivery of a Soft Commitment Approach to Smoking Cessation
DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Irene Pericot-Valverde (University of Vermont), Howard Rachlin (Stony Brook University)
Abstract: As technology continues to permeate the market the opportunity to disseminate interventions remotely increases as well. In the current study the use of “soft commitment” was tested to support smokers interested in quitting. Smokers were enrolled for 60 days and were randomized to either a control condition where they reported their smoking daily online or to an experimental condition. In the experimental condition smokers also reported smoking online but were alternated between “free days” where they chose how much to smoke and “matching days” where they were asked to smoke the same number of cigarettes they had in the prior “free day.” Currently 30 participants have been randomized in this protocol. The intervention has been well-received with most people successfully logging their smoking online and returning for the follow-up assessment. Reductions in cigarettes per day in the experimental condition is twice that of control (4.3 vs. 2.1). However, the difference is not significant due to the small sample size and high variability. Additional participants are being enrolled. Also, behavioral economic measures were used to predict quitting outcomes. Overall, Delay Discounting predicted quit attempts (duration and number) while Cigarette Purchase Task indices (pmax and omax) predicted confidence and intention to quit.
 
Real-Time Measures of Electronic Cigarette Use and Smoking: How Do Vaping and Smoking Interact?
SARAH MARTNER (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Whether electronic cigarette use promotes smoking cessation is still hotly debated. We measured smoking and electronic cigarette use (“vaping”) in real-time during a quit attempt. During a one-month period, 12 smokers interested in quitting submitted twice-daily breath CO samples. Additionally, vaping was measured with an electronic nicotine delivery system (ENDS) that recorded puffs per day and duration of puffs. During monitoring, participants were instructed to smoke as usual 2-8 days. Participants were then given a quit date and told to use the ENDS as needed. Half of the participants were instructed to use the ENDS and received a contingency management intervention for smoking during the 14 days following monitoring (i.e., they received vouchers contingent on negative breath samples), then used the ENDS without contingency management for 14 days. The other half of participants used the ENDS alone for 14 days, followed by ENDS plus contingency management. Frequent use of ENDS was associated with lower CO values. The results of this study suggest that electronic cigarettes may serve as an imperfect substitute for conventional cigarettes.
 

Examining Interrelationships Between Delay Discounting and Simulated Demand for Cigarettes Among Pregnant Women

TYLER NIGHBOR (University of Vermont), Ivori Zvorsky (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Cigarette smoking is overrepresented among economically disadvantaged women, and smoking during pregnancy is the leading cause of poor pregnancy outcomes in the U.S. Two common low-risk experimental arrangements used in the study of cigarette smoking among pregnant women are the Cigarette Purchase Task (CPT) and delay discounting (DD). Few studies have evaluated whether combining CPT and DD may enhance understanding of smoking beyond observations with either alone. The current investigation evaluated the interrelationship between CPT and DD performance of pregnant women by examining associations with the likelihood of making antepartum quit attempts, a strong predictor of response to formal smoking-cessation treatment. Data from 114 women enrolled in an ongoing smoking-cessation clinical trial were analyzed. Intensity, Omax, and breakpoint were significantly and inversely associated with antepartum quit attempts. DD by itself was not significantly associated with antepartum quit attempts nor was it associated with the CPT indices. Considering the predictive CPT indices and DD together revealed a conditional relationship wherein associations between DD and quit attempts were conditional on Intensity and Omax level. That is, among those with relatively high demand Intensity or Omax DD was not associated with quit attempts, while among those with relatively low demand Intensity or Omax steep discounting was associated with a lower proportion of quit attempts. These results suggest that the influence of DD among pregnant smokers is mostly limited to lighter smokers or, said differently, heavy smoking appears to override any influence of DD on quitting smoking during pregnancy.

 
Increasing Effective Contraceptive Use Among Opioid-Maintained Women at Risk for Unintended Pregnancy
CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Sarah Heil (University of Vermont), Alexis Matusiewicz (University of Vermont), Heidi Melbostad (University of Vermont), Stacey C. Sigmon (University of Vermont), Gary J. Badger (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Nearly 80% of opioid-exposed pregnancies are unintended, due in part to alarmingly low rates of effective contraceptive use among opioid-using women (<10%). We developed and are evaluating an intervention to increase prescription contraceptive use by opioid-maintained (OM) women. Usual care in many OM clinics involves distribution of contraceptive information and referrals to community family planning providers. The intervention adds (1) the World Health Organization’s (WHO) contraception protocol and (2) financial incentives for attendance at follow-up visits. Pilot data strongly supported the initial efficacy of this intervention, with 5-fold higher rates of self-reported prescription contraceptive use in the experimental vs. control conditions at the end of the 6-month intervention (94% vs. 13%). A fully randomized controlled Stage II trial is now ongoing to rigorously evaluate the efficacy of the different components of this innovative intervention. Preliminary results suggest a graded effect, with 13% vs. 39% vs. 59% verified prescription contraceptive use at 6 months across the three conditions, respectively. Preliminary results suggest both experimental interventions increase prescription contraceptive use and decrease pregnancy, but that financial incentives provide added efficacy.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Make the World Sustainable Again: Behavior Analysis and Climate Change
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Robert Gifford (University of Victoria)
CE Instructor: Richard Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evidence of climate change is abundant and persuasive, from rising global temperatures, to shrinking snow cover and sea ice, to the increasing frequency and intensity of weather events related to climate change. Evidence that human activities, especially the emission of greenhouse gases, are important contributors to global warming is also persuasive. The founding principles of applied behavior analysis emphasis the importance of behavioral issues that are important to society and the development of effective strategies to manage behaviors that improve quality of life. It is difficult to imagine a behavioral challenge with more far-reaching consequences than climate change yet behavior analysts have been relatively slow to adopt climate change as a focus of research and theory. In this symposium, we will review some of the conceptual and practical contributions, both at the individual and systems level, that behavior analysts (and other social scientists and policy makers) can make to developing an effective strategy and research agenda to address climate change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): climate change, conceptual analysis, public policy, sustainability
Target Audience:

This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts with interest in social issues, climate change, sustainability, evidence based public policy and organizational behavior management. This presentation will cover: a) conceptual issues, such as behavioral economics, b) practical interventions at the individual and system level as well as c) dissemination of behavior analysis to the public and other professionals.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the behavioral practices and patterns contributing to climate change. 2. Identify the behavioral processes that contribute to the persistence of behaviors that impact environmental sustainability. 3. Identify the contributions of behavioral economics and behavior analytic concepts to the development of evidence-based public policy to address climate change.
 

Understanding Climate Change Denial and Inaction: Does Behavior Analysis Have Anything to Add?

(Theory)
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A growing proportion of Americans are acknowledging the danger posed by a warming climate, few are worried that climate change will threaten them personally, and few are taking direct action.��Scholars from various disciplines have explored the psychological processes -- including verbal processes -- that contribute to climate change denial and inaction, and at least three books have been recently published on the topic (Marshall�s�Don�t even think about it: Why our brains are wired to ignore climate change, Stoknes��What we think about when we try not to think about global warming,�and Hoffman�s�How culture shapes the climate change debate).��These works examine reasons for climate inaction/denial from an eclectic perspective (e.g., cognitive, social, and evolutionary psychology) and offer suggestions for how to change people�s opinions and induce sustainable actions.��Some behavior analysts have researched ways to increase sustainable behavior, but such efforts have been relatively limited.��Furthermore, behavior analysts have offered little in the way of conceptual analyses of verbal behavior related to climate change.��The purpose of this talk is to review these books with the goal of identifying ways in which behavior analysis might contribute to this discussion.

 

Can Games Save the World From Global Warming?

(Theory)
JOHN W. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The United Nation’s 5th Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) reported in 2014 that global warming due to increases in greenhouse gases (GHG) caused largely by human activities threatens world populations and requires immediate world action (IPPC, 2014). The report recommended several governmental adaptation and mitigation policies, e.g., building seawalls, reducing GHG. Most world governments have responded positively, whereas the US government has done little and recently denied the existence of any danger. Several books have described this inaction in cognitive terms suggesting ways to change one’s thinking so that people can make more appropriate responses to global warming. An alternate approach is to change behavior directly. Behavior analysis has been quite successful at changing behavior irrespective of verbal behavior. This talk will consider the behavior analytic use of current technology, specifically, gamification to change behavior with respect to climate warming. Recently an increasing number of apps and serious games have been developed to change health and fitness behaviors and to teach language (e.g., Fitbit, Duolingo). However, few apps have been developed to save the planet from GHG. We will suggest possible independent variables (Michie et al. 20??) needed for such an app and dependent variables recommendations to reduce GHG (Hawken, 2008).

 

Influencing Cultural Selection: Evidence-Based Policy and Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
BRANDON MARTINEZ-ONSTOTT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Why should Behavior Analysts get involved in changing policy, creating evidence-based policy, and how does policy influence responding of both the individual and the group? Our society evolves when social values and corresponding response patterns, "contribute to the success of the practicing group in solving its problems" (Skinner, 1981). Evidence-based policy, is policy that is empirically supported, and is also sensitive to social concerns. How better to improve society, then to influence policy through applied behavior analytic research, and evidence-based practice? "Better applications, it is hoped, will lead to a better state of society, to whatever extent the behavior of its members can contribute to the goodness of a society" (Baer, Wolf, Risley, 1968). Climate change is a real problem that needs all scientists to contribute to forming policy that best supports our culture's survival. It is hypothesized that policy restricts responding of the group and potentiates certain response classes, likened to that of an instructional stimulus SDi, increasing the probability of certain responses occurring within the context of an individual analysis of behavior. By changing the environment in which our culture responds in, through the establishment of evidence-based policy, behavior analysts may have a significant impact on the survival of our culture and our species.

 
Behavioral Economics as a Framework for Empirical Public Policy on Climate Change
(Theory)
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: Behavioral economics provides an empirical framework for evaluating how individual human behavior is affected by policy decisions and how policy should be adjusted to recognize important functional relationships centered on human behavior and choice. I will approach this topic from the larger perspective of “empirical public policy” – that is, how policy can be formulated to be responsive to data, especially data on how people behave. I will describe how two agencies – the FDA and the FAA – currently use data on human behavior to adjust policy, and how, in general, behavioral economics can be the conduit for empirical public policy for other agencies, such the Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Energy relative to climate change. I will illustrate how data at the micro-level derived from research using hypothetical demand curves can be extrapolated to more macro-level implications for public policy.
 
 
Symposium #35
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of English and Spanish Languages on Responding: Cultural Accommodations for Learners With Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective accommodations for bilingual learners with disabilities are needed in the field of behavior analysis. This symposium includes four studies on how English and Spanish language influences responding, and the accommodations practitioners make to be more effective with bilingual learners with disabilities. This symposium will give the audience tools and techniques to apply in practice with bilingual learners. The purpose of the first study was to assess the influence of language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other intellectual disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. This study evaluated language preference during play contexts followed by evaluating language preference within instructional contexts and the individual's compliance with instructions. In the second study, researchers developed a questionnaire for behavior analysts to use as a guide when choosing culturally adapted functional communication response (FCR) for Hispanic children. It was devised and pre-tested to choose FCRs for Hispanic families. Results from the questionnaire and feedback from the experience survey will be presented. The third study builds off the previous study by using the questionnaire identify an FCR that matched cultural values. The subjects were taught to emit a culturally adapted and non-culturally adapted FCR. Parents' preference for each FCR was evaluated after they were trained to implement both FCR responses. Finally, implementation of the preferred FCR was carried out by parents. The final study compared skill acquisition of Spanish-language-dominant caregivers during behavioral skills training (BST) to teach differential reinforcement, guided compliance, and BST by English and Spanish speaking therapists. In the English condition a translator was used, for the Spanish condition a bilingual therapist administered the BST. Rates of acquisition were compared and a social validity survey was administered to the caregivers. Implications of these studies on the practice of behavior analysis will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Communication training, Language accomodation, Language preference, Spanish Language
Target Audience:

Students, researchers, and practitioners.

 

The Effects of Language Preference Among Bilingual Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Intellectual Disabilities

KARLA ZABALA (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that individuals with ASD who have been exposed to more than one language do not experience any additional language delays compared to their monolingual peers (Hambly and Fombonne, 2011), and of previous studies that have been reviewed, there has been no indication of negative outcomes associated with language abilities among bilingual/multilingual children with ASD (Drysdale et al., 2015). A majority of the research surrounding bilingual or multilingual individuals diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities have focused more on conducting communication assessments to assess participant's psychometric performance in these assessments but research on language preferences alone among these individuals is scarce. The purpose of the current study was to assess the influence of language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other intellectual disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consists of two parts: Study 1 evaluates language preference during play contexts and study 2 evaluates language preference within instructional contexts and the individual's compliance with instructions.

 

Adapting Functional Communication Responses to Parents’ Cultural Values: A Questionnaire

MARLESHA BELL (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The guidelines to conduct functional communication training (FCT) state that functional communication responses (FCRs) should be of low response effort, easily acquired, and easily recognizable by the community (Tiger et al., 2008). They also state that FCRs should be socially significant, meaning they are found acceptable by parents and the community. However, the guidelines do not mention the need to consider the clients’ cultural background when choosing an FCR. In this study, a questionnaire was developed for behavior analysts to use as a guide when choosing culturally adapted FCRs for Hispanic children. It was devised using literature that has identified specific behavioral manifestations of cultural values among the Hispanic population. Additionally, behavior analysts and parents who pre-tested the questionnaire completed experience surveys about their opinions and experience using the questionnaire to choose FCRs for Hispanic families. Results from the questionnaire and feedback from the experience survey will be further discussed.

 

Culturally Adapted Functional Communication Training

ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Disparities in the use, quality, and outcomes of treatments, and the barriers that deter Hispanics from receiving healthcare services have been widely studied. Yet, similar efforts have been slow in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). A way to decrease treatment disparities is to assess the influence of cultural variables in behavior analytic interventions, and to evaluate whether manipulations to these variables improve the overall results of the interventions among Hispanic families. During this study, behavior analysts used a questionnaire to conduct an interview with parents to identify a functional communication response (FCR) that matched their cultural values. The subjects were taught to emit a culturally adapted and non-culturally adapted FCR. Parents' preference for each FCR was evaluated using a multiple-baseline design across participants in which they were trained to implement both FCR responses. At the end of the study, parents implemented the FCR of their choice. These results have important implications for ABA because it will support research in assessing cultural variables in interventions and services, and it will encourage behavior analysts to consider their clients' culture when providing services.

 

An Evaluation of Culturally-Based Accommodations for Behavioral Skills Training

JULIANA HOYOS (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), Emma Keicher (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Miriam Tye (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Jayme Murphy (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

The purpose of this project was to evaluate cultural accommodations (bilingual clinician, translated documentation) and a lack of cultural accommodations (English speaking clinician with video interpreter). We compared skill acquisition of caregivers during behavioral skills training (BST) program for differential reinforcement, guided compliance, and BST with and without cultural accommodations. We found BST with improved cultural accommodations was more effective than without cultural accommodations.

 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Transferring Successful Skill-Based Treatments to Caregivers
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, M.S.
Abstract:

One of the primary goals of applied research is to identify efficacious treatments for problem behavior that relevant caregivers can implement in relevant settings. In this symposium, we will review efficacious strategies for treating problem behavior and specific methods that will assist in training caregivers on the implementation of those strategies. First, an assessment and treatment model for treating feeding problems in the home setting will be reviewed in which caregivers were involved from the initial assessment through a 12-month follow-up. Next, we will review a skill-based treatment for food selectivity in an adolescent diagnosed with autism who engages in problem behavior, without evoking problem behavior throughout the teaching process. Then, an efficacious training program will be reviewed in which parents were taught to implement a comprehensive treatment for socially mediated problem behavior with their child. Finally, the utility of a training rubric will be reviewed as a tool for successfully transferring skill-based treatments to parents and caregivers in the treatment of socially mediated problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, food selectivity, parent training, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe an assessment and treatment model for treating food refusal in home-based settings. 2. Describe a skill-based treatment for food selectivity for a child with autism without evoking problem behavior throughout treatment. 3. Describe strategies that will lead to the successful transfer of efficacious treatments to parents and relevant caregivers for treatment of socially mediated problem behavior.
 

Caregiver Involvement, Implementation, and Longer Term Adherence in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

Sarah Leadley (University of Auckland), JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Multiple reviews focusing on the treatment of severe feeding disorders have recommended an increased focus on caregiver implementation, and nutritional and social outcomes. However, research continues to concentrate on the analysis of specific treatment procedures implemented by trained therapists during treatment admission. In this study, a home-based behavioural assessment and treatment model was evaluated for nine children with tube dependency. Caregivers informed assessment conditions, participated during experimenter-led sessions, and then received sequential phases of training to implement treatment protocols. We monitored caregiver implementation until the child's treatment goal was achieved (tube feeding cessation), then during follow-up visits conducted up to 12 months following the study. By the final follow-up, six of nine children had ceased tube feeding. We discuss the impact of caregiver participation on child performance, training requirements, and procedural integrity. In addition, we highlight barriers to longer-term adherence and recommendations for future research.

 

Meals Without Tears: The Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children With Autism

JULIANA MARCUS (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Kyle Sears (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University), Christine Ann Warner (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Between 67 and 89% of individuals with developmental disabilities have feeding problems (Silbaugh et al., 2016). This study describes a skill-based treatment to address food selectivity in children with autism who engage in problem behavior. An assessment was conducted with the participant's caregivers to identify foods to use in a preference analysis and to identify possible reinforcement contingencies influencing food refusal. Results were used to design a functional analysis of refusal. The reinforcement contingency shown to influence refusal in the analysis was then arranged to strengthen more appropriate food refusal behaviors. A contingency-based delay fading procedure was used to thin the schedule of reinforcement for appropriate refusal while suppressing inappropriate refusal and problem behavior and increasing mealtime requirements prior to reinforcement. By the end of this study, the participant consumed small meals consisting of multiple bites of a variety of foods that he did not eat previously, but that caregivers had reported wanting him to eat. Treatment was extended to caregivers in relevant environments. Interobserver agreement averaged 92% (range, 85% to 100%) for all variables measured. The results of this study suggest that these procedures may be useful for treating food selectivity without evoking problem behavior in children with autism.

 
A Technological Description of Teaching Parents to Implement Skill-Based Treatment of Socially-Mediated Problem Behavior
ROBIN K. LANDA (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University)
Abstract: Problem behavior that occurs exclusively with parents during a functional analysis (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000) necessitates that parents serve as the sole interventionists. Researchers have demonstrated that parent-implemented treatments can be successful; however, prior research in this area is limited by (a) the incompleteness of the treatment evaluated (Marcus, Swanson, & Vollmer, 2001; Wacker et al., 2005) (b) the lack of technological descriptions of parent training (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014), or (c) the absence of treatment fidelity data (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014). We evaluated the efficacy of a training program consisting of instructions, textual models, feedback, and shaping in teaching parents to serve as interventionists for children who exhibit severe problem behavior sensitive only to parent-mediated reinforcement. The training program resulted in correct implementation of the skill-based intervention and elimination of errors (e.g., coaxing, arguing). The parent-implemented intervention led to a reduction in the child’s problem behavior and acquisition of functional communication responses, tolerance responses, and compliance. Interobserver agreement was assessed for more than 20% of sessions with a minimum agreement of 80%.
 
Utility of a Training Rubric for Transferring Successful Skill-Based Treatment of Problem Behavior to Caregivers
KELSEY RUPPEL (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University)
Abstract: Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) described a comprehensive, efficacious functional assessment and treatment process for the severe problem behavior of three children with autism. Although the authors presented child behavior data following caregiver training and implementation of treatment in the participants’ homes, they did not provide a detailed description of the caregiver-training process. We replicated the Hanley et al. assessment and treatment process with two young children who lacked diagnoses but were reported to engage in intolerable levels of problem behavior. After clinic-based behavior analysts obtained similar effects to those reported in Hanley et al., we trained caregivers using behavioral skills training and a performance rubric. We present a technological description of the parent training process, as well as parent treatment integrity data and child behavior data. Results show that parents learned to implement the treatment with integrity, children demonstrated improved social skills, and child problem behavior was substantially reduced or eliminated while parents implemented treatment.
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Basic and Applied Research on Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Procedures
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Jessica Becraft, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) schedules are designed to reduce, not eliminate, targeted responses. The studies presented in this symposium provide exciting new data showing some extensions of commonly-used DRL schedules in both basic and applied contexts. The first two talks provide data on the use of spaced-responding DRL. Emma Gillespie will describe how avoidance behavior that limited access to positive reinforcement in a human-operant task was reduced and Laura Neal will describe how a spaced-responding DRL embedded within a group contingency reduced excessive requests for attention from children in a Year 4 classroom in South Wales. The next two studies provide data on the use of full-session DRL. Andrew Bonner will describe how severe problem behaviors (e.g., self-injurious behavior) of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities were reduced and Chris Krebs will describe how excessive requests for attention by adults with intellectual disabilities working at an adult-day-training center were reduced. A discussion will follow these four talks to promote an exchange of ideas for future translational research on DRL schedules and similar applications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): full-session DRL, spaced-responding DRL
Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based advances in spaced-responding DRL 2) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based advanced in full-session DRL 3) Participants will be able to describe better the conditions under which spaced-responding or full-session DRL can be used to successfully reduce social significant behavior.
 

The Effects of Spaced-Responding Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Responding on Avoidance Reduction in Humans

(Applied Research)
EMMA GILLESPIE (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of a spaced-responding DRL schedule on decreasing avoidance in humans. Participants played a game where they could earn or lose points by clicking on different countries on a map. In training sessions, participants could access safe periods by pressing a foot pedal, which turned a red bar (i.e., warning signals) into blue (i.e., safety signals) for 9-s. In test conditions, participants could change the red bar into blue only after 2-s had elapsed from previous presses (DRL-2s). A progress bar initially indicated the time until after pedal presses had an effect on accessing these periods. The bar disappeared after three consecutive correct responses, whereas three additional consecutive correct responses doubled the DRL requirement. Participants completed 4- 5 sessions lasting 20 min each. Responding quickly matched the DRL requirement (up to 64 s) for all participants. Percentage of correct presses varied slightly per participant, and incorrect responses tended to be more frequent as the DRL schedule increased. However, all participants achieved 100% correct responses in their final sessions. These findings may have important clinical implications for identifying strategies to decrease excessive avoidance that limits access to positive reinforcement.

 

Effects of Class-Wide Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behaviour on Reducing Children's Requests for Teacher Attention

(Applied Research)
LAURA NEAL (University of South Wales), Hayley Wells (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) is frequently used as an intervention when a behaviour is problematic due to the frequency with which it occurs. DRL schedules are effective as reducing engagement to more acceptable levels. In applied settings, most investigations of DRL have focussed on evaluating session and interval DRL arrangements, whereby limits are placed on the number of responses that will be reinforced in a given time period. Spaced-responding DRL, whereby responses are reinforced only after a specific inter-response interval has elapsed, are much less common. The current study applied a space-responding DRL within a group contingency arrangement to decrease excessive student requests for attention in a Year 4 classroom in south Wales. As requests for attention may include requests for assistance, we also measured whether decreases in requests for adult attention produced corresponding changes in children accessing help from sources other than the teacher (e.g., referring to a book or printed instructions for completing the task). Results showed that the DRL schedule reduced attention seeking to levels deemed appropriate by the teacher, as well as increasing children's independent working skills. Both children and teachers reported liking the intervention and thought it helped them do better work.

 

Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedules Reduce Severe Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL) schedules are reinforcement contingencies designed to reduce response rates. A common variation of the DRL arrangement is known as full-session DRL (f-DRL), in which a reinforcer is presented at the end of an interval if the response rate during that interval is below a predetermined criterion. Prior human operant research involving arbitrary mouse clicks has shown that the f-DRL is likely to reduce target responding to near zero rates. Similarly, applied research has shown that the f-DRL is likely to reduce minimally disruptive classroom behavior. There are, however, relatively few successful applications of the f-DRL to severe forms of problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of f-DRL on the severe problem behavior of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. For four participants, the f-DRL reduced severe problem behavior by clinically significant levels. Furthermore, results of a contingency strength analysis showed a strong negative contingency strength between target responding and reinforcer delivery for all participants. Key words: differential reinforcement of low rates, severe problem behavior, contingency strength.

 

Reducing Requests for Attention by Adults With Intellectual Disabilities Using a Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedule

(Applied Research)
CHRIS KREBS (Florida Institute of Technology), Pablo Otalvaro (Florida Institute of Technology; Roe & Associates Integrated Behavior Supports Incorporated), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Jason Steifman (Roe & Associates Integrated Behavior Supports Incorporated)
Abstract:

Differential-reinforcement-of-low rate (DRL) schedules are often used to reduce, not eliminate, behavior. The current study examined effects of a full-session DRL on the number of requests for attention by two adults with intellectual disabilities working at an adult-day-training (ADT) program. The full-session DRL arranged for the delivery of a reinforcer at the end of a session if the number of requests for attention was less than a specified number during the entire session. Requests for attention, up to a specified number were also reinforced. In addition, a non-targeted behavior, duration of task (i.e., work) engagement, was measured. The full-session DRL reduced the number of requests for attention for both participants, and these effects were maintained during a generalization phase. Future research could extend the generality of these findings to other work-related behaviors and populations.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching and Assessing Mathematics, Writing, and Problem Solving With Typical and Near-Typical Learners
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Regatta ABC
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to teach and assess core instructional objectives in mathematics, writing, and problem solving to typical learners of all ages, including elementary, middle school, high school, and college students. In the first presentation, Marianne Delgado will describe research that investigated the effectiveness of sentence combining procedures on the syntactical maturity of middle school students' compositions, using a multiple baseline design across classrooms. In the second presentation, Amanda VanDerHeyden will describe a comprehensive, research-based, Response To Intervention (RTI) implementation management tool for monitoring the progress of elementary and middle school students' acquisition and fluency of mathematics concepts and skills. In the third presentation, Nicole Erickson will describe and illustrate a procedure for teaching students to provide delayed prompting with their peers during the course of learning mathematics. In the fourth presentation, Traci Cihon will describe a measurement tool designed to capture the interlocking behavioral contingencies between dyad members, and its application in a research study that evaluated the effectiveness of a procedure to teach college students active problem solving behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other psychology and educational professionals

 
Development of Spring Math: A Web-Based Tool for Response to Intervention for Mathematics
(Service Delivery)
AMANDA VANDERHEYDEN (Education Research & Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract: Spring Math (SM) is a comprehensive assessment, intervention and Response To Intervention (RTI) implementation management tool for mathematics for grades K-8. SM improves mathematics achievement by: (1) applying research-based decision rules to identify specific skill deficits for students found to be at risk during universal screening, (2) selecting an intervention that is aligned with student need, and (3) reducing implementation error by providing antecedent and consequent supports for correct use of the tool. SM directs screening of all classes in mathematics in a school, interprets the data, and recommends class-wide or individual intervention for specific students. Decision trees specify a sequence of skills and score ranges at fall, winter, and spring for grades K-8 to determine initial skill placement and intervention strategy. Intervention packets contain intervention protocol, all materials needed to conduct the intervention, and follow-up sub-skill and generalization skill assessments. The teacher enters the weekly assessment score to view summary reports of student progress and to obtain new intervention materials for the next week. A coach dashboard tracks consistency of SM use, rate of progress for classes and students within a school, and populates a list of actions that coaches should take to facilitate intervention effects in the school.
 
The Application and Adduction of Sentence-Combining Skills of Middle School Students Using Curriculum Based Assessment
(Applied Research)
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Geoffrey H. Martin (Morningside Academy), Emily Nordlund (Central Washington University)
Abstract: The presence of 12 sentence combining skills denoting syntactic maturity was tracked every 2 weeks, using 13-minute curriculum-based writing assessments (CBAs) with middle school students. Skills tracked, in order of increasing complexity, were use of adjectives, compound subjects, and compound predicates; adjectival, adverbial, participial, and infinitive phrases; parenthetical expressions; and adjectival, adverbial, and noun clauses. 24 students from four different classrooms participated, all using Arthur Whimbey’s Keys to Quick Writing Skills, and Morningside’s Advanced Sentence Combining Fluency. Correct Writing Sequence scores from a standard writing CBA were used to select six students (two high, two medium, and two low) from each class. A multiple baseline design across the 4 classes was used to investigate the effectiveness of the programs. Data was recorded on a Standard Celeration Chart that plotted phase change lines as instruction on different skills occurred. Skill acquisition was analyzed for application (occurring as a function of prior instruction) or adduction (unique combinations and blends from many instructional lessons). Skills acquisition was compared across skill levels (high, medium, low), classrooms, and periods of instruction. Developing a twice-monthly method of assessing syntactic maturity provides timely and useful feedback to teachers to help them provide effective instruction.
 

Peer Delayed Prompting With a New Math Curriculum

(Service Delivery)
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

At Morningside Delayed Prompting procedures are used to help students answer questions that require applying concepts taught in reading, writing, and math. During instruction, the teacher asks a question and provides a six-second delay for the student's answer. If the answer does not meet criterion, the teacher provides successive organization, language, content, and definition prompts until the student gives the correct answer. After three prompts the teacher provides a model to imitate. In this innovation, the teacher teaches students to use the delayed prompting procedure to prompt one another as they learn from a new math curriculum. The teacher partners middle level performers with other middle level performers, or middle level performers with high-level performers, allowing for the best results in concept acquisition. The teacher designs a sheet that coincides with the new math curriculum using a series of concrete, pictorial, and abstract prompts. The students use this sheet to identify the error being made and prompt their partner in order to correct that error. This presentation will present both teacher and student delayed prompting data, and videos of the students using the technology.

 

An Ongoing Investigation of How to Teach and Measure Problem Solving

(Applied Research)
WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA (University of North Texas), Tomas Urbina (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (Morningside Academy), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Awab Abdel-Jalil (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Whimbey and Lochhead (1999) described how problem solving can be taught if the component repertoires are brought to an overt level. One challenge university instructors face is determining when the desired repertoire has been achieved. The pilot study focused on the creation of an instructional sequence based on the work of Whimbey and Lochhead. The instructional sequence was piloted with one undergraduate student dyad and experimenters evaluated the effectiveness of the instructional sequence with a measurement tool designed to capture the interlocking behavioral contingencies between dyad members. The results suggested that the instructional sequence could be used to develop both Problem Solver and Active Listener repertoires as measured by the aforementioned tool; however, the effects were demonstrated with only one dyad and only one researcher. In the current study, experimenters assessed the generality of the instructional sequence and measurement tool with additional undergraduate student dyads. Two different graduate student researchers implemented the instructional sequence and took data on the resulting repertoires. The results suggest that the instructional sequence was transferable across researchers and that data could be collected using the measurement tool with reliability. Further, undergraduate students acquired the desired repertoires, as measured by our tools.

 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: BACB
Psychotropic Medication and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Chrystal Jansz Rieken, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clients benefit most when all members of a collaborative team combine their expertise to consider all possible interventions and outcomes (Zarcone, 2008). With increased calls for behavior analysts to participate in collaborative teams for clients receiving psychotropic medications as part of treatment, it is important to identify current training opportunities for behavior analysts in this area, and consider further opportunities that might be needed. It is also important to review how prescribers are making pharmacological treatment decisions, and how the behavior analyst can contrite to that process. This 4-paper symposium will focus on two related areas. First, two papers will review education and training opportunities available to behavior analysts, as well as BCBAs perceptions on training and collaboration opportunities. Second, two papers will summarize factors that influence prescriber decision making, and how behavior analysts can contribute to that process. A case study demonstrating successful collaboration between behavior analysis and psychiatry will be described.

Keyword(s): collaboration, psychotropic medication, training
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss perceptions within the field on the role, preparedness, and needs of behavior analysts contributing to psychotropic medication management of client behavior. 2. Describe the training-practice gap in applied behavioral pharmacology 3. Describe how factors that influence prescribing practices may be relevant for behavior analysts.
 
Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Psychotropic Medications: Results of a Survey
(Service Delivery)
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There has been an increasing pattern of psychotropic medications prescribed to treat problem behaviors in individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other intellectual disabilities (Park et al., 2016). Recent papers (Brodhead, 2014; Newhouse-Oisten, Peck, Conway, & Frieder, 2017) have provided recommendations on interdisciplinary collaboration yet there is little known involving the current practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® on the monitoring and evaluation of psychotropic medications as it pertains to behavioral interventions. Board Certified Behavior Analysts® were e-mailed an anonymous web-based survey regarding such practices. Results of the survey indicate that a majority of practitioners work with individuals prescribed at least one psychotropic medication, and that many practitioners do not work in settings that involve interdisciplinary collaboration.
 

Training Opportunities for Behavior Analysts in Psychotropic Medication Treatments in ABAI-Accredited Graduate Programs

(Applied Research)
Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), CHRYSTAL JANSZ RIEKEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Krystle Lee Curley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Calixto (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In recent years, there have been calls for behavior analysts to become more involved with issues related to psychotropic medication, both clinically and in research (van Haaren & Weeden, 2013), and to specifically consider effects of psychotropic medications during clinical assessment and intervention, to participate in the medication management process, and to participate in pharmacological research. Despite these calls, it has been suggested that the majority of behavior analysts may not have the knowledge or skill to work in these areas (Christian, Snycerski, Singh, & Poling, 1999; Wyatt, 2009). Although informal reports and reviews of behavior analytic training programs support this assertion, there is no known research that specifically seeks to determine what the current state of training may be for behavior analysts, in relation to psychopharmacology. Therefore, the current study sought to examine the medication/pharmacology-related training available within accredited training programs, and identify the rationales for the current state of offerings. Discussion will focus on the training opportunities and how they prepare behavior analysts for collaboration with prescribers.

 
Psychotropic Medication Prescription Practices in Autism Spectrum Disorder
(Applied Research)
CHRYSTAL JANSZ RIEKEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jacqueline Huscroft-D'Angelo (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: There has been an increasing pattern of psychotropic medications prescribed to treat problem behaviors in individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other intellectual disabilities (Park et al., 2016). Recent papers (Brodhead, 2014; Newhouse-Oisten, Peck, Conway, & Frieder, 2017) have provided recommendations on interdisciplinary collaboration yet there is little known involving the current practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® on the monitoring and evaluation of psychotropic medications as it pertains to behavioral interventions. Board Certified Behavior Analysts® were e-mailed an anonymous web-based survey regarding such practices. Results of the survey indicate that a majority of practitioners work with individuals prescribed at least one psychotropic medication, and that many practitioners do not work in settings that involve interdisciplinary collaboration.
 
Medication and Applied Behavior Analysis: A Prescription for Best Practice
(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Anna Marie DiPietro (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark), Rebekah Hinchcliffe (Melmark), Amanda Gill (Melmark), Amanda Marie Finlay (Melmark), James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Abstract: In clinical practice, psychiatric practitioners and board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) may make changes to an individual’s medication and behavioral treatment packages independent of one another. The potential benefits of collaboration between psychiatry and behavior analysis include more complete designs to evaluate treatment effect and more in-depth measures of behavioral changes and side effects (Blum et al., 1996). Data will be presented from a residential treatment facility that used this collaborative approach. A combination of systematic manipulations of medication packages and implementation of intensive behavioral interventions led to a reduction in challenging behavior, polypharmacy, and the occurrence of metabolic syndromes.
 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Emergent Responding Research for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Understanding the conditions under which novel speaker and listener skills emerge without direct training is paramount for increasing efficiency of intervention programs for children with autism spectrum disorder. This symposium will explore procedures to promote the emergence of novel speaker (i.e., intraverbals) and listener (i.e., following instructions) responses in children with autism. First, Hanne Augland will present a study that evaluated the effects of listener training on the emergence of two types of intraverbal task. Next, Sarah Frampton will examine the effects of instructional feedback during listener training on the emergence of intraverbal relations. Third, Andresa DeSouza will present a study that demonstrated the emergence of multiply-controlled intraverbals after training on a sequence of prerequisite skills. The final presenter, Megan Vosters will discuss the effects of echoic rehearsals on the acquisition and emergence of completing action-object instructions. David Palmer will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): emergent reponding, intraverbal, joint control, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students in applied behavior analysis programs; practitioners working in early intervention settings; educators in special education and language delayed population.

Learning Objectives: - Attendees will be able to identify strategies to promote the emergence of intraverbal responses through listener training; - Attendees will be able to identify the prerequisite skills to promote acquisition and emergence of multiply-controlled intraverbals; - Attendees will be able to describe the role of joint control in the emergence of novel instruction following.
 

Establishment of Listener Behavior May Result in Emergent Intraverbal Behavior in Children With Developmental Delays

HANNE AUGLAND (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Inger Karin Almas (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

This study examined the extent to which teaching listener behavior would facilitate the emergence of intraverbal responding in a preschool aged boy with autism. Two types of intraverbal classes were evaluated: Saying the correct category of targets (Study 1) and answering "when" questions (Study 2). We used a multiple-probe-design across three stimulus sets for Study 1 and a multiple-baseline design across three stimulus sets for Study 2. Before starting the study, the participant was able to tact all stimuli involved in the listener training. Listener training consisted of teaching the child to identify correct pictures in response to the same questions used to assess the emergence of intraverbal skills. That is, for category questions, an example of listener training was touching the picture of a hamburger in response to the question "What is food?" For "when" questions, an example of listener training consisted of touching the picture depicting night when asked "When do you go to bed?" Once listener behavior was established, we tested for transfer to intraverbal behavior. For both studies, the listener training resulted in some emergent intraverbal responding. The participant responded to criteria during intraverbal "when" questions but not during intraverbal category questions.

 
Promoting the Emergence of Untrained Intraverbals Using Instructive Feedback
SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Pediatric Medicine)
Abstract: Identifying procedures that lead to the emergence of untrained skills is a priority for clinicians serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study extended work by Shillingsburg, Frampton, Cleveland, and Cariveau (2017) by demonstrating the emergence of intraverbal relations following delivery of instructional feedback (IF). As in Shillingsburg et al. (2017), three sets of three classes of stimuli were developed for participants with ASD. The treatment, listener by name trials with IF related to the feature/function of the target stimulus, was provided for three sessions with set 1. Next, probes were conducted to assess emergence of untrained relations within set 1. If emergence of set 1 intraverbals was observed at mastery level, probes were conducted to evaluate relations across all sets (1–3). This process was repeated with the remaining sets. Results indicated that for both participants emergence of untrained intraverbal relations was observed following listener trials with IF alone. No additional relational training was required. These results highlight the possible efficiency of using a least restrictive procedure, such as IF, to produce untrained relations.
 

Facilitating the Emergence of Convergent Intraverbals in Children With Autism

ANDRESA DE SOUZA (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Acquiring intraverbal relations under the control of multiple variables is critical to language, social, and academic development. Sundberg and Sundberg (2011) identified prerequisites that may engender the emergence of novel, multiply-controlled intraverbals. We used a multiple-probe design with both nonconcurrent (across participants) and concurrent (across sets of stimuli) components to evaluate the effects of training these prerequisite skills on the emergence of untrained intraverbals with four children with autism. Specifically, we taught participants to (a) tact multiple categories of stimuli (e.g., tact zebra as "mammal" and "from the desert"); (b) select stimuli when presented with category names (e.g., select zebra and gorilla upon hearing "Point to all mammals"); (c) provide exemplars belonging to categories (e.g., say "zebra and gorilla" after the instruction "Tell me some mammals"); and (d) select the target stimulus when presented with a instruction under multiple control (e.g., select zebra upon hearing "Point to the mammal from the savanna"). Participants showed the emergence of convergent intraverbals at mastery levels after they displayed mastery performance on all of the prerequisite skills identified by Sundberg and Sundberg. We will discuss these findings in terms of operant mechanisms that may facilitate the development of generative language.

 
Emergent Instruction Following via Joint Control
MEGAN E VOSTERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Teaching procedures that facilitate the emergence of novel responses allow for increased efficiency (Grow & Kodak, 2010), which is critical when providing early-intervention services to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We taught three children diagnosed with ASD, between 5 and 6 years old, to engage in echoic rehearsals (i.e., repeat the instruction aloud) over delays to simulate the time required when searching for objects in a room to complete an instruction. A multiple baseline across participants demonstrated experimental control over the effects of teaching echoic rehearsals on the acquisition and emergence of completing novel combinations of action-object instructions (e.g., “Take out book; Put the cup on the table”). Following teaching, we observed a high level of correct responding with novel instructions for all children. Next, an experimental analysis of the two sources of stimulus control facilitating joint control, the skills to rehearse the instructions and tact the objects, confirmed their necessity in producing correct instruction following. We then assessed generalization across setting and people, including the children’s caregivers. Implications for designing early intervention programming using a conceptual analysis of joint control is discussed.
 
 
Symposium #41
The Rise of Behavioral Economics in Relation to Behavior Analysis: Nudging and the Skinnerian Tradition
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Translational
Abstract:

Behavioral Economics (BE) and nudging studies have been characterized by increasing interest in the last years, and the Nobel Memorial Prize awarded to Richard Thaler represents a recent example of the rise of this multidisciplinary and relatively young field. Nevertheless, Behavior Analysis (BA) is rarely, if at all, mentioned among its contributing sciences. Therefore, this symposium has the aim of strengthening, meaningful conceptual and empirical contributions between the two fields and feeding further the developments of behavioral insights (BI). The first paper introduces the selectionist perspective and the notion of reinforcement into the field of BE; furthermore, it discusses single-subject research and serves as the overarching framework for the following presentations. The second paper focuses more closely on the mutual conceptual contributions between BA and nudging: definitions, functional relationships in the three-term contingency and group vs. individual design of nudging interventions represent the three main topics of discussion. Finally, the third paper provides a nudging field experiment meant to increase hand sanitization in a Norwegian hospital. This sets the occasion for discussing further context analysis and the adaptability of nudges for maximum effect retention. Following nudging and BI studies may benefit from the findings of BA and vice versa.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

Contributions of Behavior Analysis to Behavioral Economics

(Theory)
ELISE FURREBOE (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis may contribute in the understanding of Behavioral Economic issues. Behavior principles have successfully been used to interpret consumption behavior (Foxall, 2001). Similarly, other areas may profit from a closer collaboration between the two fields. Yet, economics and cognitive psychology remain the main influences within the broader field of Behavioral Economics. This paper will discuss three features of behavior analysis that are relevant for the development and further understanding of behavioral economics phenomena. These features include (i) the selection perspective, (ii) the generic principle of reinforcement, and (iii) single-subject research. The selection perspective implies that the consequences of behavior and not the intentions of the individual are responsible for an organism’s behavior. Whereas a reward refers to an inherent property of an event, reinforcement refers to the selection of an act among other acts, and thus becomes a generic concept and an important part of the ontogenic selection. Single-subject research provides the means of finding the cause of the behavior by treating behavior as the dependent variable. The focus on the behavior – environment relation has great advantages in the study of behavioral economic issues.

 

Feeding the Behavioral Revolution: Contributions of Behavior Analysis to Nudging Individuals and Groups

(Theory)
MARCO TAGLIABUE (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway), Carsta Simon (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

In the rise of a "behavioral revolution," initiated conventionally by Thaler and Sunstein's publication of Nudge in 2008, governmental leaders and international organizations call for a stronger and more unified behavioral scientific approach, to tackle efficiently social problems and global issues. This article debates the relation between the nudging concept and its underlying principles from a behavior analytic viewpoint. We discuss possible reasons of why the science of behavior analysis, which may appear designated to play a central role in the rise of nudging techniques, has evolved largely unnoticed to scholars examining nudging. Furthermore, we acknowledge the contributions of nudging research from other disciplines, such as behavioral economics and public policy analysis, which benefit behavior analytic research practices. We build on the definitions by exploring the need for nudging in light of retaining positive individual consequences and showing how nudges can be contextualized to meet the variability naturally occurring in populations and integrating behavior analytic concepts in the design of nudging field experiments. We conclude with the conceptual validity and feasibility of scaling up nudging studies, and argue whether groups can be nudged in more effective ways, other than as a collection of individuals belonging to the same group.

 

Nudging Joint Responsibility in Infection Prevention: A Field Experiment

(Applied Research)
HILDE MOBEKK (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway), Laila Stokke (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

Infections are a costly matter to both individuals and society as a whole, and improving hygienic behavior is therefore of great importance. Despite decades of evidence based recommendations, getting people to comply with guidelines for infection prevention in hospitals are still challenging. To improve visitors’ compliance with infection prevention the insights from behavioral economics and behavior analysis were used. Three different nudges were developed and tested to increase the use of hand sanitizers at Rikshospitalet in Norway. The three nudges were placement (nudge 1), placement including a red sign with a short descriptive text (nudge 2), and placement including a red sign with an expanded descriptive text (nudge 3). The study comprises of 300 individual choice situations with 100 observations of each nudge. The result shows that the number of visitors using the hand sanitizers were 7% (nudge 1), 46% (nudge 2) and 40% (nudge 3). It is important to analyze the context and adjust the nudge to optimize the effect.

 
 
Panel #42
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Key Performance Indicators To Rapidly Scale A Human Services Business With Quality
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Brett DiNovi, M.A.
Chair: Pierre Louis (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
BRETT DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
MATTHEW LINDER (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
JOSEPH KENDORSKI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

Pinpointing, measuring, and changing behavior that impacts key performance indicators (KPI's) to rapidly grow a human service organization is achievable through the use of behavioral science. In fact, when executed with precision, this can result in massive scaling of services to impact many lives while creating economic opportunity for many employees. This panel is comprised of practitioners that are CEO's and executives that are doing this on a daily basis and provides specific actionable leadership behaviors that achieve massive organizational growth while maintaining the utmost quality through precise measurement of KPI's. Executives on this panel have produced peak employee and organizational performance resulting in employee retention rates exceeding 97% annually and doubling in revenue each year. The principles of organizational behavior management (OBM) that drive successful KPI trends must cascade through the fabric of three levels in any organization. Those levels include the individual employee level, the departmental level, and organization-wide level. Specific KPI's discussed are employee retention, employee engagement, employee recruitment and selection mechanisms, profit & loss, stakeholder feedback, utilization of authorized service units, diversity of funding, social media metrics, staff training and competency, fluency of accounts receivable, cash flow, and adherence to regulatory body compliance standards. Behavior analytic principles run through the fabric of each system to monitor and produce peak organizational performance in all these areas are analyzed.

Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel is business owners, C-Level leadership in human services agencies, and those with supervisory and leadership experience. Participants should have, preferably, already taken the 8-hour supervision course. BCBA's, BCaBA's, & BCBA-D's are also encouraged to attend.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe 5 key performance indicators that measure the success of an organization's performance. 2. Participants will describe 4 OBM principles that have the biggest impact on key performance indicators. 3. Participants will describe challenges business owners and leaders face when scaling a business. 4. Participants will describe and identify specific methods and tools that grow a business with quality and successful outcomes for stakeholders.
Keyword(s): KPI's, OBM, Performance management, scaling businesses
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #43
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

Behavioral Interference Between Species

Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
GREG GRETHER (University of California, Los Angeles)
Gregory F. Grether, Ph.D., is a professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology at the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) and a fellow of the Animal Behavior Society. He completed his Ph.D. at UC Davis in 1995, moved to UC Santa Barbara with a NSF postdoctoral fellowship in 1996, and moved farther south to join the UCLA faculty in 1999. His field research has taken him farther south still, mostly to tropical rainforests. Although his first taxonomic interest was primates, he was influenced at a critical stage in graduate school by Krogh's principle, "For many problems there is an animal on which it can be most conveniently studied." Over the years, Greg and his students have studied a diverse assortment of animals, including insects, arachnids, fish, salamanders, lizards, birds and mammals. The common thread through all the projects is the role of behavior in ecological and evolutionary processes. He believes in the importance of studying the behavior of animals in their natural habitats, and many of his projects include field-based analogs of experiments that are traditionally carried out in the laboratory. He has also made novel contributions to evolutionary theory, most notably the theories of genetic compensation and agonistic character displacement.
Abstract:

Aggression and reproductive interference are forms of behavioral interference that occur commonly between closely related species. Such between-species interactions can, and in most cases probably do, arise as a byproduct of activities that are part of the normal lives of animals, such as defending resources and attracting mates. However, the ecological and evolutionary consequences of behavioral interference between species can be quite distinct from the effects of the corresponding within-species interactions. Behavioral interference can determine whether species are able to coexist, and if they do coexist, how they evolve subsequently in response to each other through natural selection. Behavioral interference was probably part of human evolution, and could help explain why we are the only extant species in the genus Homo, but this talk will focus on what we know, with greater certainty, about the role of behavioral interference in the ecology and evolution of other animals. If behavioral interference is a costly interaction at the population level, why does it persist? In what ways, and to what extent, does behavioral interference affect the geographic ranges of species? How does behavioral interference affect the spread of invasive species, or the fate of endangered species? What is the evidence that behavioral interference has evolutionary consequences? I will use examples from the literature, as well as from my own research, to answer these and other questions, while striving to present a balanced perspective on the subject.

Target Audience:

Anyone with an interest in the behavior of wild animals. No prior knowledge of the subject will be assumed.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe examples of behavioral interference between species; (2) explain how aggression and reproductive interference can influence whether species coexist; (3) articulate the basic theories of reproductive and agonistic character displacement; (4) discuss the types of empirical evidence available for ecological and evolutionary effects of behavioral interference.
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Seeking Guidance in Clinical Practice: The Scholarly Literature and Ethics
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole L. Bank (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC)
CE Instructor: Nicole L. Bank, M.S.
Abstract:

Professional behavior analysts are expected to refer to the scholarly literature to guide their evidence-based clinical practices. Further, practicing behavior analysts will typically have multiple occasions to seek guidance with ethical decision making throughout their careers. The current symposium will include an overview of research and initiatives to assist professional behavior analysts with these tasks. The first presentation reports on a study of professional behavior analysts' literature search practices. Bank and Ingvarsson implemented an online survey, followed by interviews and self-monitoring with practicing BCBAs. The data suggest many participants search for literature at least once per month. Satisfaction with current literature resources decreased for those participants without a university library. Many professionals report conference attendance as a source of literature access. Juanico, Valentino and LeBlanc describe the development of a literature request service for a large service agency. They report employee literature requests received a response within two days. Valentino and LeBlanc describe a system developed in the same service agency to promote ethical behavior in the organization including an ethics network hotline. They report that ethical requests are frequently related to areas such as client rights and protection, dual relationships, and confidentiality. These presentations help gain insight to the literature searches and ethical needs of professionals in the field and describe the development of organizational supports provided to assist practitioners in both clinical and ethical decision making.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethical decisions, literature searches, organizational supports
Target Audience:

The target audience of this symposium includes all professionals credentialed by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and those working towards that credential.

 

Evaluating Professional Behavior Analysts' Literature Searches

NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

The first section of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (BACB, 2017) refers to the responsible conduct of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Included in the code is the expectation that professionals read the appropriate literature. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate how, why, and to what extent professionals access and read the behavior analysis literature. A 22-question survey was sent to professionals registered through the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The survey respondents were also invited to participate in a follow up interview and self-tracking investigation. The survey results of 398 professionals provided information on their professional credentials, work structure, literature search habits, sources of research, resource satisfaction, and other related activities. Seventeen interviews and four self-tracking participants provided additional insight. A total of 223 respondents did not have access to a university library. Eighty percent of these participants searched for research at least once per month. The most frequently used online sources included Google Scholar, PubMed, and the BACB ProQuest benefit. Thirty eight percent of participants indicated satisfaction with the research resources available to them, while 62% indicated they were somewhat satisfied or not satisfied. The predominant theme related to lack of satisfaction was access. Fifty four percent of participants that had access to a university library reported they were satisfied with the research resources available.

 
A Model for Increasing Access to Literature in Human Service Agencies
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s® (2017) Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts states that behavior analysts should rely on science and behavior analysis to inform their practice (i.e., 1.01 – Reliance on Scientific Knowledge) and undertake efforts to maintain competence by reading the literature (i.e., 1.03 – Maintaining Competence through Professional Development). However, there are often barriers (e.g., limited access, expense) that reduce the likelihood of clinicians accessing the literature, which may result in practitioners accessing the literature less. There are various strategies for increasing contact with the literature including routinely checking journal websites, e-mail alerts, and work contingencies (Carr & Briggs, 2010). This presentation will discuss the development of Trumpet Behavioral Health’s literature request system, as well as critical components of the literature request system. Four years of data from the literature request submission hotline of a large human services agency will be presented, summarizing the number of requests per month, type of requests per month, and the average response time.
 
Examining the Effects of a Network to Support Ethical Decision Making in Human Service Agencies
AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Building a network to support ethical decision making is important in human services agencies. Behavior analysts have an obligation to incorporate ethics into all facets of their clinical practice (e.g., client interface, assessing behavior, intervention, training and supervision). Simply providing rules for acting ethically is unlikely to enable practitioners to behave ethically. This presentation will present a system for promoting ethical behavior in an organizational setting. The ethics system involves encouragement of open discussion, an infrastructure for seeking assistance, fostering ethical behavior and development of educational resources. One year of data from the ethics submission hotline of a large human services agency will be presented. The data will summarize the number and type of submissions per month and average response time from the ethics committee. We will also discuss how the content from the ethics submissions guided creation of new tools and resources.
 
 
Panel #45
On the Bidirectional Influence of Behavior Analysis and Technology
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (Zuce Technologies)
LISA M STEDMAN-FALLS (University of Florida)
ALEJANDRO DIAZ (Florida International University)
ANDREA CAROLINA VILLEGAS (University of Florida)
Abstract: Advancements in technology provide behavior analysts with new solutions for overcoming challenges related to service delivery. Interestingly, there are also opportunities for behavior analysts to influence the development of consumer technologies. Audience members who are interested in leveraging behavior analytic skills in the technology sector, or vice versa, will have the chance to learn from behavior analysts who are doing so already. The discussion will address issues related to cross-disciplinary collaboration, behavior analytic entrepreneurship, and dissemination via commercialization. Alejandro Rene Diaz, COO of wePortal, Inc., works with software developers to enhance the user experience of mobile and web portals designed to provide computing solutions for behavior analysts. Andrea Villegas, cofounder of BehaviorMe, Inc., works closely with software developers to create virtual reality technology as an intervention tool used in conjunction with behavioral therapy. Lisa Stedman-Falls, Clinical Director of the UF Behavioral Health and Technology Research Clinic and owner of Vita Elevant, LLC, uses a variety of consumer technologies to provide behavior analytic services to individuals with health behavior concerns and to individuals with autism. The panel is chaired by Zachary Morford, founder of Zuce Technologies and former chair of the ABAI BATech SIG.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cross-collaboration, dissemination, entrepreneurship, technology
 
 
Invited Panel #46
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Contextual Behaviorism: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
CE Instructor: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Panelists: CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University), JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This session is coupled with, and immediately follows, a SQAB tutorial on contextual behaviorism presented by Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion have arisen because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but we (SQAB and ABAI's Science Board) wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe principles of contextual behaviorism; (2) link contextual behaviorism to Skinner's verbal behavior theory; (3) explain how practical issues in applied behavior analysis are tied to contextual behaviorism.
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct faculty at Endicott College, MA, and at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. Dr. Miguel has published 60 articles and book chapters on basic and applied research related to verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) and currently serves as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, and the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Miguel is a regular speaker at conferences all over the world.
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt is a Professor in the Rehabilitation Services undergraduate program and an affiliated faculty in the Behavior Analysis and Therapy program. She holds a Ph.D. (1998) and MA (1995) from the Behavior Analysis Program (in Psychology) at the University of Nevada, and a BA (1993) in psychology from the University of Puget Sound. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Rehfeldt has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, behavioral assessment, principles of behavior, introduction to behavior analysis, verbal behavior, and radical behaviorism. Dr. Rehfeldt has authored nearly 100 articles and book chapters, primarily in the areas of derived stimulus relations and verbal behavior. Dr. Rehfeldt has served as the editor of The Psychological Record for 12 years and has been an editorial board member for a number of behavior analytic journals over the years. She has co-edited one textbook with Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, entitled Derived Relational Responding: Applications for Learners with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities: A Progressive Guide to Change, and is currently co-editing a textbook tentatively entitled, Applied Behavior Analysis of Language and Cognition, with Mitch Fryling, Jonathan Tarbox, and Linda Hayes.
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Dr. Tarbox is the Director of Research and Regional Clinic Director at FirstSteps for Kids, in the greater Los Angeles area. Dr. Tarbox has published two books on autism treatment, as well as over 60 peer-reviewed articles and chapters in scientific texts. Dr. Tarbox is a past member of the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders and a current member of the editorial boards of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Behavioral Development Bulletin, and Behavior Modification. Dr. Tarbox’s research interests include teaching complex language, social, and cognitive skills, as well as the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders and severe challenging behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Social Interactions for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present three studies teaching social interaction-related skills to children with autism spectrum disorder. The first study used intraverbal training to improve object substitution symbolic play behavior for children who lacked such play skills. The second study used a speaker immersion approach to increase

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): social interaction
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, special education teachers, applied researchers, autism researchers

 
Effects of Speaker Immersion on the Increase of Spontaneous Mands and Tacts
HYOUJA LEE (National University of Transportation, Korea), Hye-Suk Lee Park (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Hyomin Ahn (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Sujeong Kim (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Hyejeong Jang (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Yeonhee Yu (KAVBA ABA Children's Center)
Abstract: The study was conducted for 2 four-year old girls and 3 4- or 5-year old boys with developmental disabilities in a private agency. All of the participants had mands and tact but didn’t show spontaneous mands and tacts. Data were collected in a multiple baseline across participant design. Target behaviors were spontaneous mands and tacts when relevant establishing operations were in place. Intervention was teaching to mand. Relevant establishing operations were manipulated during daily routine such as using bathroom or snack time. The children needed to mand for each step of daily routine in order to complete the routine. For example, the children were required to mand for pulling up pants, using soap, water, paper towel and etc. in order to finish using the bathroom. 15-16 establishing operations were manipulated during the intervention. During the baseline, the establishing operations were in place and the experimenters waited 3 to 5 seconds for spontaneous mands from the children. When the children manded for the step, they were allowed to do the step. If not, the experimenter waited another 3 to 5 seconds, and allowed them to do the step. During the intervention, the experimenter provided echoic prompts if the children didn’t emit independent mands within 3 to 5 seconds. The prompted mands were followed immediate reinforcement. Generalizations were tested in other settings such as art activity or free plays. Spontaneous tacts were also tested to see whether increasing spontaneous mands during daily routine induce increased tacts. The results showed that the intervention procedure were effective in increasing independent mands during training sessions. The results of generalizations and increasing tacts varied across the participants.
 

Increasing "Object-Substitution" Symbolic Play in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

GABRIELLE T. LEE (Chongqing Normal University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education), Sheng Xu (Chongqing Normal University), ShaoJu Jin (Sichuan University of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may not develop symbolic play skills so such skills need to be taught specifically. We report an experiment regarding a procedure targeting "object-substitution" symbolic play skills. The "object-substitution" symbolic play behavior occurred when the child labeled a common object with the name of a substitute and used the object to perform a play action (e.g., As she put a bowl on her head, she called it a hat). A multiple probe across behaviors design was employed with five children (four boys and one girl, aged 3 to 6) with ASD. All children had verbal communication and demonstrated functional play and generalized imitation, but no symbolic play skills prior to the study. The instruction consisted of intraverbal training, picture prompts, and modeling of play actions. All children demonstrated object-substitution symbolic play skills after the instruction. The occurrences of response generalization were also discussed.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Relate Self to Others

WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

One of the major characters of children with autism is having difficulty to establish social relationship with others. The basic challenge is to relate self to others, or have difficulty to pay attention to people around. Teaching the children to pay attention to people around,( such as: what color of the person's hair is, tact the person who possessed specific object, and who is looking at you, etc.) are the fundamental skills the children with autism to relate self to others, and later for facilitating social interaction. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to pay attention to people and also to be aware of whether is someone looking at her. One child, age 4, diagnosed with autism, who can tact over 50 items and had basic listener skills, participated in this study. Three behaviors were targeted in order to teach her to pay attention to people around and start to relate self to others. Three target behaviors included:(a) tact a person's name and tact his/her color of hair or clothes, or to touch other's ear or shoulder, upon requested, e.g., when teacher asked what color Mary's clothes is, the child can response correctly; or when presenting two persons, teach would ask the child to touch Jenny's shoulder, the child do it upon request; (b) Observe and tact the person who possessed specific object, e.g., upon requested, the child can tact the person has red toy car on hand, (c) observe and tell who is watching at me (the subject), eg., when presenting two persons, the child can tact the one who is looking at her . Multiple probe across behaviors were used to validate effectiveness of the strategies in this study. The results showed positive results across the three behaviors both in the acquisition level and generalization effects. Parent's report and social validity data also showed favor results. Real life generalization and its impacts on the child's everyday life will be discussed. In addition, future research suggestion will be provided at the end of the paper.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on the Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Behavior and the Impact of Various Levels of Treatment Integrity on Response Interruption and Redirection Outcomes
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three presentations evaluating the effects of various interventions on problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement and a presentation summarizing research on the efficacy of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) implemented at various levels of treatment integrity. The first study evaluated whether a multiple schedule in which a bracelet worn by the participant signaled the availability of praise for appropriate walking and the delivery of reprimands for toe walking was effective in decreasing toe walking. The second study investigated the effects of RIRD and response cost (RC) alone as well as a treatment package consisting of both RIRD plus RC on the level of stereotypy. The third study examined the processes, extinction, punishment, or both, responsible for the effectiveness of RIRD. And the final study summarized research evaluating the extent that treatment integrity impacts RIRD treatment outcome in the clinical setting. These presentations will be reviewed by a discussant.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, RIRD, stereotypy, toe walking
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn about the effects of various interventions on levels of automatically reinforcement behavior 2. Attendees will learn about the impact of treatment integrity errors on the efficacy of response interruption and redirection 3. Attendees will learn about factors to be considered in selecting interventions for automatically reinforced behavior
 

The Use of a Multiple Schedule to Decrease Toe Walking in a Child With Autism

ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated a multiple schedule in which a bracelet worn by the participant signaled the availability of praise for appropriate walking and the delivery of reprimands for toe walking in a young boy with autism. We first conducted a pre-treatment screening analysis to verify that toe walking was sensitive to automatic reinforcement. Next, we conducted a treatment evaluation using the multiple schedule. In the absence of the bracelet, no programmed consequences were delivered for toe walking. Once toe walking decreased to criterion levels with the bracelet on, we increased the amount of time the participant wore the bracelet. We also assessed generalization and maintenance of the effects. The multiple schedule was effective; toe walking decreased to near zero levels. In addition, the effects of the procedure generalized to community settings and maintained at all follow-up assessment dates. The participant's mother also effectively implemented the procedure. Implications and suggestions for future research are provided.

 

Further Evaluation of Treatments for Vocal Stereotypy: Respond Interruption Redirection and Response Cost

KIERSTY MCNAMARA (Univeristy Of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to expand on previous research by evaluating the effects of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and response cost (RC) alone in reducing vocal stereotypy and to evaluate whether a treatment package consisting of RIRD plus RC leads to greater suppression of stereotypy. Preference, reinforcer, and competing items assessments were conducted to identify items for the response cost condition. In addition results of a functional analysis indicated that stereotypy was automatically reinforced. During the treatment phase we evaluated the effects of RIRD, RC, and RIRD plus RC on stereotypy using a multielement design. We observed high levels of vocal stereotypy during both baseline and toy baseline conditions. All three treatments led to a substantial decrease in stereotypy for all participants however for one participant stereotypy continued to occur during the treatment intervals of the RC condition. We discuss limitations of the current study and areas for future research.

 

A Component Analysis of Response Interruption and Redirection for Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATHERINE PENA (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) is an effective intervention for reducing vocal stereotypy, an often automatically maintained form of problem behavior that is otherwise difficult to treat. Previous research has suggested that RIRD works through a combination of extinction, punishment, or both. We attempted to examine processes responsible for RIRD's effectiveness by evaluating an analog to interruption consisting of contingent and noncontingent presentation of neutral sounds to suppress vocal stereotypy in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and comparing those effects to RIRD. Neutral sounds were identified through the use of a preference assessment of various sounds. RIRD was effective in all of the participants, but noncontingent presentation of neutral sounds and contingent presentations of neutral sounds ranged from ineffective to not as effective as RIRD. Manipulating the amount of time with a sound playing did not have an effect on vocal stereotypy either. These results expand on previous research that call into question extinction-like explanations for the effectiveness of RIRD.

 

Response Interruption and Redirection Treatment Integrity Considerations

CANDICE COLON-KWEDOR (Behavioral Concepts Inc.), Kimberly Gauthier (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to effectively decrease automatically maintained behavior. However, its application outside of an experimental setting constitutes an emerging literature base. Research evaluating the extent that treatment integrity impacts RIRD treatment outcome in the clinical setting will be reviewed and compared. In study 1, treatment integrity observations on the consistency and accuracy of treatment implementation were collected in a classroom setting with three participants diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Results showed that treatment integrity varied across participants and across staff members. Inconsistent implementation was the most common error. However, when RIRD was implemented the components were carried out as prescribed with high accuracy. When an analysis of consistency errors was conducted in a controlled setting, RIRD was generally effective at 50% consistency following previous exposure to 100% consistency. Study 2, further investigated this phenomenon by comparing treatment effects when degraded treatment consistency was not preceded by exposure to 100% consistency. Results varied across participants, but generally more rapid suppression occurred during the 100% condition. An evaluation of these results is discussed in terms of treatment integrity considerations when implementing RIRD in a clinical setting.

 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Efficacy and Preference of Procedures to Train Caregivers in Compliance and Embedded-Teaching Strategies
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Ciobha Anne McKeown, M.S.
Abstract:

The symposium features four studies on training undergraduates or caregivers to implement behavior analytic treatments. Hallie Ertel will present on the efficacy of and caregiver preference for differing ratios of low-p to high-p instructions to increase compliance, and the results suggest that caregivers tend to prefer the most efficacious ratio. Elizabeth Foley will present on a self-instruction package on implementation of guided compliance, and the results suggest that this type of training is an efficacious alternative when resources are limited. Mary Halbur will present an evaluation on caregiver preference and acceptability of three prompting strategies prior to and following acquisition of caregiver implementation. These results provide insight on how to improve the accuracy of preference and acceptability measures. Finally, Maegan Pisman will present on an evaluation to teach caregivers to implement multiple evidence-based strategies within a play context. Given the acquisition, generalization, and child-preference outcomes, this intervention seems well suited for caregivers to use when teaching young children with an autism spectrum disorder. We are excited and honored that Dr. Nicole Heal is serving as the discussant given her expertise and passion for these areas of research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, compliance, staff training, treatment acceptability
Target Audience:

Target audience will include practitioners interested in efficacious training procedures for staff and caregivers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants should be able to describe recent advancements in treating noncompliance, methodology to assess caregiver preference and acceptability of a treatment, and variables that make treatment packages efficacious.
 

The Effect of Various High-P to Low-P Instruction Ratios on Compliance

HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Lianne Hurtado (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence, which involves the delivery of a series of high-probability instructions immediately before delivery of a low-probability instruction, is a commonly used procedure to increase compliance among children and individuals with intellectual disabilities. Although the modal ratio of high-p instructions to low-p instructions is 3:1, other ratios may be more effective. In the current study, we compared three ratios of high-p to low-p instructions (i.e., 1:1, 3:1, and 5:1) during use of the high-p instructional sequence to increase compliance among three children with autism. Results suggest that the 5:1 ratio was most effective. Although less effective, the 3:1 ratio and 1:1 also produced increases in compliance. In addition, we had each participant's caregiver nominate the most preferred ratio and we then evaluated caregiver implementation of the most effective ratio. In general, the most preferred ratio was also the most effective ratio, even when implemented by caregivers. Implications of these findings and directions for future research are discussed.

 
An Evaluation of Self Instruction on the Implementation and Generalization of Guided Compliance
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Nicole Coleman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We examined the effects of a self-instruction package, which included written instructions and a data sheet on participants’ accurate implementation of a guided compliance procedure with four undergraduate student participants. Additionally, we assessed generalization of the accurate implementation of the procedure across (a) treatment setting, (a) treatment recipient (learner), and (c) instruction type. During all sessions, a simulated client followed one of several scripts, which varied in the sequence of client responses across trials. Three of the four participants demonstrated mastery of the guided compliance procedure with the self-instruction package. For these three participants, the skill successfully generalized across the three parameters and maintained after we removed access to the self-instruction package. The fourth participant required the use of behavioral skills training (i.e., video modeling and feedback) to achieve mastery of the skill. For this participant, the skill successfully generalized and maintained after we removed access to the intervention. Overall, results suggested that the self-instruction package may be an effective alternative to more resource intensive training methods.
 

An Evaluation of Caregiver Preference for Prompting Procedures

MARY HALBUR (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Erin Corrigan (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Raven Wood (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute)
Abstract:

Previous researchers have suggested that caregiver participation in intervention can enhance intervention and promote generalization of skills across settings. Thus, parents should be trained to implement behavioral interventions. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate caregiver preference for and acceptability of three commonly used prompting procedures. Experimenters trained caregivers of children with disabilities to use three evidence-based prompting strategies (i.e., least-to-most, most-to-least, and a progressive prompt delay). Once the caregiver reached the mastery criteria with each prompting procedure, his/her preference for each of the strategies was evaluated using a concurrent-chains arrangement. Additionally, treatment acceptability of all procedures was measured multiple times throughout the study. All participants met the mastery criteria for each of the prompting procedures and showed a preference for least-to-most prompting. Results suggested that caregivers' preferences for procedures prior to training were different than post-training/post-child practice. In addition, indirect assessment scores corresponded to choice trials during the end assessments. The data obtained during this study support the utility of objective measures for studying preference for behavioral skill-acquisition procedures.

 
Caregiver Integration of Four Teaching Strategies in a Play Context on Child Acquisition and Preference.
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Young children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require systematic teaching to learn tacts and mands, and activity-based play serves as one situation in which these skills can be taught. However, no study has shown how to teach caregivers to implement multiple evidence-based strategies while maintaining play as a preferred context. We recruited two dyads composed of two mothers and their sons (three and four years old). We used a multiple-probe design across responses to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training on the mothers’ simultaneous implementation of parallel play, child-directed interaction, incidental teaching (mand), and direct teaching (tact); we also, subsequently, observed their child acquire the target mand and tact as a function of the mothers’ teaching. By assessing the children’s preference between playing alone with toys versus playing with toys and their mother, we confirmed that introducing the teaching strategies did not decrease the value of playing with their caregiver. We obtained stimulus generalization and maintenance of the caregivers’ skills from the clinic to their home, and the caregivers taught an additional target mand and tact. The outcomes serve as preliminary support for an intervention that all parents raising a child with an ASD should receive.
 
 
Symposium #50
Rules, Derived Relational Responding, and Understanding Complex Language
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Haley Davis (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Leah Verkuylen (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

There have been many empirical advances in relational frame theory and the understanding of rule governance with implications in the field of autism treatment. These advances include the effectiveness of relational training on increasing complex skill repertoires in language and cognition. Relational training includes teaching new skills based on contextual cues while promoting emerged, untaught relations. The current symposium will discuss new evidence for teaching relational skills and complex responding to individuals with autism and related disabilities. Methodologies include relational training based on a variety of contextual cues including those of sameness, difference, opposition, comparisons, hierarchy, and perspective-taking. Additionally, case conceptualization and implementation of relational training procedures will be discussed and how these technologies can be used in clinical practice. Finally, conceptual advances in rule governance and its relationship to derived responding will also be evaluated through a theoretical lens. The implications of how derived relational responding impacts complex language development will be explored.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Derived Relations, Relational Training, Rule Governance
 

Evaluating the Effects of Relational Training on Complex Reasoning Skills for Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LINDSEY RENEE ELLENBERGER (Southern Illinois University), Mina Rohail (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Children with autism often have deficits related to spatial and analogical reasoning. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) may provide a solution for teaching these skills using various contextual cues in order to increase these complex skill repertoires for children with autism. The current study evaluated the impact of relational training on various complex tasks such as block design and responding to analogies presented in a matrix. Arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli were trained in a variety of tasks using relational training by teaching one relationship between stimuli and testing for additional, emerged relations. These test probes were also conducted for novel, untrained stimuli. Various relational cues were trained and tested within this study, including cues from frames of coordination, distinction, comparison, opposition, hierarchy, and deictic responding. Following relational training, participants were able to increase their response to relational cues on complex reasoning tasks. Pre- and post- intelligence scores will also be discussed.

 

Teaching Hierarchical Responding in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
ALYSSE A CEPEDA (Southern Illinois University), Lindsey Renee Ellenberger (Southern Illinois University), Mina Rohail (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a behavioral account of human language and cognition. This theory proposes that human language can be understood through relational frames, which are often divided into "families" of particular forms of relations. These families include, but are not limited to, comparison, opposition, distinction, and hierarchy. Hierarchical responding, a complex verbal operant that is comprised of relations in which stimuli are contained within or made up of, other stimuli. Examples of such relations include part-whole or attribute-of relationships. Existing research has not thoroughly examined hierarchical responding or procedures to promote its development for children with autism. The present studies examined the utility of the PEAK relational training system transformation curriculum in the promotion of hierarchical responding in children diagnosed with developmental disabilities.

 
PEAK Implementation and Case Conceptualization Strategies for Clinical Intervention
(Applied Research)
MARY GRACE CAVALIERE (St. Louis University), Emily Dzugan (Saint Louis University), Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon, 2014/2017) includes four volumes of direct curriculum instruction, namely Direct Training, Generalization, Equivalence, and Transformation. The modules contain various ABA language training including traditional verbal behavior training, promotion of generalization, equivalence training, and relational training. Emerging research on PEAK to date continues to highlight the curriculum’s effectiveness at increasing new skills across academic, emotional, recreational, and daily living repertoires. While promising, little is currently available to clinicians to guide program implementation, and no studies to date have discussed best practice for using the curriculum across each volume. Therefore, the current study will highlight case conceptualization and behaviorally based implementation strategies for PEAK across a series of case studies. Each case will highlight PEAK change scores, program selection criterion, implementation strategies, and case conceptualization planning across time points (i.e., baseline, treatment probes, post-treatment, follow-up/maintenance) and PEAK volumes. Results and implications for thorough and ongoing behavioral treatments will be provided.
 

Walk the Walk and Talk the Talk: Review and Conceptual Analysis of Say-Do Correspondence Research

(Theory)
SAVANNAH PIO (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Several decades of research have evaluated the effects of say-do correspondence training across a variety of behaviors and populations. Several different procedural variations have been evaluated, including say-do and do-say correspondence. General findings across the studies have shown that reinforcing correspondence between what individuals say they are going to do and what they actually do can be effective for increasing rates of low-probability behaviors and generalization has been documented across multiple topographies and settings. This paper will review highlights of the say-do correspondence literature and conduct a conceptual analysis of say-do correspondence training in terms of establishing generalized repertoires of rule-deriving and rule-following. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. By examining these complex phenomena in our science, we will be better equipped to understand conditions leading to skill acquisition, as well as those related to emissions of challenging behavior. Implications for a comprehensive account of human behavior will also be discussed during this presentation.

 
 
Paper Session #51
Understanding and Enhancing a Variety of Functional Skills Across the Lifespan
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA
Chair: Meaghan McCollow (California State University East Bay)
 

Sexuality Education and Developmental Disabilities: Supporting the Development of Sexually Healthy Individuals Through Behavior-Based Strategies

Domain: Theory
MEAGHAN MCCOLLOW (California State University East Bay), Marissa Congdon (Cal State San Bernardino)
 
Abstract:

Sexuality education is an often overlooked aspect of education for children and youth with developmental disabilities. However, it is an important aspect of the development of healthy individuals. Without explicit instruction, these individuals are at risk of lack of information regarding sexual development, sexual and reproductive health, interpersonal relationships, affection, intimacy, body image, and gender roles. This lack of information can lead to misinformation about sexuality, lack of development of sexual and gender identities, and leaves these individuals open to abuse. Behaviorally-based strategies can be used to support sexuality education for individuals with developmental disabilities, including the use of task analysis, video modeling, reinforcement strategies, and self-management. This presentation will describe the current research literature on sexuality education as well as results from a practitioner survey on strategies used to provide sexuality education. Future directions for behaviorally-based strategies for sexuality education include a focus on ways in which generalization can be achieved and the ethical parameters practitioners need to consider.

 

Influences on Developmental Delay as Antecedent Conditions: Support for Early Intervention

Domain: Theory
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University), Nelly Dixon (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract:

Developmental assessment instruments are used to determine how close a child is to developmental norms when screening for developmental disabilities. While delay in development is a symptom in the diagnosis of several disabilities, it is not a disability itself. Although the literature often treats developmental delay as a disability, there is no consistently recognized treatment (as required in the diagnosis of a disability). Addressing the target behavior is recognized to be more effective in early interventions than addressing the symptoms of the diagnosis. Addressing the target behavior is, therefore, even more appropriate when the diagnosis of developmental delay is not specific. Recognizing the environmental conditions influencing the target behaviors associated with development delay can lead to identification of antecedent interventions and discriminative stimuli. The goal of this study is to suggest means of enhancing interventions by understand the nature of developmental delays that are unassociated with a diagnosed disability. Examining archival data and analyzing interviews with early intervention practitioners will support resolution of problems associated with environmental influences on delays. Recommendations will be presented regarding ways in which parents, educators, and professionals can enrich development in early childhood.

 

Acquisition of Self-Feeding Skills for Children With Feeding Disorders

Domain: Applied Research
HALLIE M. SMITH (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
 
Abstract:

Typically developing children and children without feeding disorders gradually develop and advance their self-feeding skills without any formalized intervention; however, children with feeding disorders are not likely to develop skills needed to self-feed or self-drink at an age appropriate level without individualized treatment (Carruth & Skinner, 2002; Peterson, Volkert, & Zeleny, 2015). Although children with feeding disorders may have met treatment goals for acceptance of liquids and solids, this often does not translate to the child being able to independently feed themselves using those same treatment strategies (Rivas et al., 2014; Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, 2011). Unfortunately, the literature is limited regarding treatments to increase self-feeding skills, particularly for children with feeding difficulties whose deficits are related to delays in skill development (Rivas et al., 2014). The current study explored the use of errorless learning and prompt fading to increase self-feeding of three children ranging from age 3 to 8 years old; participants presented with various developmental delays and/or medical diagnoses. Results of a multiple baseline and multiple probe study indicated that these procedures increased independence of self-feeding skills of all participants.

 

Using Google Maps to Teach Independent Navigation of the Community for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD PRICE (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University)
 
Abstract:

Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often have difficulties developing independent living skills, including navigating their community. Acquiring the skills to use GPS-based mobile applications to navigate the community could enhance opportunities to live independently and to obtain competitive, community-based employment. A multiple baseline design was used to teach seven adults with IDD, ages 18-26, to use Google Maps to navigate their community. Specifically, Google Maps was used to teach walking navigation and public transit (e.g., the bus) navigation in a community setting. Two phases of instruction were implemented. Total task training was first used to teach walking navigation. Once participants reached criterion of 100% independence for two consecutive sessions, total task training was used to teach navigation on a public transit system. In baseline, participants were unable to use Google Maps to follow walking directions or public transit directions. To date, all participants have reached mastery criterion for walking directions and 4 have reached mastery for public transit training. Data are being collected on skill generalization to novel locations. These results provide evidence for the utility of using a GPS-based mobile application to teach navigation skills to young adults with IDD.

 
 
 
Symposium #52
Behavioral Variability: Reinforcement and Induction
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
Abstract:

Acquisition of operant behavior depends on selection from behavioral variations. As discussed by Stahlman, variations result from two main sources, direct reinforcement of variability itself and induction of variability resulting from such sources as Pavlovian relationships and extinction. Nergaard & Holth describe a novel procedure (with rats) and question the very possibility of reinforced or "operant" variability. They attribute observed variability to cycles of reinforcement and extinction of individual responses. Quite differently, Galizio, Haynes, Frye & Odum continue an extensive line of research showing that response variability is a behavioral dimension controlled by contingencies in many ways analogously to other such operant dimensions as response rate and force. They explore (with pigeons) spontaneous recovery of previously reinforced variable responding. Abreu-Rodrigues and Carmona extend research on how variability contingencies influence preferences. They explore (with pigeons) choices for different run length of varying sequences. This symposium provides innovative research and interpretations of response variability with diverse theoretical views from diverse locales -- Brazil, Norway and the US. Neuringer, as discussant, will attempt to relate the four presentations to additional basic operant-variability research and its application in education and treatment of autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Extinction, Reinforced variability, Spontaneous recovery, Variation-Selection
 
Spontaneous Recovery of Reinforced Behavioral Variability
(Basic Research)
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Jeremy Haynes (Utah State University), Charles Casey Joel Frye (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Reinforced behavioral variability is adaptive and has been shown to be susceptible to relapse in the form of reinstatement, resurgence, and rapid reacquisition. In the present study, we examined spontaneous recovery of reinforced behavioral variability in pigeons. Twelve pigeons emitted four-peck sequences across two keys and responded in a two-component multiple schedule. In the Vary component, pigeons earned food for emitting sequences that satisfied a lag 8 schedule of reinforcement, i.e., a sequence produced food only if it differed from the previous eight sequences emitted. In the Yoke component, reinforcement was delivered probabilistically, such that reinforcement rates in both components were matched. Next, responding in both components was placed on extinction. Following extinction, pigeons experienced a rest period in which sessions were not run. Finally, we tested for spontaneous recovery by resuming extinction sessions. An increase in variable responding in the Vary component during testing would be indicative of spontaneous recovery of reinforced behavioral variability. This finding would have implications for interventions designed to increase or decrease behavioral variability in clinical populations.
 

Recent Challenges to the View That Variability can be Directly Reinforced

(Basic Research)
SIV KRISTIN NERGAARD (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

Research by Neuringer and colleagues has reliably demonstrated that behavioral variability increases when reinforcement is contingent on it. An alternative summary of the contingencies that typically prevail in variability experiments is that several responses cycle between reinforcement and extinction. The current Experiment 1 tested this by making reinforcement contingent upon predetermined but shifting responses. Resulting U values were similar to those obtained in comparable lag schedules. Second, the details of what happens when reinforcement is contingent on variable responding may be more transparent when the descriptive operant class consists of responding to several different operanda rather than of different sequences of responses on two operanda. In Experiment 2, we also modified the lag n schedule so that reinforcement was contingent on the occurrence of a response to an operandum that differed from the n previously operated operanda rather than just the n previous responses. The results showed that (1) the rats only emitted as many different responses as the lag schedule required, (2) when the lag increased and, thus, required a response to an additional operandum, such an additional response emerged, and next (3) rather than demonstrating reinforced variability, the rats fairly consistently repeated the last reinforced response.

 

Numerosity Discrimination: Does it Affect Choice Under Variation Contingencies?

(Basic Research)
JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Lucas Carmona (Universidade de Brasília)
Abstract:

Choice between differing varying contingencies is affected by the variation requirement as well as by the cost of responding (i.e. switching between operanda). The present study investigated whether such choices would also be affected by within-sequence discriminative control. This possibility is supported by numerosity studies which show an inverse relation between sequence accuracy and run length, i.e., number of responses to be emitted on one operandum before switching to the other. Pigeons were exposed to a pre-training phase in which control by numerosity was established. By the end of this phase, the animals had to emit 10-response sequences according to a multiple schedule. To be reinforced, the sequence had to differ from the previous two correct ones and contain run lengths of 1 to 4 responses (Max 4-Lag 2 component) or 6 to 9 responses (Min 6-Lag 2 component). Accuracy was close to 50% in both components. Next, a concurrent-chain schedule in which the Max 4-Lag 2 and Min 6-Lag 2 contingencies operated in the terminal links. Preference for the shorter run length was observed for the pigeon that is already in this phase, despite equal reinforcer probabilities across terminal links, suggesting that discriminative control by numerosity affects choice.

 
The Sources of Adaptive Behavioral Variation: Simplifying the Problem
(Theory)
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington)
Abstract: Variation is not merely important for the production of adaptive phenotypes, but fundamentally necessary to the products of any evolutionary system. This simple fact illuminates a major discrepancy between modern psychology and behavior analysis. Though much of contemporary work in psychology diminishes or disregards the need to account for variation in individuals, a behavior analytic perspective sees such variation as being a primary thing to be explained. Empirical work suggests at least two means by which behavioral variation may be controlled; one manner is by virtue of the consequences of varying behavior (i.e., operant variation), while another is by virtue of the stimulus control exerted antecedently to the emission of behavior (i.e., respondent variation). I discuss this literature in the context of an evolutionary selectionist framework and present important parallels in the functions of variation at different levels of selection. All important effects may be folded into what I have termed a behavioral evolutionary synthesis, which characterizes organismal behavior as the primary unit of selection in evolution. I contend this framework represents an important simplification of thought in behavioral science.
 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Concurrent Operant Assessments in Public School Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The concurrent operant assessment (COA) has potential as a flexible and socially valid assessment strategy to guide reinforcement-based interventions for students with intensive behavior support needs in schools. In this symposium, we will present a series of data sets illustrating applications of COAs in public education settings. The first two presenters will share results of applied research studies in which COAs were used to inform interventions designed to increase compliance and/or on-task behavior for elementary-age students with or at risk for disabilities. The next two presenters will share data sets accumulated from state-funded projects related to implementing COAs in public school systems. One of these presentations will focus on a series of case summaries from a behavioral consultation model in which COAs have played an integral role. The other will present outcome data from a series of trainings designed to prepare school-based consultants to independently conduct COAs?from assessment design to data analysis and interpretation. Following the four data-based presentations, our discussant will offer comments on strengths and limitations of the works presented, and identify future directions for research and practice with respect to maximizing the impact of these assessments in schools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice assessment, concurrent operants, functional assessment, school
Target Audience:

Our presentation is targeted to behavior analysts who work in educational settings as well as those who conduct behavior analytic research in educational settings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify situations in which concurrent operant assessments may be useful in practice. 2. Attendees will be able to identify specific questions that concurrent operant assessments are suited to address. 3. Attendees will gain an understanding of how results of concurrent operant assessments should be interpreted and used to guide individualized behavioral and/or instructional supports. 4. Attendees will become familiar with a training model used to prepare school consultants to independently conduct concurrent operant assessments.
 
Utility of Concurrent Operant Assessments to Inform Function-Based Interventions
(Applied Research)
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Naomi Parikh (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: For students who engage in passive forms of problem behavior, such as noncompliance and off-task behavior, alternatives to the functional analysis may be needed to identify reinforcers for compliance, work completion, and/or active engagement in instruction. We evaluated the utility of concurrent operant assessments (COAs) to identify reinforcers for work completion for four students with or at risk for emotional/behavioral disorders who engaged in frequent noncompliant and off-task behaviors. For each student, we compared results of researcher- and teacher-implemented COAs. Then, using an alternating treatments design, we compared the effects of an intervention matched to the COA outcome to intervention conditions that were not matched to the COA outcome on levels of work completion and task engagement. For two of the four participants, results of COAs corresponded across implementers and intervention results validated these outcomes. For the other two participants, COA outcomes differed by implementer and results of the intervention comparison were not differentiated. Limitations, implications, and future directions for research on COAs are identified.
 

Oh the Places You'll Go: Concurrent Operant Assessment in School-Based Consults

(Service Delivery)
KATHLEEN SIMCOE (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), Katie Gregory (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD)
Abstract:

Choice assessments have shown promise in a variety of settings for identifying stimuli that may be used as reinforcers within behavioral interventions. One such assessment, the Concurrent Operant Assessment (COA), may be especially promising in educational settings that prioritize safe and efficient strategies to identify potential reinforcers for replacement behavior. Embedded within a behavior consultation model for public school-based teams across our state, we have conducted a series of COAs for students with challenging behavior. The consultations are intended to reduce challenging behaviors that raise safety concerns, interfere with learning, limit student access to the least-restrictive environment, and require high resource usage. Consultants train teams of educators to implement evidence-based treatment programs in the classroom. Within this consultation model, COAs are increasingly used to assess motivating variables and preferences for students and inform treatment decisions related to programmed contingencies of reinforcement for appropriate behavior. Outcome data will be shared on COA results, implications for treatment, and student outcomes.

 
Outcomes of a Concurrent Operant Assessment Training for School-Based Consultants
(Service Delivery)
AMY GRABER (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Kristina Miiller (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Hannah Stokes (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Jake Vitense (Grant Wood Area Education Agency)
Abstract: Utilizing concurrent operant assessments (COA) while conducting a functional behavior assessment in a school-based environment can more specifically inform special education behavior intervention plans. Training staff who consult in the schools on this technology is important to increase its use and effectiveness. School-based consultants were selected to be trained on this behavior assessment. Skills taught for COAs included designing the assessment, decision-making during the assessment, conducting procedures, data collection, and data analysis. Didactic training was provided followed by on-site training sessions with trainees and students. Trainees were directly observed demonstrating skills and provided necessary coaching. Trainers used task analyses to evaluate trainees’ level of independence in the aforementioned skill areas. Training outcome data indicated that trainees acquired procedures, data collection, and data analysis skills more quickly than assessment design and decision-making skills. A comparison of cohorts of trainees show the groups acquired the same types of skills at similar rates.
 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
School-Based Interventions With At-Risk Students: Addressing Academic Engagement, Student Interactions, and Disruptive Classroom Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: P. Raymond Joslyn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic approaches in school settings are supported by a large foundation of empirical research. However, approaches for working with at-risk students have historically been underrepresented in the behavioral literature. The current symposium addresses ways to increase academic engagement, improve peer interactions, and decrease disruptive behavior in school settings with at-risk students. Study 1 compared the effects of differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) and curricular revision (CR) on problem behavior with students diagnosed with oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Study 2 evaluated the effects of positive and negative reinforcement interventions on escape-maintained problem behavior with secondary students diagnosed with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Study 3 examined the effects of the Good Behavior Game, a well-documented group contingency procedure, on student interactions in primary and secondary classrooms for students with EBD. Study 4 examined the effectiveness of teacher-implemented GBG on disruptive classroom behavior with students in a residential facility for juvenile offenders. Implications, future directions, and special considerations for working with this population will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic intervention, at-risk students, classroom management, escape-maintained behavior
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who work in school settings with at-risk students or other special education populations, or those who want to learn more about the implementation of behavioral classroom management would benefit from attending this symposium.

Learning Objectives: Individuals attending this symposium will be able to: 1) Differentiate between differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) and curricular revision (CR), and describe the effects of these procedures on escape-maintained problem behavior with at-risk students. 2) Describe the procedures and potential effects of positive and negative reinforcement interventions for at-risk students who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior. 3) Describe the procedural variations and potential effects of the Good Behavior Game with at-risk students.
 
To Treat or to Teach: Comparing Strategies to Reduce Escape-Maintained Behavior
LUCIE ROMANO (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Gabrielle Mesches (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) reduces escape-maintained challenging behavior, but can result in lost instructional time. Instructional time could be maintained through interventions like curricular revision (CR), but the efficacy of CR is less established. We compared DNRA and CR for 3 children with age-typical intellectual functioning whose challenging behavior was maintained by escape from academic tasks. During DNRA, we taught the child to appropriately request a different, mastered task. During CR, we broke the original task into simpler components until the child mastered each component, but still permitted escape following challenging behavior. Curricular revision resulted in less challenging behavior than DNRA for one participant. For the other two participants, DNRA was initially more effective than CR, but participants rarely engaged with the academic task. Challenging behavior was equally suppressed across conditions once extinction for challenging behavior was added to CR. Curricular revision also resulted in each child spending substantially more time engaged with the new task than the mastered task. Curricular revision did not increase the likelihood of treatment relapse relative to DNRA for any participant. Thus, CR may be a desirable option for treating escape-maintained behavior.
 

A Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement With Secondary School Mathematics Avoiders With Emotional and Behavioural Disorders

JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Katie Scoble (University of South Wales ), Lynette Davies (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that positive reinforcement can effectively treat problem behaviour maintained by escape from demands. We evaluated the effects negative and positive reinforcement interventions on engagement with math tasks for three secondary students with a history of math avoidance. A trial-based functional analysis confirmed that all three participants' problem behaviours were maintained by escape. We used an alternating treatments design to compare the relative effects of negative (i.e., removal of math tasks) and positive (edibles) reinforcement on work completion and accuracy. We then conducted a choice phase, in which participants could opt to work for removal of math problems or edibles. Results showed that positive reinforcement increased rates of problem completion and accuracy for two of the three participants. When allowed to choose, all participants opted for the positive reinforcement contingency and reported that they enjoyed completing math problems with the positive reinforcement contingency and disliked the worksheets when the escape contingency was applied. These results bolster previous findings indicating that positive reinforcement interventions may be more efficacious than negative reinforcement strategies for treating escape-maintained behaviour. Our results also raise important questions regarding how intervention approach may alter how an individual feels about engaging in appropriate behaviour.

 
Does the Good Behavior Game Evoke Negative Peer Pressure? Analyses in Primary and Secondary School Classrooms
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The Good Behaviour Game (GBG) is a classroom management system that employs an interdependent group contingency, whereby students must work as a team to win the game. This arrangement means that a single child’s behaviour may make the difference between a team winning or losing. Teachers may have concerns about the GBG’s fairness and its potential to evoke negative peer interactions (especially toward those children who are most likely to break rules). Research has shown that positive interactions can be targeted and increased during the GBG, but much less is known about peer interactions when the game does not specifically arrange contingencies to promote prosocial behaviour. We evaluated children’s social interactions during a GBG that targeted behaviours unrelated to peer social interactions. Using a withdrawal design, we evaluated outcomes in a secondary classroom for students with emotional and behavioural disorders, as well as in a primary classroom for children with mild developmental disabilities. Results indicated that the GBG produced positive changes in target behaviours. More importantly, however, they showed that playing the game decreased negative peer interactions and increased positive interactions. Further, social validity results indicated that the majority of children thought the interdependent group contingency was fair.
 

Training Teachers to Implement the Good Behavior Game With Juvenile Offenders

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Berry College), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a group contingency procedure that is effective in reducing disruptive behavior and increasing on-task behavior in a variety of settings. This procedure has the support of a large literature base, but has not been evaluated with juvenile offenders who engage in severe problem behavior. Further, there are few GBG studies that directly address methods for training teachers to implement the procedure. In the current study, a group training procedure was used to quickly train 4 teachers to implement the GBG in classrooms in a secure residential facility for juvenile offenders. Results indicated that the teachers were able to produce substantial reductions in disruptive classroom behavior following a brief training. Teacher delivery of praise also increased substantially as a result of the intervention. Social validity data indicated that both teachers and students found the game to be effective. Implications, directions for future research, and special considerations for working with this population are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #55
Expanding the Role of Precision Teaching: Theory, Applications, and Technology for Clinical Psychology
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Abigail Lewis (Bx+)
Discussant: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

The standard celeration chart (SCC) has been utilized within the field of precision teaching (PT) to assist with learning both simple and complex skills by utilizing rate of responding, which has been regarded as the most sensitive measurement. However, precision measurement has seen less dissemination in the world of clinical psychology. The present symposia will have four components to address this. First, precision measurement utilizing the SCC will be introduced more broadly, with an emphasis on rate of responding and previous utilizations in clinical psychology settings. Second, an application to the clinician's own behavior as a developmental strategy for therapeutic skills will be discussed and preliminary data will be presented. Following, the utilization of precision measurement in exposure therapy for the treatment of anxiety disorders will be discussed with an emphasis on approach and avoidance behaviors. Finally, the last component of this symposium will present a way to use the SCC in exposure therapy, and demonstrate a technology from a tech startup that allows for in the moment data collection.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): clinical psychology, precision measurement, precision teaching, SCC
 

Precision Measurement in the Clinical World: Beyond Educational and "Go-Fast" Targets

STUART M. LAW (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Rate of responding has long been recognized as one of the most sensitive targets to assess for the impact of an intervention. The standard celeration chart (SCC) has been used within precision teaching to display rate of responding in a consistent way that allows for repeated contact with the chart. While high rates of behavior have drawn a lot of attention in the academic domain, clinicians have also utilized the SCC for behavior that does not occur, and does not need to occur, at a high rate. The present talk will discuss the role the SCC plays in clinical psychology, and the benefits of using rate of responding as the basic unit of behavior and of repeated contact with a standardized measurement system. The talk will also discuss how precision teaching has contributed to the inner behavior literature, using the SCC with target behaviors in the therapeutic setting, and future directions for utilizing the SCC within clinical psychology.

 

Deliberate Practice and Precision Measurement: Utilizing Precision Measurement for the Development of Core Therapeutic Skills

JOSH LOVELL (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

Deliberate practice is a systematic and purposeful practice technique utilized to master a variety of skills across many domains. This form of practice seeks to examine core skills required for a greater skills and increasing practice in each of these domains. One domain that could benefit from deliberate practice is the development of core therapeutic skills in the field of clinical psychology. While deliberate practice in the form of utilizing video and audio tapes of therapy session and role plays have been utilized, very little work has been done to create precise, actionable measurement systems that may be beneficial for a deliberate practice framework. The purpose of this discussion is to examine the initial stages of utilizing precision measurement and the standard celeration chart (SCC) when viewing therapist behavior in video-taped therapy session. Application to specific clinical component and composite skills will be discussed, as will potential future avenues for the application of precision measurement in the deliberate practice of therapy and barriers that exist within training settings.

 

Exposure Therapy With Precision Measurement: From Subjective Units of Distress Towards Objective Measurement

TOM BUQO (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

Exposure therapy is an early behavioral intervention for anxiety disorders that continues to play a key role in a number of existing psychotherapies. Of note, it provides a powerful treatment method for phobias and panic (exposure therapy), obsessive compulsive disorder (Exposure and Response Prevention [ERP]), and posttraumatic stress disorder (Prolonged Exposure [PE]). While exposure therapy often takes data in Subjective Units of Distress (SUDs), no precise, objective system of data collection and measurement has been applied. The current discussion will provide initial applications of precision measurement to exposure therapy, with an emphasis on recoding in-session approach and avoidance behavior on the standard celeration chart (SCC). Potential future avenues for application of precision measurement to exposure therapy will be discussed, as well as areas for future research in both exposure therapy with precision measurement and anxiety disorder treatment more broadly. In addition, barriers to the implementation of precision measurement in exposure therapy in both graduate training settings and other areas of clinical practice will be address with an emphasis on how to account for them.

 

New Technologies to Enhance Continuous Observation

DAVID STEVENS (Chartlytics)
Abstract:

A science of behavior brings with it a heavy emphasis on the objective measurement of events. When Skinner discovered the science of behavior by way of rate of response and a standard visual display, the operant chamber was a transformative tool that lead to significant discoveries. Today the application of technology to enrich the science of behavior is reaching a singularity. The confluence of wearable sensors, internet of things, artificial intelligence, big data, will drive the science of behavior analysis rapidly forward. In the near future it will be possible to quantify the value of a reinforcer to predict the occurrence of a behavior through a combination of precisely measured observed behaviors correlated to setting events of the physiological state. Wearable sensors, AI, single subject "big data" analysis will provide the data we need to predict when self injurious behavior is likely to occur or when we have pushed the learning to the point of diminishing returns and its time to take a break. This presentation will explore the history of continuous observation, some of the practical barriers to implementing it consistently in practice, and some potential solutions currently in development by Chartlytics.

 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research and Social Implications for Vocal and Augmentative and Alternative Communication Language Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emma Seliina Sipila (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Emma Seliina Sipila, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Anywhere between 30-50% of individuals with autism do not develop vocal language that is deemed functionally acceptable to meet their daily communication needs. This symposium seeks to address this problem by presenting three studies that use vocal or augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions. The first study sought to extend the evidence base for teaching children with autism who are learning to communicate using speech generating devices by evaluating the acquisition of intraverbal responding in a four-year-old child with autism. Systematic instruction in the context of an activity interruption (i.e., song) was used to contrive the opportunity for intraverbal responding. The second study investigated procedures to teach the mands for information under control of the establishing operation, and examined the extent to which teaching generalized to novel scenarios. The third study evaluated how two commonly used AAC formats, sign language and picture exchange, resulted in access to reinforcement in the natural environment. All three studies for this symposium have important implications that extend previous research using both vocal and AAC language interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, autism, social validity, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use two forms of AAC in the natural environment; (2) implement a mans for information using why intervention; (3) teach intraverbal fill-ins using a speech generating device.
 

How Do Naïve Adults Respond to Requests for Information? A Comparison Between Two Forms of Augmentative and Alternative Communication

EMMA SELIINA SIPILA (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Lauren Brouwers (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Anywhere between 30-50% of individuals with autism do not develop vocal language that is deemed functionally acceptable to meet their daily communication needs. As a result, individuals with autism may require interventions alternative to vocal speech, such as augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). However, very little is known about how members of the public may respond to forms of AAC. The purpose of this study was to evaluate how two commonly used AAC formats, sign language and picture exchange, result in access to reinforcement in the natural environment. To do this, we approached naïve adults (i.e., individuals unfamiliar with AAC) and asked questions (e.g., "Where is the bathroom?") that were likely to result in reinforcement. We measured whether or not naïve adults accurately responded to each question, and we collected additional descriptive information about their reaction to that form of AAC. This study has important implications, not only on the social validity of each form of AAC, but also for long-term considerations for using AAC.

 

Teaching Mands for Information Using "Why" to Children With Autism

Ashley Matter (Trumpet Behavioral Health), AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Sherrene B. Fu (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jessica Padover (Scripps College)
Abstract:

Mands for information (MFI) are classified as behavior in the form of question asking that is under control of an establishing operation (EO); the consequence being information related to the EO. This behavior often occurs in the form of "wh" questions, though any topography can serve as a MFI (e.g., "tell me"). Mands for information (MFI) can play a critical role in language development and represent an important skill to enable individuals to successfully learn new information from their environment. Yet, many children with autism do not acquire mands for information without direct teaching. Research has demonstrated effective procedures for teaching all "wh" forms, except for "why." This study investigated procedures to teach the MFI "why" under control of the establishing operation, and examined the extent to which teaching generalized to novel scenarios. The intervention was effective in establishing the MFI "why" in three children with autism within a short number of teaching sessions, and intervention was effective in establishing generalization of the MFI to novel scenarios for all participants.

 

Teaching Intraverbal Fill-Ins to a Child With Autism Using a Speech-Generating Device and Systematic Instruction

AMARIE CARNETT (University of North Texas), Hannah Waddington (Victoria University of Wellington), Alicia Marie Bravo (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Children with autism who do not develop spoken communication are often candidates for speech-generating devices (SGDs) as an alternative communication modality. Early language interventions for children with autism often utilize Skinner's conceptual analysis of language by targeting manding, tacting, and intraverbal skills. However, for children learning to use SGDs, research has mainly investigated manding skills. Thus, the current study sought to extend the evidence base for teaching children with autism who are learning to communicate using SGDs by evaluating the acquisition of intraverbal responding in a four-year-old child with autism, using a concurrent multiple baseline across responses design. Systematic instruction in the context of an activity interruption (i.e., song) was used to contrive the opportunity for intraverbal responding. All three intraverbal responses were acquired during a final choice phase, which allowed for the participant to select the song order. These results suggest the value for targeting intraverbal skills to children with autism who use SGDs.

 
 
Symposium #57
Advances in Prompting Strategies in Educational Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism often display difficulties in social situations, staying on task in group situations, and completing work independently for extended periods of time which adversely may affect their quality of life throughout their day. The three studies which make up the symposium used behavioral interventions to increase independence, social, and on-task behaviors for individuals diagnosed with autism. The results of the first study increased independent work completed using a visual schedule. The student learned to follow his visual schedule and complete all tasks required in the absence of adult supervision. Study two used text messages via Apple watch to increase the appropriate social initiations for two individuals diagnosed with autism. Study three compared on task behavior between traditional circle time and circle time using a smart board. The results of each of these three studies increased the overall independence for individuals with autism across multiple contexts throughout their day.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): circle time, Independent work, on-task, social initiations
 

Teaching Independent Work Skills Utilizing a Visual Schedule

AMANDA MARIE FINLAY (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark)
Abstract:

Frequently, children with autism spectrum disorders become dependent on prompts from teachers or parents to complete tasks, even those that have been previously mastered (Hume and Odom, 2007). The ability to independently navigate through multiple work tasks can create significant opportunities for individuals to become more self-sufficient in less restrictive settings and serve as a brief respite for caregivers. The present study is an example of how a visual schedule increased independent work completion for 15-year-old-aged boy in a private school. Through the use of prompt fading the individual was taught to check the binder which contained pictures of tasks, then to retrieve a bin from a shelf which corresponded to that picture. The individual then completed the task and turned it in to be checked for accuracy and completeness. Verbal praise and an edible were provided once the terminal bin was completed and checked by the staff member. Challenging behavior remained low throughout the treatment even as prompts were faded. Independence in task completion increased and remained high and stable throughout generalization. Generalization included increasing the amount of work bins completed in one session as well as varying environments in which the work was completed.

 

The Effects of an Apple Watch on Social Initiations of High-Functioning Students With Autism

JUSTIN A. DIDOMENICO (Building Blocks Behavior Consultation, Inc.)
Abstract:

Students with autism have skill deficits with attempting to interact with typical peers. This is equally true for children with high-functioning autism. In the current study, the researcher used text messages on an Apple watch to increase the appropriate social initiations of 2 middle school student with high-functioning autism in a public high school. The results show the intervention was highly effective for both participants. Recommendations for future research are suggested.

 
 
Symposium #58
Assessing and Increasing Physical Activity in Typically-Developing Children
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey Mckoy Irwin (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Research presented in this symposium focuses on behavioral innovations in the assessment and promotion of physical activity in children. Patel and colleagues will present on implementing a token system in a combined multielement and reversal design where tokens in one tokens in one condition are delivered contingent on moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA), and are delivered on a yoked noncontingent schedule in the other condition. Miller and colleagues will present on an intervention consisting on self-monitoring, public posting, and monetary rewards to increase day-long steps in children. And Irwin and colleagues will present on how engaging in varying bouts of moderate and vigorous physical activity influences heart rate measures of MVPA.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

The Effect of Token Reinforcement on Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity Exhibited by Young Children

RUTVI R. PATEL (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Kelly Roughgarden (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of token reinforcement on moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) exhibited by four preschool-aged children, using a multiple-baseline across participants and combined reversal and multielement design. During baseline, no programmed consequences were provided for MVPA. During the contingent token (CT) condition, tokens were delivered contingent on MVPA. During the noncontingent token (NCT) condition, tokens were delivered according to a predetermined time-based schedule, yoked to the previous, corresponding CT session. For three participants, a reversal effect was observed; that is, the delivery of tokens contingent on MVPA increased and maintained higher levels of MVPA compared to baseline and NCT conditions. For one participant, an overall reduction to near zero levels of MVPA was observed across experimental conditions, beginning with the first NCT phase. The token economy procedure was used as a method to increase physical activity and served as an adaptation of the tangible condition. Results suggest that contingent token reinforcement can be an effective way to increase MVPA. Also, results from this study might inform future functional analyses of MVPA for children who do not respond to social positive contingencies in their initial assessment.

 
Evaluating Public Posting, Self-Monitoring, Goal Setting, and Rewards to Increase Physical Activity in Children
BRYON MILLER (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of South Florida), Heather Zerger (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The study evaluated behavioral procedures to increase exercise across the entire day. With the introduction of self-monitoring and public posting, class average steps per day increased above baseline levels. When goal setting was added, average steps per day did not increase, however, when monetary rewards were delivered to individual participants for attaining daily step goals, the average steps per day increased above levels observed during previous intervention phases. We will discuss the class-wide and individual data, including the effect of specific intervention components on pedometer wearing adherence.
 

A Bout Analysis of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children

CASEY MCKOY IRWIN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melissa Chappell (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

In research surrounding increasing physical activity in children, reinforcement is typically delivered contingent upon bouts of, or engagement in, moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) such walking briskly, running, skipping, jumping, etc. A bout can be defined as consecutive x-intervals during which MVPA occurs until at least one x-interval has elapsed without MVPA. However, it is unclear what duration of a bout of such behavior is required to reach and maintain beneficial increases in heart rate (HR). The goal of the present research is to evaluate HR as children engage in MVPA behaviors in four different bout intervals. First, an individual heart rate assessment was conducted for each participant to determine personalized MVPA criteria. Next, participants were asked to engage in MVPA behaviors for 50% of 12-min sessions, with active and still periods divided into different length bouts (30 s, 1 min, 1.5 min, and 2 min). Data analyses included average session HR, percentage of session reaching moderate HR criteria, percentage of session reaching vigorous HR criteria. The results suggest that despite engaging in MVPA behavior for 50% of the session, resulting HR varied depending on bout length.

 
 
Symposium #59
Assisted Observation: Using Technology to Better Measure Effective Responding to Aversive or Delayed Consequences
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Melissa Morgan Miller (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Basic and applied research in clinical behavior analysis identifies the control of behavior by distal, positive reinforcers as central to psychological well-being. On the other hand, both psychological inflexibility (i.e., dominance of aversive control) and heavy delay discounting are associated with a number of problematic behaviors. Recently developed technologies allow us to study these extended behavior patterns more effectively. This symposium focuses on the application of technology to better assess responding to acute aversive and/or delayed consequences across three studies. The first presentation examines data from the second iteration of a computer-based, behavioral assessment of delay discounting, where participants engage in behaviors that result either in fewer, immediate points or more points awarded after an experiential delay. The second presentation reviews a series of studies examining the relative effects of brief psychological flexibility interventions on behavioral manifestations of body image inflexibility using technology. The third presentation examines the impact of a series of values interventions in the workplace using an ecological momentary assessment mobile application. Implications of methods and consequences of each intervention and the role of technology in behavior analytic research will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessment, Body Image, Delay Discounting, Technology
 

Continuing Validation of a Computerized Behavioral Measure of Body Image Flexibility

JONAH DAVID MCMANUS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Kyla Zimmerman (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Psychological flexibility is of central importance in one approach to clinical behavior analysis—Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Psychological flexibility involves a pattern of responding where verbally-established values are able to influence effective appetitive behavior in the presence of previously aversive stimulation. Body image flexibility is a special case of psychological flexibility that refers to values-directed behavior in the presence of aversive body experiences. The Body Image Flexibility Assessment Procedure (BIFAP) was developed to assess body image flexibility. It is does so measuring the responses to compound stimuli comprised of a derived values stimulus and a derived body stimulus. Previous validation studies have demonstrated convergence between performance on the BIFAP and other assessments of body image flexibility including: self-report questionnaires, established tests of verbal inflexibility, and experience sampling probes. Over the past year, a series of studies have been conducted examining changes in BIFAP performance following different flexibility-based interventions. Results suggest that body image flexibility, as assessed by performance the BIFAP, is differentially impacted by brief interventions. Implications for assessment and treatment will be discussed.

 
The Choice Game: Preliminary Evaluations of a Computer-Based, Behavioral Assessment of Delay Discounting
DARYL RACHAL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of North Texas), Patrick Rappold (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Impulsivity often leads to high-risk behavior due to its focus on immediate gratification in lieu of long-term gains. Delay discounting is the phenomenon through which a larger, delayed reward is discounted to the extent that the individual displays a preference for a smaller, immediate reward. Most human delay discounting procedures involve choices between two hypothetical outcomes involving various types of reinforcers. In these procedures, participants are provided with multiple trials where two hypothetical outcomes (e.g., $10 now or $20 after some delay) are presented and a choice is made between the two. The validity of such tasks is limited, however, as participants never directly experience the relevant contingencies (i.e., reinforcers and delays) of the task. This paper will introduce and present pilot data on the second iteration of the Choice Game, a computer-based, behavioral assessment of delay discounting, in which participants directly contact both the reinforcers and the delays. Similar to previous findings, new data suggest slightly different processes of delay discounting when contingencies are directly experienced. Implications for analysis of and intervention on impulsivity will be discussed.
 
There Should Be An App For That: Facilitating Large-Scale, Self-Administered Behavioral Interventions In Business Settings
HAWK DUNCAN (Duncan Enterprises), Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Behavioral interventions can be extremely successful at generating positive change in an individual’s life. Generating that same positive change in a community requires incredible scale, which may be difficult to accomplish using human interventionists. Technologies available today have the potential to solve some of the problems that emerge with scale, while the absence of human interventionists creates new ones. Within the context of a business organization, certain behavior changes are viewed as important for improved and sustained performance, as well as quality of life in the work environment. This paper will present pilot data from a series of values interventions in the workplace using an ecological momentary assessment (EMA) mobile application designed to improve large-scale employee performance on aversive tasks. The mobile application, funded by the company in which it was developed and tested, went through a series of iterations in search of a design that collected the desired behavioral data while facilitating values-consistent behavior change. Preliminary data suggests the application did not succeed in producing significant behavior change. Implications and possible explanations of these findings will be discussed, along with some challenges of doing applied work in a business environment and possible ways to address these problems going forward.
 
 
Panel #60
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical and Sustainable: The SkillCorps Training Model
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Crystal S. Thompson, M.S.
Chair: Kathryn Petersen (Global Autism Project)
NICOLE SKOTZ (Malama Pono Autism Center, Global Autism Project)
KELLY DEACON (ABC Group Hawaii: Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Global Autism Project)
KSENIA KRAVTCHENKO (Global Autism Project and Endicott College)
Abstract:

For the past 5 years the Global Autism Project has been providing training to autism centers around the world through our SkillCorps program. This unique volunteer program allows professionals to bring their experience to centers in underserved areas around the world. Our panel of SkillCorps participants will discuss the benefits and challenges of short-term volunteering to both volunteers and service partners as well as how the Global Autism Project has dealt with these challenges.

Target Audience:

BCBAs consultants

Learning Objectives: describe the risks of short-term volunteer programs describe the challenges of international training from the perspective of short-term volunteers describe the conditions necessary for the success of international training
Keyword(s): internatonal development, sustainability, training, volunteer
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Common Treatment Components in Behavior Interventions for Differential Effectiveness and Preference by Clients and Therapists
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior interventions often involve several components that can be manipulated across individuals or settings including contingencies of reinforcement, prompting procedures, and establishing operations. While many variations of these procedures exist in the literature, less research has been dedicated to directly comparing the effectiveness of these variations. Even less focus has been given to preferences for treatment components by the individual who is receiving the intervention or the individual who is implementing the intervention. This symposium presents three studies that evaluated modifications to various components of treatment and preference. Diabiase, Schuierer, DeQuinzio, and Taylor extended the research on traditional versus embedded discrete trial teaching to adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. Luck, Lerman, Zey, and Campbell assessed teacher preference for three error-correction procedures and compared these preferences to the effectiveness of each procedure. Miller, Scheithauer, Shirley, Gerenscer, and Muething compared client and therapist preference across three prompting procedures and compared these data to the effectiveness of each procedure at promoting compliance. Together these studies represent methods for evaluating preference across procedures and evaluating for the most effective intervention in within participant models.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): client preference, error correction, prompting procedures, treatment efficacy
Target Audience:

Practitioners in educational settings, skill acquisition settings, and those treating escape-maintained problem behavior

 
An Assessment of Teacher Preference for Error Correction Procedures
KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Morgan Breaux Campbell (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract: Teachers encounter student errors every day in the classroom, but they are not always trained on how to best respond to them. Past research has identified several effective error-correction procedures, such as demonstrating the correct response, prompting the student to respond correctly, and providing the student with an opportunity to respond independently following a prompted response. Teachers’ preference for different teaching strategies likely influences what they use in their classrooms. However, no study has assessed teacher preference for different error correction strategies or variables that might influence preference. In the current study, eight special education teachers and one speech pathologist were taught to use three different error correction procedures. We then assessed the participants’ preference for the different procedures using a concurrent-chains procedure and evaluated the sensitivity of their preferences to the relative effectiveness of the procedures. The majority of participants showed a preference for one specific type of error correction procedure. Preferences for all but one participant maintained despite changes in the effectiveness of the procedures. The results of this study have important implications for assessing teachers’ preference when training multiple teaching strategies.
 

Comparison of Traditional and Embedded Discrete Trial Teaching to Improve Receptive Discriminations in Adolescents With Autism

CORTNEY DEBIASE (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole Schuierer (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Geiger, Carr, LeBlanc, Hanney, Polick, and Heinicke (2012) compared traditional discrete trial teaching and embedded discrete trial teaching (DTT) with children with autism. We extended the results to two adolescents with autism. A multi-element design within a multiple baseline design across two stimulus sets was used to compare the effects of traditional and embedded DTT. Traditional DTT consisted of the instructor presenting a discriminative stimulus to start each trial ("Point to ___"), implementing a prompt (i.e., manual guidance), and providing reinforcement (i.e., praise and token) for correct responding. Embedded DTT consisted of presenting trials similar in structure to the traditional DTT but within an ongoing activity (e.g., shooting baskets). The percentage of correct responses improved with the introduction of both types of DTT. However embedded DTT resulted in faster acquisition (i.e., less trials to criterion). Mean session duration was longer for embedded than for traditional. The results of this study with adolescents with autism is promising because it demonstrates that receptive skills can be targeted during activities away from a desk or table with implications for incorporating instruction during vocational activities.

 
Client and Therapist Preference for Prompting Strategies to Increase Compliance
SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly Shirley (Marcus Autism Center), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Three-step prompting is a strategy utilized to increase compliance with demands, and typically consists of a vocal, gestural, and physical prompt (Piazza, Contrucci, Hanley, & Fisher, 1997). However, this prompting procedure can be difficult to safely implement when individuals engage in severe problem behavior. The current study compared three prompting procedures based on rates of problem behavior and compliance. Two males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in severe problem behavior maintained by escape from demands participated. Participants were exposed to three prompting procedures: three-step, vocal prompt only (repeated every 5 s), and initial prompt only (provided once at the beginning of session). Data were collected on rates of problem behavior and compliance. Resulted indicated that the inclusion of a tangible item as a reinforcer for compliance was required to maintain low rates of problem behavior and high rates of compliance. For one participant, the vocal prompt only condition was most preferred; for the second participant, no preference was demonstrated. The results of this study indicate that a rapid pre-treatment assessment can identify when it may be possible to treat escape-maintained problem behavior without the use of physical guidance for participants for whom this procedure would be challenging.
 
 
Symposium #62
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Meta-Analyses and Consecutive Case Reviews as a Means to Synthesize Single Case Data
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Kristina Gerencser, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Within the field of applied behavior analysis, single case research designs are often used to demonstrate treatment effects. However, in order to disseminate these interventions we need larger scale analyses. The current symposium will present three papers focused on the use of meta-analyses and consecutive case reviews as models to help establish interventions as evidence-based. The first paper evaluated the procedures used in 18 previously published meta-analytic reviews on behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, this study evaluated the decisions rules researchers used to determine if an intervention was effective. The second paper focuses on a multi-level meta-analysis model to help establish if an intervention is effective. The authors describe this approach using two different types of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedules as an example. Lastly, the third paper uses a consecutive case series analysis to evaluate outcomes related to behavioral treatment for enuresis. The evaluation and use of other models, such as these, are needed in order for the field to disseminate evidence-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Meta-analysis, Review
Target Audience:

Researchers, clinical researchers, and other professionals in the field of behavior analysis

 
Meta-Analyses of Single Case Designs in Autism Research: Current Practices and Future Directions
WHITNEY L. KLEINERT (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by deficits in social interaction and communication and restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, and activities. Fortunately, many interventions are available to address deficits and excesses associated with ASD and there currently are hundreds of published studies documenting such interventions. Because challenges vary by individual, single case research designs (SCD) are frequently used to examine the effectiveness of interventions. Meta-analytic procedures are a useful mechanism for synthesizing outcomes across multiple studies of a given target behavior or intervention. In this study, we identified 18 meta-analytic reviews of SCD studies conducted with individuals with ASD, and analyzed those studies to determine how decisions about effects were reached. Results indicated little agreement with regard to the ideal effect size metric and meta-analytic procedure to use. In this paper, we will (a) provide a synopsis of the current meta-analytic research on interventions targeting challenges faced by individuals with autism, and (b) offer future directions in this domain based on SCD meta-analyses in other areas.
 
Multi-Level Models to Analyze Single-Case Design Data: Differential-Reinforcement-of-Low-Rate Schedules as an Example
JESSICA BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Anlara McKenzie (University of Maryland Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew Spann (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Meta-analyses synthesize data across studies on a given topic. They are common tools to determine intervention effectiveness and can help to establish an intervention as evidence-based. However, most methods of conducting meta-analyses utilize between-groups design data. Techniques for meta-analyses of single-case design data as are common in behavior analysis are emerging, and multi-level models are a promising technique. The current study is an example of how to apply the multi-level model to a behavior analytic intervention. We compared two different types of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules. DRL schedules can be used to decrease, but not eliminate target responding such as excessive hand-raising. There is some evidence that one type of DRL, the full-session DRL, may eliminate responding. We synthesized 32 published studies (187 datasets) using full-session and spaced-responding DRL schedules with humans since 1970. Furthermore, we explored potential moderators that may impact effectiveness of the interventions. Results indicated that the full-session DRL was no more likely to eliminate responding than the spaced-responding DRL. This study provides a detailed model on how to conduct a multi-level model of single-case data. To that end, future research may apply these methods to analyze other behavioral interventions.
 

Treatment of Enuresis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SHANNON KENNEDY HEWETT (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities (DD) are more likely than typically developing peers to have issues with enuresis. Past research has shown the success of behavioral treatments consisting of scheduled sits and reinforcement for continent voids (Azrin & Fox, 1971; Leblanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). However, this research has included small sample sizes, while studies with larger numbers have lacked key information (i.e., baseline rates and follow-up data to evaluate maintenance and generalization). The current study conducted a consecutive case series analysis of 44 individuals with developmental disabilities who completed a two-week program for enuresis. Results showed significant improvement in continent voids and follow-up data suggested positive results maintained when treatment was implemented by caregivers in a home environment.

 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Bi-Directional Operants and Capabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Naming across both listener and speaker responses and intraverbal responding may be defined as bi-directional because of the speaker-listener bi-directional relations involved in each of these types of behavior (Miguel, 2016). We report on three studies focusing on bi-directional operants and how, when and under which environmental conditions each may be acquired. In the first paper we present data on 49 participants between the ages of 18 months and 3 years. We investigated when and how these children acquired the listener half (uni-directional) and both the listener and speaker components (bi-directional) of Naming. In the second paper we report on experiments testing the effects of a Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) procedure on bi-directional naming (BiN) and delayed drawing responses as a measure of conditioned seeing for school-aged students with Autism. Our final paper reports on the emergence of intraverbals and speaker-as-own-listener behaviors (Naming, say-do responding and self-talk) in toddlers with and without identified disabilities or delays.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analyst practitioners, supervisors and school personnel

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to define uni-directional and bi-directional Naming, and identify a procedure to induce the capability. 2. Participants will be able to define speaker-as-own listener behavior, give examples and identify a procedure that has been shown to teach SOL operants. 3. Participants will be able to define conditioned seeing as it relates to naming and identify a procedure to test for CS.
 

The Prevalence of Uni-Directional and Bi-Directional Naming in One to Three-Year-Old Children: An Analysis of the Number of Naming Experiences to Acquisition

(Applied Research)
Cesira K. Farrell (Fred S. Keller School), STAVRA NICOLE ROMAS (Fred S.Keller School), JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

We tested 49 children between the ages of 18 and 36 month for the presence of the listener half (uni-directional) and full (bi-directional) Naming. Students were provided with Naming experiences which included the presentation of visual and auditory stimuli (participants saw and heard the names of pictures). Tests for uni-directional and bi-directional Naming were conducted after each three sessions of Naming experiences across four different stimuli. The results are discussed in terms of differences across chronological age groups and analyses of other relations are presented.

 
Conditioned Reinforcement for Delayed Drawing Responses as Related to Bidirectional Naming and Conditioned Seeing
(Applied Research)
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (Teachers College, Columbia University; Manhattanville College)
Abstract: The emergence of delayed drawing responses to contrived novel stimuli as a potential component of bidirectional naming (BiN) repertoires was investigated with participants diagnosed with autism in three experiments, all utilizing a delayed multiple probe design. In Experiment I, BiN and delayed drawing responses were assessed as a measure of conditioned seeing. Six participants were matched for level of verbal behavior then assigned to a multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) or control group. Results indicated emergence of BiN and conditioned seeing repertoires only for students in the MEI experimental group. Experiment II studied the emergence of BiN repertoires as a function of operant conditioning procedures following the delivery of an echoic with two participants who initially demonstrated delayed drawing but did not demonstrate BiN. Results indicated that BiN repertoires for contrived stimuli emerged following the intervention. Experiment III sought to further isolate the properties of the operant conditioning procedure by eliminating the echoic with four participants who did not demonstrate BiN or delayed drawing. Results indicated that BiN and delayed drawing repertoires emerged following the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing and drawing novel contrived stimuli, providing evidence that a history of conditioned reinforcement is crucial in incidental language acquisition.
 

An Investigation Into the Speaker-as-Own-Listener Repertoire and Reverse Intraverbal Responding

(Applied Research)
CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract:

I conducted 2 experiments investigating the relations between speaker-as-own-listener cusps and responding to reverse intraverbals. Speaker-as-own-listener (SOL) cusps include, Naming, Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk Fantasy Play. During a pilot experiment, I found the source of the problem in 2 participants' learning was their deficient speaker-as-own-listener repertoires. Participants in the pilot lacked Say-Do and Self-Talk developmental cusps. Following a Self-Talk Immersion intervention, Say-Do was induced for both participants and coincidentally; correct responses to reverse intraverbals emerged. In Experiment I, I continued examining relations between the speaker-as-own-listener repertoire and intraverbal responding with a statistical analysis of 35 Early Intervention (EI) and Preschool students recruited from CABAS model schools who functioned at listener and speaker levels of verbal behavior. Findings from Experiment I indicated that the presence of Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk were significantly correlated to correct responses to reverse intraverbals. Experiment II was a functional analysis, during which 5 participants were selected from an EI classroom due to their similar levels of verbal behavior, deficient SOL repertoire, and because they could not respond to reverse intraverbals. Results indicated a functional relation between the presence of Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk and correct responses to intraverbal probes for all 5 participants.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #64
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Behavioral Consultation: Past, Present, and Future

Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Scott P. Ardoin, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
WILLIAM ERCHUL (University of California, Riverside)
William P. Erchul, Ph.D., ABPP, is a Professor in the Graduate School of Education at the University of California, Riverside, and the Director of its Ph.D. training program in School Psychology. He has previously served as Professor of Psychology at North Carolina State University and Research Professor at Arizona State University. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, recipient of APA Division 16's Lightner Witmer Award, Past President of the American Academy of School Psychology, and Past President of the Society for the Study of School Psychology. His primary research program centers on interpersonal processes and outcomes associated with psychological consultation and instructional coaching, and he has focused on issues of relational communication, social influence, and technology in much of this research. Dr. Erchul has been described as being "at the forefront of research on school consultation and coaching over the past 25 years" (Schultz, Arora, & Mautone, 2015). He has produced over 100 scholarly works, has been associate editor of School Psychology Quarterly, and has served on the editorial review boards of nine scholarly journals.
Abstract:

Behavioral consultation (BC), wherein a consultant changes a target client's behavior by working directly with a mediator (e.g., K-12 teacher) who serves as interventionist, has long been an important topic in school psychology and applied behavior analysis. This presentation examines key historical developments in BC, such as the impact of Bergan, Kratochwill, and others' verbal interaction and competency-based training research, and then considers the state of current BC practice in schools and related settings. The presentation concludes with some speculations about how technology will affect future BC practice.

Target Audience:

Practitioners who work with school-age clients

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) compare and contrast key elements of consultation and direct service provision; (2) describe major components of the behavioral consultation model; (3) identify significant findings from the behavioral consultation literature relative to issues of professional practice and training; (4) recognize the current role of behavioral consultation in school-based practice; (5) contemplate the future of behavioral consultation.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
ABA Adds Unique Value to Suicidology and Law Enforcement
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Discussant: Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University)
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Over the last several years, the public has increasingly paid attention to problems associated with suicide and law enforcement. Each presents its own set of controversy, challenges and barriers to progress. This symposium focuses on real world sets of data, using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to reveal new insights and patterns within the fields of contemporary suicidology and law enforcement. The presentations offer solutions and recommendations using ABA principles while also leveraging ABA to teach the audience about these respective subject areas. One talk elucidates a novel analysis of the Air National Guard's Suicide Prevention Program. It uses recently obtained data and analyses to highlight predictive variables, risk factors and protective factors which have previously been unknown to the military community. It concludes with recommendations for more effective suicide prevention. The second presentation addresses a common source of concern among U.S. citizens pertaining to the use of force by police and the coverage of this issue in the media. This discussion centers around the ways in which ABA can offer solutions for the analysis of these data and the training of law enforcement officers in the future, as that community aspires to prevent the inappropriate use of force.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): law enforcement, media, military, suicide
Target Audience:

This is appropriate for psychologists and those in the behavior analysis community interested in continuing education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Analyze the discrepancies between media reports of police use of force and actual data about police use of force. 2) Analyze the relationships between suicide and system-level variables. 3) Discuss the various applications of ABA to improving law enforcement and suicide prevention.
 
Why Law Enforcement Needs Applied Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
AMY D. WIECH (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii)
Abstract: Police use of force occurs in less than 1.5% of police-citizen contacts (Miller, 2015). However, recent high profile use of deadly force incidents such as the Michael Brown and Freddie Gray shootings have sparked national debates and public outcry on this topic. The national climate of police trust has been compromised. Former FBI Director, James Comey, has recently suggested that the increased frequency of use of force related media coverage has had a maladaptive impact on police behavior (Lowery, 2015). The purpose of this talk is to examine the recent trends in of use of force and associated variables with recent, publicly available data. The authors contend that discrepancies exist between media reports and raw data of lethal conflict between law enforcement and suspects. The authors discuss the shortcomings of the data in this area of the field and the negative impact that media reports bear on the social exchanges between the police and the public (Bolgiano, Banks, and Patterson, 2016). They cite how current police agencies adopt practices, tactics and programs despite the gap in evidence about the effectiveness of these strategies. The authors suggest several behavior analytic solutions to improving law enforcement training with evidence-based practices.
 

Suicides in the Air National Guard: Predictive Models and a Reduction Recipe

(Applied Research)
KENT A. CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), James Meador (Grand Canyon University), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center), Michael Kondis (Xcelerate Innovations LLC)
Abstract:

Suicides continue to be one of the top ten causes of death in the United States. Among adolescents it is within the top three. Within the military, suicide continues to plague service members, leaving military families torn and leaders baffled and frustrated. Since 2008, military suicide exceeded civilian ones (Army Institute of Public Health, 2011) and have not yet returned below the civilian rates. Shockingly, no civilian or military organization, state or locality has successfully maintained a reduced suicide rate despite a variety of suicide prevention programs (Corso et al., 2017). A recent meta-analysis of risk factors for suicide reveals that the field’s predictive capabilities are poor (Franklin et al., 2017). The authors discuss the results of a program evaluation pilot of Airmen in the Air National Guard (ANG). Unlike the variables the field has historically examined, the authors evaluated system-level factors (i.e., those to which the entire ANG population are exposed) which may be mitigated by military leaders at the population level. System-level risk and protective factors are discussed, as well as an empirical model for predicting suicide in the ANG and suggested solutions for reducing suicide among Airmen.

 
 
Panel #66
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for ABA Provider Staff Retention: A Benchmark Study
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rick Gutierrez, M.S.
Chair: Rick Gutierrez (Easterseals Southern California)
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
PAULA POMPA-CRAVEN (Easterseals Southern California)
ALYSSA KAVNER (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

The insurance mandate in California has led to organizations taking great steps towards hiring and retaining talent. In late 2014 Easterseals (ESSC) Autism Services convened a work group chartered to focus on improving employee recruitment and retention. Over the last two years the group worked to find contributing factors to retention, identify barriers to higher levels of retention, and to define strategies to improve recruitment and better retain the individuals in the organization. The work group developed two questions that prevented them from taking large scale next steps:1) Is the level of retention at ESSC within an acceptable range compared to similar organizations? 2) Are the barriers identified by the work group the ?right ones?, and if so, what are best-practice mitigating solutions? Early analysis found a lack of benchmark data in the industry surrounding acceptable retention rates. As a result, outside consultants were hired to benchmark the level of retention at ESSC against similar organizations across the country. This panel will review the results of the retention benchmark study and discuss strategies surrounding associate retention. Dialogue around best practices will include audience sharing and participation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs Organizational Leaders

Learning Objectives: 1) To understand how your organization's retention benchmarks against other ABA service providers 2) To learn the leading causes of employee separation from ABA service providers 3) To generate strategies to increase employee retention
 
 
Paper Session #67
Computers, Decimals, and Classification, Oh My!
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:20 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH
Chair: Martti T. Tuomisto (Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Tampere)
 

Principles and Functions of Behavior in the Classification of Behavior Problems Using the "Decimal System"

Domain: Theory
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere)
 
Abstract:

The "Decimal System" of Behavior and Life Problems (DSBLP) was developed in 2010-2013 for the classification of behavior problems and problems with life circumstances according to behavior-analytic concepts and principles to get a comprehensive and functional tool to guide goal setting and interventions in behavior analysis. DSBLP also includes a "mirror image" of the problem classes defined: respective behavior assets and strengths. DSBLP has nine main problem classes with subclasses and a zero class for non-problems. Seven classes are pure behavior problems of which only one class can be a primary problem at one time. Of the two problem classes, environmental and biological problems ("life problems"), one can be a primary problem simultaneously with one of the behavior problem classes. Consequently, other problem classes can be secondary problems. The DSBLP enables tailor-making individual treatments according to the goals derived from the system. The complaints of a client are first assessed using "chain analyses" of behavior that are formulated based on hierarchical decision trees included in an applied or clinical interview. The interview renders possible different types of functional assessments and analyses including experimental functional analysis. In this presentation, I will go through the different problem classes and their behavioral functions.

 
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
Progressive Approaches to Reinforcer Identification, Assessment, and Techniques
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Julia Ferguson, M.S.
Abstract:

A key component of comprehensive behavioral interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is the provision of reinforcement. Several methods have been designed and evaluated within the literature to identify potential reinforcing events (e.g., multiple stimulus without replacement; MSWO). Once potential reinforcers have been identified it is common for those to be used within a reinforcement system, such as a token system. The purpose of this symposium is to present three studies that evaluated the methods of reinforcement identification, assessment, and the use thereof. The first presentation evaluated the effectiveness of a magic number token system to increase the frequency of comments during snack for children diagnosed with ASD. The second presentation evaluated the use of a level system to improve synchronous engagement (SE) within two dyads of children diagnosed with ASD. The final presentation compared the rate of responding when potentially reinforcing items were identified using a MSWO preference assessment or through in-the-moment reinforcer analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, level system, preference assessment, token system
Target Audience:

RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify empirically validated ways to identify potential reinforcers (2) List some limitations and strengths of various methods of identifying potential reinforcers (3) Identify two systematic, yet flexible reinforcement techniques
 

Evaluating the Use of a Magic Number Token System to Increase Commenting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
CHRISTINE MILNE (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Token systems are commonly used throughout the course of treatment for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Token systems commonly involve a predetermined number of tokens required to be earned prior to their exchange for a terminal reinforcer. The effectiveness of token systems implemented in this manner have been well documented within the literature. One alternative to a static number of tokens earned, is altering that number based upon learner responding and having the number remain unknown to the learner until the moment of exchange (i.e., a magic number token system). This type of a system requires in-the-moment assessment by the interventionist. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a magic number token system to increase the frequency of comments during snack for children diagnosed with ASD. The results of a multiple baseline across children will be discussed as well as future research and clinical recommendations.

 

Use of a Level System to Improve Synchronous Engagement for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Level systems have been described as a framework which can be used to shape behavior through the systematic application of behavioral principles. Within level systems, an individual moves up and down through various levels contingent upon displaying specific behaviors. While level systems have been evaluated across a wide variety of settings using group contingences, their use on an individual level has received considerably less attention. Furthermore, to date, the authors are only aware of one study that has utilized a level system with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of a level system to improve synchronous engagement (SE) within two dyads of children diagnosed with ASD. The results of an ABAB reversal design demonstrated that the level system was effective at improving SE for both dyads. Future research and clinical recommendations will be discussed.

 

Comparing Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement to the in-the-Moment Reinforcer Analysis

(Service Delivery)
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

The provision of reinforcement to increase the frequency of desired behaviors is a crucial element of behavior analytic intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Formal preference assessments, like the multiple stimulus without replacement procedure (MSWO), are often used to determine potential reinforcers for use during intervention. While these types of assessments have been widely demonstrated as effective, there is little empirical evidence to support that these rigorous methods of reinforcement identification produce higher rates of responding compared to more efficient methods (i.e., in-the-moment reinforcer analysis; IMRA). The purpose of this study was to compare the rate of responding on a sorting task when potentially reinforcing items were identified through the use of a MSWO preference assessment or through IMRA. The results of alternating treatments design will be discussed in terms of rate of responding, efficiency, reinforcer selection, and interventionist rationale. Future research and clinical recommendations will also be discussed.

 
 
Panel #69
CE Offered: BACB
Varieties of Experience in Establishment of Behavior Analyst Licensure: Reports From States With Newly Established Licensure
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
KATHERINE MIRIAM JOHNSON-PATAGOC (Texana Center)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
JACKIE MOHLER (Family Outreach)
Abstract:

Beginning in 2009, 28 states in the United States have established licensure for behavior analysts. Not only does the nature of licensure vary across states, the processes and experiences of behavior analysts involved in establishing such licensure has varied greatly. Behavior analysts in some state some experienced little difficulty or opposition with the process being relatively brief while those in other states experienced much difficulty, dealt with opposition from members of other professions with the effort require multiple legislative sessions. In this discussion, the experiences of behavior analysts in 4 states where behavior analyst licensure was established in the last 2 years will be discussed. Information will be presented regarding the experiences in Michigan, South Dakota, Montana, and Texas. The discussion will include comparison of experiences, strategies and tactics of the states as well as recommendations for other states where licensure has not as yet been established. This discussion will be helpful for behavior analysts considering pursuing licensure in other states and will provide important information for persons interested in the history of the profession of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in establishment of state licensure of behavior analysts and persons interested in the history and ongoing development of the profession of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state the names of at least 2 of the 4 states in which behavior analyst licesnure was most recently established. 2. Attendees will state at least 2 difficulties experienced by behavior analysts in related to establishing licensure. 3. Attendees will state at least 2 tactics used in addressing opposition to behavior analyst licensure by members of other professions. 4. Attendees will state at least 2 recommendations for behavior analysts interested in establishment of licensure.
Keyword(s): Behavior analysis, licensure, state regulation
 
 
Invited Tutorial #70
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Open-Sourcing Behavior Analysis: Technology for Enhancing Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors: : SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland)
Abstract:

This tutorial provides a primer on open-source software designed for behavior analysts and behavioral scientists. The review includes an overview of existing works and highlights software designed to extend the range and precision of behavior analytic work. This tutorial also discusses the emerging role of open-source software and software repositories as necessary adjuncts to peer-reviewed works and evidence-based tools. For researchers, open-source repositories provide an additional means for increasing the transparency, replicability, and extendibility of existing approaches. For practitioners specifically, several open-source tools provide applied behavior analysts with additional clinical information that was previously unavailable without substantial time, complicated data collection, and statistical training. Topics covered will include delay discounting, applied behavioral economics, and severe behavior and the tutorial provides examples of how such software can be applied in both clinical work and research. The specific operations performed by these tools include non-linear curve fitting, model selection, inter-rater reliability, and time-based lag sequential analyses.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply statistical operations to clinical and research data; (2) identify and acquire software tools for use in research and practice; (3) incorporate behavior analytic software into their research and practice.
 
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland)
Dr. Shawn Gilroy received his Ph.D. from Temple University, in School Psychology and Behavior Analysis. While training at both the Munroe-Meyer and the Kennedy Krieger Institutes, his research focused on the incorporation and development of technology to enhance clinical measurements and analyses. He is presently on a Marie Sklodowska-Curie research fellowship in Ireland at the National University of Ireland at Galway and his focus is on developing free and open-source communication tools for children with autism and intellectual disabilities and their caregivers. The goal of his current project is to establish low-cost, evidence-based hardware and software that can be used by schools and families in conjunction with evidence-based treatments for individuals with communication disorders (i.e., tablet and specialized software for under $50 total). Beyond hardware and software development, his interests also include the use of technology to enhance analyses of decision-making, adapt behavior economic analyses to clinical applications, and model intertemporal choice.
 
 
Symposium #71
The Use of Technology in Conducting Quality Research in a Distance Format
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post)
Abstract:

Technology is at the forefront of society, including education and research. With almost 100 schools that provide the Behavior Analyst Certification Board course sequence entirely online (BACB, 2017), it is imperative that behavior analysts, educators, and supervisors provide high quality services in the distance format that are comparable to those services provided in person. Many individuals who attend online schools do so for convenience, but there is a question of whether the convenience of online schooling prohibits access to opportunities that might otherwise be afforded in-person, such as research opportunities, interactions and support systems, and development of rapport with peers and professors. Three studies were conducted that either evaluated or utilized some distance aspect. Study one evaluated the effects of a question-present and a question-absent teaching condition on the acquisition of spontaneous mands, with both researchers living in different states. Study two evaluated the effects of student facilitators on discussion forum posting in an online setting. Study three evaluated differences in behavioral resurgence with DRA and DRO utilizing an online lab setting. A discussion of the CABALAB activities and student-professor directed research in the online format will be provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Distance, Online
 
Mand Acquisition Across Different Teaching Methodologies
(Service Delivery)
SARAH RUSSELL (ASPIRE LLC), Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post)
Abstract: Many children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) lack verbal, functional communication, where manding frequently comes under the control of some supplemental stimulus, reducing the likelihood of spontaneity developing. Bowen, Shillingsburg, and Carr (2012) evaluated the impact of the question “What do you want?” on the acquisition of mands, in comparison to a question-absent training condition. Using an alternating treatments design, the researchers compared rates of acquisition of novel mand responses under the two conditions, and found that there was no significant difference in the acquisition of mands (Bowen et al., 2012). While the two methods have benefits and drawbacks for the acquisition of mands, there have been few empirical studies to directly and experimentally evaluate the differences in rates of spontaneous mand acquisition between the two. The current study sought to replicate the Bowen et al. (2012) study by evaluating whether spontaneous mands (requests for items) would be acquired faster under a question present or a question absent teaching condition. Results showed that one student learned more rapidly under question absent, where the other learned more rapidly under question present.
 

The Effects of the Student Facilitator Role on Quality, Quantity, Content and Test Scores

(Service Delivery)
Sam Blanco (Endicott College), CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
Abstract:

It is common in asynchronous college courses for instructors to require students to participate in online discussion forums. However, there is little empirical research indicating the best forum formats in relation to post quality and learning outcomes. Picciano (2002) implemented a system that utilized student facilitators to improve the quality of online discussion forums in asynchronous online courses. While Picciano focused on community building, the present empirical study compared the use of the student facilitators role as opposed to professor directed forums to measure quality of forum posts, generalization across weeks, and learning outcomes. The following study was an indirect replication of Piccianos student facilitator research with 45 masters-level students in an asynchronous online course. The preliminary results indicate that quality of posts increased during and after students role as a facilitator. These results also indicate that the facilitator role did not have a significant relationship with performance on weekly quizzes. Limitations of the study included a small sample size, defining objective measures of post quality, as well as extraneous variables that may have affected learning outcomes. Results suggest that the facilitator role increased responding, quality of posts, during the assigned weeks and in some participants, in future weeks; but did not have significant relationship with learning outcomes.

 
The Use of an Online Laboratory (CABALAB) to Conduct Applied Research
(Service Delivery)
BENJAMIN C. MAURO (The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The current presentation provides a five-year update on the research happenings within the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis Laboratory. The research undertakings of the CabaLab are performed largely online, except for the students interacting with research participants within the experimental setting. It will focus upon three developing lines of research: (1) the mediating of behavioral momentum by Pavlovian processes, (2) differences in behavioral resurgence with DRA and DRO, and (3) using a compound preference index to predict reinforcer effectiveness. This presentation also highlights the student-faculty relation that supports the three aims of the CabaLab: (1) train students in conducting publishable-quality ABA research, (2) prepare students for careers in ABA therapy and research, and (3) advance applied research on the understanding and treatment of the behavioral features of Autism Spectrum Disorders. These innovations provide a degree of student mentorship that rivals conventional face-to-face delivery of graduate education for behavior analysts, although there are pitfalls to coordinating a virtual laboratory for the applied study of behavior.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
Variables Affecting Tact Acquisition and Outcomes of Tact Instruction
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tracy L. Lepper (McNeese State University)
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Lepper, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner (1957) described the tact as the most important of the verbal operants, as a tact repertoire provides foundational building blocks for the establishment of more complex verbal behavior. This symposium presents basic and applied research on variables involved in the establishment of tact control and the effects of tact acquisition on other behavior. The first study compared the the efficiency of most-to-least prompting and error correction procedures in tact instruction for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The second study evaluated the effects of stimulus preference on typically developing children's acquisition of tacts and the subsequent emergence of mands and listener relations. The third study, also conducted with typically developing children, addressed the role of echoic responding in emergent tact control by assessing the effects of stimulus presentation order on control by visual stimuli over vocal responses following contiguous presentation of visual and verbal stimuli.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts; graduate students; scientists; other professionals

 

Comparing Error Correction to Most-to-Least Prompting to Train Tact Relations for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Randomized Clinical Trial Study

(Applied Research)
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

In this study we compared most-to-least prompting to an error correction procedure to teach 26 children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) tact relations. The children were randomly assigned to either a most-to-least prompting condition or an error correction condition. Three sets of two cartoon characters, for a total of six, were targeted for children in both groups. Child responding was evaluated prior, during, fand following intervention. Additionally, the efficiency of the two procedures was evaluated through daily probes. Various statistical analyses were conducted to determine if there were any significant differences between the two conditions. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the procedures implemented in both conditions, the results, implications for future research. Furthermore, the results of this randomized control trial has several implications for clinical practice for those training tact relations for individuals diagnosed with ASD, which will also be discussed.

 

Effects of Pictorial Preference for Target Stimuli During Tact Training

(Basic Research)
JIMMY F TRAHAN (McNeese State University), Tracy L. Lepper (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (Southeastern Louisiana University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that tact training with preferred stimuli facilitated the emergence of mands compared to tact training with nonpreferred stimuli in persons with intellectual disabilities (Wallace, Iwata, & Hanley, 2006). The present study seeks to replicate and extend the previous research by (a) testing typically developing children, (b) mediating some of the limitations of the mand condition and (c) testing for emergent listener responses. We trained participants to tact 3 highly preferred and 3 nonpreferred pictures of different cat breeds in Set 1, and different dog breeds in Set 2. To date, tact training is currently being conducted with two participants. Results are consistent with previous research in which acquisition of tacts is similar across both preferred and nonpreferred stimuli conditions.

 

Tact Emergence Following Contiguous Presentation of Verbal and Nonverbal Stimuli: Does Echoic Responding Play a Role?

(Basic Research)
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Stephanie Neaves (Texas Christian University), Orlexia Thomas (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Tact control over vocal responses may emerge in the absence of reinforcement after exposure to contiguous presentation of verbal and nonverbal stimuli. The present study examined whether covert echoic responding in the presence of the visual stimulus facilitated tact control. In Experiment 1, four children were exposed to contiguous presentation of nonverbal and verbal stimuli followed by tests for tact control over vocal responses. For three stimulus sets, the verbal stimulus was presented before the visual stimulus. For the other three, the visual stimulus was presented before the verbal stimulus, making it impossible to echo the verbal stimulus in the presence of the visual stimulus. Each participant received one session of exposure to each set. No child tacted more than one stimulus per set correctly, but correct tacts were ususally under appropriate stimulus control. Tacts were equally likely to emerge in both conditions. In Experiment 2, two children received repeated exposure to the same stimuli until tacts emerged to criterion in at least one condition. Again, there was no advantage of verbal-first presentation. Experiment 3 replicated Experiment 1 while introducing overlap between verbal and nonverbal stimuli; preliminary results indicate increased tact emergence, but no effect of presentation order.

 
 
Poster Session #73
AAB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
1. Differential Effects of Reinforcement in Shelter Versus Pet Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER GAVIN (Illinois State University), Antonia Berenbaum (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

When giving a reinforcer it is important to understand the effects of the "delivery system" for that reinforcer. For example, dogs with little experience with human interaction may react differently to a human delivered reinforcer than dogs more experienced with human interaction. This effect can be predicted by the Disequilibrium Model (Timberlake & Farmer-Dougan, 1991), which states that the degree to which the ratio of instrumental (I) to contingent (C) responding is disrupted from a baseline bliss point (Oi/Oc) results in predictable reinforcement effects. The present study used this model to measure baseline approaches to humans versus a mechanical feeder for two groups of dogs. Using baseline approach rates, the model accurately predicted differences in reinforcer efficacy of human-delivered reinforcers between dogs who were experienced with versus those with little experience interacting with humans. The data support the predictions of the disequilibrium model and demonstrate the importance of assessing baseline rates of both the contingent and operant response to determine reinforcer efficacy.

 
2. Effectiveness of a Jackpot to Decrease Session Time for Discrete Trials in Canines
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIA BERENBAUM (Illinois State University), Jennifer Gavin (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Jackpots (a 1-time increase in reinforcer magnitude within a session) are widely used in dog training, yet little empirical data exist to support their use. For example, Muir (2010) found no increase in response rate when a jackpot was used within a single-operant setting, but dogs did increase responding to the jackpot alternative during concurrent schedules. Research in behavioral economics, particularly temporal discounting, has investigated jackpots in humans. This research suggests that jackpots given at different times within the session have differing reinforcer value, suggesting a discounting of the jackpot value across session time. To examine the potential effect of jackpot discounting and frequency, the present study examined the time for dogs to complete a 20-trial simple contingency when the jackpot was presented at the end or middle of the session. Study two examined the rate to completion when the rate of jackpots varied from 5% to 100% of trials. Consumption time was subtracted from total session time to prevent a confound of consumption time with increased jackpots. Results showed no significant increase in completion speed for a single jackpot given at the end versus middle of the trials; increasing the rate of jackpots significantly slowed the dogs' response time.

 
3. Associations Between Behavioral Persistence, Discrimination Learning, and Stationary Behavior
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
SHIVANI DALAL (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Domestic dogs are trained for a wide variety of services; however, typically, half of dogs that enter training organizations never become certified. The aim of this study was to identify whether a basic measure of behavioral persistence was associated with eight dogs' performance on two tasks relevant to working dogs: a discrimination learning task and a stationary behavioral task. The behavioral persistence task was an automated version of a resistance to extinction task in which we measured the mean number of lever presses made under extinction in two sessions. The discrimination learning task was a standardized two-choice odor discrimination task in which we measured the maximum accuracy achieved across five sessions. Last was a stationary behavior task in which dogs were trained to target to a specified place and remain still for 10 secs in which we scored the percentage of successful trials. We found a trend negative association between behavioral persistence and discrimination learning (R2=.47, p=.06) and a positive association between behavioral persistence and maintaining a stationary position (R2=.55, p=.04). Behavioral persistence appears to be detrimental to discrimination tasks that require response inhibition, but enhances performance for duration based tasks.

 
4. Teaching Horses to be Calm During Clipping
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON KATE HARDAWAY (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Performance horses and working horses are commonly subjected to a hair removal process called clipping. Many horses find this to be unpleasant, which results in the horse engaging in unwanted behaviors and which can endanger the handler (Yarnell, et al. 2013). As a result, horses sometimes must be sedated to be clipped (Glough, 1997). However, the long-term effects of repeated sedation are unknown. The current study evaluated whether a negative reinforcement shaping procedure could be used to teach horses to be calm during clipping so that sedation would not be required. The shaping procedure included three stages: touching the horse with the hand, touching the horse with the clippers while they were turned off, and clipping the horse. Each stage included a series of shaping steps. At each step, if the horse reacted, the clippers or hand stayed in place until the horse emitted a calm response. A calm response resulted in the removal of the clippers for a brief period of time. Preliminary results from four horses showed the procedure to be effective. All horses were able to be clipped after less than an hour without the use of sedatives. Data collection is in progress for additional horses.

 
5. Development of Point Following Behavior in Shelter Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
TATJANA JARVIS (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Domesticated dogs are responsive to human pointing gestures. Importantly, no prior work has evaluated when dogs might learn to follow pointing gestures through natural contingencies dogs encounter with humans. Shelter dogs have repeatedly demonstrated poor abilities to follow human pointing, although they can be explicitly trained quickly. This study aims to evaluate the time course in which shelter dogs learn to follow points without explicit training. In a longitudinal evaluation, the development of point following will be tracked in eight shelter dogs in a training program (enriched human exposure). Every other day for three months, dogs' point following performance will be evaluated in ten probe trials in which an experimenter points to one of two containers equidistant from the dog. To avoid direct training, dogs will be given a treat for approaching and touching either container; although, correct responses will be recorded for touching the pointed towards container within 30 s. We will further compare dogs' performance to a cohort that has recently completed the training program (shown below), a cohort of naïve shelter dogs, and a cohort of pet dogs. Together, we anticipate the results will highlight when natural contingencies associated with care-taking shape point following.

 
6. Evaluation of Use of Goats to Reduce Invasive Weeds: Behavioral Observations, Structured Preference Assessments, and Plant Regrowth Measures
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (The College at Brockport - State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport - State University of New York), Kathryn Amatangelo (The College at Brockport - State University of New York), Brett Bock (The College at Brockport - State University of New Year), Kira Broz (The College at Brockport - State University of New York), McKenzie Wybron (The College at Brockport - State University of New York)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Invasive weed species (IWS) in Western New York, namely Rosa multiflora (multiflora rose), Lonicera sp. (honeysuckle), and Rhamnus cathartica (common buckthorn), are costly in terms of native plants' displacement, reduced nutrition for animals/insects, and biodiversity loss. Goats (Capra hircus) may be useful to curtail IWS because they are environmentally-friendly and inexpensive. The effectiveness of five goats to combat IWS was evaluated by analyzing behavioral observations of goats' eating behaviors in a 10x10 m wooded plot during two separate exposures of 6-hours each, structured preference assessments, and two years of pre/post measures of plant loss/regrowth. Using individual sampling, 1,066 goat eating behaviors with 72.2% IWS compared to natives were recorded during August, 2015 and 1,742 eating behaviors with 67.62% IWS observed during September. More IWS than natives were originally present in the plot possibly creating a ceiling effect. In general, honeysuckle and multiflora rose were most preferred by adult goats during both structured assessments and field behavioral observations. Overall, the goats reduced the amount of vegetation in the field plot across multiple exposures. Since both invasive and native plant species were affected, training to curb goats' eating native species is necessary.

 
7. Does Training Matter: A Systematic Review of Caregiver Training Within Human-Canine and Human-Human Dyads
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Centre for Behaviour Analysis, School of Social Sciences, Education and Social Work, Queen's University Belfast), Karola Dillenburger (Centre for Behaviour Analysis, School of Social Sciences, Education and Social Work, Queen's University Belfast), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Lucia Medina (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Modern companion dogs serve various functions in human society, e.g. providing owners with company and engage them in physical activity (Westgarth et al., 2014; Zasloff & Kidd, 1994). Dogs, just like humans, can engage in socially-relevant undesired behaviors (e.g. aggression), and caregivers are an integral part of respective treatments. The current review aimed at systematically investigating the importance of caregiver training in intra- and interspecific behavior-change programs, identifying training strategies showing greatest efficacy with caregivers. This systematic review generally followed the recommendations of The Campbell Collaboration (2017) and utilized the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta Analyses (i.e. PRISMA; Moher et al., 2009) for literature selection. This process yielded 56 eligible studies comprising controlled-group, clinical-study, pre-test-post-test, single-case designs, randomized controlled trials, and case studies, (i.e. 7%, 5%, 18%, 43%, 7%, 20%, respectively), involving a total of n=1,707 participants across all eligible studies (see Table 1). These preliminary results highlight a deficit of research focus on canine-caregiver training, and behavior-analytic approaches in general of which single-case designs are a hallmark of. At the time of this abstract's write-up, data analysis was being conducted, and results should be viewed incomplete. References Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D.G., The PRISMA Group. (2009). Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. PLoS Medicine, 6, e1000097. doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097.t002 The Steering Group of The Campbell Collaboration. (2017). Campbell Collaboration Systematic Reviews: Policies and Guidelines [pdf]. Retrieved from https://campbellcollaboration.org/library/campbell-collaboration-systematic-reviews-policies-and-guidelines.html Westgarth, C., Christley, R.M., Christian, H.E. (2014). How might we increase physical activity through dog walking? A comprehensive review of dog walking correlates. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 11, 83-97. doi:http://www.ijbnpa.org/content/11/1/83 Zasloff, R. L. & Kidd, A. H. (1994). Loneliness and pet ownership among single women. Psychological Reports, 75, 747–752. doi:10.2466/pr0.1994.75.2.747.

 
8. A Comparison of Preference Assessment Methods With Shelter Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
CINTYA TOLEDO FULGENCIO (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Maria Salmeron (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Dogs may be relinquished to shelters and unlikely to be adopted if they engage in problem behavior. A successful way of eliminating problem behavior is through training techniques based on behavioral principles. Obedience training with the use of positive reinforcement has been successful in treating problematic behavior by dogs. In order for this method to work, it is essential that the stimuli selected function as reinforcers. A method used to identify potential reinforcers is through preference assessments. A preference assessment is a procedure used to identify stimuli that may serve as possible reinforcers by yielding preference hierarchies. Equally as important are the reinforcer assessments that evaluate the reinforcing value of the preferences identified. Although preference and reinforcer assessments have been successfully used with humans, research with non-human animals is limited. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to identify the preference assessment that is time efficient and will yield results that correspond with the results of the reinforcer assessment. Each preference assessment (MSWO and paired-stimulus) was conducted with each dog. A progressive ratio reinforcer assessment was conducted following the preference assessments. Each preference assessment was timed to measure time efficiency. Results are discussed.

 
9. Treatment Analysis of Stereotypic Behaviors Exhibited by a Captive Male Jaguar (Panthera onca)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN COLLEEN MORRIS (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Valerie Segura (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Dan Maloney (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Terry L. Maple (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens; Florida Atlantic University)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Large carnivores living in human care have been reported to engage in stereotypic behaviors (e.g., pacing, tail sucking, grooming to the point of causing lesions and hair loss.) At Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens, one adult male jaguar was observed pacing, tail sucking, and over-grooming over a long period of time. Prior interventions aimed at curbing these behaviors included varied feeding schedules/type of food provided, visual barriers, Feliway pheromone spray, enrichment, exhibit access modification. However, the effectiveness of these interventions was never systematically evaluated for effectiveness and often co-occurred with the beginning and end of other interventions. The aim of the present study was to evaluate possible environmental variables that were reported by staff as likely variables maintaining or promoting stereotypic behavior. A five-phase treatment analysis was implemented using an ABCAD reversal design, with the goal of decreasing the frequency, intensity, and duration of these stereotypic behaviors. Data collection occurred during a ten-week evaluation, with each condition lasting two weeks. The treatment analysis consisted of two environmental manipulation phases, two baseline phases and a final phase, where the environmental manipulation that evoked the least amount of stereotypic behaviors was repeated. Behavioral monitoring was conducted via video footage to capture jaguar behavior when care staff were and were not present. Results indicated a slight decrease in stereotypic behaviors during treatment phases, as compared to baseline, however, significant effects were not observed. Potential function-based future assessments will be discussed.

 
10. Measuring Odor Capacity on a Natural Odor Detection Task
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ARMANDO DANTE MENDEZ (Texas Tech University), Stephanie Soto (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

A recent study has proposed the use of a rapid "Natural Odor Detection Task" aimed at measuring the olfactory sensitivity of canines by recording their spontaneous responses to food odors. The aim of the present work was to replicate and extend this task by providing odorants with better characterized concentrations. Eight dogs were presented with serial dilutions of chicken broth and peanut butter spanning from 1.00 x 10-1 to 1.00 x 10-12 volume/volume dilutions. An odor jar was placed in an apparatus that can hold 5 jars, each 30 cm apart. The remaining four jars contained 10 mL of diluent. A handler blind to the position of the odor jar walked the dog along the odor line-up and observed for spontaneous responses such as clawing at the jar or sniffing longer than three seconds on a specific jar. A response to the correct jar led to the dog being able to consume the 10 ml of the respective reinforcer. We found a strong effect of dilution, with all 50% thresholds falling between a dilution of 10-1 to 10-2. These results suggest that slight modifications of the procedure may allow for more quantitative measures of sensitivity.

 
11. Integrating Therapy Dogs Into a Social Skills Group Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KIRSTEN LEATHERWOOD (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Integrating Therapy dogs into a Social Skills Group Program for Children with ASD Kirsten Leatherwood, Wesley Dotson, Alexandra Protopopova Texas Tech University Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) have been shown to increase social behavior in children with ASD; however, the mechanism by which this increase occurs remains elusive. Therapy dogs were incorporated into an established group social skills instruction program for children with ASD, using a quasi-experimental, repeated-measures counter-balanced mixed design (5 weeks with and 5 weeks without a dog) over the course of a semester. Using a single-subject design, we assessed the effect of the dogs on therapists. We predicted that the presence of the dog in the group social skills instruction program would not only improve the quantity and quality of social behavior, but also reduce physiological (salivary cortisol) and behavioral signs of stress compared to the absence of the dog. We further predicted that during therapy sessions with dogs, most of the children's social behavior would be directed towards the dog rather than peers. The successful completion of this project will result in an empirically validated program within ABA and AAI.

 
12. Assessing Assessments of Dog Toy Preference
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ELIZABETH ARANT (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract: Various methods have been developed to assess preferences of individuals. In the field of applied behavior analysis, preference assessments have been applied primarily to human children. However, more recently, the use of preference assessments has expanded to other species, including domestic dogs. Applying preference assessments for individual dogs in shelters not only improves welfare, but may also assist when dogs are candidates for adoption. An assessment and validation of various methods, taken from the dog and child literature, will help shelter staff employ the most efficient methods when assessing dog's preference for toys. Additionally, the inclusion of a group free-operant assessment allowed for a development of a highly efficient assessment in group setting. Sixteen dogs housed in a shelter environment participated in 10 different types of preference assessments, once per day, in a randomized order. Preferences across assessments, along with the caregivers' perceived ranking of the toys, were compared to establish the validity of various assessments as well as efficiency.
 
13. An Investigation of the Influence of Human Behavior on the Development of Canine Separation Anxiety
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
AARON TEIXEIRA (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University), Shelby Bramlett (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Monmouth University)
Abstract:

Canine anxiety and fear-related problems are the second most widespread problematic behavior associated with pet dogs, with only aggression-related problems yielding higher rates of referrals. Canine behavior researchers and Veterinarians have suggested a behavioral change plan involving low arousal departures and reunions to and from the home to help treat Separation Anxiety in pet dogs. By manipulating the amount of excitement exhibited by an experimenter during a modification of a strange situation test, we hope to illuminate how repeated exposures to a high arousal human can influence the frequency/duration of Separation-related behaviors (SRB's) thereafter, such as time spent pacing, time in close proximity to door (within 3ft), and vocalizations. Participants were brought into a room and left alone for a 10-minute anticipation period, followed by a 10-minute interaction period with a high arousal experimenter, and left alone again for a final 10-minute post-interaction period. Samples of salivary cortisol were taken along with external ear temperatures, activity level measures and heart rate variability measures, as well as video recording of SRB's. After six sessions, our data showed some dogs increased in specific SRB's, while others possibly habituated to the situation and showed decreased SRB's.

 
 
 
Poster Session #74
BPN Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
14. Delay Discounting and Cannabinoid Enzyme Inhibitors
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
DEVIN GALDIERI (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Impulsivity has been implicated in a number of disorders and maladaptive behaviors including pathological gambling, substance abuse, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, schizophrenia, personality disorders, suicidality, and psychopathology in general. Serotonin (5-HT) and dopamine (DA) are two neurotransmitters that are well documented for their effects on impulsivity and their activity can be altered by other neurotransmitters systems, such as the endocannabinoid system. The endocannabinoid system can be manipulated by agonists such as delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), as well as by drugs that alter the endocannabinoid system's own enzymatic regulatory system, such as cannabinoid enzyme inhibitors. The present study examines effects of two cannabinoid enzyme inhibitors whose effect on impulsivity is relatively unexplored. Eight male Sprague-Dawley rats were trained on a discrete-trials delay-discounting procedure and given a range of acute doses of URB597 and JZL195. Effects of drug administration will be assessed using several measures of impulsivity, including percent of larger-reinforcer choice, indifference points, and area under the curve. Changes in measures of impulsivity following drug administration would indicate involvement of the endocannabinoid system and suggest new potential targets for treatment of impulse-control disorders.

 
15. Treatment of Life-Threatening Vomiting with Electroconvulsive Therapy
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA GONZALES (WellSpan Philhaven CADD), Steven Sciortino Jr. (Vista Adult Services Organization, Drexel University)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Frequent and uncontrollable vomiting can cause substantial damage to an individual?s health. In this current case, the individual suffered from significant weight loss and was prescribed a feeding tube for all meals, hydration and medication. The feeding provided sufficient nutrients to sustain a healthy lifestyle. Over a four-year period, multiple behavioral interventions, (Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior, Differential Reinforcement of Diminishing Rates, Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior, Over-Correction, Blocking and Inpatient Treatment at Kennedy Krieger Institute) and behavioral pharmacology interventions (Haldol, Ativan, Propranolol, Atarax, Sancuso, Cogentin, etc.). These interventions did not demonstrate significant reduction of vomiting behavior. The effects of the behavioral treatments eventually subsided or evoked high intensity aggressive behaviors. The most recent treatment, electroconvulsive therapy, although controversial has demonstrated a reduction in the vomiting behavior. Prior to electroconvulsive therapy, rates of vomiting ranged from 139 to 327 and averaged 229 per day. Electroconvulsive therapy was implemented for seven weeks, which included 18 treatments scheduled for three times per week. The most recent data for vomiting rates showed a range of 1 to 14 and averaged 7.9 per day. This case supports electroconvulsive therapy as an effective treatment for life-threatening vomiting behavior.

 
16. Examination of the Effects of Adult Chronic Olanzapine on Food Demand
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
DANTON SHOEMAKER (Texas Tech University), Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Olanzapine (OLZ) is associated with rapid weight gain perhaps involving changes in food’s reinforcing effectiveness. The current study examined if OLZ alters the reinforcing effectiveness of food as assessed by a demand curve analysis. Mice (n=16; 8 males and 8 females) were divided into two groups (OLZ vs. Control). Mice had previous training under fixed ratio (FR) schedules of food reinforcement. First, mice were exposed to 12 daily sessions of FR 5 food reinforcement. Next, the OLZ group received cookie dough with OLZ (3 mg/kg) and the control group received plain cookie dough for 43 days. A demand assessment (FR 1 – 480) started on day 19 of dough delivery and concluded on the last day of dough delivery. Beginning two weeks later, two more demand assessments were conducted. Changes in consumption with FR value were fitted by the exponential demand equation, which yields estimates of maximum consumption at zero price, Q0, and rate of decline, a. Across demand assessments, ratio of a values (OLZ to control) decreased from 2.03 to 1.52 in females and from 1.59 to 1.28 in males indicating differences in a values decreased with time since treatment and suggesting that OLZ decreased the reinforcing effectiveness of food.
 
17. Effects of Methylphenidate on Sensitivity to Reinforcement Amount, Delay, and Probability: Implications for Impulsive and Risky Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEREMY LANGFORD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Under rapid-acquisition, concurrent chains (RACC) procedures, effects of psychomotor stimulants on behavior controlled by different reinforcement dimensions (e.g., amount and delay) have been extensively studied in isolation. However, the effect of these drugs on preference controlled by these different dimensions of reinforcement in combination (as in impulsive or risky choice) have not been investigated as thoroughly. The purpose of this study was to investigate choice controlled by reinforcement amount and delay in combination (Experiment 1) and by reinforcement amount and probability in combination (Experiment 2), as well as to examine effects of methylphenidate (MPH) under these conditions. In each experiment, pigeons responded on a RACC procedure in which both terminal link parameters of reinforcement alternated independently and pseudo-randomly across sessions such that in some sessions both parameters favored one response key (dominated sessions) or each parameter favored a different key (tradeoff sessions). Initial-link response allocation tracked the four different terminal link arrangements, and initial analyses indicate, that in both experiments, the reinforcement parameters exerted an additive and independent control on preference (as assumed by the generalized matching law). Preliminary assessments indicate that intermediate doses of MPH (e.g., 5.6 mg/kg) decrease preference controlled by each reinforcement parameter.
 
18. Effects ofN-Methyl-D-Aspartate Antagonists on the Odor Span Test of Working Memory in Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL JOHN MATHEWS (West Virginia University), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

The glutamate hypothesis proposes that NMDA receptor hypofunction underlies cognitive and perhaps other schizophrenic symptoms. The present study used the odor span task to assess the effects of NMDA antagonists on remembering multiple stimuli in rodents. This task uses an incrementing non-matching-to-sample procedure in which responses to a new olfactory stimulus are reinforced on each trial, whereas responses to previously presented stimuli are not. NMDA antagonists have been associated with memory impairments in a variety of animal models, however, there are inconsistencies across different NMDA antagonists and tasks used. The current study compared the acute effects of phencyclidine, ketamine, and the novel NMDA antagonist methoxetamine on responding in the odor span task and a simple discrimination control. Phencyclidine and methoxetamine impaired odor span accuracy at doses that did not impair simple discrimination in most rats, however effects of ketamine were less selective. Within-session analyses indicated that effects of phencyclidine and methoxetamine depended on the number of stimuli to remember, i.e., impairment only occurred when the memory load was relatively high. These effects of phencyclidine and methoxetamine were consistent with the hypothesis that NMDA antagonists may interfere with working memory, but the basis for less selective results with ketamine are unclear.

 
19. Δ9-Tetrahydrocannabinol Withdrawal Increases Perseverative Responding in Mice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LELAND ECKARD (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Steven Kinsey (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Dependence on cannabis can result in withdrawal following abstinence, which increases the likelihood of relapse. The primary psychoactive component of cannabis is δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), and behavioral models of THC withdrawal can aid in identifying therapeutics to attenuate withdrawal symptoms. However, the behavioral profile of THC withdrawal has been primarily focused on rodent-specific behaviors (e.g., paw tremors) limiting applicability to humans. The current study used an alternating fixed-ratio (FR) task to assess perseverative responding associated with THC withdrawal in male and female mice. Within each session, an FR-3 schedule alternated between two nose-poke operanda every five reinforcers for a total of 12 alternations per session. Following baseline stability, mice were administered THC (10 mg/kg) or vehicle (n = 9) every 12 h for 6 days. THC withdrawal was precipitated using the selective CB1 cannabinoid receptor antagonist rimonabant (SR141716A; 2 mg/kg). Precipitated THC withdrawal increased perseverative errors, with the error being localized in the first ratio after a left/right alternation, suggesting an attentional deficit during withdrawal. These results extend the behavioral profile of THC withdrawal in rodents to include increased perseveration. Implications of these results suggest THC withdrawal may produce deficits in attention and motivation, as observed in clinical populations.

 
20. An Introduction to Bayesian Reasoning for the Analysis of Delay Discounting Data
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Statistical inference (including interval estimation and hypothesis testing) is commonly used in the analysis of behavioral data. As with many other fields, statistical approaches for these analyses traditionally use classical methods. Interpreting classical intervals and p-values correctly can be bothersome and counterintuitive. For example, a reported confidence interval for the rate of delay discounting does not have a 95% chance of including the true but unknown discounting rate. Similarly, a p-value of 0.04 does not imply that the probability that the null hypothesis is true is 4%. The correct interpretations are an artifact of the classical (i.e. frequentist) assumption that parameters of interest (e.g. discounting rate) and hypotheses are fixed but unknown quantities. By contrast, Bayesian methods treat data, parameters, and hypotheses as random quantities and use rules of conditional probability to update beliefs about parameters (e.g. discounting rate) given observed study data. Thus, Bayesian credible intervals make direct probabilistic statements about the range on which the discounting rate likely exists, and Bayesian hypothesis tests provide the probability that competing hypotheses are true. To illustrate the use of Bayesian methods on behavioral data, this work re-analyzes data from a recent delay discounting study of community controls, heavy smokers, and alcohol- and cocaine-dependent individuals to assess the impact of non-, mono-, dual-, and trisubstance use. The re-analysis methods are compared with the original analysis for interpretation, and similarities and differences in conclusion are discussed.

 
21. Undergraduate Demand for Fake IDs: Relations to Substance Use and Behavioral Economic Implications for Policy
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
LONDONNE AYERS (University of Kansas), Rachel Nicole Foster (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Fake IDs are unfortunately ubiquitous on college campuses. Use of fake IDs enable underage drinking via entrance to bars/clubs, and/or purchasing of alcohol at liquor stores. Research suggests that fake IDs are often obtained via bulk ordering using illegal online vendors. Given the success of operant demand analytics in the area of alcohol use, we propose a behavioral economic strategy to model fake ID intentions and associated drinking problems. Using a mixed factorial design, we assessed operant demand for fake IDs in 317 undergraduates in a 2 (obtaining 1 vs 2 IDs) by 2 (purchasing for self or in a bulk order) design. Results suggest association between fake ID motivations and alcohol misuse. Behavioral indices such as Omax and Pmax provide novel insight into potential policy considerations, such as incentivizing fake ID buy-back programs on college campuses. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
22. Sex Differences in Midazolam Self-Administration in Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: More women are prescribed benzodiazepines than men and may differ from men in their potential for abuse. Sex differences exist in the reinforcing effects of various drugs of abuse, but potential sex differences in self-administration of benzodiazepines has not been examined. This project evaluated whether the short-acting benzodiazepine midazolam functioned as a reinforcer in male and female rats and if there were sex differences in the acquisition of midazolam-maintained responding. Food-restricted male and female Sprague-Dawley rats were implanted with chronic i.v. catheters. Acquisition of responding maintained by midazolam was assessed across three 5-session blocks. Ascending midazolam doses (0.03, 0.1, & 0.3 mg/kg/infusion) were delivered on a fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule in each 5-session block. Following acquisition, dose-response curves were established for all rats on a FR 2 schedule. There appeared to be no sex difference in acquisition of midazolam-maintained responding, but female rats required higher doses to function as a reinforcer. The extent to which this difference reflects pharmacodynamic and/or pharmacokinetic differences is unknown. Although speculative, that relatively higher doses of midazolam were required for self-administration by female rats raises the possibility that women may be more likely than men to experience negative consequences associated with high-dose use of benzodiazepines.
 
23. Historical Research Highlights From Intersectional Pharmacological and Neuroscientific Fields
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
STEPHANIE CRAN (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center; University of North Texas)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Research from neuroscience and pharmacology has led to discoveries about the processes within the organism that are involved with reinforcement of operant behavior. Such findings, to name a few, include information about "motivation", "reward centers", and how various chemicals affect operant behavior under various contexts. These areas of science have complemented the field of behavior analysis by furthering knowledge about potential processes within the organism that influence environment-behavior relations in both human and non-human animals. Each science approaches this topic using a different lens and for different reasons. However, exchange between the fields has produced many advanced discoveries. This poster describes the rich history of the intersection of neuroscience, pharmacology, and behavior analysis and samples some key findings within those intersectional fields. Future neuroscientific and pharmacological directions within behavior analysis are discussed.

 
24. Rats and RedBull: A Study on Creativity
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE ORFIELD (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Matthew E. Andrzejewski (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Logan Wild (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

For some time, behavioral variability has been proposed as a dimension of operant behavior that is vulnerable to environmental manipulations. For example, it has been demonstrated that variability of 4-lever press sequences can be affected by dopamine drugs such as amphetamines and SKF-38393. In the present experiment, we tested the effects of over-the-counter energy drinks on variability of rats sequential responding. Four rats were trained on a procedure similar to that of Neuringer (1991) and Pesek et al. (2011) where sequences of four level presses were reinforced if they were novel compared to the past eight response sequences, referred to as a lag 8 condition. Preliminary training proceeded systematically and will now be followed by access to 4 different doses of red bull in a counterbalanced order. We plan to explore the effects of OTC energy drinks on variability measured by both U (entropy), and a ratio of reinforced sequences.

 
 
 
Poster Session #75
EAB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
25. The Problematic Inter-Trial-Interval in Delay Discounting Experiments on Animals
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Hans Martin Ottåsen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia), Espen Borgå Johansen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

In a delay discounting experiment, an organism is subjected to two choices: a small, immediate reinforcer and a larger, delayed reinforcer. Following the delivery of the reinforcer, an inter-trial-interval (ITI) occurs. Despite its delay, the large reinforcer is optimal as it produces the highest amount of rewards, and expressing a preference for the small reinforcer is therefore considered a measure of impulsivity. We tested the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat, an animal model of ADHD, on a modified version of this approach in a pilot experiment. The rats were split into two groups: in one group, the response-reinforcer delay was increased for each session, while in another group the ITI increased instead, corresponding in length to the delay in the first group. We found that the rats in the Delay group showed a decreased preference for the larger reinforcer as the trial length increased, but the rats in the ITI group did not show this pattern. This suggests that the rats were sensitive to response-reinforcer delays, but not the length of the inter-trial-interval or the trial length as a whole. This suggests that using compensating designs on animals in delay discounting is problematic.

 
26. Altruism and Self-Control in Children and Adolescents
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHIKO SORAMA (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Masato Ito (Osaka City University), Daisuke Saeki (Osaka City University), Howard Rachlin (Stony Brook University)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Recent research with adult humans indicates that selfish choice in a social dilemma task is correlated with degree of social discounting (Jones & Rachlin, 2009). The present study extends this research to children and adolescents by modifying both the social dilemma and social discounting tasks. In the social dilemma task, participants were presented with a choice between their wallet and their friend’s piggy bank. A participant who chose the wallet received either (a) 100 yen or (b) 300 yen; a participant who chose the piggy bank received either (a) 0 yen or (b) 200 yen. Choosing the wallet is regarded as selfish, whereas choosing the piggy bank is regarded as altruistic. The amount a participant received (a or b) was determined by their friend’s choice. If the friend’s choice was selfish, amount-a was received; if the friend’s choice was altruistic, amount-b was received. In the social discounting task, participants were presented with a series of choices between hypothetical rewards of their own or sharing with other people. In the delay discounting task, participants were presented with a series of choices between hypothetical rewards of immediate or delayed. Preliminary analysis of 1076 participants, ages 6-14 years, suggests that the selfishness in the social dilemma task, social discounting rate, and delay discounting rate decreased as a function of age. Results of the participants' social-discounting and delay-discounting tasks are also discussed.

 
27. Independent Effects of Ideal Body Image Valuation and Delay Discounting on Acute and Chronic Levels of Physical Activity
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT SCOTT LECOMTE (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

College students are exhibiting decreasing patterns of physical activity; and in turn, a greater rate of negative health outcomes after college. Interestingly, the degree to which one discounts the subjective value of delayed rewards (i.e. delay discounting) is related to physical activity and healthy dieting. Efforts to improve one's physical appearance, a subcategory of body image investment, is also linked to greater levels of physical activity and healthy dieting. To our knowledge, no research has evaluated how delay discounting and body image may jointly relate to physical activity. In the current study, forty-six undergraduates reported physical activity, completed a delay discounting task, and indicated the percentage of a hypothetical cash allotment ($1,000) that they would spend on achieving their own ideal body image. Results showed that lower rates of delay discounting and a higher percentage valuation of ideal body image independently predicted PA during the previous week and during a typical week. The current study suggests the importance of examining motivational factors such as body image in conjunction with delay discounting to better understand the initiation and maintenance of physical activity.

 
28. An Investigation into the Factors Which Affect Decision-Making Processes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TEGAN ANDREWS (University Of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University Of Waikato, New Zealand), Nicola J. Starkey (University Of Waikato, New Zealand)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Understanding factors that influence impulsivity in young people is important in reducing risky decision making and behavior. Impulsivity can be measured through direct measures (behavioral tasks), and indirect measures (self-report scales). This study investigated the relationship between direct and indirect measures of impulsivity and their association with age. Participants (67 females, 27 males; M= 24.38 years, range= 16-71 years) completed the Barratt Impulsivity Scale (BIS-11), the Brief Sensation Seeking Scale (BSSS) and a delay discounting task. Data showed that scores on the BIS-11 or the BSSS were not significantly correlated with the indifference points from the delay discounting task at any of the six delays. Age was not significantly correlated with the indifference points, or with the BIS-11. Sensation seeking (BSSS) was negatively correlated with age (r(92)=-.259, p=.013). Thus, direct and indirect measures of impulsivity do not give the same results. The next phase will examine the influence of peers on decisions in the delay discounting task.

 
29. Can Rats Perform The Marshmallow Test?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIKA WINNIE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: In delay-discounting (DD) procedures, when presented with a choice between a smaller, sooner reinforcer (SSR) and a larger, later reinforcer (LLR), committing to the SSR choice is considered impulsive. In delay-of-gratification (DG) procedures, when presented with this same choice, the inability to sustain that initial choice of the LLR is considered impulsive. If an organism is unable to sustain the LLR choice, it may defect (i.e., switch) to the SSR. In Experiment 1, analysis of discounting functions (using a hyperbolic equation) showed that across DD and DG procedures, the rate of discounting was comparable. However, some rats showed steeper functions in the DG group. Increases in per-opportunity defections as a function of increasing delay were also found. Latencies to defections were short across all delays for most rats. Experiment 2 will be conducted in a similar manner with rats that have no previous history of responding according to DD procedures.
 
30. Reactive Aggression and Coping Strategies Related to Temporary Discount in University Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NEGRETE JAIME NEGRETE (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Maria García (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Pedro Fernandez (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California), Lidia castro (Universidad Autónoma de Baja California)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this paper is to evaluate the hyperbolic temporal discounting function in university students and to evaluate the effect of stress coping strategies and social skills in the form of the hyperbolic function of the temporary discount. The sample consisted of 98 students enrolled in the psychology program of Health Sciences, with a mean age of 21.5 years (SD = 3.22), 75 women (76.5%). The following instruments were administered: Modified Coping Strategies Scale (Londoño et al., 2006), Reactive and Proactive Aggression Questionnaire (Andreu, Peña and Ramírez, 2009). The adjusting amount discounting task consisted of presenting to the participants two hypothetical rewards options, one immediately available (adjustable condition with initial value of $ 2000) and another larger reward (fixed condition of $ 4000) available after delays that ranged from one month to eight years. Students who employ stress coping strategies such as tolerating the stressful situation through the control of emotions present smaller discount rate. Students who indicate concern about the expression of positive feelings and the initiation of interactions with the opposite sex present a higher discount rate. Similarly, students who are more afraid of expressing positive feelings present a higher rate of discount to future rewards.

 
31. Body-Weight Indexes and Delay Discounting in Teenagers
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CESAR CORONA (School of Psychology, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of a reward as a function of the time to its receipt, and steeper discounting rates have been shown to be related to obesity. It has been argued that delay-discounting rates of consumable rewards depend on their caloric value and on the participant's body mass index (BMI) or body-fat percentage (BFP). To assess the contribution of reward type and health indexes, 64 teenagers chose between pairs of various hypothetical amounts of money, water, soda, healthy food, and fast food, one amount of each that was smaller but would be received immediately and another, larger amount of that reward that would be received later. An adjusting-amount procedure was used to determine the indifference point at each of seven delays to each of the larger reward amounts. We obtained participants' BMI and BFP and divided them in low-weight, normal-weight, overweight, and obesity groups, and low-BFP, acceptable-BFP, high-acceptable-BFP and very-high-BFP groups, respectively. Globally, the AuC's were low and similar for money and water, and higher for fast food, healthy food, and soda, for the two lower health indexes. However, the AuC was variable and not related with the two higher health indexes.

 
32. Social Discounting and Altruism: A Parametric Extension
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Social discounting refers to the decrease in the willingness of an individual to give a reward to another person as the social distance between them increases. As a parametric extension to social discounting, we evaluated the degree of social discounting in which the person can choose to forego a given amount of money in order to give it to one of two persons who are at different social distances from each other and at different social distances from the choosing person. One-hundred seventeen participants were exposed to four conditions of a social-discounting task which consisted of a series of choices between a smaller reward for a socially closer person and a larger reward for a socially farther person. The social distance between both persons, as well as that between the participant and the closer person, was manipulated within and between conditions. Participants showed higher social-discounting rates as the social distance between the nearer and the farther persons increased. These findings extend the study of social discounting and suggest that altruistic and selfish behaviors depend on the social distance between the choosing person and the receivers of the benefit, as well as on the distance between possible receivers.

 
33. Effects of Relative Magnitude in Probability Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLY A BARLOW (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous researchers have investigated how choices change based on the absolute magnitude of an outcome (e.g. Green et al., 1999). However, no studies have investigated how choices change as a function of magnitude relative to the amount in a participant's bank. We investigated how endowing participants with a bank of varying amounts influenced choice within probability discounting tasks. 60 undergraduate psychology students completed four discounting tasks. Each task presented one of two absolute magnitudes for the uncertain alternative (i.e., $3,000 and $500,000). Additionally, each task presented one of four bank amounts (i.e., 1/4 or 4 times the absolute magnitude). This resulted in four magnitude combinations: small absolute magnitude/small relative to the bank (SA/SR); small absolute magnitude/large relative to the bank (SA/LR); large absolute magnitude/small relative to the bank (LA/LR); large absolute magnitude/large relative to the bank (LA/LR). In the ascending condition, participants prioritized the magnitude relative to the bank amount (i.e., discounting small outcomes relative to bank amount less steeply than large outcomes relative to bank amount). In the descending condition, participants prioritized the absolute magnitude (i.e. discounting small absolute outcomes less steeply than large absolute outcomes). Our results suggest endowed bank amounts can influence participants' choices under uncertain conditions.

 
34. Translational Effects of Choice Between Fixed- and Mixed-Delays to Reinforcement Among Children With Autism
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CAYENNE SHPALL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are often a necessary component during treatments of challenging behavior (e.g., Functional Communication Training; FCT). In the absence of programmed delay training, the utility and generality of FCT may be limited. Despite the importance of delays to reinforcement during FCT, few studies have empirically isolated and investigated the parameters pertaining to the implementation of delays to reinforcement. Results from basic empirical studies have shown that variable delays, or bi-valued mixed delays to reinforcement, are preferred in humans and nonhuman studies. The current research examined response allocation between fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement. Results showed a preference for mixed delays to reinforcement with 2 out of 6 participants and no preference between delay arrangements for the remaining 4 participants. Potential avenues of future research on the use of mixed delays to reinforcement, such as the application within FCT and maintenance of socially appropriate behaviors, are discussed.

 
35. Specifying Consequences of Unprotected Sex Affects Condom Use Likelihood in the Sexual Probability Discounting Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PATRICK S. JOHNSON (California State University, Chico), Grace Garberson (California State University, Chico)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Significant negative health consequences are associated with unprotected sex (i.e., sex without a condom), including sexually transmitted infection (STI) contraction and unwanted pregnancy. Especially at risk for experiencing these negative consequences are college students, who are particularly vulnerable given high rates of casual sexual encounters. The present study used a discounting framework to examine the relative effects of these negative consequences on likelihood of engaging in condom-protected sex in the hypothetical Sexual Probability Discounting Task. Participants (N = 32, 16 male/female college students) viewed a photoset of diverse, clothed individuals and selected two individuals they most and least wanted to have sex with. Next, across a series of event probabilities, participants indicated their likelihood of having condom-protected sex with each partner if the consequence of unprotected sex were pregnancy, STI contraction, or unspecified. Both male and female participants were significantly less likely to use a condom with their more preferred partner (p < .001), and when the consequence of unprotected sex was STI contraction vs. unwanted pregnancy vs. an unspecified consequence (linear contrast, p < .001). These findings suggest preventive efforts emphasizing unwanted pregnancy and/or uncertainty surrounding negative consequences of unprotected sex may maximize condom use likelihood among college students.
 
36. Effect of the Order of Exposure on Three Self-Control Procedures in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MEZTLI ROCIO MIRANDA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

To study self-controlled behavior, three main procedures have been used: choice, resistance to "temptation," and delay of gratification. In general, these procedures involve choosing between pairs of rewards of different magnitude and delay of delivery, or refraining from taking an available reward until a predetermined waiting criterion is met. These procedures capture three apparently different aspects or dimensions of self-controlled behavior. Therefore, to examine the interaction between these procedures would be useful to advance our understanding of the dimensions of self-controlled behavior. With this purpose, 18 undergraduate students were exposed to each procedure following different sequences of exposure to them. The participants were exposed to each procedure for three consecutive sessions; the main dependent variable was the obtention of the delayed rewards (SR2). The participants initially exposed to the choice procedure virtually obtained all the SR2 programmed in the three procedures. Participants initially exposed to resistance to "temptation" showed more self-controlled behavior compared to participants initially exposed to delay of gratification. It is suggested that the initial exposure to a procedure may act as a "training" for the following procedure.

 
37. Music and Social Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANTHONY NATHAN NIST (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Ruff (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Altruism, in a behavioral sense, can be defined as "costly acts that confer economic benefits on other individuals" (Fehr & Fischbacher, 2003). One factor that seems to impact the likelihood of an individual behaving altruistically is what is known as social distance. Jones and Rachlin (2006) found that people will forgo an amount of money to keep for themselves in order to give a larger amount of money to another person, with the amounts of money forgone varying systematically as a function of social distance. There is limited research suggesting music could influence altruistic behavior, but nothing that directly examines altruism through a social discounting paradigm. The goal of the present study was to determine if music could indeed have some impact on altruistic behavior, and more specifically, if an individual's particular music preferences could have an impact on their respective rates of social discounting. Participants were undergraduates at the University of Nevada, Reno. To obtain individual music preferences, two questionnaire tasks were utilized. Each participant experienced three conditions: 1) no music, 2) preferred music, and 3) non-preferred music followed by three versions of a social discounting questionnaire. Results indicate that music does seem to have an impact on rates of social discounting. Participants were more likely to confer hypothetical money to those further away in social distance, rather than keep it for themselves, after hearing a song that they indicated as preferred. The order of music presentation was also a factor. Those who heard their non-preferred song first, were less likely to give away money to someone more socially distant than those participants that heard their preferred song first.

 
38. Effects of Exercise on Impulsivity Among College Students Using Delay Discounting Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SUNGHYUN CHO (Yonsei University), Seung-ah Lee (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that performing repetitive tasks requiring self-control, such as regular exercise, is an effective strategy for improving impulsivity. This study compared the changes in impulsivity among college students across three fitness classes, which were different in terms of type and total time of exercise. In the high intensity fitness class (n=38), students engaged in muscular exercise at least 3 times a week for an hour and a half per day. In the moderate intensity class (n=25), students had to exercise once a week for 2 hours. In the low intensity class (n=27), students participated in any sports activities including basketball, tennis or squash once a week for an hour and a half. A delay discounting task was administered at the beginning and the end of a semester to measure the changes in impulsivity. The differences among three classes were evaluated by repeated measures analysis of variance. Results revealed no significant difference in changes of impulsivity across three classes. The results suggest that exercise does not improve impulsivity, which is not consistent with early findings. Further studies with larger sample sizes or randomized controlled trials are needed to explore how exercise influences impulsivity.

 
39. Delay Discounting, Academic Constraints and Demand for Alcoholic Drinks
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Nate David Popodi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Catlyn Li Volsi (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Jolee Marie Zizzo (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kane Poad (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Abigail Schmidt (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Neil Graupner (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Jessica Sklenar (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The Alcohol Purchasing Task (APT) is a validated measure of demand for alcoholic beverages. It asks participants to hypothetically purchase alcoholic beverages at escalating prices. Hypothetical academic constraints (e.g. an exam the next day at 8:30 am) have been shown to decrease certain measures such as break point (the price that suppresses alcohol purchases to zero) and Pmax (the price associated with maximum alcohol expenditure). Previously, we found that self-reported binge drinkers were less sensitive to the prospect of academic constraints the following day than non-binge drinkers. In this experiment, participants were administered a within-subject version of the APT where they hypothetically purchased drinks under 2 different scenarios: 1) with an exam the next day (EXT) or 2) with no academic constraints the following day (CTRL). The order of the version was counterbalanced across subjects. In addition, each participant completed the 27-item Monetary Choice Questionnaire (MCQ) from Kirby et al. (1999), which is used to estimate k, a discounting parameter. A total of fifty-nine (n=59) subjects have completed this experiment and directly replicated earlier findings. Measures of discounting from the MCQ are going to be related demand functions obtained on the APT in the hopes of assessing the role of impulsivity on sensitivity to academic constraints in the context of alcohol purchasing.
 
40. Translational Research on Problems Related to the Delay and Reinforcement Magnitude
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIPE DIAZ (Guadalajara University), Jonnathan Gudiño (Guadalajara University), Karina Franco (Guadalajara University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present work was to study the effects of varying delay and reinforcement magnitude in ascending and descending order on response rate. Three studies were conducted to explore the possibility that varying the order of exposure to reinforcement magnitude and delay of reinforcement modulate self-controlled or impulsive behavior. Two studies included experimental subjects and one with a teenager engaged in problem behavior. Experiment 1 examined the joint effects of delay of reinforcement and reinforcement magnitude on response rate in rats. Subjects exposed to reinforcement delays in ascending order showed greater self-controlled behavior than those in descending order. Experiment 2 showed the well-known effect of delayed reinforcement on the response rate, as delay of reinforcement was greater response rate decreased. Experiment 3 was a study included the participation of an adolescent who had been referred for the functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior (i.e., aggression, disruption and substance abuse). The general procedure included reduce reinforcement magnitude if any problem behavior persists. Response rate for aggression, disruption and substance abuse decreased significantly compared to base line. The findings are discussed in the relevance of interaction between experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis.

 
41. Behavioral Measures of Impulsivity: Delay and Effort Discounting of Hypothetical Monetary Rewards
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Julyse Migan-Gandonou (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Impulsive behavior (aka, impulsivity) has been defined as a preference for smaller-immediate rewards over larger-delayed rewards. Impulsivity is a hallmark of many behavioral and psychiatric disorders including ADHD, pathological gambling, substance abuse, bipolar disorder, and others. A common variable in impulsive behavior across the lifespan is the inability to forego immediate consequences for delayed consequences. Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of a reward based on delays, and provides an empirically-validated framework for assessing and measuring impulsive behavior in humans as well as non-humans. In a typical delay-discounting experiment, individuals are asked to choose between a smaller reward available immediately and a larger reward available after a delay. Effort discounting refers to the decrease in the subjective value of rewards as the effort required to obtain the rewards increases. In a typical effort discounting task, individuals are asked to choose between a low-effort reward and a high-effort reward. The present study assessed impulsive behavior using both the delay and effort discounting frameworks. Preliminary results include similar patterns of responding between the two behavioral measures, and a positive correlation between effort and delay discounting. However, more data will be needed for more conclusive results.

 
42. The Effect of Delay Discounting Across the Lifespan: An Analysis of Correlated Factors
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LAURA A. KRUSE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Brittney Farley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

There has been much research looking at various disorders and diseases considered to be "impulse" driven; for example, additions (e.g., alcohol, gambling, cigarette, etc.) or mental health (e.g., depression, anxiety, bi-polar disorder, etc.). However, there has been less research looking at more-simple characteristics such as home ownership, education, or income level. The current study will evaluate at various demographic factors and their relation to the k-value, or degree of discounting. Based on prior research, it is known that overall degree of discounting decreases with age, but the current study will also evaluate whether this change is due to simple maturation or other variables that correlate with changes in age. Based on preliminary results, there appear to be decreases in the k-value based on additional variables (i.e., income, education, children, and home ownership); however, more data will be needed to make more conclusive inferences. One application of these results includes helping employers to design more attractive benefits package to fit their employees based on relevant demographics.

 
43. Effects of Food Deprivation and Pre-Training on Delay Discounting in Male Wistar Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Alaina Prince (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Kailey Tobin (University of Alaska Anchorage), Cassandra Anderson (University of Alaska Anchorage), ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Delay discounting procedures developed by Evenden and Ryan (1996) were manipulated to examine the effects of food deprivation and extent of pre-training on impulsive choices. Eight rats completed a discounting task both while deprived to 85% of their free-feeding weights and also under ad libitum feeding conditions, in counterbalanced order. Additionally, half of the subjects completed 13 days of pre-training, in which no delays to the larger, later reinforcer were present while the other half completed pre-training once reaching a criterion of selecting the 5-pellet lever over the 1-pellet lever on at least 80% of trials for 2 consecutive days. Subjects met this criterion in 4 days or fewer. Shorter exposure to pre-training did not affect impulsivity as measured by k values during the test phase, suggesting that the extended 13-day pre-training phase may be unnecessary. Individual subject k values were highly correlated across deprivation conditions, r (7) = .74, p = .04. On average, subjects discounted more steeply when allowed to feed freely (M = .034, SD = .045) than when food deprived (M = .012, SD = .013), consistent with the magnitude effect.

 
44. Temporal Discrimination and Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: Temporal discrimination involves adjunctive behaviour which is correlated with specific states of the organism (Killeen & Fetterman, 1988). The behavioural theory of timing asserts that this correlated adjunctive behavior then acts as a discriminative stimulus which occasions the temporally discriminative responding. The following study will assess the interaction between temporal discrimination, contextual conditions, and delay discounting. Undergraduate and graduate students acted as participants in the following study. Participants completed automatically adjusting delay discounting questionnaires presented on the computer through a software program written in VB.NET. Monetary delay discounting questionnaires included several temporal horizons. The resulting area under the curve (AUC) of each participant along with the k parameter were calculated. Psychophysical temporal discrimination tasks were also completed by participants to assess temporal discrimination under differing contextual conditions. These results suggest that temporal discrimination can be modulated by contextual conditions. The effects of such on delay discounting and further implications will be discussed.
 
45. Preferences for Accumulated and Distributed Token Exchange-Production Schedules: A Unit-Price Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Drake University)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Organisms tend to allocate behavior to simultaneously available schedules of reinforcement as a function of the magnitude, frequency, and quality of reinforcement associated with each schedule (DeLeon et al., 2014). DeLeon et al. (2014) suggested that accumulated exchange-production schedules promote increased work completion and are higher preferred than distributed exchange-production schedules despite associated delays to reinforcement. The present study sought to identify whether other variables, such as the schedules of reinforcement associated with token delivery and the unit price (i.e., the work-reinforcer ratio) associated with token-production schedules would influence preferences for exchange-production schedules using a series of concurrent-operant evaluations. Preliminary results indicate that accumulated exchange-production schedules were preferred to distributed exchange-production schedules when the schedules of reinforcement are relatively dense (e.g., FR 1, VR 2), but not under leaner schedules of reinforcement (e.g., VR 5, VR 10) when the unit price associated with each token-production schedule was not held constant. However, preferences for accumulated exchange-production schedules increased across all token-production schedules when the unit-price and the response requirements associated with the token exchange period are held constant (even across uneven unit prices). Applied implications and areas for future research will be discussed.

 
46. Translating a Suboptimal Choice Paradigm From Basic Research to Children With Autism
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLY M. CONWAY (Central Autism Assessment and Treatment Center, Central Michigan University), Danielle Piggott (Central Autism Assessment and Treatment Center, Central Michigan University), Annemarie Brenner (Central Autism Assessment and Treatment Center, Central Michigan University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Autism Assessment and Treatment Center, Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Basic animal research in choice has shown clear biases toward response options resulting in suboptimal low-rate, high magnitude reinforcement over more optimal response options with consistent, lower magnitude reinforcement when the outcomes are signaled. The present study tested this paradigm in the treatment of three participants (aged 3-18) diagnosed with autism. After completing requirements for reinforcement during a treatment task, participants chose between two cards with arbitrary shapes signaling either optimal (100% chance to earn 50% reinforcement magnitude) or suboptimal function-based reinforcement (80% chance to earn 10% reinforcement or 20% chance to earn 100% reinforcement), and colors as a terminal link. Participants were run on a multiple baseline with a reversal of reinforcement outcome contingencies to account for bias. Preliminary results suggest participants' choices closely mirror the choice models of non-human subjects: choices are biased toward suboptimal choice, extending basic research to this population. Implications for practice and translational science are discussed.

 
47. Effect of Relative Reinforcement Duration in Concurrent Schedules With Different Reinforcement Densities: A Replication of Davison (1988)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOÃO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Cristiano Coelho (Pontifícia Universidade Catolica de Goias, Brazil)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Davison (1988) suggested that "concurrent-schedule preference between different reinforcer durations may not be independent of the overall frequency with which the reinforcers are produced." However, in the experiment that provided the data substantiating this suggestion, deviations from programmed equal reinforcer frequencies resulted in unscheduled obtained unequal relative reinforcement rates. The present experiment replicated Davison's procedure, correcting the programming of dependent concurrent variable-interval schedules. Six pigeons were exposed to concurrent variable-interval schedules with unequal reinforcer durations associated with the response alternatives (10s versus 3s). Programmed reinforcement frequency was kept equal for the competing responses, while the absolute reinforcement value was varied. In order to avoid systematic deviations between scheduled and obtained relative reinforcement rates, the order and number of reinforcers associated with each schedule were predetermined by a computer program. Both response ratios and time ratios showed preference for the larger duration alternative and that preference did not change systematically with changes in absolute reinforcer frequency. Present results support the relativity assumption of the Matching Law. It is suggested that Davison's results were due to uncontrolled variations in obtained reinforcement frequency. Key-words: choice, preference, reinforcer frequency, reinforcer magnitude, pigeons

 
48. The Relation Between Apparatus Size and Preference in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HANNAH PLANINSHECK (St. Cloud State University), Kyle Pollard (St. Cloud State University), Vanessa Garcia Bodin (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The current study examined the preference selection of three male and three female Madagascar hissing cockroaches (Gromphadorhina portentosa) using a multiple stimulus with replacement assessment. In the assessment, four types of baby food were used as stimuli, three different apparatuses were used, and the results were compared to determine whether or not the layout of the apparatuses may have had some correlation to the choices that were made. Once an 80% preference was determined, the subject was moved onto another apparatus and the sessions were ran again. Although the data may be variable, the subjects had overall shown a higher preference for carbohydrate rich stimuli as well as the outside bays of the apparatuses. Further implications as well as possible limitations of the study are presented; the knowledge obtained however, can be used to conduct other experiments in which carbohydrate based edible stimuli are used to reinforce the behavior completed by Madagascar hissing cockroaches.

 
49. Evaluating Effects of Signals on Risky Choices in Pigeons and Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Maggie A. McDevitt (McDaniel College), Malvina Pietrzykowski (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

When choosing between options whose payouts differ in both probability and amount, selecting the more frequent but lower-payout option is sometimes the rational choice. When stimuli signal that a risky choice will pay out, pigeons show increased preference for that alternative; removing signals decreases this preference (McDevitt et al., 2016). Two studies were conducted using a similar procedure with human and pigeon subjects. In a replication of a study by Zentall and Stagner (2011), pigeons were presented with a choice between two options. One led to 3 s of mixed grain 100% of the time. The riskier (suboptimal) alternative led to 10 s of grain 20% of the time and no food 80% of the time. Pigeons strongly preferred the suboptimal alternative when stimuli signaled the risky payouts. However, when signals were absent, preference reversed. In study 2, an experiment by Molet and colleagues (2012) was replicated. College students chose between two options in a computer game format. One option was associated with earning 10 points 20% of the time, or 0 points 80% of the time. The other option was always associated with earning 3 points. The students reliably chose the less risky alternative, independent of signals.

 
50. Chasing Ghosts: Human Performance on Concurrent Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University), McKenna Dennstedt (South Dakota State University), Aspen Bechen (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

This study explored parameters of schedules of reinforcement in human behavioral research to evaluate influences on differential sensitivity to immediate contingencies of behavior. College-student participants played a computer game to ffind ghosts" hiding in a haunted house. Ghosts were available on a Conc FR FI schedule, although participants were not verbally told these contingencies. The FR contingency was operative on the left side of the haunted house, while the FI contingency was operative on the right side of the house. When a "ghost" was found, feedback was provided on the screen. Contingencies were changed across the session to determine if responding correspondingly changed (FR 20 FI 1; FR 35 FI 1; FR 50 FI 1). The ratio and interval based schedules produce different contingencies, but historically humans are the only organism to not show this sensitivity. Although some participants showed sensitivity to the contingencies and/or the change in values, this was not consistent across participants. Most participants responded about equally in both components of the concurrent schedule, with responses increasing as FR values increased.

 
51. Choice and Timing: Pigeons Performance on Fixed-Interval Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZIRAHUEN VILCHEZ (University of Guadalajara), Óscar García-Leal (University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

During fixed-interval (FI) schedules of reinforcement the first response after a certain time makes the delivery of a reinforcing stimulus available. These programs have been classically used to evaluate the adaptation of subjects to environmental events that fluctuate in the range of minutes or seconds. The variables that can influence this adaptation have typically been related to motivational and environmental changes. Recently it has been reported that giving subjects the opportunity to choose can also generate changes in the patterns typically observed in these programs. The present experiment aims to evaluate for the first time the performance during FI schedules of four pigeons (Columba livia) that were exposed to free-choice and forced-choice trials within the same session. The task consisted in 6 cycles of 12 trials. Half of the trials represented a concurrent-chained schedule whereas the rest where a simple-chained schedule. Two trials of each half represented a peak trial. The analysis of timing measures revealed a higher index of curvature, a higher quarter life, and higher start times during free-choice trials than in forced-choice trials. Results suggest that, at least in timing tasks where pigeons experience both type of trials, the opportunity to choose may improve their performance.

 
52. Assessing Behavioral Stability in Choices of Uncertainty With Gains and Losses of Money Using a Concurrent-Operants Method
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARCIA VENTURA (Brigham Young University), Diego Flores (Brigham Young University), Harold Miller (Brigham Young University), Ammon Aston (Brigham Young University), Maile Ashdown (Brigham Young University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

This study uses a behavior-analytic, operant conditioning method to directly observe and measure participants' behavior as they respond to systematically varied conditions of reinforcement and punishment. Specifically, participants will play a computer game, Subsearch (Garnica, 2016) in which they unpredictably earn or lose small amounts of money. The purpose is twofold, first, to investigate the capabilities of the experimental design and system to assess behavioral stability of participants' choice behavior in conditions with a range of contingencies, and second. Second, to investigate the conditions under which performance stability is reached, how long it takes participants to achieve it, and once achieved, how durable performance stability is over time. This investigation consists of 3 studies and 10 experimental groups. The participants will all play The SubSearch game which will be programmed to utilize pairs of interdependent, concurrent, variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcements and punishers that operate conjointly. In each group the following variables will be systematically varied to investigate the goals stated above: length of experimental sessions (exposure), length of subconditions (exposure), rates of reinforcement and punishments within subconditions (ratios and frequencies of distribution), periods of time between experimental sessions (latency, durability of stability). Study 1: N=20, 4 groups, n= 5. Investigate exposure requirements to achieve stability, controlling for exposure to punishers. Reinforcements ratios in choice alternatives will be held constant while length of subconditions will be varied. Study 2: N=15, 3 groups, n=5. Investigate durability of performance stability over time. Exposure to punishers, reinforcement ratios, session length and subcondition length will all be held constant while time between sessions will be varied systematically. Study 3: N=15, 3 groups, n=5. Investigates the effects of varying reinforcement ratios in choice alternatives on performance stability while holding all other variables constant.

 
53. Do Near Misses Influence Slot Machine Choice?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOSHUA YONG (University of Alberta), Jeffrey Pisklak (University of Alberta), Marcia Spetch (University of Alberta)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

In games of chance, a near miss occurs when an outcome approximates win feedback. This happens in slot machines when all but the last reel line up: e.g., cherry-cherry-lemon. Near misses are presumed to reinforce gambling behavior but experimental analyses to date have been inconclusive. Using two concurrently available simulated slot machines, we tested whether the presence of near misses would reinforce people's choice behaviour. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four groups that varied the rate of reinforcement (RR4 versus RR7) and the presence of near-miss feedback during losses. Each person could choose between two machines that differed in terms of reinforcement rate or the presence of near-miss feedback; one of these variables was held constant depending on the assigned group. Participants began with 2500 points. Betting on machines cost 10 points and wins awarded 38 points. The session ended after 300 choice trials. Participants were paid up to $5 CAD depending on their points at the end. Our results suggest that participants are biased towards the machine that reinforces at a higher rate, but the presence or lack of near misses does not appear to meaningfully influence their behavior.

 
54. Conditioning and Deconditioning Rule-Governed Gambling Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

We extended upon prior research demonstrating that gambling behavior can be verbally mediated through the transformation of verbal stimulus functions of within-game features. In a first study, we conducted a randomized control trial evaluation in which a control group received relational training establishing the color BLACK as GREATER-THAN the color RED, and a treatment group received the same relational training immediately followed by a series of defusion exercises. In an analogue gambling arrangement, participants in the control group demonstrated greater response bias towards the black machine following relational training; however, the experimental group did not demonstrate a response bias, but instead demonstrated responding more consistent with the experiences contingencies. In a second study, we attempted to isolate relational expansion as a component in defusion in decreasing the control of arbitrarily established rules. Our results showed that, although the relational expansion appeared to decrease response bias towards a given target machine, we did not observe overall increases in matching following the exercise. Taken together, our results provide translational support for the use of gambling treatments that target verbal relations that contribute to disordered gambling.

 
55. Social and Game-Structural Effects on Gambling in the Laboratory
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BAHIJAH D. SHEIBANEE (Rider University; Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Mack S. Costello (Rider University), Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati), Jamie Hirsh (Western Michigan University), Anneka Ricketts (Rider University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Gambling is a socially relevant activity of interest to behavior analysts and behavioral psychologists. Behavioral approaches to understanding gambling involve a number of strategies. In these data sets, some variables that putatively influence gambling were examined in the laboratory. Social variables (praise and ceasing complaining contingent on betting or progressive betting) and structural variables of gambling games were examined for effects on gambling in single subject designs.

 
56. Implications of Verbal Stimuli on Patterns of Responding in Gambling
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Much of socially significant human behaviour can be considered to be controlled by a combination of direct contingencies and rule governance. The interaction between these processes is especially relevant in gambling behaviour where rule governance may maintain suboptimal responding. Graduate and undergraduate university students participated in the study which included engagement in simulated slot machine gambling tasks on a computer. Two concurrently available simulated slot machines programmed in VB.NET were presented on the screen. The present study involved the manipulation of stimulus relations to assess the possible effects on patterns of responding. Specifically, the effects of stimulus relations and the development of verbal rules along with their subsequent believability will be considered. Other measures of choice behaviour such as response allocation will also be included. The interaction between contingency shaped behaviour and verbal rules as they occur in a gambling context will be discussed, with the current results suggesting that stimulus relations may alter patterns of responding.

 
58. Temporal Discounting in Gains and Losses in Monetary and Health Domains and Their Relationship With Body Composition
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CLAUDIA VEGA-MICHEL (ITESO AC), Cristiano Dos Santos (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Discussant: Hanne Augland (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

The temporal discounting and its relationship with the current state of health were evaluated. We used a temporal discount task, with four questionnaires of hypothetical situations: monetary gains and losses, and health and disease, with five delays (1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 5 years and 10 years), and 20 binary options, in ascending and descending order. To evaluate the current state of health, body composition variables were measured using a bioimpedance monitor scale. We found a larger area under the curve (AUC) in the losses domain compared to gains, as well a larger area under the curve in disease domain, compared to health. The discount model that best fit the data was the hyperboloid. There was no significant correlation between isolated measures of body composition with AUC in different tasks, but there was a significant negative correlation between gains AUC and an index that grouped BMI, metabolic age and body fat, which suggests that participants with a more impaired health status discount monetary gains more steeply. These results suggest that there was a sign effect both in the monetary domain and in health, as well as domain independence. Moreover, isolated variables of body composition may not represent a health state alone.

 
 
 
Poster Session #76
PCH Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
59. Characteristics of Literature Reviews Published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University), Argnue Chitiyo (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Literature reviews allow professionals to identify effective interventions and assess developments in research and practice. As in other forms of scientific inquiry, the transparency of literature searches enhances the credibility of findings. This review evaluated the characteristics of search methods employed in literature reviews published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 2006 to 2017 (n = 44). Specific aims included determining the frequency of narrative, systematic, and meta-analytic reviews; evaluating author reports of literature search and selection procedures; and identifying methods used to evaluate study quality and results. An additional aim included assessing the influence of the brief review format. Results suggest that evaluated reviews exhibited multiple strengths. Nonetheless, issues involving the reporting and execution of searches may limit the validity and replicability of literature reviews. Reviews infrequently assessed the methodological rigor of included studies or quantified intervention effects. A brief discussion follows an overview of findings.

 
60. Misleading Measurement? A Review of the Measurement Used in Basic and Applied Research on Extinction
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
ANNE LAU (ABC Group Hawai'i), Ashley Hogan (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Practioners have applied the procedure of extinction to reduce the frequency of a wide range of problem behaviors in a variety of settings such as homes, clinics and schools. Extinction as a procedure occurs when reinforcement of a previously reinforced behavior is discontinued and as a result, the frequency of that behavior decreases in the future. Research has shown that when extinction is implemented, the behavior should gradually decrease or completely stop. Most commonly, extinction effects are measured using percentage of interval data or responses per minute in a specified duration of session time. Measurement tools that do not capture behavior across all opportunities to occur may yield misleading results that either extinction has occurred or misidentification of extinction effects. The importance of using better data collection methods such as trial by trial data or the use of celeration charts that may allow more effective data analysis of extinction effects are discussed.

 
61. Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction: A Review of the Literature
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CAROLYN TRUMP (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia), Christopher James Taylor (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: In 1953, Skinner described extinction as the absence of reinforcement in the presence of a target behavior. Researchers have identified undesirable side effects of extinction including response bursts, variability, and treatment implementation feasibility. Despite these side effects, researchers and practitioners use extinction combined with differential reinforcement procedures to reduce problem behavior. The purpose of this review was to examine differential reinforcement treatment packages that excluded the use of an extinction component, which can be conceptualized as a concurrent schedule. The authors reviewed 109 individual experiments contained within 32 published articles. Studies included human participants, a functional analysis of problem behavior, single-case research design, and intervention phases that contained differential reinforcement without extinction. The review indicated potential positive yet idiosyncratic effects in regards to the arrangement of concurrent schedules.
 
62. A Review of Social Validity Statements in Interventions for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICK RAJKAY BLEVINS (University of New Mexico, College of Education; University of New Mexico, Medical Group)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The concept of social validly within applied behavior analysis represents a core construct that connects the values, goals, and expectations of direct and indirect adult consumers with the motivations of the researcher or interventionist (Kazdin, 1977; Van Houten, 1979; Wolf, 1978). However, works by Callahan et al. (2017), Carr et al. (1999), Kennedy (1992), and Spear, C. F., Strickland-Cohen, M. K., Romer, N., & Albin, R. W. (2013) have repeatedly reported a lack of prevalence of the use of social validity methodology in published research within behavior analytic journals and national clearinghouses. This review attempts to continue the inquiry into the state and relevancy of social validity assessments. By combining historical dimensions of social validity: focus, time of assessment, consumer type, method, and outcomes/maintenance of behavior change this research evaluates the inclusion of explicit statements of social validity assessments in published experimental studies of behavioral interventions for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities within the last 25 years. Out of 63 identified articles, eleven met inclusion criteria representing a ratio consistent with historical literature reviews on the inclusion of social validity statements. The majority of identified social validity statements consisted of indirect assessments using Likert-type measures of treatment procedures and outcomes. The implications of the results are discussed.

 
64. Methodological Problems for the Study of Emotions Through Emotion Induction Procedures
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ-BLANCO (Universidad Panamericana)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Emotions have been a problematic area of study for behavior analysts due to their apparent cognitive nature. Lewon & Hayes (2014) suggested that emotions may be understood as motivation operations (MO) due to their observed effect on behavior. Mood induction literature has explored this possibility by manipulating appetitive and aversive stimulation prior to the task. However, the effect of this manipulation is unspecific, and it is difficult to attribute an emotion as the cause of changes of responding in the individual. It is then confusing if the effect observed can be attributed to an emotion or to a different form of MO. The aim of the present paper is to add to the methodology used for researching emotions as MO in behavior analysis. The implications of using traditional procedures for MOs for the understanding of emotions in humans are questioned. Different forms of emotion induction present in the literature both within and outside of behavior analysis are presented as alternatives for the manipulation of emotions related MO.

 
65. Superstitious Behavior
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
MELIA SHAMBLIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Thouraya Al-Nasser (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The fundamental principle of operant conditioning is the occurrence of a reinforcer alters the frequency of the responses it follows. Skinner (1948) investigated responses that were maintained independent from the delivery of reinforcers in pigeons which he described as "superstitious" behavior and argued that human behaviors arise similarly. As the case with pigeons, humans may emit a response that is coincidentally followed by a reinforcer. Superstitious behavior is defined as responses that emerge in the absence of actual environmental contingencies. Two other kinds of superstitious behavior were experimentally examined post Skinner's (1948) study, in which two or more spatially distinct responses were maintained by independent schedules and when the availability of response-dependent reinforcement is differentially correlated with selected stimuli organisms frequently respond differentially in the presence of those stimuli. Overall there is not a lot of literature that investigated superstitious behavior. The purpose of this poster is to discuss why some superstitious behaviors maintained within different cultures are resistant to extinction and is superstitious behavior a rule governed behavior.

 
66. Overweight and Obesity Behavioral Economics: Delay and Effort Discounting Processes
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
GISEL G. ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Overweight and obesity are a growing public health problem in Mexico; therefore the knowledge about its causes is a need. The World Health Organization points out both the bad eating habits and the sedentary lifestyle as risk factors to develop those problems, and both can be seen as choices in which the individuals allocate their responding among available alternatives. From the behavioral economics view, has been shown that delay discounting is a trans-disease process in a variety of behavioral disorders, such as drug addiction, pathological gambling, obesity and so on. Particularly with overweight and obesity, it seems that not only the decrease in the value of a reinforcer as a function of the delay to its receipt is involved, but also the number of behaviors implicated thru the time (effort) has an impact in the loss of the value of a reinforcer as a function of the increasing effort to get it. Nevertheless, there is limited information regarding the role of effort in the discounting field and its relationship with health problems. It is considering that identify different response patterns of choice base on delays and efforts, can help to guide efficient treatments to prevent and reduce overweight and obesity.

 
67. The Use of N400 in Studies of Stimulus Equivalence: A Methodological Review
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC), Guilherme Sbrocco (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Raquel Sarmento (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The amplitude of the N400 is sensitive to the semantic relations between stimulus parings that are presented in lexical desicion paradigma (LS). For instance, following the presentation of the pairing "milk-coffee" the amplitude of the N400's will be significantly reduced in comparision to the amplitude of the N400 elicited by the pairing "milk-grease." Analogous N400 effects have been found with arbitrary stimulus-stimulus relations formed by matching-to-sample (MTS) procedures. Thus, smaller N400 effects are elicited by pairings comprised by non-equivalent stimuli and larger amplitudes are elicited by pairings comprised by stimuli that share common class membership. In the current study we reviewed studies on equivalence class formation that used the N400 to determine the semantic status of such stimulus-stimulus relations formed by MTS procedures. Following the analysis of training and testing variables across studies, we observed that MTS procedures and LS paradigm varyed substantially from one study to another. Notwithstanding, the N400 effects were roboust across the studies that we analyzed. This finding lead to inference that N400 effects can be elicited by stimulus-stimulus relations established by the matching-to-sample procedures. Thus, as Sidman (1994) pointed out, stimulus equivalence provide a useful model of semantic relations.

 
68. A Tale of Two Systems: A Brief Introduction to the Applied Implications of Goldiamond's Nonlinear Constructional Perspective
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
ALEXIS ANN FILATOV (University of Nevada, Reno), Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

The conceptual systems with which a behavior scientist has come into contact will influence how they interact with any given situation whether it is as a basic scientist, a theoretician, or an applied scientist. In the current scientific climate of Behavior Analysis, it is most common for graduate level students to come into contact with the philosophical system of Radical Behaviorism. For many this may be the only system with which they interact and with this limited exposure to other philosophical systems they may find themselves at a standstill when interacting with complex events with which the constructs of Radical Behaviorism have been depleted. Alternative systems, such as Goldaimond's nonlinear constructional approach, may make available different avenues for the practitioner to interact with the complexity of the conditions. This poster will describe Radical Behaviorism's stimulus control as well as Goldaimond's nonlinear constructional perspective and will provide a number of scenarios, of varying complexity, with which an applied practitioner may interact and will exemplify the benefit of a well-rounded philosophical repertoire that allows the scientist to utilize constructs from various systems in various contexts.

 
 
 
Poster Session #77
EDC Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
69. Group-Based Behavioral Skills Training to Promote Parents' Use of Effective Instructions With Struggling Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ZACHARY CHARLES LABROT (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Whitney Strong-Bak (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Jamie Pasqua (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jake John Mahon (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often exhibit behavioral difficulties, which can impact academic functioning. As a result, parents of children with IDD may struggle with helping their children improve academic performance due to difficult behaviors. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective strategy for training evidence-based behavior management techniques. The purpose of this study was to utilize group-based behavioral skills training to improve parents' use of effective instructions to promote compliance in children with IDDs in the context of an academic evaluation and intervention clinic. Participants in this study included four children with an IDD: a 6-year-old female with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), a 17-year-old female with ASD and Intellectual Disability, a 10-year-old male with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, an 11-year-old male with ASD, and each childfs mother. Using a multiple baseline design, parents were trained to provide effective instructions via group-based BST (i.e., two or more parents) to promote child compliance in an academic context. Results indicated parents increased integrity of effective instructions following group-based BST, with concomitant improvement in children's compliance. These results are important as they demonstrate group-based BST is an effective method for improving parents' use of effective instructions, resulting in improved child outcomes.

 
70. Evaluating Teacher and Student Reactivity to Observers in Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY WEAVER (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

Reactivity, or changes in behavior resulting from observation procedures, is a potential threat to internal validity for studies involving observational measures of socially significant behavior. Researchers have recommended several strategies to minimize reactivity, including exposing participants to data collection procedures before beginning observations and discarding data from the first segment of observation sessions. However, results of studies examining reactivity have been mixed, with several studies suggesting these procedures are unnecessary (Gardner, 2000). In this study, we observed 20 students referred for functional behavior assessment and their teachers in regular education classrooms (Kindergarten–6th Grade). We completed three consecutive 10-min observations across five days. Using continuous timed-event data collection, we measured frequencies of student problem behavior and academic responses and teacher instructional behaviors (i.e., opportunities to respond, praise, reprimands). We evaluated trends in frequencies of these behaviors across time within each session, and across all five daily observations. We found little evidence of reactivity effects across daily observations, but for a subset of behaviors and participants, we identified within-session trends over time. Implications for research and practice are discussed.

 
71. Children Involvement in Academic Activity According to Teacher Training in Behavioral Management
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCELA ROSAS PE&NTILDE;A (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Fernanda De los Santos Chapa (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Sandra Ferrer (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lissette Ramos Navarro (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

In order to prevent the progress of disruptive behavior from childhood to adolescence, programs have been developed to manage children's behavior in the school setting. It has been found that through programas that involve stimulus control, monitoring, modeling, response cost, alternative behaviors and contingency management, the occurrence of the target behavior increases and disruptive behaviors are reduced. The present study has the objective of reduce disruptive behavior in children through increased involvement in academic activities as a function of teacher training in a contingency management program. Participated 8 elementary school class of two public schools in Mexico City (n = 200 children) and their teachers. A plachek direct observation record was applied. A single case design was used. The results showed an increase in the involvement in the task superior to 50% and a decrease of almost 10% in disruptive behavior with respect to the baseline. Teacher training in behavioral management is useful for children to stay involved in academic activity and therefore to reduce disruptive behavior within the classroom.

 
72. The Effectiveness of an Intervention Designed to Increase the Positive to Negative Ratio of Instructor Interactions During After-School Programming
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Shonna Hemmis (Utah State University; Public & School Partnership), RIKKI KAE WHEATLEY (Utah State University; Public & School Partnership), Me'lanin Hogan-Cephas (Utah State University; Public & School Partnership), Elisa Martinez (Utah State University; Public & School Partnership)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research was to assess the effectiveness of two interventions used to train after-school instructors to increase Positive to Negative (PN) interaction ratios. The first intervention (workshop training) followed a didactic workshop-training model. The second intervention (coaching) included the components of the didactic workshop model with the addition of modeling, role-play, and performance feedback. In this study four instructors in an after-school program were randomly assigned to one of two groups to participate in training programs. These programs were designed to help them increase PN ratios when interacting with students during homework time in the after-school program. Instructor behaviors were recorded during 15-minute observation sessions, and PN ratios were calculated for each instructor. All observation sessions took place in the context of homework time during regularly scheduled after-school programming. The study used AB/ABC design to assess the success of the two training models. Results are discussed in terms of increases and decreases in the daily frequency of positive and negative interactions as well as the overall increases in PN ratio.

 
73. Training Rural In-Service Teachers to Use a Structured Self-Questioning Strategy When Teaching Reading
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (State University of New York at New Paltz), Man Fung Lam (State University of New York at New Paltz), Jennifer Bell (WCSDNY)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of training in-service elementary school teachers on using a Structured Self-questioning Strategy (SSS) package to support the reading comprehension of students with mild to moderate reading disabilities within a rural school setting. The SSS package consisted of a combination of reading strategies suggested by the National Reading Panel Report (2000), which included pre-reading strategies (i.e., examining illustration, title, engaging prior knowledge), during-reading strategies (i.e., self-monitoring, questioning), and after-reading strategies (i.e., summarizing). This study sought to answer the following research questions: (a) Can rural teachers be engaged in the development of the SSS reading package? (b) To what extent will teachers’ implement the SSS package with fidelity throughout the duration of the study? (c) What are participants’ (i.e., teachers and students) attitudes towards the SSS package? (d) What were students' reading outcomes when using the SSS reading package? Quiz scores were used to measure students' reading outcomes, surveys were used to gather social validity, and procedural checklists were used to measure treatment fidelity. Preliminary results indicate that teachers who reported enjoyment using the strategy implemented the strategy with higher fidelity. Students' reading outcomes were text dependent. Implications for professional development, research, and practice are provided.

 
74. Comparing Accuracy of Descriptive Assessment Methods Following a Group Training and Feedback
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA PALMIER (Auburn University), Odessa Luna (Auburn University), Jess Petri (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

As one component of a functional behavioral assessment, a descriptive assessment (DA) can help determine the maintaining variable of a student's problem behavior in school. School districts often employ board certified behavior analysts as consultants to conduct descriptive assessments by observing a student and recording the environmental variables surrounding problem behavior. However, consultants may have to rely on school personnel to conduct descriptive assessments due to environmental constraints. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which 18 school staff accurately collected descriptive assessment data with two types of recording formats, narrative and structured, prior to and after receiving a group training that consisted of verbal review, modeling, and group feedback. Results based on visual analysis indicate that (a) 4 participants engaged in high levels of accurate, narrative descriptive assessment recording in baseline; (b) 10 of 14 participants reached mastery criteria after training for both narrative and structured descriptive assessment recording formats; and (c) 4 participants did not reach mastery criteria after training for either recording format. Despite sub-mastery performance by some participants, supplemental statistical analyses indicate that the group training improved all participants' accuracy from baseline. These findings have important implications for training school staff members to collect descriptive assessment data.

 
75. The Effect of Public Performance Feedback in Positive Behavior Intervention Support Meetings on Teacher Implementation of Behavior Support Plans
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GENA PACITTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract: Positive Behavior Intervention Support (PBIS) is a three-tiered, research-based intervention used nation-wide. Recent literature has focused on the importance of treatment integrity in the effectiveness of this intervention. The current study sought to examine a specific type of performance feedback, public performance feedback, and its effect on teacher implementation of Tier 2 behavior support plans. Three general education teachers were provided with a behavior support plan and their percentage of steps completed was calculated prior to and following the delivery of public performance feedback in a PBIS team meeting. The dependent variable was calculating using permanent products. Two of the three participants’ percentage of steps increased following introduction of the feedback, but there were notable limitations to this study due to time constraints and other variables that commonly arise in the school setting. This is the first study involving public performance feedback in PBIS team meetings and future studies are warranted.
 
77. Critical Transition Skills: Can Schoolwide Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports Teach Skills Needed for Postsecondary Success?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Oklahoma)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract:

Teaching transition skills to students with disabilities (SWD) is critical to facilitate and promote positive postsecondary outcomes in a competitive job market (Mazzotti et al., 2016). Positive postsecondary outcomes reach beyond academics learned, and many behaviors influence a student's probability of success as an adult, and in some cases, non-academic behaviors may influence postsecondary success more than academics alone (McConnell et al., 2015). Schoolwide Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (SWPBIS) continues to grow as an evidence-based, effective strategy to provide behavioral supports at all levels of education (Flannery et al., 2009). Current research has yet to explore the potential relationship between implementation of SWPBIS in a high school setting and student acquisition of transition skills. This study explores the potential influence of SWPBIS on transition skill attainment for SWD. This quasi-experimental study involved approximately 60 SWD from two high schools (one having implemented SWPBIS with fidelity over 3 years, and one using traditional approaches to discipline), matched on general demographics, geographic location, and number of students. Students at both high schools were scored using the Transition Assessment Goal Generator (TAGG) assessment--a research validated assessment of identified predictors of positive postsecondary outcomes (Martin et al., 2015). Multivariate analysis of variance was used to test variation accounted for by independent variables over multiple dependent variables with post hoc tests (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2007). Results on the teacher version of the TAGG demonstrate statistical significance, accompanied by medium-large effect sizes for 4 of the 8 constructs associated with positive postsecondary success. Results suggest promoting a positive school climate through effective SWPBIS implementation may influence the teaching of critical transition skills for SWD in a high school setting. This study adds to the growing body of research on SWPBIS in the high school setting, and raises further research questions regarding transition skill instruction for SWD. Studies have shown getting along with others and appropriate social behaviors are critical transition behaviors (Lemaire & Mallik, 2008). SWPBIS provides schools a cost-effective, time efficient and evidence-based manner in which to increase critical nonacademic skills needed for postschool success.

 
78. Critical Incidents in the Implementation of a Multi-Tiered System of Supports
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Cade Charlton (Brigham Young University), CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University)
Discussant: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino)
Abstract: School leaders are increasingly interested in finding efficient, effective methods to establish and sustain a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS). Research on tiered systems has revealed clear benefits to students and teachers in schools using tiered systems of support (Horner, Sugai, & Anderson, 2010; Ross & Horner, 2007). This paper will describe a systematic study of statewide MTSS projects using a qualitative research technique called the Critical Incident Technique (CIT). In this presentation, we will discuss the results of this CIT study conducted with leaders from 27 states directly responsible for MTSS implementation at the state level. These individuals were identified based on having multiple years of experience working to support at least 20 districts or schools implementing MTSS. Furthermore, we only interviewed projects that were actively working to integrate academic and social behavior support systems within a shared, universal tiered framework. The results from our study identified themes from these interviews ranging from strategies to enhance teaming, increase consistency in critical practices, establish a common language, engage stakeholders in general education, and integrate existing infrastructure across initiatives.
 
79. A Comparison Between a Paper-Based and Digital Application to Increase Performance in Simple and Complex Computation
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH KANEER JENKINS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), James Stocker (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Computational and Procedural Fluency are key components in mathematics achievement. To meet fluency recommendations set forth by the Core Content Curriculum Mathematics Standards, teachers often rely on technology as a primary practice tool. By applying an alternating treatments design, the researchers compared performance outcomes with four students experience mathematics difficulties using a free popular online application versus a self-managed paper-and-pencil intervention designed to build math fact fluency. Pre-baseline activities included the creation of two distinct sets of math facts using a latency measure and a one-minute timed probe. Students also completed curriculum based measures for complex computation. After five consecutive days of baseline to ensure stability, the students entered intervention. The paper-and-pencil intervention consists of three, one minute timings with feedback provided after each timed trial. The digital application provides feedback directly after each timed problem. Students continue to complete a curriculum based measurement every Friday. Performance outcomes are entered on a standard celeration chart. Generalization to complex computation will be evaluated at the end of the study.

 
80. An Evaluation of and Preference for Two Flashcard Interventions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY LOFLIN (Sam Houston State University), Kristina Vargo (Sam Houston State University)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Many elementary students struggle with the acquisition of sight words which can hinder development of complex reading skills. Additionally, students who lack fluency with computation of basic math facts may struggle with higher-order math concepts. In this study, we compared the efficacy of two flashcard interventions for teaching sight words and math facts to 4 elementary students using an A-B-A-B reversal design. The results showed that Strategic Incremental Rehearsal (SIR) was superior to Incremental Rehearsal (IR) with 2 of the 4 participants in that more targets were acquired. For the other 2 participants, similar rates of acquisition were observed with both flashcard interventions. For the 2 participants with similar acquisition rates, we assessed student preference for the flashcard interventions using a modified concurrent-chains arrangement. Both participants preferred the SIR intervention exclusively to the IR intervention. In addition, we assessed social validity of the 2 flashcard methods with 6 teachers from the participants’ school. All rated both interventions favorably.
 
81. Programming for Stimulus Generalization Using Cover-Copy-Compare for Basic Division Fluency, Generalization, and Maintenance
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHEL LEE (University of Detroit Mercy), Laurice Joseph (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

It is important for educators to use efficient methods and ensure skill generalization. The current study was designed to extend prior studies examining the effects of the Cover-Copy-Compare method (CCC) by programming for stimulus generalization. Specifically, differential effects of CCC only, CCC+repetition, and CCC+programming for generalization were examined on six, fourth grade students' fluency, maintenance, and generalization of basic division math facts. An alternating treatment design with a baseline condition was used to measure the effects of the CCC intervention conditions. Findings revealed that across all CCC conditions, all participants improved their performance on division fact fluency and were able to generalize their skills while solving story problems at levels greater than in baseline; however, there was overlap in student performance on fluency measures among all CCC conditions. Results of this study can provide educators with strategies to modify a traditional CCC intervention procedure based upon their needs. Limitations, implications for educators, and additional resources will be provided.

 
82. Effects of Social Skill Instruction and an Interdependent Group Contingency on Social Skill Use and Disruptive Behaviors in a Classroom Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Cara Dillon (University of Cincinnati), Carla Luevano (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research indicates that students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) emit severe disruptions and off-task behaviors in the classroom setting that adversely impact the learning environment (Conklin, Kamps & Wills, 2017). Classroom teachers report disruptive behaviors and conduct problems as a major barrier to teaching their students (Harrison, Vannest, Davis, & Reynolds, 2012). An ABC multiple baseline across classrooms design (Kennedy, 2005) was used in an alternative school setting to evaluate the effects of explicit social skills training combined with a group contingency on engagement, social skill use, and disruptive behavior. In a meta-analysis of social skill training programs for students with EBD (Gresham et al., 2004), it was found that most social skill training programs are erroneously based on the assumption that all participant have acquisition deficits. Through the class-wide intervention examined in the current study, social skill acquisition deficits are targeted through social skill instruction and social skill performance deficits are targeted from reinforcement programs. Complete results are pending, but current results indicate an increase in engagement and a decrease in disruptive behavior in classrooms that have started the intervention.
 
83. The Use of a Token Economy to Increase Academic Learning Time
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ZAHIDA CHEBCHOUB (United Arab Emirates University)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Several factors impact the learning of students. Some of these factors such as learners being off-task, learners displaying undesirable behavior such as the use of mobile phones for non-academic purposes during class may have a negative effect on the learning process being successful. The present classroom research aims at applying practical solutions to overcome these obstacles. One of these solutions is the use of a token economy that will encourage learners to make more advantage of academic learning time and decrease undesirable behavior that may impede their learning. A group of 8 students has been selected for the study. A preference reinforcement analysis was done prior to the implementation of the token economy. Preliminary results showed that a token economy can have psotive results in decreasing undesirable behavior, namely the use of mobile phones for non-academic purposes in class. Data collection will span over a period of 5 weeks.

 
84. A Preliminary Study in Applying the Function-Based Intervention Decision Model in Consultation to Increase Treatment Integrity
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CANDACE GANN (Oklahoma State University), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Independent Researcher)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This preliminary study investigated the use of the Function-Based Intervention Decision Model (Umbreit, Ferro, Liaupsin, & Lane, 2007) to improve teacher treatment integrity for a function-based classroom management plan. The participants were a special education teacher and three elementary-age students receiving special education services for emotional disturbance who engaged in disruptive, off-task behavior. This study was conducted in two parts: (a) a comprehensive functional assessment-based classroom management plan was systematically designed for a self-contained classroom of students with emotional disturbance using the Function-Based Intervention Decision Model, and (b) a functional assessment-based consultation plan was systematically constructed using the Function-Based Intervention Decision Model and implemented with the teacher participant to evaluate its effect on treatment integrity using a single-case modified changing criterion design. Results of this study showed improvement in treatment integrity following the implementation of functional assessment-based consultation plan, as well as improvement in student on-task behavior.
 
85. Evaluating the Good Behavior Game in Two Classrooms: An Extension of Past Research
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA CAMPBELL (St. Lawrence College), Kim Trudeau-Craig (St. Lawrence College)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Recent estimates indicate that one in five children in Ontario under the age of 19 experiences a mental, emotional or behavioral disorder which significantly impacts their daily functioning (Children's Mental Health Ontario, 2016). Many of these children are placed in mainstream classrooms without appropriate supports. Empirical research demonstrates that the Good Behavior Game increases on-task behaviors and decreases interfering behaviors in students of all ages (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969; Medland & Stachnik, 1972; Harris & Sherman, 1973). In the present study, a multiple baseline design was used to further the research by evaluating the effects of the game on the percentage of student non-compliance and the frequency of teacher behavior specific praise in two Ontario classrooms. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for 30% of the sessions, and treatment integrity and social validity were also measured. Results indicated a 108% increase in teacher behavior specific praise and a 37% decrease in student non-compliance in classroom one, and a 60% increase in teacher behavior specific praise and a 67% decrease in student non-compliance in classroom two. This research contributes to the literature on effective and efficient ways to address interfering behaviors in general education classrooms.

 
86. Behavioral Training for Teachers to Reduce Disruptive Behavior in Elementary School Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Maria Fernanda de los Santos (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Marcela Rosas Peña (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

School behavioral problems correlate with a low academic performance in students, and more occupational wear on teachers. The present study aims to reduce disruptive behavior in children through increased involvement in homework as a function of teacher training in behavioral management. Four First Grade children participated in a public elementary school in Mexico City and their teacher. All children had a low involvement in homework and behavioral problems such as hitting, disrupting, etc. in the classroom. A partial-interval direct observation record was applied with event-occurrence measurement during 8 sessions of 40-minute session, before and after teacher training and contingency implementation. The results showed an increase in the involvement in the task above 50% and a decrease of almost 10% in disruptive behavior with respect to baseline. The implementation of behavioral strategies allows involvement in homework and progress in school planning as well as reducing behavioral problems in the classroom.

 
87. Dependent Group Contingencies: A Brief Review of Recent Research (2010–2017)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT PAGE (Utah State University)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The use of group contingencies has demonsFtrated efficacious to manage a variety of behaviors on a class-wide scale for varying populations. Little, Akin-Little, & O'Neill's (2015) meta-analysis of group contingencies from 1980-2010 identified 11 studies specifically investigating dependent group contingencies. The current state of dependent group contingency research after Little and colleague's (2015) meta-analysis, however, is unclear. Therefore, the purpose of this literature review was to investigate the current research using dependent group contingencies from 2010-2017. Results from the current review returned a total of six studies investigating dependent group contingencies published since Little et al.'s meta-analysis, with half of those studies targeting increasing physical activity and the remainder focusing on academic-related behaviors. The current review describes recent applications and successes, limitations of previous research, and provides directions for future research employing dependent group contingencies in educational settings. Lastly, suggestions for procedural modifications that may increase the overall acceptability and effectiveness of this procedure with teachers or other stakeholders will be discussed.

 
88. Using ClassDojo® to Enhance School Age Students' Prosocial Behavior in a Classroom Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
VALERIE FORTE (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Previous literature supports the use of a variety of classroom behavioral management programs to increase prosocial behaviors and decrease problem behaviors. For example, token economies, placement of classroom rules and guidelines, and providing the opportunity for students to choose the activity or subject to work on, have proven to be effective for many students; however, they can be expensive and cumbersome to manage. ClassDojo®, a classroom management system, is a type of digital token economy system that includes technology to track digital points for teacher-directed behavior. The program is free to download, simple to use, and is easily transferable between teachers and families. The present study evaluated the effects of ClassDojo® for 3 children in a classroom setting that included one participant diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and two neurotypical participants. Goals of the current study included: (1) increasing prosocial behavior, and (2) reducing disruptive behaviors. Results were evaluated within a reversal design, and showed ClassDojo® was an effective system for classroom management across three students. All participants demonstrated improvements in prosocial behavior relative to baseline; however, disruptive behavior persisted, at near-baseline levels. Disruptive behavior decreased to near-zero levels with implementation of a response-cost, while prosocial behavior also showed improvements. Further research should test this finding with a larger number of participants that would represent a typical classroom size.

 
89. The Effects of a Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior as an Interdependent Group Contingency for Children Diagnosed With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER RE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior procedure with an interdependent group contingency on the rate of vocal disruptions for children with a developmental disabilities diagnosis in a classroom setting. Participants were male, 7-14-years old and an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis; two participants had additional diagnoses. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in reducing the number of vocal disruptions for all participants. Mean-count per interval interobserver agreement was collected for 32% of all sessions via video recording, resulting in 86.17% agreement. Implications for applied practice and future research in the areas of DD, ASD, and classroom management will be discussed.

 
90. Fading Out of Preferred Events on Self-Controlled Responses in Children With Attention Deficit Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
FERNANDA CASTANHO CALIXTO (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Thayse Loyana Martins Albano (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Nassim Chamel Elias (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The reasons why we make decisions have been the focus of scientific interest and popular curiosity. Previous studies demonstrated that the presence of preferred events during consequence delay increase self-controlled responses. The present aimed to investigate the effect of choice opportunity and fading out of preferred events on self-controlled responses in children with Attention Deficit Disorder. The studies were carried out with five children aged 5. The experimental task consisted in the choice between two competing stimuli, presented in a monitor, followed by immediate consequences of smaller quantity and delayed ones of greater quantity. Potentially reinforcing events were manipulated along the delay of the consequence. Participants were exposed to the following conditions: a) Baseline, b) Choice between High Preference Events (C-HP), c) No Choice between High Preference Events (N-HP) and d) Fading out of Preferred Event (FO). The results indicated that self-controlled choices increased with the presence of preferred events. Until now, in FO condition, results showed that self-control responses were maintained, in at least 50%.

 
91. Improving Transition Time Using a High-Probability Request Sequence With Typically Developing Preschoolers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JACLYN MCGRATH (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Compliance during transitions is a difficult task for preschoolers causing for valuable time to be lost during the school day. A high-probability (high-p) request sequence with an embedded fading component was used to decrease off task time and off task behaviors of preschoolers at a Child Care Center. Three typically developing preschoolers participated in this study. The high-p request sequence consisted of using three verbal and/or physical requests from the preschooler followed by the low-probability request of going to the bathroom, the targeted transition. The fading component consisted of the preschooler getting 4 out of 5 data points of a transition = 10 s without aggression. Once that was obtained the number of high-p requests systematically decreased. The results indicated that the intervention for all three participants was immediately effective by decreasing both the off-task time and off-task behaviors. Overall, the high-p request sequence is an effective approach to increasing compliance in preschoolers allowing for them to gain school readiness skills.

 
92. An Evaluation of the Efficacy and Preference of Different Choice Arrangements
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY BRUSKI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mackenzie Schroeder (Western New England University)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract: Providing choice opportunities has been successful for increasing appropriate behavior and decreasing inappropriate behavior; however, the arrangement of how choices are provided varies. In some cases, the choice is provided before the session begins, and in other cases, the choices are provided within the session (e.g., Smith, Iwata, & Shore, 1995; Graff & Libby, 1999). There may be benefits to both arrangements. For example, choices within the session may provide access to high preferred items based on momentary changes in preferences. In this case, a within-session choice arrangement would be a more effective arrangement than a pre-session choice arrangement. In the current study, we replicated and extended previous research by (a) determining the efficacy of different choice arrangements on skill acquisition. Results were that the majority of participants acquired skill across multiple conditions; however, for two of the four participants, the most skills were acquired during the pre-session choice condition. Possible limitations and implications of these results will also be discussed.
 
93. An Investigation of Proximity Control in a Large-Group Unstructured Educational Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Phil Scherer (University of Nebraska Omaha), Adam Weaver (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Using decreased physical distance to influence another's behavior is referred to as proximity control. Proximity control has been reported to be an effective behavior management strategy for general education students, students demonstrating disruptive behaviors, students with developmental disabilities, to increase on-task behavior, improve transitions, and decrease problem behaviors. Despite its efficacy and seemingly low effort requirement, proximity control is not commonly used by school staff, particularly in unstructured settings with large groups of students. Previous research has examined proximity control in structured classrooms, with small number of students, or in conjunction with other procedures. The current study addresses several gaps in the research literature and in practice. Using an ABAB design, we attempted to isolate proximity from other treatment variables typically implemented in conjunction with proximity, such as pre-correction and increased levels of praise. Also, the study was conducted in a large-group (approximately 100 students) unstructured setting; a school playground. Results show that problem student behavior decreased with implementation of adult proximity on the playground. It was also observed that adult reprimands increased. Finally, the adults did not rate the intervention acceptable relative to their typical practice. Implications of these findings for future research and practice are presented.

 
94. A Comparison of Response Cost and Token Delivery to Reduce Callouts in Two First Grade Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE MCARDLE (University of Georgia), Joshua Mellott (University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effectiveness of two teacher-implemented interdependent group contingencies in reducing callouts in two first grade classrooms. Using an alternating treatments design, teachers either removed tokens contingent upon callouts (response cost) or delivered tokens contingent upon appropriate behaviors (token delivery). Both interventions were effective in reducing callouts, but a more immediate decrease was initially observed in the response cost condition for both classrooms. A replication was performed in one classroom, during which similar reductions were observed in both conditions. Following the intervention, teachers reported a preference for response cost and student preference varied. Implications for educational practices and future research are discussed.

 
95. The Effects of Video Modeling on On-Task Behavior for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders During Independent Writing
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH KENT (University of West Florida)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effectiveness of video-modeling on the duration of on-task behaviors during the independent writing portion of the writing block. Students were ages 9-11 of varying backgrounds and all were identified with emotional/behavioral disorders. The students were served in the same self-contained classroom, five days a week. The study utilized a multiple-baseline across subjects design with three phases: baseline, intervention, and follow-up. Data were collected as whole-interval recordings where each interval was 30 seconds for a total of 15 minutes for each session. After baseline data was taken, implementation of the intervention began for each student by random selection after baseline data were stable. The effect of the video modeling on the duration was analyzed using visual data analysis. Along with a video model that used a script, intervention involved Video Feedback and elements of self-monitoring. Initial data collection has started, data collection is ongoing.

 
96. Effects of Specific Feedback and Programmed Instruction on Performance in Online Courses
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
REBECA MATEOS MORFIN (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Diana de León (Universidad de Guadalajara), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Feedback is a relevant variable to promote learning, some studies have reported that the effect on learning depends on the content of feedback in programmed instruction. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effect of specific content of feedback on learning in online courses under an programmed instruction task in postgraduate students. Two groups of participants were formed, the groups were distinguished by the application of the programmed instruction task with specific feedback. During the final evaluation the percentage of correct responses was higher for the group with a previous programmed instruction task. The results are discussed in relation to the contribution of programmed instruction with specific content feedback to online education and future directions for research.

 
97. An Evaluation of Single-Response Repetition Error Correction on Spelling Words During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
REVAE MARCHELLE BOYKINS (UMBC; The Shafer Center), Joshua Firestone (The Shafer Center)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Several error correction procedures have been shown to facilitate skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction. Worsdell et al. (2005) compared two error correction procedures, single-response repetition and multiple-response repetition to teach sight words to adults with developmental disabilities. Although multiple-response repetition showed to be more effective in acquisition, single-response repetition resulted in the acquisition of sight words for all the participants. Single-response repetition consists of the experimenter modeling the correct response and requiring the participant to repeat the correct response prior to moving onto the next trial. The present study evaluated the effects of single-response repetition on the acquisition of spelling words using a multiple baseline design across three sets of spelling words for one participant. Results showed that the participant acquired all three sets of spelling words and retained the targets in all three sets during maintenance. The results suggest that single-response repetition may not only be effective in the acquisition of targets, but also in the long-term maintenance of those targets.

 
98. To Correct or Not to Correct? A Comparison of Two Teaching Procedures Using PORTL
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ELIZABETH MCKAY SANSING (University of North Texas), Rebecca Durham (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Many teaching procedures use positive reinforcement for correct responses and a correction procedure for incorrect responses. Correction procedures can include verbal instructions, modeled responses, and physical prompts. While correction procedures do help elicit the occurrence of the desired response, they can also have unintended side effects. The purpose of this study was to compare a teaching procedure that used just positive reinforfcement and a teaching procedure that used a combination of positive reinforcement and corrections. College students learned sfeveral tasks using the tabletop game PORTL. We evaluated the participant's affect and number of errors for each procedure, as well as the participant's preference for a particular procedure. Preliminary results showed that the procedure that included corrections was less preferred and resulted in a higher number of errors. Participants also reported feeling "nervous," "confused," and "frustrated." fThe positive reinforcement only procedure was highly preferred and nearly errorless. During this procedure, participants reported feeling "good" and "confident."

 
 
 
Poster Session #78
TBA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 1-6
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
100. Curriculum Based Assessment in Higher Education: Using Curriculum Based Assessment in a Special Education Undergraduate Program
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL C. LAMBERT (Western Washington University), Gail Coulter (Western Washington University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research was to provide an data-based method of gauging candidate progress through a teacher special education preparation program. A vocabulary assessment was created and is framed with the CBE and RtI models that have a 30-year research base. Curriculum-based measures were used in order to monitor the progress of candidates as they proceeded through the special education program. Further, the technology appears to hold promise for identifying candidates who were likely to need support; the results showed a difference in candidate acquisition of vocabulary from the beginning of the program to the end of the program. The assessments also accurately identified candidates within the program who were experiencing academic difficulty with program content.

 
101. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Accurate Instruction as Measured Through the Teacher Percent Rate and Accuracy Scale
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (Scottsdale Children's Institute), Michael James Williams (Touchstone Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: A delayed multiple probe design across participants was implemented to analyze the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on increasing teaching assistants’ accuracy and rate of delivery of instruction as measured through their performance on Teacher Percent Rate and Accuracy scales (TPRAs). Three adult teaching assistants, newly employed at a kindergarten readiness program based on the principles of applied behavior analysis, were selected to participate. The participants had no previous experience implementing three-term contingency trials. Dependent variables included two components of the TPRA scale measured pre- and post-intervention: 1) teachers’ percent of correctly delivered trials, and 2) teachers’ rate of trial delivery. Results indicated that the use of BST was effective in increasing participants’ accuracy and rate of delivery of three-term contingency trials as measured through TPRAs.
 
102. Effects of Video Modeling on Staff Training
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JOSMAY PEREZ-DELACRUZ (Bergen County Special Services), David Michael Fincke (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Cassie Romano (Bergen County Special Services)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in public school districts are often expected to train teachers and support staff as one of their job duties (Catania et al., 2009). However, factors such as low trainer-to-staff ratios, high demand for services, and high staff turnover often prevent behavior analysts from fulfilling the training needs (Severtson & Carr, 2012). Therefore, it is of utmost importance that behavior analysts develop and use effective, efficient staff training methods. The present poster seeks to investigate the effectiveness of video modeling (VM) as a means of training staff members to conduct error correction procedures during discrete trial instruction. Participants will consist of four staff members working in a public school program for learners with autism. The study will consist of baseline, treatment, and maintenance phases for each participant in which data will be collected on the percentage of steps completed accurately. Additionally, inter-observer agreement will be collected for all phases. The researchers hypothesize that VM will increase the participant’s accuracy by 40% above baseline level and staff members ability to accurately conduct error correction procedures will maintain at follow-up.
 
103. Emotional Overtones of Professional Jargon as Experienced by English, Spanish, and Bilingual Speakers
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
DAISY BUENO (Illinois State University)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Several studies confirm that many applied behavior analysis (ABA) terms elicit unpleasant emotional reactions, and that emotional responses to ABA terms overall are more negative than to English words in general (Critchfield, et al., 2017). Understanding the emotional perceptions of jargon in ABA is important because it is the contemporary gold-standard of treatment for autism developmental disabilities. ABA is practiced in many countries using different languages. To address this development, the professional certification board has developed glossaries of ABA terms in 12 languages. What is not known is whether word-emotion effects that have been documented in English apply to perceptions of jargon in other languages. Critchfield and Doepke (2017) found cross-language similarities for terms in five non-English languages, but their study discussed preliminary results. The current study will present data from a larger sample of terms and will examine similarities and differences in emotional responses to ABA terms in English and Spanish. In addition, data from bilingual speakers (English and Spanish) will be presented because past research suggests that language proficiency and language preference may play a role in emotional attachment to words (Pavlenko, 2008). The results will provide insights for how to enhance communication between clients and therapists.

 
104. A Call for Open Educational Resources in Behavior Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The increasing cost of textbooks pose a financial burden for students, with some researchers hypothesizing that the high price of course materials may result in students opting to not purchase the text and being under-prepared for the course or taking fewer classes per semester, both resulting in a delay to graduation (Florida Virtual Campus, 2012). On the other hand, the adoption of Open textbooks have been associated with improved student grades, lower withdrawal rates, and higher concurrent and subsequent enrollments (Fischer, Hilton, Robinson, & Wiley 2015; Hilton & Laman, 2012). The aim of the current study will demonstrate the comparative effectiveness of an Open textbook compared to a commercial textbook in an introductory Psychology course on exam student performance and student course satisfaction at a large open-enrollment Alaska university. A review of available Open behavior analysis resources will be reviewed, and the potential for increased dissemination of behavior analysis through Open Educational Resources will be discussed.
 
105. Effectiveness and Preference: A Comparative Analysis of Game-Based Fluency Training, SAFMEDS, and Interteaching for Online Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University, Billings)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Students who complete online programs in pursuit of BACB credentials must develop fluency of behavior analytic terms in order to meet demands of practice in the field as well as professional exams at each level (BCaBA, BCBA). The current study was conducted to determine effectiveness of and preference for three popular strategies in online fluency training: Game-based interaction (e.g., Quizlet.com), SAFMEDS, and Interteaching. Eight online students were selected from various online contexts and paired by their level of training (post-bacc BCaBA students, graduate students in a Master's program for ABA, graduate students seeking a Master's degree in education, and post-Master's graduates studying for the BCBA exam). Dyads completed fluency activities in several non-concurrent changing criterion designs. The study involved 40 daily sessions which measured cumulative vocabulary acquisition with mastery criteria set at 100% for 3 consecutive sessions. Random assignments to Interteaching, SAFMEDS, and Quizlet were made for each new vocabulary set. Maintenance probes were conducted at 4, 6, and 10 weeks post-training. A post-study survey of participants examined their preferences and compared preferences with effectiveness.

 
106. Demonstration of the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ROB J GOODHUE (University of North Texas), Szu Chi Liu (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The use of operant chambers for research and teaching in behavior analysis is in decline due to the expense, maintenance, and ethical considerations of such complex mechanical apparati (Venneman & Knowles, 2005). Other technologies for testing and demonstrating behavioral principles have emerged in the pursuit of creating free operant paradigms that are accessible and effective for students and economical for institutions. One example is a virtual program that emulates the behavior of organisms (Graham, Alloway, & Krames, 1994). Recently, a new instrument has been developed - the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL; Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter, 2016). PORTL is a tabletop apparatus comprised of various objects and tools that enables students to experience and manage free operant situations. In addition to its instructional benefits, PORTL provides a setting for basic research to be completed quickly and ethically with human participants. One purpose of this presentation is to outline the basic utility and implementation of PORTL in a collegiate setting where students themselves serve as the experimental organisms. A second purpose is to demonstrate PORTL as an alternative to operant chambers and virtual programs that can be easily and inexpensively replicated in any setting involving students of behavior analysis.

 
108. Studying the Use of "Successive Approximations" and "Behavioral Momentum" for Teaching Skills to Elementary School Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
RICHARD COOK (Pennsylvania State University), Emily Cook (Londonderry School, Harrisburg, PA; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

For her 5th grade science fair project, the principle author chose to evaluate several behavioral principles, with which she had personal learning experience, in the teaching of skills to elementary school students. Specific targeted skills were the distances of putting a golf ball and kicking a soccer ball into a goal. Materials and Methods: Materials included soccer and golf balls, putters, goals and holes, measuring tapes. Methods: Measurement of pre and post intervention distances; incremental increases in practice distance based upon successful scoring at starting distance; Results/Discussions: Distinct improvements in longer distances were demonstrated for some students The process of conducting a study requires development of skills, and developing and maintaining behavioral momentum Conclusions: Successive approximations and behavioral momentum are constructs/techniques useful for teaching select skills to elementary school students The process of conducting a study is in itself a "successive approximation" loaded with subset "successive approximations," aspects of the study that themselves change from the inception to completion of the study, which requires behavioral momentum to start and complete

 
 
 
Poster Session #79
CSS Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
1. Promoting Eco-Driving Using Immediate Feedback
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JAVID RAHAMAN (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Each year greenhouse gases continue to be detrimental factors to the world's atmosphere. Behavior, specifically driving behavior, seems to be one of the direct contributors to greenhouse gas emissions. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of providing immediate feedback of non-ecologically-friendly driving behavior, (e.g., speeding, hard braking, hard accelerating), to decrease such driving, thereby increasing eco-friendly driving. An "Automatic" device was installed on potential participant's cars to measure specific parameters of driving, including accelerating, braking, and fuel consumption. Eco-Driving was defined as a consistent and reliable decrease in episodes of hard accelerating and braking, relative to baseline. An ABAB reversal design was used, where A represented the baseline, delayed feedback condition and B represented the experimental, immediate feedback, condition. During the immediate condition, feedback was given directly from the "Automatic" device while participants were driving, and this was compared to baseline conditions where feedback was not provided until the participant logged in to the Automatic application on their smartphone. All three participants had an overall decrease in episodes of hard accelerations and brakes during the immediate feedback conditions. The results suggest that immediate feedback is effective at increasing Eco-Driving, when applied.

 
2. Cyberbullying: Examination of the Collaborative Approaches to Address Aggressive Behaviors in Social Media
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
MICKIE WONG-LO (Biola University)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The digitalization of aggressive behaviors affects the lives of students both locally and internationally. Cases of cyberbullying behaviors continue to increase within and outside of schoolyards, which generates its significance for practitioners to identify approaches to prevent and intervene effectively. Distinctly, the manifestation of digital aggression and its targeted victims impact students of all backgrounds. In addition, the adoptions of technological methodologies permit its instinctive and global effects, which consequently generate a heightened exposure of vulnerability for the students. The presentation examines the manifestation of digital aggression and its effects on the targeted victims, offenders, and bystanders. Collaborative approaches to intervene effectively and strategies to promote positive behavior supports for all affected by cyberbullying will be discussed.

 
3. The Commons Dilemma Game as a Tool for the Analysis of Relevant Behavioral and Social Processes
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
JULIO CAMARGO (Federal University of São Carlos)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

This paper presents the commons dilemma game as a methodological model for analyzing the behavior of individuals and groups when exposed to a situation involving the use of common-pool resources. We conducted a non-systematic review of behavioral analytic literature seeking to map the main features of the game, its use in experimental research and the relevant variables for subsequent analysis. Our key findings were as follows; first, common-dilemma games are presented as simulated situations involving the use of shared resources between two or more people. Second, participants must control the gains achieved individually, with each choice affecting the availability of resources for all participants. Note that the amount of resources are generated following a predetermined pattern. Third, maintaining or increasing the amount of resources available depends on whether patterns of consumption below the regeneration capability. Fourth, resources presented as points to be exchanged at the end of the experiment mimics the accrual of real-world resources, such as catching fish from a lake. Variables investigated with the game included inter-participant communication strategies, the effect of reinforcing and punitive consequences on individual resource accrual, and the verbalized rules involving the sustainable use of resources. Future research possibilities using the game are discussed.

 
4. Effects of Differential Consequences on Task Performance and Strategic Use of Common Resources
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
JULIO CAMARGO (Federal University of São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of São Carlos)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Overuse of renewable natural resources, such as fish, trees, and clean water can lead to catastrophic outcomes. Moderate consumption by individuals may be the only option for the survival of human societies. Investigating the behavioral processes underlying the overuse of common resources can be a methodological challenge. This study proposes the use of a videogame-based task to investigate effects of differential consequences on the consumption of resources shared by multiple individuals. In the game, which simulates an ocean fishery, participants need to catch fish to keep playing, while it is necessary to preserve resources shared with other two players. Participants were 77 college students, distributed in three conditions. In the Bonuses condition, participants received extra points contingent to moderate interresponse times (IRTs). The Fines condition was characterized by loss of points following very short IRTs. The Control condition had no differential consequences programmed. Participants made repeated attempts until they won the game, catching enough fish to stay "alive" without depleting fish resources. Participants in the Fines and Bonuses condition needed fewer attempts to win the game. Detailed analyses pointed to differences in the strategies adopted by participants in each condition, signaling a possible differential effect of reinforcement and punitive consequences.

 
5. The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Matrix Project: Conceptual Framework
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Molly Benson (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility; Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis; North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis; Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis), Felipe L. Leite (Imagine Behavioral Technology / University of Fortaleza - Fortaleza/Brazil; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Meaningful applications of behavioral systems science to social and global issues have been limited, largely due to lack of preparation and access to critical systems. In the Matrix Project, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has worked for three years to address these limitations. The Project currently includes active work groups in four areas: (a) development of a draft training and mentorship directory, syllabi and course units in the area of sustainability and resilience, and similar course materials related to four other areas of social importance; (b) development of state (and national, in the case of Brazil) BFSR chapters, with strong emphasis on student involvement, and a small study of relevant antecedents and consequences supporting individual student engagement in socially significant efforts; (c) examining options for increasing integration of behavior analytic data into state and federal policy; and (d) encouraging and disseminating information related to behaviorists’ involvement in activism and advocacy, as possible establishing operations for others. The focus in this presentation will be exemplars of the conceptual framework underlying and structuring all of these projects—a systemic integration of Goldiamond’s constructional approach and Lutzker’s ecobehavioral work, relying primarily on shifting patterns of antecedents (particularly SDs and motivative operations), reducing response effort, and accessing already established reinforcers.
 
6. Decreasing Energy Usage Through the Use of Feedback, Prompts, and Rewards
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
TANVI PENDHARKAR (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The energy used to produce electricity contributes to almost half of the total energy used in America. Many individual companies have programs designed to decrease the amount of energy used by homeowners and business owners by providing additional incentives for saving energy each month. It is important to identify an effective intervention to decrease energy usage across a variety of settings, including when the people using the energy do not directly pay for it or when homeowners are not involved in incentive programs. The participants in this study were employees at a residential school. The purpose of this Study 1 was to identify an effective intervention to decrease energy usage in group homes using a combination of incentives, prompts, and feedback. The purpose of Study 2 was to evaluate the treatment package from Study 1 in individual homes. The results of Study 1 indicate that incentives, prompts and feedback were ineffective in decreasing energy usage in a group home. The results of Study 2 indicate that the daily presentation of a rule was effective in decreasing energy usage in two homes. Interobserver agreement was collected for 54% of sessions. The mean agreement was 85.9%.

 
7. An Ethical Case for Sliding Scale Behavior Analysis Services With Marginalized Populations
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

When examining ethical compliance code guidelines for accepting clients, it is noted that behavior analysts should only provide services commensurate with available resources. The compliance code also notes however, that "behavior analysts do not engage in discrimination against individuals or groups based on age, gender, race, culture, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, disability, language, socioeconomic status, or any basis proscribed by law," (BACB, 2014). Due to the co-variance of social exclusion and poverty (Devicienti &Poggi, 2010), people with marginalized identities may face greater systemic and financial barriers to accessing services. This poster examines the household income and use of sliding scale payment options to access behavior analytic services for 2017 coaching clients who identify as Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, Intersex, or Asexual/Aromantic (LGBTQIA). This poster also makes an ethical argument for the wider provision of sliding scale options for access to behavior analytic services as a goal for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis as a whole.

 
8. Trends in Basic and Applied Research on Punishment: Implications for Societal Institutions
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
MISHA MEYER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Suzette Morrison (Wee Can Autism and Behavioral Consultation), Barbara J. Kaminski (Green Box ABA, PLLC), Lori L. Chamberlain (PaTTAN Autism Initiative ABA Supports), Erin Watkins (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to review trends in research on punishment. Reviews of JEAB (1958-2015), and JABA (1968-2015) were conducted to identify articles that directly examined the effects of punishment on behavior. Basic research peaked in the 1960's and has since declined. Applied research increased steadily from the 1960's-1990's, but then declined, falling sharply in the 2000's. Negative publicity based on misapplication of aversives resulted in subsequent condemnation of punishment procedures as abusive treatment and pushed their use out of clinic practice. These results suggest that public perception of behavioral analytic punishment procedures is entangled with the coercive techniques used in different social and personal contexts. The unintended outcomes of coercive practices in societal institutions are resulting in social discontent with our law enforcement and political systems, worldwide violence and terrorism, and record numbers of persons incarcerated in our prison systems. The decline in research on punishment is counterproductive to understanding how it shapes behavior in relation to reinforcement. Future research should focus on identifying socially acceptable clinical treatments that allow the individual to express preferences, and educating the public to correct misinformation by using examples that illustrate the difference between punishment and coercion.

 
9. Evaluation of Life Skills Acquisition in Child Welfare
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANA LYNCH (University of Kansas), Vincent Thomas Francisco (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The ability to live independently, after spending time in the foster care system, is partly dependent on one's capacity to acquire and engage in adequate performance of various life skills. Some of these skills include budgeting, locating appropriate housing, and selecting higher education options, which should all be taught while still in foster care. Research indicates that adolescents who spent time in the foster care system are ill-prepared for independent living at the age of 18, and often experience negative outcomes due to this. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a transitional living course on acquisition of life skills. The participants included male and female adolescents, between the ages of 13 and 17, who all were in the foster care system in Kansas. A natural comparison and control group design was employed. Data were collected by direct observation, with pre-and post-assessment comparisons use to determine skill acquisition. The results revealed that the transitional living course led to an increase in life skills across all participants. This study extends the literature assessing the use of behavioral approaches to improving performance of life skills in adolescents within the child welfare system.

 
10. Report Writing as an Assessment for Law Enforcement Skills
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The training and education requirements differ vastly across law enforcement departments in the United States (Roberg & Bonn, 2004). For decades, the education level of law enforcement has been the focus of many studies despite the fact that associate or bachelor's level education is not required in most departments (Roberg & Bonn, 2004). Many rebut formal education and cite work experience as the best mode of training for police officers (Bayley & Bittner, 1997). Bayley and Bittner asserted policing is an art to be mastered only by repeated experience in the field. As Paoline and Terrill (2007) surmised the argument "policing cannot be taught in a classroom but must be learned on the streets over time" (p. 182). However, these two perspectives do not have to be mutually exclusive and effective skills-training procedures can benefit academic programs, as well as on-the-job continuing education for veteran officers. This project examined current police reports as an assessment for skills deficits across a variety of domains in law enforcement and proposes how each area can be handled using fluency and behavior skills training.

 
 
 
Poster Session #80
OBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
11. Comparing the Impact of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on Employee Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Alice Gutierrez (Private Practice), Shannon Smith (The Shape of Behavior), Domonique Y. Randall (The Shape of Behavior), DEBORAH L. GROSSETT (The Shape of Behavior)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract: Both positive and negative reinforcement can be employed to strengthen behavior. Compared to negative reinforcement, positive reinforcement has been associated with superior behavioral effects, but not all empirical research has supported this finding. The current study compared the effects of positive and negative reinforcement on performance (on-task behavior) of four employees working in an ABA clinic with children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. An A (baseline) B (positive reinforcement) C (negative reinforcement) BC within-subject design was utilized. Daily 15 minute random observations of on-task behavior were conducted via camera. Positive and negative reinforcers provided were based on participants’ responses on a preference questionnaire. Higher rates of performance were reported during treatment (positive and negative reinforcement conditions) compared to baseline. Performance outcomes during the second introduction of positive reinforcement were equal to or greater than the first introduction. For all participants, the second negative reinforcement condition was associated with the lowest performance compared to other reinforcement conditions. Participants indicated preference for positive or negative reinforcers changed, and this may have impacted effectiveness of intervention too.
 
13. Increasing Staff Performance of Implementation of Evidence Based Interventions for Children With Autism
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CAROL ANNE MCNELLIS (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Richard Allen (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Todd Harris (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

While Evidence-Based Interventions (EBIs) for children on the autism spectrum have been clearly identified, there is considerably less research on how to train first line staff to deliver the interventions with fidelity, particularly in group settings such as classrooms and residential treatment facilities. Barriers related to this problem are twofold. First, there is often a lack of adequate training in EBIs for direct service staff responsible for creating a strong instructional environmental. Second, supervisory staff often do not have training in basic organizational behavior management skills. Devereux's Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports-Autism (D-PBIS-Autism) model was designed to address both of these critical issues. The model provides a tiered system of EBIs with an increasing focus and intensity across the broad domains of communication, socialization, independence, and safety. Additionally, the use of organizational behavior management (OBM) technology creates the structure for staff training and supervision. Key OBM elements include on-line and classroom training combined with performance-based checklists, in vivo coaching and performance feedback, and graphed performance monitoring. Following implementation of the model in multiple classrooms and residential units, longitudinal data suggests well-maintained, systemic increases in staff use of EBI's and reduction in client challenging behaviors.

 
14. The Use of Behavioral Systems Analysis to Improve the Services Provided by the Center for Autism and Social Inclusion (University of São Paulo)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
LIVIA FERREIRA GODINHO AURELIANO (São Judas Tadeu University; University of São Paulo), Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontifical Catholic University of São Paulo)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

The main objective was to demonstrate the use of the Behavioral Systems Engineering Model in the improvement of the services provided by the Center for Autism and Social Inclusion, (CAIS-USP). The method applied was action research and the participants were the coordinator (1), supervisors (3) and the therapists (11) of the CAIS. The results were the establishment of feedback data from the processor system, which before the study did not exist, such as the results of the discrete trial assessment and data on the frequency in class. The results of the receptor system were information about the alumni, regarding the performance in the autism area and the results of the children's assessments in the VB-Mapp. Another important result was the creation of a specific undergraduate discipline, entitled Applied of Behavior Analysis to Autism, guaranteeing greater visibility and stability of the work carried out by CAIS. The conclusion is that the most fundamental stage of application was the definition of the macrosystem and the mission of the CAIS. From these definitions, several processes had been redesigned and tasks were distributed, allowing the collection of feedback data, fundamental for the planning and decisions taken in each semester.

 
16. Evaluating the Use of Task Clarification and Reinforcement to Increase the Cleanliness of Therapy Rooms
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA JONES (Florida Autism Center), Cindy Cahill (Florida Autism Center), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract: The cleanliness of therapy session rooms at the end of the day was evaluated in an applied behavior analysis research clinic. Desired staff cleaning behaviors were identified, permitting construction of operational definitions which were used to instruct 30 staff members how to achieve a clean therapy session room. The three point scale ranging from the numbers 0-2 was used to score each individual task. After pure baseline measures of the target behaviors were obtained, a second baseline was conducted in which therapists were reminded of expectations about the completion of specific tasks but no consequences were provided for completing the tasks. Intervention consisted of providing staff with operational definitions of task completion, as well as positive reinforcement in the form of praise and tokens for completing the task. A multiple baseline design with an embedded reversal was used. Preliminary results show that behaviorally defining and positively reinforcing desired cleaning behavior is a viable approach to improving cleanliness in therapy based centers.
 
17. Using Mindfulness Exercise to Increase Positive Interactions of ABA Therapists
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSE A. CEPEDA (Southern Illinois University), Victoria Booth (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

Social interactions with clients are an important component of rapport building and creating instructional control within the therapeutic environment. Additionally, when working with children, therapists are expected to provide age-appropriate interactions that model positive social skills. The current study assessed the use of mindfulness exercises with ABA therapists to increase the number of positive interactions within a therapy session. The study was conducted with three undergraduate ABA therapists in an on-campus clinic using a multiple baseline design across subjects. Following baseline, each therapist completed a self-report measure on psychological flexibility before their sessions and then listened to a 5-min guided mindfulness exercise. Positive interactions were recorded at the beginning and end of each session for 15 minutes each using partial interval time sampling. Additionally, fidelity for therapeutic interventions and other self-report measures were recorded and assessed. The results of the study indicate that mindfulness exercises may influence the number of positive interactions from therapists to their clients during therapy sessions. These results suggest that even brief mindfulness practices may be of important and effective utility within clinics and when working in the human service field, particularly with children. The next phase of this research will assess how identifying values in addition to mindfulness exercises may impact these same dependent variables.

 
18. Delay Discounting of Treatment Success and Staff Willingness to Implement Behavior Analytic Training Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY MARIE WALSH (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois), Imran Kahn (ABA of Illinois), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

We developed a delay discounting questionnaire where the manipulated commodity was treatment success that was either immediate or delayed. The delay to treatment success was quasi-exponentially manipulated and in terms of reasonable time estimates that could be expected for a behavioral intervention to achieve successful outcomes with clients. The cost that was titrated in the survey was the amount of time per week that staff would be required to implement a given behavior change strategy. Results from 40 direct care staff from a day treatment program for adult clients, all of whom had prior experience implementing behavior analytic treatment strategies, suggest that the subjective value of successful treatment is discounted as the treatment is delayed. Consistent with prior research in this area, the decay is appropriately modelled using a hyperbolic curve function fit to the obtained data. The results have implications at the organizational level for predicting and influencing staff buy-in of behavior analytic strategies by quantifying estimates of response cost and delay to outcome.

 
19. Increasing Direct Support Professional's Behavioral Data Collection in a Residential Program: A Case Study
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TODD ALLEN MERRITT (Arc of Westchester)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis places a strong emphasis on the collection and analysis of behavioral data to make data-based decisions about clinical practices. Community-based residential programs for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities pose a unique logistical constraint due to the behavior analyst often not being able to be on site to ensure data are collected and give timely feedback to staff. The purpose of this case study is to develop a cost-effective performance management intervention to increase the amount of data collected for people who live in a community-based residential program. Specifically, the study aims to increase the percentage of target behaviors for which data are collected across all direct support professional shifts. During baseline, data were only collected during significant behavioral episodes. An intervention consisting of task clarification, staff training, reorganization of materials, and prompts increased data collection to an average of 35.4% (range, 0 to 64.3%) across all shifts each day. Next, ongoing performance feedback will be provided to direct support professionals and their supervisors. Results are anticipated to show that a cost-effective performance management intervention will effectively increase and maintain the percentage of behavioral data collected within the home.

 
20. Preferences and Performance Measures: Evaluating the Effects of Preference Assessment Methods and Reinforcer Delivery on Behavioral Staff Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIKA MCGANDY (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.), Stephanie Gorbold (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.), Myra Bertling (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.)
Discussant: Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

The organizational behavior management literature includes few studies evaluating the effectiveness of various preference assessment methodologies on behavioral staff performance (Waldvogel, J.M., & Dixon, M.R., 2008; Wine, B., Reis, M., & Hantula, D., 2014). The current study evaluates the effectiveness of a survey and ranking preference assessment method in identifying potential reinforcers for staff behavior. The effectiveness of preference assessment method is measured by comparing several staff performance measures before and after contingent reinforcer delivery across 9 months. Staff performance measures evaluated in this study include the number of appointment cancellations, percent of clinical objectives mastered, and frequency of staff caseload changes each quarter.

 
 
 
Poster Session #81
CBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
21. An Evaluation of the Effects of and Preference for Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement Arrangements in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELAINE CHEN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Treatment of food refusal often consists of escape extinction and reinforcement procedures, such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). In DRA schedules, reinforcers are typically provided using distributed reinforcement arrangements. That is, a reinforcer is immediately delivered for a brief period of time every time an appropriate mealtime response occurs (e.g., child swallows the bite then gets a movie). Research on academic responding has shown that participants prefer and perform better with accumulated reinforcement arrangements than distributed reinforcement (e.g., DeLeon et al., 2014). However, there is a lack of research on the effects of these reinforcement arrangements within the context of a meal setting. In the present study, the efficacy of distributed and accumulated reinforcement arrangements was evaluated using a combined multielement plus reversal (ABAB) design. To date, one child with a pediatric feeding disorder participated in this study. Preference for distributed, accumulated with tokens, accumulated without tokens, and baseline conditions was also examined. Results showed that levels of mouth cleans increased with both distributed and accumulated reinforcement arrangements and that distributed reinforcement arrangements were preferred over accumulated reinforcement and baseline conditions. The results suggest that the distributed and accumulated reinforcement conditions are both sufficient for increasing mouth cleans.
 
22. A Comparison of Meal Restructuring and Repeated Exposures to Reduce Pausing During Mealtime Transitions
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE KAMINSKI (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Pausing between bites is a phenomenon that can increase mealtime duration for children with pediatric feeding disorders, especially when there are several unfavorable transitions from a high preferred bite of food to a low preferred bite of food during sequential bite presentations. Previous research (Fink et al., 2016) has shown that restructuring the sequence of bites during treatment of pediatric feeding disorders can decrease pause duration between bites; however, treatment effects did not reverse, so it is unknown whether the bite sequence or repeated exposures to the food was responsible for the decrease in overall pause duration. Thus, the purpose of the present study is to compare a restructured sequence of bites arranged by preference and repeated exposures to a random bite sequence to determine if meal restructuring is responsible for decreased pausing between bite presentations. The findings may be used to inform treatment decisions and decrease overall mealtime duration to make meals more manageable for caregivers. Preliminary results from one participant suggest that the restructured meal sequence is not responsible for an overall decrease in pausing between bites.
 
23. Evaluation of a Packing Assessment Model to Decrease Packing in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA MARIE RIVERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

A significant problem in children with pediatric feeding disorders is packing (i.e., pocketing or holding accepted food in the mouth), which could result in unsuccessful treatment. Prior research has identified effective treatments to decrease packing. However, none have systematically evaluated a model to use assessments to identify conditions under which consumption occurs, to inform treatment selection to decrease packing. In the present study, a multielement design was used to identify conditions under which mouth cleans occurred, and the results were used to empirically inform treatment selection to decrease packing for one child of typical development. Results of the assessment indicated that packing was related to food texture and compliance, suggesting that presenting preferred foods at a regular texture and decreasing the texture of non-preferred foods would decrease levels of packing. When treatment (i.e., decreased texture of non-preferred foods) was implemented, levels of packs decreased and all foods were consumed. During the reversal to baseline, however, levels of packs remained at 0%, suggesting that mouth cleans may have generalized following exposure to the nonpreferred food. These preliminary results suggest this model may be useful in empirically selecting treatment packages for children who pack bites.

 
24. Using an Avoidance Contingency to Increase Acceptance of Novel Foods
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXIS M. SIEJACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Mere exposure to novel foods is often not sufficient to increase acceptance of those foods for young children with a pediatric feeding disorder. Rearranging the mealtime environment or contingencies is usually necessary to increase acceptance of novel foods. Demand fading, in which the number of bites increases across mealtimes following acceptance, is one way to increase the amount of foods a child will consume. While demand fading involves gradually increasing the number of bites, this procedure in isolation may not be sufficient as the requirement increases. In this case study, we combined demand fading and an avoidance contingency such that the child avoided a meal with a target food contingent upon completion of the bite requirement. If the child did not consume the required number of bites, another meal with the same bite requirement occurred. The results suggested that with demand fading alone, we were able to introduce two new foods, but the child did not consume enough bites to meet mastery criterion. When the avoidance contingency was implemented, we introduced a total of eight foods, and the child met mastery criterion for five of those foods.

 
25. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Socially-Maintained Pica in a Typically Developing Girl
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY NESS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicholas Ramazon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Most commonly, pica is classified as automatically maintained in individuals with developmental or intellectual disabilities (Ashworth, Hirdes, & Martin, 2009). It is less commonly documented in typically developing individuals. Behavioral approaches are considered well-established treatments (Hagopian, Rooker, & Rolider, 2011), but many interventions for pica represented in typically developing populations include medical approaches such as vitamin and micronutrient supplements (e.g., Chishold & Martin, 1981). The purpose of this case study was to present a behavioral approach to assessment and treatment of pica that was identified in a girl with no psychiatric diagnoses and for whom pica was maintained by social attention. The participant was Kelsey, a 3-year-old African American girl. A multiple baseline across settings design was used to demonstrate the effects of a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) with a token economy and extinction procedures on rates of Kelsey's pica behavior. Increasing rates of pica were observed in baseline followed by immediate reductions at the initiation of treatment. Low rates of problem behavior were maintained as the DRO schedule was faded in all settings. In addition, treatment was generalized from therapists to three caregivers, who demonstrated high implementation integrity. Limitations, future directions, and implications will be discussed.

 
26. Escape Extinction With Response Blocking for Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior: A Review of Procedural Descriptions
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEY ORMAND (Johns Hopkins University; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Escape extinction, which typically involves blocking behavior that produces escape from demands, is often a necessary treatment component for severe feeding problems. Although escape extinction is a common treatment for feeding problems and is well-documented in published research, response blocking procedures have received very little attention. The present study aimed to review published literature for descriptions of blocking procedures and determine if these descriptions were sufficient for the purposes of procedural replication. We conducted a systematic electronic search of the feeding literature using relevant search terms and combinations (e.g., "escape extinction + block," "feeding + block"). All published English-language manuscripts from peer-reviewed journals that mentioned or described escape extinction with response blocking as a component of treatment were included in the present review. An initial search identified 10 articles meeting these criteria. Of these, five studies described the response blocking procedures used, one was sufficiently detailed for the purposes of replication, one mentioned therapist or caregiver training, and none reported measures of procedural integrity. Future research should identify when response blocking is appropriate and necessary, who should block escape-maintained behaviors during the implementation of escape extinction (i.e., the feeder or a second person), and what these procedures entail.

 
27. Comparison of Therapist-Fed Versus Caregiver-Fed Function-Based Intervention in a Child With a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY EDWARDS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F. Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Researchers have conducted most feeding interventions in clinic settings with highly trained therapists who feed and train caregivers to implement the feeding interventions (e.g., Wilkins, Piazza, Groff, & Vaz, 2011). Research in this area has shown that caregivers can implement feeding interventions in clinic and natural (e.g., home; Tarbox, Schiff, & Najdowski, 2010; Seiverling, Williams, Sturmey, & Hart, 2012) settings with high integrity (Mueller, M. M., et al., 2003). However, there is limited research on caregivers as the initial and ongoing change agents during a child's feeding intervention. Understanding the effects of caregivers as feeders is important because inappropriate mealtime behavior typically occurs when the caregiver feeds the child (Borrero et al., 2010). In the current investigation, we compared the outcomes of therapist- versus caregiver-fed function-based feeding intervention with a 4-year-old girl diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Results showed that the child's caregiver implemented a function-based baseline and intervention with high integrity. In addition, during therapist-fed sessions, inappropriate mealtime behavior did not return to initial baseline rates, despite increasing the response effort relative to the initial baseline and caregiver-fed baseline. We discuss implications the current findings have on function-based interventions and caregiver training.

 
29. Examining the Relations Between Delay Discounting, Demand for Sugar-Sweetened Beverages, and Obesity in Adults
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado School of Medicine; Children's Hospital Colorado), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Extant research suggests behavioral economic assessments of delay discounting (DD) and demand curve analysis may be useful for understanding behavioral processes related to obesity in adults. These assessments often use hypothetical tasks to assess DD and demand. Although sugar-sweetened beverages (SSB) are known to significantly contribute to obesity, no studies to date have examined demand for SSB via hypothetical purchase task (HPT) in relation to obesity. The current study sought to develop a novel HPT to assess demand for SSB and examine its relation to obesity (via body mass index; BMI) and DD. DD for money was assessed using the 5-trial adjusting delay task (Koffarnus & Bickel, 2014). These tasks were administered to over 200 participants in an online platform. The HPT of SSB resulted in orderly responding well-described by Hursh and Silberberg's (2008) exponential demand equation (average r2 = 0.89). Relations between BMI and delay discounting (natural log of k), demand intensity (Q0), demand elasticity (alpha), and essential value (EV) were examined. Additionally, relations between ln(k) and these demand parameters were examined. Results indicated that BMI was significantly related to Q0 and EV, but not to ln(k) or alpha. Ln(k) was significantly related to Q0 and alpha, but not EV. Results are discussed regarding implications for obesity assessment and treatment.

 
30. Effects of Parent-Directed Bedtime Fading With Response Cost on Undesired Co-Sleeping and Related Sleep Disturbances in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SELA ANN SANBERG (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Abigail Kennedy (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brett R. Kuhn (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

As many as 82% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) experience numerous chronic sleep disturbances and parents report that some sleep disturbances evolve from their own attempts to address other long-standing sleep problems, such as engaging in undesired co-sleeping to reduce night awakenings. Undesired co-sleeping can be a part of the initial bedtime routine or a response to difficulty falling back asleep and disruptive behaviors (i.e., tantrums, refusal to sleep in own bed, or escaping from the bed and bedroom) following night awakenings. Bedtime Fading with Response Cost (BFRC) is a promising intervention that targets a multitude of sleep problems concurrently, however, undesired co-sleeping has yet to be the primary sleep variable in studies evaluating BFRC with children on the autism spectrum. This study evaluated the effectiveness of parent-delivered BFRC in achieving parent-defined sleep goals (e.g., reduction of undesired co-sleeping) for their children with ASD in the home environment. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three participants was used. Results indicate that parent-implemented BFRC was effective in achieving parent-defined sleep goals, such as the reduction of unwanted co-sleeping, frequent night awakenings, dependent sleep onset, and related sleep-disturbances. Follow-up data demonstrate that gains were maintained. Parents reported high satisfaction with BFRC and sleep outcomes for their children. This study extends both the clinical practice and science of parent-defined treatment goals and parent-implemented behavioral interventions as treatment options for children with ASD and co-occurring sleep disturbances.

 
31. Promoting Independent Sleep Onset at Bedtime in Young Children: Examination of the Excuse Me Drill
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN FORD (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Zachary Charles LaBrot (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brett R. Kuhn (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

One of the most common pediatric sleep issues is an extrinsic dyssomnia, which includes difficulty initiating sleep. This often leads to behavioral difficulties at bedtime. There is compelling evidence which suggests behavioral interventions are effective for improving behaviors at bedtime (e.g., Kuhn, 2014). An example of this includes the Excuse Me Drill (EMD; Kuhn, 2011). The EMD is a procedure that uses positive parental attention during bedtime to reinforce a child's sleep compatible behaviors, while ignoring disruptive behavior (i.e., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior). Although EMD has received anecdotal support, no published empirical data supporting its effectiveness exists. Participants in this study included three typically developing children: a two-year-old Caucasian female, a six-year-old Caucasian female; and a seven-year-old Caucasian female. A seven-year old Caucasian male with autism was the final participant. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across design across participants was utilized to examine the relative effectives of the EMD for increasing independent sleep onset and decreasing disruptive behaviors at bedtime. Results indicated that the EMD was effective in increasing independent sleep onset, while decreasing disruptive behaviors for all participants. The current study is the first to empirically support the use of the EMD to improve independent sleep onset.

 
32. The Effect of Coping Skills on Daytime Sleepiness
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EUNHYE HWANG (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Many students suffer with the sleep problems, such as sleep disruption and excessive sleepiness, which has a negative effect on their study performance and everyday life. As previous studies indicate that irregular sleep pattern, napping and daytime activity can lead to daytime sleepiness, how to cope with sleepiness can be related to sleepiness continuing. The aim of this study is to investigate the relationship between undergraduate students’ coping skills and daytime sleepiness they experience. Eighty undergraduate student who take a psychology classes will be participated. Participants will be classified as morningness-eveningness, using Horne and Ostberg questionnaire to consider the circadian rhythm preference. In phase 1, coping strategies which can be used when they sleep will be explored via semi-structured interview, including napping/activity, adjusting sleep schedule, promoting health that found in a pilot study. Type of napping will be explored in detail based on the reason of napping. In phase 2, participants will be divided into groups and will apply the strategies that is found to be effective in phase 1 for 3 weeks. Participant will be educated about strategies and report everyday progress during the intervention. Quantity of nap and nighttime sleep will be assessed, based on interview (phase 1) and their sleep diary (phase 2). Also the sleep quality and daytime sleepiness will be measured using Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) and Epworth Sleepiness Scale (ESS) in both phases. Present study will provide information on the effectiveness of coping skills that can be applied to whom suffer from excessive sleepiness during the day in a non-clinical settings.

 
33. Using a Token Economy and Choice Paradigm to Decrease Duration of Liquid Consumption in a Child With a Kidney Transplant
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Children with a history of renal disease and a kidney transplant are medically required to consume larger volumes of liquid compared to typical same-age peers. When a child takes prolonged durations to consume liquids, it makes it difficult to consume the required volume of liquid by mouth which in turn requires dependency on tube feedings to obtain nutritional and fluid needs. Furthermore, consuming liquid for the majority of waking hours leaves less time for other aspects such as solids and oral motor skill development. The purpose of this study was to decrease the duration of liquid consumption by implementing a behavioral treatment package including a token economy and choice paradigm without the use of escape extinction for a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorder and has a history of end-stage renal disease. A changing criterion design with baseline probes was used to evaluate the treatment protocol. Results found that using a choice paradigm and token economy without the use of escape extinction was effective at decreasing the duration of liquid consumption and increasing overall liquid consumption by mouth as well as avoiding the effects of extinction bursts. Since duration of liquid consumption decreased there was more time for solid intake and oral motor skill development. These data are discussed in relation to the importance of meal duration as a dependent variable and how it relates to overall health.

 
34. Food Behavior of Children: Rules and Correspondence
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
JOSIANE MARIA DONADELI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The investigation of variables related to healthy and unhealthy food intake is important given statistical data showing that a large part of the world population is overweight. To address this question, the present study aimed to investigate the effect of different types of rules on healthy and unhealthy food intake, with ten children. Five of them had normal Body Mass Index (BMI) and five were overweight/obese. In each session, nine small pieces both of healthy and unhealthy food were displayed for each child, in the absence of the experimenter. After a baseline, each child was given a minimum rule (he/she could eat only one piece of unhealthy food). In the next phase, the same child received information about healthy eating and the same rule was presented, and in the next phase, questions about food and health were asked before the rule was presented again. At the end of each session, participants reported to the experimenter the food ingested. In general, the rule showed more effectiveness for the children with normal BMI. The rule was effective for reducing unhealthy food intake for five children at all phases in which it was presented. For three other children, it was effective only at the beginning of the exposure to the rule, whereas it was not effective for two other children.

 
35. Understanding Opportunities for Behavioral Health Interventions at the Intersection of Behavior and Medical Conditions
Area: CBM
Rachel VanPutten (Eastern Michigan University), SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Unmanaged acute or chronic medical conditions (such as diabetes, asthma, or seizure disorder), sensory loss, discomfort, and pain (e.g., from migraines or acute infections) affect behavior. Many individuals with neurocognitive or neurodevelopmental disorders have comorbid conditions that may disrupt behavior and exacerbate behavioral presentations. These conditions may have to be considered during treatment planning. Because medical providers tend to rely on self-report, there is a high risk that these conditions remain undetected and untreated when self-descriptive verbal skills are insufficient. Using adult cognitive loss as an example, this presentation will provide an overview of comorbidities and their impact from a behavior-analytic lens. Emphasizing the importance of integrative treatment planning, we will discuss how behavior analysts can contribute to monitoring comorbid conditions, indirectly intervene upon them, make appropriate referrals, and advocate with care partners to ensure that clients receive appropriate medical management. Special attention will be given to the prevention of psychotropic prescribing cascades.

 
36. Behavioral Health and Long-Term Psychotropic Use: Risky Aging With Serious Mental Illness
Area: CBM
MICHAEL JON VRIESMAN (Eastern Michigan University), Kate Happel Krautbauer (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Serious mental illness (SMI) is a term used to describe diagnoses that indicate repeated episodic loss of contingent control that affects the interpretation of everyday events. Such a loss of contingent control can accompany diagnoses of schizophrenia, post-traumatic stress disorder, major depression, and bipolar disorder. As the first-line treatment, individuals with SMI receive prescriptions of psychotropics without an end date; however, as adults with SMI age, they may develop difficulties remembering, thinking, and problem-solving. At present, there are no guidelines for managing the behavior of older adults with SMI and cognitive loss. Indeed, in terms of etiology, it is frequently unclear whether confusion and disorientation are part and parcel with the preexisting SMI diagnosis or due to a neurodegenerative condition. Such a determination would be important as many psychotropics are listed as inappropriate prescriptions for older adults in general and, when cognitive loss is present, the Food and Drug Administration warns of an increased risk of stroke and death related to antipsychotics. This presentation will review the literature regarding interventions for older adults with SMI and cognitive loss. We will discuss the role of behavior analysts in ensuring clients receive the highest quality of care.

 
37. A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Eating
Area: CBM
KATE HAPPEL KRAUTBAUER (Eastern Michigan University), Lindsey Bunio (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda M Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Eating is a behavior essential to all humans. While the topography of ingestion is similar across individuals, many factors influence eating behavior and problems in eating are common. An estimated 90% of children with autism have difficulties eating; in the general adult population, eating disorders such as anorexia or bulimia have a lifetime prevalence of 1-3.5%; and approximately 22.8% of older adults present with malnutrition. Thus, it is vital to gain an understanding of the physiological, psychosocial, and environmental factors that influence eating behavior across the lifespan and across clinical presentations. This paper will provide an overview of the factors that impact eating and how they may operate as motivating and maintaining operations. In addition to psychosocial processes, sensory loss, alterations in metabolism, and frequent adverse medication effects will be considered. Finally, suggestions for referrals to appropriate providers will be offered. This presentation will provide education with broad relevance to clinical and applied behavior analysis.

 
38. Barriers to Family Implementation of Behavior Plans
Area: CBM
KAYLA RINNA (Eastern Michigan University), Rachel VanPutten (Eastern Michigan University), Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda M. Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Cognitive difficulties are common: In addition to children and adults with neurodevelopmental disabilities, many adults lose their ability to remember, reason, or problem-solve due to a range of neurological conditions, such as traumatic brain injury or Alzheimer's disease. As most people rely on family care partners for assistance, parents and other family care partners must receive skill training to manage behavior in the home and consistently implement behavioral interventions that may have been recommended or prescribed by providers. Among barriers to implementation of interventions by care partners in the home are lack of knowledge and perceived helplessness, competing contingencies, a lack of financial resources to receive coaching, social isolation, lack of coherent sources of information, and difficulties understanding aspects of the interventions. These factors may impede the availability, accessibility, and acceptability of care partner training and thereby effective caregiving. Although steps have been taken at the community level, government care coordination, and health insurance policies to improve family care partner access to trainings, barriers must be addressed directly to ensure that care partners receive adequate support throughout the care process. This presentation will detail barriers to training and possible solutions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #82
DEV Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
39. The Effects of Writer Immersion and the Responses of an Adult Reader on Teaching the Function of Reading and Writing to Preschool Students With Autism
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
WAN-YI CHIU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), Georgette Morgan (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

We conducted 2 experiments to test the effects of the establishment of reading governs responding and the writer immersion protocol on the emergence of functional reading and writing repertoires for 2 preschool students diagnosed with autism. In Experiment 1, we implemented read-do correspondence learn units to induce reading governs responding using a multiple probe design. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses to the reading tasks during pre- and post-intervention probes. Experiment 1 demonstrated that Participant A acquired the verbal behavior of reading governs responding through read-do correspondence learn units and Participant B demonstrated the reading governs responding cusp through repeated pre-intervention probes. In Experiment 2, we used a delayed multiple probe design across participants to test the effects of the writer immersion protocol. The dependent variable was the number of accurate functional components of writing, measured through the affect that the participants' writing had on the behavior of an adult reader (i.e., adult reader's correct responses to the directions written by the target participant). Results of the writer immersion procedure demonstrated significant increases in the percentage of accurate functional components of writing for both participants. Moreover, Participant B demonstrated criterion level of functional component of writing.

 
40. The Effects of an Accelerated Auditory Match-to-Sample Procedure on the Improvement of Echoic Responses by Six Preschoolers With Disability
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), Robin Nuzzolo (Teachers College, Columbia Univeristy), Lenah Alshowaiman (Dar Al-Hekma College), Sang Eun Yoon (Teachers College, Columbia University), Joseph M. Peysin (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

We used a multiple probe design across dyads to test the effects of an accelerated auditory match-to-sample (AM) procedure on the echoic responses emitted by 6 preschoolers with language delays who emitted faulty echoics. The dependent variables were the numbers of full, partial, and incorrect echoics emitted to 100 English word. The independent variable was the accelerated procedure of AM instruction implemented using Sounds the Same software application that teaches fine discriminations between words and sentences. Following pre-intervention probes, participants were assigned into 3 dyads based on the number of full echoics they emitted during the pre-intervention probe. We randomly selected 1 participant from each dyad to receive the accelerated AM instruction, and the other participant to receive the standard AM instruction as a control group. The participants in a dyad were yoked as we conducted post-intervention probe when either participant in a dyad mastered 4 or 8 phases of AM instruction. Five participants emitted increased number of full echoics regardless of the procedure. Thus, both procedures were effective in improving echoic responses. However, the accelerated procedure was more efficient in educational setting since it allows students to finish the intervention in a shorter period of time.

 
41. Sign Language Discrimination Training for Teaching Social Referencing Skills
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Diana Myles (Florida International University), Andy Pham (Florida International University), MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

This study examines discrimination training of sign-language cues via operant-conditioning in two preschool-aged children. The study expands on existing literature on social referencing (Pelaez, Viru's-Ortega, & Gewirtz, 2012) by using American Sign Language as the discriminative stimuli to evoke appropriate differential responding in young children in an ambiguous/unfamiliar context. Two 3- and 4- year old preschoolers and a familiar adult participated in a discrimination training procedure using a single-subject, repeated withdrawal design. Different consequences followed the preschoolers reaching toward an unfamiliar object. During the training phases, a familiar adult experimenter used the sign expression for 'grab' and 'play' to signal positive reinforcement for the participant reaching for an ambiguous object. The sign expression for 'no' and 'play' signaled aversive stimulation for reaching. The pattern of change in performance between the baseline and the two treatment phases suggests that the participants learned to discriminate the cues and that they learned to reference the meaning of those signals. Interobserver agreement was 100% and was calculated for 35% of all trials. This presentation informs on methods to improve social communication deficits using discrimination training procedures in applied settings.

 
42. Utilizing Behavioral Strategies to Increase Meal Consumption
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CIDNEY HELLER (Behavior By Design, LLC), Matthew Tyson (Behavior By Design, LLC)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract: Food refusal has been largely addressed in clinic settings under controlled conditions. Scarce research can be identified that investigates the use of behavioral strategies within the family's home. Investigating the use of behavioral strategies for food refusal in home setting warrants great attention, as this is likely where the individual is presented most meals. This study was conducted to reduce a young boys (Carter) food refusal during mealtimes. Carter had no current or past diagnosis and his doctor did not express a concern for Carter's height or weight during the time in which the strategies were being implemented. The effects of reducing grazing behaviors and utilizing prompting strategies to increase number of bites consumed during meal times were examined. The corresponding data suggests that these strategies were successful intervention methods for increasing food consumption at mealtime. Parent report also indicated that these methods were easy to implement and were non-disruptive to the family’s current routines. The results of the current study suggest that behavioral strategies can be successful at treating food refusal in the home setting.
 
43. Repetitive Head Banging in Early Childhood
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison), William MacLean (Waisman Center at the University of Wisconsin-Madison), Alexandra Puk (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Kelly Bard (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Emily Hickey (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract: Many young children engage in repetitive head-banging (RHB) when they strike their head against a solid object such as a wall or the back of a chair (Kravitz et al, 1960), yet little is known about its development. This study seeks to extend previous research on RHB in young children (ages 6-60 months) by focusing on contextual factors. An anonymous survey, similar to one employed by deLissovoy (1961), was widely distributed via flyers and social media. Preliminary results include 49 parents who completed the survey about their young children. Nearly one-third (N=16) endorsed that their children engaged in RHB; typically, less than once a day for < 15 minutes. Most parents reported RHB occurred during the day (e.g. while playing, in highchair). Average age of onset was 10 months; RHB stopped for two children at ages 12 and 24 months. Injury from RHB occurred in 25% of children. RHB rarely co-occurred with other repetitive behaviors. Parental attention was a common response to RHB (> 50%). Data collection is ongoing. Our ultimate goal is to determine whether the occurrence of RHB is different among children whose parents attend to the behavior in comparison with those who report primarily ignoring the behavior.
 
45. Behavioral Dentistry: A Literature Review
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM CARTER (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Worldwide prevalence rates of cavities range between 60% to 90% of children and approximately 100% of adults (WHO, 2012). Given this widespread prevalence of cavities across the lifespan, the Canadian Dental Association recommends that, on average, people visit their dentist every 6 months (2017). However, for those fearful of the dentist, regular visits can be quite problematic. The current presentation will provide an overview of the existing literature on treatment of dental fear and dental noncompliance. Over 85 articles were identified and results showed that 39 unique interventions have been evaluated across children, adolescents, and adults with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities. These 39 unique interventions were classified according to the theoretical underpinnings of their interventions as: (a) strictly behavioral, (b) combined behavioral and non-behavioral, and (c) non-behavioral. Results will be discussed within the context of future areas of research that can be carried out to produce lasting effects that are socially meaningful to patients, caregivers, and dental staff.

 
46. The Effects of Teaching the Function of Writing to Two Children Diagnosed with Disabilities
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Shahad Alsharif (Teachers College, Columbia University), WAIKHINE PHU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kristina Wong (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Writer Immersion is a protocol that is utilized to teach the function of writing in children by arranging for students to communicate only via writing and observe the effects of their writing on naïve readers. The study sought to determine the effects of a protocol on the number of accurate 1) structural and 2) functional written components emitted by 2 elementary school-aged participants from a self-contained classroom in a public school. The participants were selected because pre-intervention results showed that they emitted technical structural errors and did not have the function of writing in their repertoires. We used a delayed multiple probe design across participants and the dependent variables were the numbers of correct structural components produced by the participants (i.e. capitalization, spaces, spelling, and punctuation) and the number of correct functional components drawn by a reader as a function of the participants' writing. The independent variable was a protocol in which the participants (writers) received feedback for their writing primarily through a naïve reader's response. The results indicated that the participants' accuracy in structural and functional components significantly increased after the intervention.

 
47. Building Communication Interventions for Students With Behavioral Problems Within Multi-Tiered System of Supports
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
CELAL PERIHAN (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Children with emotional and behavioral disorder (E/BD) are more likely to show a variety of problem behaviors that affect learning process of students in general education classroom, and teaching capacity of teachers to students (Hansen et al., 2014). Previous studies showed that communication interventions are effective method for different types of problems in school settings (Billy et al., 2010). Moreover, some studies demonstrated efficacy and effectiveness of the building communication interventions based on the functional behavioral assessment (FBA) (Stahr, Cushing, Lane, & Fox, 2006). Because children with E/BD are more likely to show a variety of problem behaviors in school settings, a building communication interventions based on the FBA may be effective treatment for these children at universal, targeted and individual levels. This paper presents an overview of the application and evidence base for the building and using communication interventions in the treatment and prevention of problem behaviors in children with or at risk of EB/D. We then will provide short summary of the multi-tiered system of supports (MTSS) and an overview of the FBA. At the end of the study, we will illustrate communication interventions at three tiers of school-based intervention levels with the FBA. Implications will be discussed.

 
48. Using SAFMEDS to Teach Deaf Children to Match Visemes and Printed Letter Patterns to Phonemes
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
DOUGLAS P. BEATTY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dave Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Eric L. Carlson (1956)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Abstract Deaf high school graduates average five reading grade-levels behind their hearing counterparts. Literacy is a predictor of access to higher education and employment. Current research suggests that Phonemic Awareness is pivotal skill for all readers, necessary for decoding reading. Specific instruction in Phonemic Awareness is not currently an integral part of reading instruction in most manual-based educational programs (those using ASL) for instruction for deaf and hard of hearing (DHH) students. Precision Teaching, a behavior analytic instructional approach, has proven effective in remediation education for DHH students. The purpose of this study was to examine, the effects of using SAFMEDS, a Precision Teaching technique, to teach six 4-to-6-year-old DHH children to match visemes and printed letter patterns to English phonemes fluently. The experimenter employed a multiple-baseline-across-dyads experimental design. The data demonstrated all participants achieved or exceeded rates comparable to those of an expert responder on some or all learning sets, and that response rates increased significantly under the intervention in comparison to the baseline condition. Four participants also demonstrated clinically significant increases in phonemic awareness in pre-test post-test comparisons, averaging 26 percentage-point gains. Reading scores on pre/post standardized tests improved slightly for all participants who were tested.

 
 
 
Poster Session #83
PRA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
49. Ethical Consideration for Applied Behavior Analysis With Asian Families
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
SUNGEUN KANG (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is on the basis of behaviorism which stems from western philosophies, and was developed in the Anglo-European context. The principles of behaviorism themselves, could be challenging to understand for some families from different educational and cultural backgrounds even if professionals explain them with everyday language. Behavioral consultation involves technical jargon that are not commonly used by families, such as antecedents, reinforcement, or positive punishment. Some of the terms used in this field are not utilized in the same way as our typical usage. Additionally, parenting styles and family values vary depending on cultures and they may not feel comfortable asking for clarification due to cultural differences due to fear of authorities or sense of shame of ignorance. Thus, professionals delivering ABA services should be culturally competent to work with Asian families and their children. Ethical issues and suggestions will be provided when professionals work with Asian families, thereby enhancing multicultural competencies for professionals.

 
50. Decreasing Inappropriate Sexual Arousal in Adolescent Males Through Instruction and Self-Control
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Amanda Niedfeld (Auburn University)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: One population that may benefit from behavior analytic services are adolescents who engage in illegal sexual behavior. Reyes, Vollmer, and Hall (2011) first identified pictures that sexually aroused male sex offenders with intellectual disabilities. Thereafter, Reyes et al. then taught two arousal suppression strategies, one of which was to count backwards from 100 to zero when aroused. Reyes et al. found these instructions decreased penile tumescence during sessions. In the current study, we taught three adolescent males who had been adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior to self-report arousal when they were presented with arousing visual stimuli. As in the Reyes et al. study, we taught participants to count backwards from 100 to zero when they verbally reported sexual arousal in the presence of visual media. Subsequently, we gradually faded therapists’ instructions until participants independently identified inappropriate arousal and used the counting procedure independently. The relative merits of using self-report measures are discussed.
 
51. Delay Discounting Procedures to Increase Self-Control of Adjudicated Male Adolescents
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Adolescents who have been adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior may engage in impulsive behavior. Impulsive behavior is that which is controlled by smaller, sooner consequences, over larger, but more temporally distant consequences. Impulsive behavior may lead to negative consequences that restrict an individual’s access to reinforcing environments. Many delay discounting preparations involve self-report measures which may be unreliable. Dixon, Rehfeldt and Randich (2003) described a preparation in which researchers presented participants with a choice between a smaller, more immediate food item and a larger, more temporally distant food item. Researchers measured choice and waiting duration, allowing the training of self-control based on behavior that more closely represents the target behavior than self-report alone. The preparation used by Dixon et al. successfully increased each participants’ self-control behavior. Adolescents who have been adjudicated for illegal sexual behavior may benefit from a similar preparation. We implemented delay discounting training using rules and intervening activities across two detained adolescents and increased each participants’ self-control behavior relative to baseline.
 
52. A Review of Item Inclusion Procedures for Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Andrea Ruppar (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Direct preference assessments have been well-documented as evidence-based methods of identifying reinforcers to occasion desired behavior. The multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) has been shown in the extant literature as producing stable and valid results. MSWOs begin with an array of items presented to the consumer. This stimulus array is typically chosen through structured interviews, experimenter selection, observation, informal interview with caregivers or teachers, or self-report. However, informal report may not be congruent with the consumer's true preferences, and thus do not identify appropriate reinforcers. While MSWO preference assessments are efficacious, the methods by which the initial items selected for an MSWO array are identified are less clear in the extant literature. This systematic literature review explores the various methods of identifying items for the MSWO stimulus array for adolescents (ages 10-21) with autism and other developmental disabilities. Out of 277 studies identified, 30 met inclusion criteria. Results indicate that item inclusion is typically derived from informal report, although most do not report how items were included. Structured interviews were done primarily in the context of evaluating the MSWO itself. Self-report of preferences was found in only 2 of 30 studies. Future research and implications are discussed.

 
53. Teaching Discrete Trial Training in a Virtual Reality Environment
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Snorri Johannson (Reykjavik University), Asa Ingimarsdottir (Klettaskóli), Hannes Vilhjálmsson (Reykjavik University)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Staff training is an essential component when implementing an effective behavior change procedure to children with autism and developmental disabilites. Unfortunately due to the lack of resources and time constraints many institutions or schools may not be able to sufficiently train staff. Virtual Reality is a viable alternative to train various skills. In a VR environment one can both actively practice skills as well as receive feedback while engaging in the activity. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a VR environment in training staff to implement steps in Discrete Trial Training (DTT). Participants were teachers in a school for children with developmental disabilities. Performance in DTT was compared and evaluated after baseline, lecture, and VR training in a multiple baseline design across participants. All participants mastered the steps of DTT after VR training. This study is the first in examining the effectiveness of VR environment in training DTT skills. We discuss implications as well as future research in the area.

 
54. An Evaluation of the Efficacy of Behaviour Therapy on Deferring Emergency Department Visits as a Result of Behaviour in Dementia Care
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
NICK FELTZ (ONTABA; The Royal Ottawa Mental Health Centre)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Champlain Behavioural Support System received enhanced funding in August 2016 from the Behavioural Supports Ontario (BSO) initiative for BSO staffing resources to long-term care homes (LTCHs) and to other health service providers. With direction from the Champlain Local Health Integrated Network (LHIN) came the development of the Behaviour Therapy program within the Royal Ottawa’s Geriatric Psychiatry Program. The Behaviour Therapists (BTs) are now integrated within a collaborative model of service delivery in the Geriatric Psychiatry Outreach and BSO teams in LTCHs across the Champlain LHIN. Since Behaviour Therapy aims to provide effective evidence based and non-pharmacological services to maintain and/or improve the quality of life for the populations in which they serve. Therefore, the purpose of the current evaluation is to isolate BSO data recorded by the BTs, in an attempt to identify the efficacy of the BT role at deferring emergency department (ED) visits for behaviour within the collaborative model of service delivery. New to Dementia care, this discipline is yielding preliminary results in effectively addressing socially significant behaviour as part of a collaborative model of service delivery. Further isolation of the independent variables responsible for deferring ED visits is necessary to hypothesize BT efficacy within the program’s collaborative model of service delivery. However, the BTs have been effective thus far in maintaining near zero rates of ED visits while triaging the increasing number of BT referrals. An exhaustive evaluation of this new role and program is ongoing.
 
55. A Comparison of Accuracy and Frequency Building on the Emergence of Stimulus Equivalence
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM MICHAEL PEAL (Bierman ABA; Pennsylvania State University), Richard M. Kubina (Pennsylvania State University), Patrick Haren (Haugland Learning Center)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavioral fluency is that combination of speed plus accuracy that allows competent individuals to perform effectively and efficiently in their natural environment. Frequency building is a commonly used practice method for developing behavioral fluency. Accuracy building is a procedure used frequently in classic discrete trial training paradigms. The present study compared the impact of a frequency building procedure to that of an accuracy building procedure on the emergence of stimulus equivalence relations. Using a match-to-sample procedure within an alternating treatments design, the frequency building condition consisted of 10, 4-minute practice blocks with 1-minute of error correction directly after each 1-minute practice trial. The accuracy building condition consisted of 10, 5-minute practice blocks with error correction following each incorrect response. A control condition (no feedback) consisted 10, 5-minute practice blocks. Findings from alternating the conditions demonstrate mixed results. However, when evaluating cross-phase measures, the frequency building condition resulted in the desirable change in learning, in terms of correct incorrect deriving of equivalence relations for four of the five participants. The findings for the four participants support the conclusion that frequency building promoted more robust accuracy plus speed and decreased the likelihood of responding.

 
56. Does Sex Influence Board Certified Behavior Analysts Use of Evidence-Based Principles?
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA HENDERSON (Ball State University), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a decision making model for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to implement when selecting treatments for clients. Because BCBAs are faced with the difficult task of selecting appropriate treatments for their individual clients, they must often use their professional judgment to integrate the best available evidence with relevant client variables in order to select, retain, adapt, and/or reject a treatment (Wilczynski, 2017). Our survey asked BCBAs to rate how often, based on percentage of time, they used different sources of evidence before selecting a treatment. Relevant sources of evidence to consider before selecting a treatment include: narrative reviews, systematic reviews, client history, and current client data (Wilczynski, 2017). Results indicate significant differences (p <.01) in the use of client data, historical or current, among male and female BCBAs when selecting a treatment. EBP practitioners are data-driven and historical or current client data is an invaluable source of evidence that when combined with other sources of evidence (i.e., narrative or systematic reviews, or client history) can lead to selecting a more appropriate treatment for the individual client (Wilczynski, 2017).

 
57. The Effects of Visual and Verbal Prompts and Behavioral Economics to Increase On-Task Behaviors in Physical Education Class
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
DYLAN PALMER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Simmons College), Doreen Fletcher (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Anthony Green (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Allison Rosenberg (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A treatment package was developed targeting physical education sessions for individuals diagnosed with emotional behavior disorders, in an effort to increase on-task behaviors and decrease challenging behaviors. The setting was a residential facility for individuals with intellectual disabilities and emotional behavior disorders, and the treatment package was developed in collaboration with the APE Teachers and Clinicians. The initial challenge expressed was that students would have excessive latency getting changed during a 30 minute session, and would impede both their personal and classroom performances in PE class, as it would prevent the staff from running the class. The treatment package included establishing rules for the classroom, including verbal cues, visual cues, and ultimately running the contingency twice (once at the beginning of class and once at the end). This was done additionally as a generalization of a behavioral economic system that was currently in place within the classroom. The conditions to pass the contingency were established at the individual level. Data will be provided for the individual as well as overall classroom performance. Although in the initial phase of service delivery implementation, the initial results appear positive and the APE Teachers are reporting an increase in overall performance across their sessions.

 
58. Impact of Training Plus Implementation Support on Preschool Teachers' Use of Naturalistic Instruction
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SALIH RAKAP (Ondokuz Mayis University, Samsun, Turkey), Sinan Kalkan (Ondokuz Mayis University, Samsun, Turkey), Serife Balikci (Dumlupinar Primary School, Samsun, Turkey), Burak Aydin (Recep Tayyip Erdogan University, Rize, Turkey)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Supporting development and learning of young children with disabilities in inclusive early childhood settings is a priority for the field of early childhood special education. Purpose of this study was to investigate impacts of a professional development package consisting of training+implementation support on preschool teachers' implementation of embedded learning trials (ELTs) within context of naturalistic teaching and examine corollary relationships between teachers' implementation and child learning outcomes. A multiple probe across participants design was used with four preschool teachers and four children with developmental disabilities. Following baseline phase that lasted 5 sessions, teachers participated in two training sessions on naturalistic instruction. Next, the first teacher entered into intervention phase and began receiving implementation support from a trained coach while others remained in post-training phase where they implemented ELTs based on what they learned in trainings. Once the first teacher reached criterion performance, the second teacher entered into intervention phase and same procedure were applied until the last teacher reached to criterion and two sessions of maintenance data were collected from all participants. Findings showed that for all four teachers, training+implementation support was effective in increasing their correct implementation of ELTs; as teachers' implementation increased, children' unprompted correct responding also increased.

 
59. Knock Knock, Who's There: Use of Jokes as Reinforcement Within Shaping to Increase Social Interactions
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN CHARLES BLEJEWSKI (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tiffany Phasukkan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ruth M. Hurst (Central Regional Hospital)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Shaping may be an effective intervention for individuals that engage in very little behavior, such as those with catatonia or selective mutism. This intervention evaluated the use of a shaping procedure to increase duration of training sessions and spontaneous verbal behavior for a patient who routinely responded to all interaction attempts by saying, "I would rather not participate." A preference assessment indicated that being told a joke was a potential reinforcer. Thus, for phases 1 and 2, jokes were first used to reinforce increases in duration and then for answering simple questions. Session duration and questions asked gradually increased across sessions, but responses were limited to one or few word answers. Eventually, the goal shifted to increase instances of spontaneous verbal behavior, or those not prompted via questions. As the individual sustained interaction without the jokes, jokes and questions were removed. As a result, instances of spontaneous verbal behavior increased as a function of the removal of jokes and questions, and an increase in the duration of sessions. Generalization and maintenance sessions are currently being conducted. Results indicated that shaping may be an effective intervention for individuals with catatonia or selective mutism to increase behavior such as social interactions.

 
60. A Promising New Functional Assessment of Behavior Questionnaire for Use in an In-Patient Psychiatric Setting
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY PHASUKKAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ruth M. Hurst (Central Regional Hospital)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Determining relationships between disruptive behaviors and their consequences is important when developing behavioral interventions for psychiatric patients. This project evaluated variables maintaining a patient's disruptive behaviors using the Questions about Behavior Function; Mental Illness and a new Functional Assessment of Behavior (FAB). The attention function ranked first as a maintaining variable for this patient's disruptive behaviors on both questionnaires. This information was used to create an intervention to increase the instructor's frequency of interactions when the patient was not engaging in disruptive behavior. As the frequency of appropriate interactions increased there was an overall decrease in disruptive instances across sessions. The similar results of the two functional assessments suggest the FAB's validity. The decreasing trend of disruptive instances as a function of increased interactions suggests that the attention function was a valid result of the FAB. These results suggest that the FAB is a promising assessment tool for psychiatric patients.

 
61. An Analysis of the Relationship Between the Professions of Behavior Analysis and Psychology: Texas
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Jan Aiello (MHMR of Tarrant County)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: A procedure for exploring the relationship between the professions of behavior analysis and psychology within a state or province was examined. The analysis used information publicly available online. Comparisons made included: competencies/tasks states as required for the professional examination for behavior analysis and psychology (respectively, the Behavior Analysis Certification Board [BACB] examination and the Examination of Professional Practice of Psychology [EPPP]), credentials (BACB credentials and state psychology licensure) of leaders of the respective state professional organizations and faculty of programs with BACB approved course sequences and of APA-approved psychology graduate programs in the state. Additionally, apparent behavior analytic content of course of courses in the graduate programs was rated (based on online course descriptions).
 
63. Central Regional Hospital Functional Assessment of Behavior: A Functional Assessment Tool for the Psychiatric Setting
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTANY WILLIAMS (Central Regional Hospital), Ruth M. Hurst (Central Regional Hospital), Tiffany Phasukkan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Anna Tillery (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ryan Charles Blejewski (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Functional assessments are used in the field of behavior analysis to aid in the development of behavioral interventions based on the identified function(s) of problem behavior. Numerous assessment tools have been used, including the Questions about Behavioral Function for Mental Illness (QABF-MI). The QABF-MI is a questionnaire with acceptable psychometric properties containing questions related to attention, tangible, escape/avoidance, and nonsocial/sensory functions. Central Regional Hospital developed its own functional assessment questionnaire called the Functional Assessment of Behavior (FAB). The FAB uses language familiar to those in the psychiatric hospital setting to identify the possible function of problem behavior. The FAB and QABF-MI were administered via staff interview for eleven patients. The results from the assessments were compared to determine if they resulted in similar functions of problem behavior. The results from the FAB followed closely with the QABF-MI. Based on the findings, the FAB appears useful for identifying the potential function of problem behavior in a psychiatric setting. Further assessment should occur to determine whether interventions based on FAB results have the expected effects.

 
64. Attention Maintained Vocal Stereotypy: A Clinical Demonstration
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KENDRA GUINNESS (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Samantha LaPointe (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Nancy B Hlystek (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: Stereotypy typically presents as repetitive and non-functional. Previous research implies that stereotypy is often maintained by automatic reinforcement in that reinforcement occurs absent of social mediation. However, there may be cases wherein stereotypy is maintained by social contingencies. The current analysis examined the vocal stereotypy of an adult male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. First, an alone screen was conducted to determine if vocal stereotypy in the form of scripting persisted in the absence of social contingencies. During the repeated alone conditions, scripting reduced to near zero levels, indicative of an extinction pattern. Next, a single-function test was conducted in which contingent and noncontingent attention conditions were alternated via a multielement design. Scripting was consistently elevated during the contingent attention condition relative to the noncontingent attention condition, suggesting scripting was maintained by access to attention in the form of matched scripting. This clinical demonstration shows the importance of validating pre-treatment hypotheses prior to moving to treatment. Interobserver agreement was collected for 100% of sessions (M = 91%; range, 81%-100%).
 
65. A Component Analysis of Behavioral Skills Training With Preschool Teachers
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Kayla Diane Brachbill (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Lee Smock (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) as a treatment package has been shown as an effective teaching strategy; however, the influence of individual components within BST (e.g., instruction, feedback, etc.) is less well known. The purpose of the current study was to determine if components of BST could be used in isolation to increase appropriate proactive responses and decrease inappropriate reactive responses within a classroom setting. Data indicate the component that resulted in the greatest changes in behavior was feedback for both proactive and reactive responses. Follow-up probes indicated low maintenance of proactive responses but stable maintenance of reactive responses for both teachers. Overall, the results of this study suggest individual components of BST have the potential to create behavior change, independent of the application of the entire, standard sequence of training components. However, conclusions are limited due to lack of replication.

 
 
 
Poster Session #84
VRB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas)
66. Teaching Talker-Echoic Repertoire to Kids With Apraxia, Autism, Speech Delay and Other Developmental Disabilities
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIBEL CASTILLO BERMUDEZ (Tucci Learning Solutions Incorporated)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

The echoic is a verbal operant in which the topography of the behavior has point-to-point correspondence and formal similarity with the antecedent verbal stimulus that controls it and for which the reinforcement is not specific to the topography of the behavior (Skinner, 1957). A child's ability to imitate actions at 18 months old was a better predictor of his language skills at 36 months old than even gestures. (Child Development 2013). We cannot do anything with words until they are build on what was there before words existed (Catania). Imitation is a behavior cusp for the learner to produce generative responses. Echoic Training involves bringing verbal responses under the functional control of verbal SDs that have point-to-point correspondence and formal similarity with the response. Instructional Control and Joint attention were also established before presenting the target tasks. Teacher's proximity has to be tolerated by the learners. Learners must at least sit for 5 minutes to complete 5 parts of a task; Learners must at least follow a series of 3-5 Firm single-step directions in a playful context. Using the CLM Tools, the non-directed (play skills) and problem solver-mand repertoires (asking) were first established to strengthen the learner's participation and as replacement of undesirable behaviors before introducing imitation training. The present research will also give information about the pace of learning for NAÏVE Learners concerning to their limited echoic repertoire. The purpose of the study is to evaluate the importance of motor imitation as pre-requisite skill and/or in teaching vocal imitation/ echoic for learners with apraxia, autism, speech delay and other developmental disorders using Competent Learner Model Curriculum (Observer-imitate; Problem Solver and Participator). This study will enable the learners to repeat the teacher's vocal distinct sound (i.e. "ahh"), generally to transfer the response form to other more advanced verbal operants as the end goal.

 
67. Pat, Tap, Clap, "Hey": Using Behavioral Momentum to Promote Echoic Responding
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
GARET S. EDWARDS (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nicole Hendrix (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Ashley Stevens (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Delays in speech and language development are prevalent among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). It is estimated that 30% of school-aged children with ASD are minimally verbal or fail to develop language (Rogers, 2006; Tager-Flusberg, Lord, & Paul, 2005; Tager-Flusberg & Kasari, 2014), which increases the risk of poor outcomes later in life (Billstedt et al., 2007). Previous research suggests that presenting a sequence of high probability behaviors before a low probability vocal behavior may facilitate vocal responding in nonverbal children (i.e. Ross & Greer, 2003; Tsiouri & Greer, 2003). The current study aimed to test the clinical application of presenting a high probability motor imitation sequence in rapid succession prior to presenting a low probability echoic. One 3-year-old male with autism who emitted spontaneous vocalizations but displayed deficits in echoic skills participated in the study. A multiple baseline design across echoic sets was utilized. Echoic responding did not consistently occur during the pretest or in baseline for all three sets of sounds. Results of the intervention showed an increase in echoic responding across all three sets of sounds and an acquired generalized echoic repertoire.

 
68. Developing Augmented Mand in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Naturalistic Approaches
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

To date, there have been a few studies that have directly focused on using symbol discrimination training and naturalistic teaching approaches when teaching augmented mands to young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Therefore, we aimed to expand the literature by determining whether (a) applying natural environment training (NET) will facilitate augmented mand in young children with ASD, (b) utilizing a three-phase discrimination training procedure will improve symbol discrimination when using an iPad with Proloquo2Go (i.e., augmentative alternative communication[AAC] app) to mand, and (c) generalizing of augmented mand will occur across multiple stimuli (i.e., preferred items, common communication partners-therapists). We used a multiple probe design across three-phase symbol-discrimination training to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Two participants between the ages of 3 and 5 were taught to select a target symbol when presented with varying number of non-target symbols. Therapists who frequently interacted with the participants were trained to implement the intervention during free playtime within their natural environment. Our results revealed that the discrimination training and naturalistic teaching methods yield high-to-medium effects on the acquisition of augmented mand and the generalization of such skills across novel stimuli.

 
69. Effects of Mand-Model Approach on Augmented Mand and Natural Speech Production in Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
REEM MUHARIB (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Research indicate 30% of children with autism may never develop functional spoken language (Wodka et al., 2013). One way to support communication of children with autism is with augmentative and alternative communication systems such as speech-generating devices (SGDs). Roche et al. (2014) and Gevarter et al. (2016) examined whether the use of an SGD would increase the vocal production of children with developmental disabilities. While all children learned to use the SGD, vocal production only increased in some children. The current study examined the effects of using an iPad as an SGD on manding skills of children with ASD/DD ages 5 to 8 years old with limited speech skills using a multiple probe across participants design. Intervention consisted of progressive time-delay, differential reinforcement, and least to most prompting. The child was required to access the App (GoTalk Now), then touch one of 9 icons that presented 9 different items, and vocally mand after evoking the speech-output. Data were collected on both iPad-based manding, and vocal manding. Generalization probes across the classroom teacher and follow-up probes were collected as well as social validity data. Results indicate the all three children learned to request via the iPad. Vocal production has substantially increased.

 
70. Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Respond to Intraverbals About the Past
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (Rollins College; Johanna McDonald, LLC), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Responding to intraverbals regarding past events is a developmental milestone typically reached by age three or four. Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) might struggle with this skill in comparison to their neurotypical peers. This experiment describes a methodology for teaching subjects with ASD to respond to intraverbals based on past events by systematically increasing delays between stimulus presentation and delivery of an intraverbal prompt. We expect response accuracy, regarding past events after a 30-min delay, to increase after treatment. Results of this experiment expand existing research on intraverbals and demonstrate a treatment method for teaching advanced intraverbals.

 
71. Variables Contributing to the Emergence of Intraverbal Responses After Listener Training
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CYNTHIA DELA ROSA (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

In Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior, several elementary verbal operants are defined as being functionally independent of one another. However, circumstances have been identified in which training one verbal operant will result in untrained (emergent) responses in another verbal operant. One such area which has attracted special attention in prior research is the relationship between listener training (e.g., selecting pictures or items in the presence of a verbal stimulus) and intraverbal responding. Results from previous studies conducted with typically developing children and children with autism alike have shown mixed results, and the variables contributing to emergent intraverbals after listener training remain somewhat unclear. The current study extends the findings of prior research by conducting listener training with and without tact requirements for two children with autism using a multiple baseline across target sets. Collateral responses during training were tracked in order to permit a more fine-grained analysis of variables that predict or account for emergent responding. Results suggest that tacts emitted during listener training were predictive of emergent intraverbals, and the tact training condition most reliably produced emergent intraverbals. These findings have clinical significance for behavior analysts seeking efficient means of teaching intraverbals to individuals with autism.

 
72. Establishing Substitutive Stimulus Function for the Development of Intraverbal Learning
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SHU-HWEI (SUE) KE (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of establishing substitutive stimulus function for the development of intraverbal learning. Two children with autism who have extensive tact repertoires but minimal intraverbal repertoires participated. A multiple probe design was used. During the baseline, a tact session always precedes a toy play session. Participants were asked to tact the toy. Following that, they were provided the opportunity to engage with 5 different toys. No feedback and consequence were given during the session. This was followed by intraverbal probe session. During the probe, no toys were present and participants were asked the same question (e.g., "what toy did you play with?"). Percent correct of intraverbal responses were recorded. During the substitution training, the procedures are the same as described in baseline except for two differences. First, each toy was presented with a specific container. Second, during the probe session, a specific container associated with the toy was presented with the intraverbal question simultaneously. The results show the percentage of correct intraverbal responses increased and was able to maintain for both participants.

 
73. Using Instructive Feedback to Teach Untrained Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH VEAZEY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amberly Bossert (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Iulia Runcanu (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: The purpose of this procedure was to extend upon the work of Vladescu and Kodak (2013) in the area of instructive feedback. Researchers wanted to extend upon this research by determining whether instructive feedback is effective within two different operants. After obtaining baseline, there were two types of sessions; probe sessions for untaught intraverbal responses and teaching sessions for targeted tacts. The protocol was as follows; 1) the participant tacted a picture (or was prompted to do so), 2) instructive feedback was delivered as a related statement to the tacting stimulus, 3) reinforcement was provided contingent upon correct tact responding, 4) probing occurred later to determine whether the statement was learned as an intraverbal. An eight-year-old diagnosed with autism participated and all sessions took place during normal therapy times. An alternating treatment design nested within a multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the results. The results indicated that the procedure was effective and intraverbals were learned using instructive feedback and not specific prompting or reinforcement procedures. Maintenance data collected after training also indicated that both the intraverbals and tacts maintained in her repertoire. This protocol demonstrates procedures that practitioners could use to make discrete trial training more efficient.
 
 
 
Poster Session #85
DDA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
74. Reducing Rapid Eating in a Child With a Developmental Disability Using Video-Enhanced Activity Schedules
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University; Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (University of Texas at Austin; Texas State University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Rapid eating (food stuffing) is an undesirable feeding behavior that may lead to adverse social and health consequences. While current research has evaluated other feeding problem behaviors such as food refusal, food selectivity, and ruminative operant vomiting, there is a lack of research involving rapid eating. We used a video-enhanced activity schedule intervention involving an iPad mini and the software application My Pictures Talk to teach appropriate eating and reduce dangerous food stuffing in an 8 year-old boy diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder—Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS), Bilateral Moderate-Severe Sensorineural hearing loss, and Severe Expressive and Receptive Language Disorder. A concurrent multiple probe design indicated that the intervention was effective in decreasing the frequency of food stuffs across three meals. Generalization probes suggest that the participant's improved eating behavior generalized from meals with the therapist to meals with his mother. The child's mother endorsed high social validity ratings indicating satisfaction with the intervention approach, treatment goals, and outcomes.

 
75. Using Video Prompting to Teach Vocational Skills to Adults With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTI STENCIL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

There is growing evidence that point of view (POV) video prompting (VP) is an effective method to teach vocational skills to adults with intellectual disabilities. Due to the need for effective and socially valid interventions to teach adults vocational skills in the workplace, studies using portable video instruction were evaluated to determine the effectiveness of self-guided teaching. A multiple baseline design was used evaluate the effectiveness of a POV VP to teach a multi-step scheduling task. All participants performed at 88-100% accuracy when the novel skill was introduced through POV VP. Three of the participants generalized the skill to their personal phones and maintained their performance to criterion levels four weeks later. Social validity results suggest that the use of an iPhone was a socially acceptable mode to deliver a video prompting intervention in a vocational setting.

 
76. Teaching Children With Intellectual Disabilities Through Video Prompting: Tablet Versus Smartphone
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SERIFE YUCESOY OZKAN (Anadolu University), Emrah Gulboy (Anadolu University), Feyat Kaya (Anadolu University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The current study aims to determine whether video prompting differs when provided on tablet compared with smartphone in terms of effectiveness and efficiency in teaching leisure skills to children with intellectual disabilities, which errors the participants demonstrate in the probe sessions, and the opinions of the mothers on the social validity of the study. Four children with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities, aged between 5 and 6 years old participated in the study. In order to compare the effectiveness of video prompting displayed by means of a tablet and smartphone in the study, an adapted alternating treatments design was used and replicated for all four children. The results indicate that video prompting was effective on both the tablet and smartphone at teaching leisure skills to children with intellectual disabilities, and that the acquired skills were maintained even after the end of the training. There was no significant difference between video prompting on the tablet and smartphone in terms of effectiveness and efficiency. In addition, the most common mistakes in probe sessions were sequence and duration errors, and the social validation findings of the study were positive. Implication for future research are discussed.

 
78. Using Video Prompting to Toilet Train Three Taiwanese Students With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of an instructional package, mainly using video prompting, to toilet train 3 junior high school students with developmental disabilities in Taiwan. Two students were taught to make bowel movements, and one student was taught to urinate. Toileting was divided into 15, 9 and 20 steps respectively, based on students' needs. Custom-made videos using an adult model were used during training. A multiple probe design across three participants was employed to assess the effects of the intervention. Results showed that the intervention package was effective in teaching toileting skills, and the skills were maintained for 2 months. The current study contributes to the small body of research literature regarding toilet training and video prompting, highlighting the needs of using custom-made videos to toilet train students with developmental disabilities to facilitate skill acquisition.

 
79. Video-Based Recreation and Leisure Activities for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

People diagnosed with developmental disabilities often have limited options for recreation and leisure activities during their free time at school, home, or other locations (Zijlstra & Vlaskamp, 2005). The purpose of this literature review was to analyze peer-reviewed journal articles that reported the outcomes of interventions used to teach video-based recreation and leisure activities to individuals with developmental disabilities. Examples of such recreation and leisure activities include playing video games, watching movies and videos, and participating in other video-related activities. Ten articles met the criteria for inclusion in the review, and the following information was analyzed: participant characteristics, setting, implementer, intervention components, research design, and results. Further, we analyzed reports of generalization, maintenance, treatment fidelity, and social validity data. Results of the synthesis indicate that researchers implemented a variety of common behavioral intervention methods, such as video modeling, activity schedules, manual prompting, visual prompting, and positive reinforcement. Multiple studies employed virtual reality technology as part of the intervention. Researchers conducted studies in varied environments such as day treatment centers, residential facilities, and schools. Participants ranged in age from 9 to 58 years old. Researchers reported positive results across all studies. Implications for practice and future avenues for research will be discussed.

 
80. An Evaluation of Individualized Visual Feedback on Hand Washing Behavior of Three Young Students With Developmental Disabilities and Emotional Impairments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NEIL DEOCHAND (University of Cincinnati), Haley Ciara Hughes (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

A multiple-baseline design across three individuals diagnosed with a developmental disability and/ or an emotional impairment was used to evaluate handwashing behavior after a video training, and then after providing individualized visual feedback on the outcome of handwashing behavior. The individualized visual feedback was provided by applying a substance that was luminescent under black light to the hands prior to washing and then providing visual feedback on the amount or the luminescent substance after each washing episode. Areas missed during handwashing glowed under a blacklight, providing feedback on the outcome of handwashing and serving as prompt and motivational operation for future handwashing behavior. The handwashing behaviors of three school-aged individuals were analyzed in terms of number of fluorescent spots on the hand, and the total amount of time spent handwashing. Results indicate that the fluorescent visual feedback was acceptable and entertaining for children with developmental and/or emotional disabilities and an effective intervention to improve the quality and motivation for handwashing.

 
81. Tolerance and Compliance Training Increases Independent Mands and Reduces Aggression
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JUSTIN D. DURHAM (University of Central Oklahoma), Betsy Chen (University of Central Oklahoma), Cade Brownell (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has indicated that after a functional communicative response (FCR) has been repeatedly strengthened with continuous reinforcement, the interventionist can gradually introduce and increase a delay between the FCR and delivery of reinforcer (Hagopian et al., 1998). Although there have been studies demonstrating the consequential effectiveness implementing functional communication training (FCT), problem behaviors can resume when the FCR is not maintained. The current study evaluated the effects of providing high-probability tasks during delayed reinforcement after FCR with a single participant (14 year old nonverbal male with Autism) who displayed aggression maintained by attention and denied access to tangibles based on observations. A multiple treatment reversal design was conducted using tolerance training and compliance training. Tolerance training was introduced after FCR was established. Once wait time increased to 10-seconds, high probability tasks were presented to the client after each FCR during compliance training. As criteria were met, more tasks were introduced while reinforcement was further delayed. Quantitative analyses found that aggression increased during compliance training while number of independent mands increased across treatments.

 
82. Teach Me Something I Don't Know! Using Eye Gaze Augmentative and Alternative Communication to Assess and Implement Discrete Trial Training with a Student With Severe Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA R THOMAS (Whitworth University), Flint L. Simonsen (Whitworth University), Kira Austin (Dominion ABA)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices have been widely and effectively used throughout classrooms, clinics, communities and homes. Specifically, teaching students to mand for preferred items and express needs. However, there is limited research on how to use AAC devices to assess a student's current level of performance and teach academic content. Furthermore, how can you properly assess a student that is unable to vocalize or physically deliver the target response? If we are unable to assess the student's current level of performance, then how can we effectively plan treatment or curriculum? A single-subject multiple probe design across academics research study was conducted, on the effectiveness of discrete trial training (DTT) procedures through the use of an eye tracking and AAC device to learn colors, shapes, and letters. The participant was a five year old boy with severe disabilities to the extent that he required a wheelchair for mobility and an AAC device for communication. Participants will be provided with procedures, practical strategies, and video demonstrations of implementation.

 
84. Mixed- Versus Fixed-Delays to Reinforcement: An Application of Risky Choice to Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL P. MULLANE (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Samantha Sallade (Syracuse University), Emily L. Baxter (Syracuse University)
Discussant: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional communication training is a treatment for reducing problem behavior in which individuals are taught an appropriate mand to access the reinforcer previously delivered for problem behavior. Research on risky choice (i.e., choice between fixed and variable alternatives) offers implications for functional communication training treatments that do not include an extinction component for problem behavior. Using a reversal design, the current study examined whether four preschool-age children diagnosed with a developmental disorder were sensitive to variance in delay to reinforcement during functional communication training. Sensitivity to variance in delay was assessed via the children's choices to mand or engage in problem behavior when concurrent mixed or fixed reinforcement delays were programmed for the two responses. Following a preference assessment and functional analysis, each child was taught a mand. Mixed and fixed reinforcement delays were then arranged for the response alternatives across experimental phases. Results indicated that two children were sensitive to variance in delay (i.e., allocated more responding toward the mixed delay across phases). Results are discussed in relation to previous research on functional communication training and risky choice. This study offers implications for future applications of risky choice to the treatment of problem behavior.

 
85. Implementation of the Research Units in Behavioral Intervention Autism Network Parent Training Program in Clinical Settings
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRYSTA PAIGE LAMOTTE (Marcus Autism Center), Valentina Postorino (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Karen Bearss (University of Washington ), Lindsey Burrell (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Research Units in Behavioral Intervention (RUBI) Parent Training for Disruptive Behaviors (PT) program is a manualized intervention based on ABA principles including the use of a parent-directed descriptive functional assessment followed by development of a treatment plan including manipulation of antecedents, consequences or both to reduce the child's disruptive and noncompliant behavior and teach functionally equivalent behaviors. The current study aimed to test the efficacy of the manual when translated to a community clinical setting. The study investigated 54 families enrolled in the Marcus Autism Center's RUBI Parent Training program from July 2015 to July 2017. Children's average age was 6.61 (SD=2.21), 90% were males, the majority were Caucasian (57.8%), followed by African American (35.6%). Response to treatment was described using the Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC) Home Situations Questionnaire (HSQ) at baseline, mid-point of treatment, end of treatment, and follow-up). There was a significant reduction (p=.001) in noncompliant behavior reported through the HSQ and in disruptive behavior (p=.001) reported through the ABC from baseline to post-treatment assessments. This preliminary data suggests promising replication of the RUBI PT model in diverse clinical settings, yet larger scale trials completed through randomized clinical trials would increase the ability to standardize this program.

 
87. Evaluating the Generalization of Caregivers' Use of Reinforcement With Clients in a Residential Facility
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY LICAUSI (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Newkirk (University of North Texas), Lauren Marie Speckin (ABA of Wisconsin)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Verbal praise is a consequence that caregivers can provide quickly and with relatively minimal effort; it is also often an effective reinforcer for increasing the frequency at which clients with intellectual disabilities engage in appropriate behavior. However, caregivers often do not provide verbal praise when clients engage in appropriate behavior. Direct support caregivers in a residential facility were previously taught to reinforce appropriate behaviors using verbal praise. Written and verbal instructions, modeling, role-plays, and feedback were used across multiple training settings to teach caregivers how to perform the steps required for reinforcement. Prior to the study, compliance and attention-getting behaviors were identified as appropriate (i.e., "reinforceable") behaviors for the majority of clients in the facility. The current project assesses the generalization of caregivers' use of reinforcement for compliance and appropriate attention-getting behaviors with clients in the natural environment. For caregivers performing below criterion, a progressive prompt delay was used to train them to identify opportunities to use reinforcement. When caregivers are able to identify opportunities independently, the fidelity with which reinforcement is delivered is assessed. Feedback will be used to retrain caregivers who do not demonstrate all steps of reinforcement accurately. Baseline results indicate that some caregivers require additional training to identify opportunities to use reinforcement in the natural environment.

 
88. Developing a System to Assess Generalization of Caregivers'Use of Differential Reinforcement in a Residential Facility
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY LICAUSI (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Newkirk (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Non-dangerous, annoying behavior (sometimes referred to as "junk" behavior) is common among individuals with intellectual disabilities. One approach to addressing these behaviors is to withhold attention contingent on the occurrence of such behaviors and provide it only when the client has begun to engage in better behavior. Caregivers, however, frequently provide attention contingent on these behaviors, which may reinforce them. In the current project, caregivers had been previously taught to ignore junk behavior and differentially reinforce appropriate behavior (pivot) when interacting with clients. In the current project common junk behaviors occurring in a residential facility were identified and graduate research assistants were trained to identify junk behaviors in the natural environment during single-opportunity probes. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was used to refine the definitions of junk behavior when feedback was not sufficient to produce agreement between observers. Graduate assistants were also taught to score opportunities for caregivers to pivot, or attend to better behavior, in the natural environment. Result showed that it is possible to operationally define opportunities to implement the pivot procedure in the natural environment and to train observers to record opportunities and caregiver responses accurately.

 
89. Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Treatment Fidelity With Parents of Children With Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
DIANA SOCIE (University of South Florida), Yannick Andrew Schenk (May Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior skills training (BST) is a procedure that can be used to teach a variety of skills, including conducting functional analyses (Ward-Horner & Sturmey, 2012), discrete trial instruction (Crockett, Fleming, Doepke, & Stevens, 2007), and natural language paradigm teaching skills (Gianoumis, Seiverling, & Sturmey, 2012). However, there are currently no published studies analyzing the extent to which BST improves training for parents with their own children with developmental disabilities and behavior disorders. To that end, we used BST to train parents to implement multi-component interventions (e.g., functional communication training, extinction) for severe problem behavior. Participants were three mothers whose children were receiving clinic-based outpatient behavioral treatment for aggression or self-injury. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effects of BST on the parents' skill acquisition of the interventions. Parents' integrity of treatment implementation was initially evaluated after watching a therapist implement the intervention with their child. Then, BST was conducted with mothers using confederate staff. After participants met mastery criterion for implementing the multi-component interventions, their performance generalized when they were asked to implement treatments with their own children. Results are discussed in terms of parent adherence to intensive behavioral interventions.

 
90. Further Evaluation of Maintenance of Skills Taught Using a Competency-Based Training Package
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MADISON BROWN (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Newkirk (University of North Texas), Kellen-Jade Harris (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Maintenance of skills taught using Behavior Skills Training (BST) is important to validate the enduring effectiveness of training packages and provide insight about which skills are more or less likely to maintain. Maintenance is typically assessed using follow-up probes that occur within one year of the participants receiving the initial training. A prior study in the current context evaluated maintenance of three basic behavior management skills taught using Behavior Skills Training up to one year following initial training. Previous literature suggests that the length of time since initial training can be a contributing factor to decreased performance in follow-up probes. The purpose of the current study was to assess maintenance of three behavior management tools taught using a Behavior Skills Training package in a large residential care facility with incumbent staff members who received initial training more than one year prior to follow-up probes. For those participants who did not demonstrate 100% accuracy on the use of any of the three tools, brief booster sessions (15-35 minutes) were conducted immediately following maintenance probes to increase treatment integrity. For those participants who received booster sessions, a second follow-up maintenance probe was conducted at least one week following the initial maintenance probe and booster sessions. The purpose of the secondary follow-up probes was to assess the efficacy of the booster sessions in re-establishing the skills in the participants’ repertoires.
 
91. An Evaluation of Antecedent Interventions to Improve Treatment Integrity
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LISA KAY BEARD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daymond Cooper (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Complex behavioral interventions involving multiple treatment components (e.g., extinction, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, response interruption and redirection) are often required to adequately address severe problem behavior in individuals with autism and/or intellectual disability. Previous studies suggest that decreases in the integrity with which these components are implemented may negatively impact their effectiveness at producing desired reductions in problem behavior (St. Peter Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010). The current studies evaluated the effects of an antecedent intervention via materials (Study 1) and procedural (Study 2) checklists on the integrity with which an empirically derived, individualized treatment protocol was implemented by 15 direct care staff in a clinical setting. After an initial baseline where participants received standard training, both checklists were evaluated separately within the context of a modified alternating treatments design. Targeted treatment components consisted of extinction, response interruption and redirection, differential reinforcement of alternative and other behavior, presence of visual rules, signaled availability via a multiple schedule, and competing items. Results showed the intervention increased treatment integrity for over 81% of participants. Interobserver agreement was above 80% for all targeted behaviors. Considerations on utility and generalization of this strategy in school and community settings will be discussed.

 
92. Using Interactive Web Training to Support Parents in the Management of Challenging Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
STÉPHANIE TURGEON (Université de Montréal), Brigitte Marleau (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Alexie Gendron (Université de Montréal), Diane Morin (Université du Québec à Montréal), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Given that children with developmental disabilities often engage in high levels of challenging behavior, we developed a behavior analytic interactive web training (IWT) designed to support parents in addressing this issue. The purpose of our initial study was to conduct a preliminary examination of (a) its effects on function identification and treatment selection by parents, (b) its implementation, and (c) its social validity. To this end, 26 parents of children with developmental disabilities responded to function identification and treatment selection tasks before and after following the 2-hr training. We then conducted a randomized control trial to examine its effects on challenging behavior and parental practices in 40 families. Our results show that parents were more accurate in the identification of behavioral function and selected more adequate treatments following IWT. Furthermore, the training was short, generally easy to follow, and rated highly by parents. Our results suggest that IWT appears to be a viable training tool to support parents in the reduction of challenging behavior.

 
93. The Effects of Differential Positive Reinforcement on the Accuracy of Data Collection With Direct Service Providers of Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHON KALIK (Services for the Underserved), Tiffany Salmon (Services for the Underserved)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The direct measure of behavior is the foundation of Applied Behavior Analysis. Valid, accurate, and reliable data is critical in making informed decisions that affect the service delivery for the individuals we work with. This study will evaluate the effectiveness of differential positive reinforcement on the accuracy of data collection with direct service providers of adults with developmental disabilities. Accuracy will be determined by collecting Interobserver Agreement between the Direct Service Provider and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in a group home setting. Researchers will use paired choice preference assessments to determine a preference hierarchy and deliver potential reinforcers, in least-to most order, for reaching each set criterion throughout the changing criteria design. This paper will discuss the implications for future research related to the effects of positive reinforcement on accuracy of data collection with Direct Service Providers. As well as, how changes in accuracy affect the collection of behavioral data in group home settings with adults with developmental disabilities.

 
94. Caregiver Factors Related to Reports of Self-Injurious Behavior Severity
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
Leroy McDonald Williams (University of Wisconsin-Madison), ANDREA BEATRICE LUPAS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), William MacLean (University of Wisconsin-Madison; Waisman Center), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

OBJECTIVE. To explore caregiver factors associated with severity ratings of self injurious behavior (SIB) in 196 children with developmental concerns using demographic characteristics and standardized measures of parenting stress and SIB. MEASURES. Caregivers completed the Inventory for Client and Agency Planning (ICAP) to assess the severity of their children's SIB and the Parenting Stress Index - Short Form to measure the magnitude of parent self-reported stress levels. Demographic factors of interest included level of education, race, occupation, and household structure. RESULTS. Caregiver factors statistically associated with higher SIB severity ratings were household structure and parental education. Specifically, two-parent households and parents with a college education reported lower severity of SIB than parents with a high school education or those who provided care as a single parent. There was a trend of Parental Distress associated with greater SIB severity. CONCLUSIONS. Higher ratings of SIB severity were related to parental education and household structure. Although causal direction cannot be inferred, the findings are consistent with existing literature linking caregiver factors and the occurrence of atypical behavior in children with developmental disabilities.

 
95. Text Message Performance Feedback for Preservice Teachers in Early Intervention and Early Childhood Special Education
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Sloan Storie (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Tracy McKinney (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Early childhood special education (ECSE) provides critical services and support for young children. Research indicates that quality experiences early on can improve outcomes over time (Bierman, Heinrichs, Welsh, 2014). Quality EI/ECSE services allow for children with special needs to learn from peers, receive intervention from natural change agents, and develop across domains. Despite the documented importance of effective intervention and quality services in early childhood, ECSE teachers and early interventionists are at a shortage. ECSE teacher shortages are endemic across the age range, but potentially most vital in early childhood settings (Chisholm, 2015). Evidence bases are developing the most effective ways to train teachers to be effective service providers. As this research base develops, new and innovative teacher training methodologies have been created to more effectively and efficiently address this need. The current study examined the efficacy of text-based performance feedback on increased use of teacher strategies to address social communication skills in young children with or at risk for disabilities. Specifically, student teachers received feedback via text message on brief videos of their use of naturalistic teaching strategies to increase manding and play in young children with developmental disabilities. Initial results of a non-concurrent multiple probe across participants design are reported, opportunities for future research are discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #86
AUT Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2018
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
97. Reducing Vocal Stereotypy and Increasing Appropriate Vocalization Using Response Interruption and Redirection
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GITA SRIKANTH (ABA India), Swati Narayan (ABA India)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy which includes non-contextual vocalizations and socially inappropriate speech presents itself as a problem behavior in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Vocal Stereotypy functions as a barrier to efficient learning for the individual emitting the behavior. It also socially isolates the individual engaging in the behavior and restricts his access to social reinforcement. Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has emerged as a well-documented method of increasing contextually appropriate vocalizations and decreasing inappropriate (non-contextual) speech and sounds. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the decrease in occurrence of inappropriate vocalizations that served no communicative purpose and was automatically maintained. The participant in the single subject study was a teenager with a diagnosis of ASD who exhibited high levels of vocal stereotypy. Each instance of vocal stereotypy emitted by the participant resulted in vocal demands being placed on him by the therapist in a clinical setting. The therapist withdrew the vocal demands once the participant successfully responded to three consecutive demands without engaging in Vocal Stereotypy. The follow up probes conducted by the specific therapist who had implemented the procedure earlier showed that Vocal Stereotypy was maintained at post treatment levels.

 
98. Effects of a Mindfulness-Based Training Program on Behaviour Intervention Procedural Fidelity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOPHIE ROBITAILLE (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St.A mant Research Centre; University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a lifelong developmental disability that is characterized by challenges with social communication and social interaction as well as repetitive behaviours, interests, or activities (Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015). An effective instructional approach for children with ASD is Discrete Trials Teaching (DTT). Mindfulness training has been applied to improve attention, reflection, and skillful responding (Bishop et al., 2004) and has been found to improve work performance (Bond & Bunce, 2003; Ostafin & Kassman, 2012; Ruedy & Schweitzer, 2010; Singh et al., 2009, 2015). Therefore, the present study aims to evaluate the effectiveness of a mindfulness training program on procedural fidelity of staff conducting DTT with children with ASD. Participants will consist of six autism tutors and their clients from St.Amant Autism Programs. In a concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants, two trained observers will record the accuracy with which autism tutors deliver prescribed DTT steps. During the intervention phase, autism tutors will complete the mindfulness training program. Observations of tutors' DTT performance will continue during this phase. A follow-up phase will be implemented one week following the cessation of the intervention phase in which observations of tutors' DTT performance will resume for 5 days.

 
99. Fathers of Children With Autism: Developmental Influences and Inclusionary Practices
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIE LAROSA (University of Rochester)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Fathers of children with autism are influential in their children's development and care, yet struggle with accepting the diagnosis and finding effective support systems for their children. Barriers such as job constraints and minimal training opportunities limit fathers' abilities to be more involved in their children's care. Service providers and educators need to be sensitive to the fathers' distinct needs and address their concerns through training and education separate from the mothers. As fathers learn to adapt to the demands related to their children's diagnosis of autism they experience a sense of empowerment and increase their level of involvement. Empirical studies addressing inclusionary practices for fathers of children with autism are limited and present as a gap in the extant literature. This poster will review existing literature on the barriers and concerns experienced by fathers as they manage the internal and external challenges encountered while raising children diagnosed with autism, including suggestions for service providers and educators involved in parent training.

 
100. Reliability and Treatment Fidelity in the Autism Spectrum Disorder Research in Japan and Taiwan
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Shin-Ping Tsai (National Taipei University of Education), Pei-Yu Chen (National Taipei University of Education), Liyuan Gong (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), HIROSHI ASAOKA (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

While previous reviews provide a snapshot of the current status of the research quality within autism spectrum disorder (ASD)-focused journals, including only English language studies does not represent the quality of the literature published in languages other than English. To evaluate the overall quality of ASD intervention research, this current review summarizes inter-rater reliability (IRR) and treatment fidelity trends in ASD-focused research published in major Japanese and Taiwanese special education journals. To conduct this review, the following steps were taken: (a) literature search of the seven prominent journals in ASD and single-case research in Japan and Taiwan, (b) assessment of potential studies against pre-set inclusion and exclusion criteria, and (c) study coding of descriptive study characteristics and measures of reliability and treatment fidelity. As a result, a total of 198 articles met the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Overall increasing trends in the number of articles that reported IRR data with acceptable levels were observed over time in the Japanese journals while no such trend was found in the Taiwanese journals. In contrast, it was found that no article published in the Japanese journals had reported treatment fidelity data while overall increasing trends in the number of articles that reported treatment fidelity data with acceptable quality degrees were observed in the Taiwanese journals. To improve the overall quality of ASD intervention research, efforts should be made to report both IRR and treatment fidelity data with acceptable quality degrees both in English-language and Asian-language journals.

 
101. Effects of a Short-Term Intensive Behavioural Intervention Program on Student Outcomes in Inclusive Classrooms
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARK DONOVAN (Edmonton Catholic School District), Catherine Ellen Desmond (Edmonton Catholic School District)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often require specialized interventions to maximize their learning outcomes in inclusive classrooms. To explore the effects of a short-term Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) program on the learning outcomes for students with ASD, the Edmonton Catholic School District piloted a project comparing the rates of learning for students in inclusive classrooms, before and after participation in the Genesis Inclusive Support Transition (GIST) program. The GIST program provided IBI to 33 students (28 with ASD) in Grades 1-3 and Behavioural Skills Training to their Educational Assistants (EAs) for a period of 6-18 weeks. Student treatment plans were guided by the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills – Revised (ABLLS-R) and rates of learning were calculated based on the average number of ABLLS-R tasks achieved per week. EAs completed a self-report measure before and after GIST to show their changes in confidence and knowledge related to ASD and implementation of behaviour analytic techniques. Results showed that student rates of learning were higher in their inclusive classrooms and EAs reported increased confidence after participating in GIST. Social validity data were collected from parents and staff which showed a high level of acceptance for program components.
 
102. The Effects of Lower Intensity ABA Therapy (25 Hours or Less Weekly) as Measured by Progress on the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WENDY NEBBIA (Autism Learning Partners), Gregory Richmond Mancil (Autism Learning Partners)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Several research studies have demonstrated the success of using 30-40 hours per week of ABA therapy with young learners. However, client schedules and ability to participate in long sessions may limit hours available for therapy. Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of lower hours of ABA therapy provided on progress made as measured by VB MAPP milestones. Clients were assessed initially with the VB-MAPP Milestones Assessment, which is designed to provide a representative sample of a child's existing verbal and related skills. The assessment contains 170 measurable learning and language milestones that are sequenced and balanced across 3 developmental levels (0-18 months, 18-30 months, and 30-48 months). The skills assessed include mand, tact, echoic, intraverbal, listener, motor imitation, independent play, social and social play, visual perceptual and matching-to-sample, linguistic structure, group and classroom skills, and early academics. Data was collected by reassessing clients using the VB MAPP every 3-4 months after clients' participation in 25 hours or less per week of 1:1 therapy. Results indicate that clients who received 25 hours or less of quality ABA therapy were able to make significant progress as measured using the VB MAPP. Client gains ranged between an increase of 52 points and 95.5. points. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals diagnosed with autism in terms of prescription of ABA hours.

 
103. The Effects of Different Number of Warnings With Time-Out on Child Compliance to Parental Instructions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Laura Tardi (MacEwan University), MIRANDA MACAULEY (MacEwan University), Russell A. Powell (MacEwan University)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that time-out procedures can have a positive influence on compliance. The effect of giving a warning prior to a time-out has also been investigated with results showing that in the short run compliance improves when warnings are given; however, in the long run, compliance is better when warnings are not given. The current study examined whether similar results are found if multiple warnings are given before a time-out, using an ABCD design counterbalanced across participants. The participants were children with a history of noncompliance, and a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (n = 3). Parents implemented the procedure and received pre-training and post session feedback. We found that percentage compliance to initial instruction was highest in the no warning condition followed by the one warning condition and lowest in the multiple warnings condition. We also found that overall compliance was higher than compliance to initial instruction in the two warning conditions. The results of this study will benefit parents as they gain an understanding of the factors that influence compliance, which they can then implement in home or community.

 
104. Teaching Icon Discrimination With a Speech-Generating Device
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA GUERRERO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

When a child diagnosed with ASD is minimally verbal, speech-generating devices are commonly used to promote functional communication, which decreases problem behaviors and increases access to normalized environments (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). However, limited research has evaluated icon discrimination, a necessary skill for producing accurate communication responses (Lorah, Crouser, Gilroy, Tincani, & Hantula, 2014). This study replicates and extends the procedures of Lorah and colleagues (2014) in a naturalistic setting. A communication training protocol was implemented in which the number of icons on an iPad were systematically increased using stimulus prompts. The terminal step in the protocol included an array of four icons corresponding to high-preferred toys. Correspondence checks (Bondy & Frost, 1994) were conducted to evaluate icon discrimination. The two participants in this study had diagnoses of ASD, were minimally verbal, and had not received previous communication training with an iPad. Our results indicated that, consistent with Lorah and colleagues (2014), the protocol successfully produced accurate requesting for both participants. Implications for clinical practice will be discussed, such as how to efficiently teach accurate communication with an SGD in a naturalistic environment.

 
105. An Exploration of Temporal Discounting in Neurotypical Individuals and Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIKALA RAE HANSON (Rutgers University; Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University; Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a pervasive developmental disorder characterized by impairments in social communication, and restricted and repetitive interests and activities. While not a defining characteristic of ASD, many individuals with this diagnosis display issues with impulsivity. The presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and dramatically affects the intervention process. In the scientific literature, impulsivity is often conceptualized as an issue with temporal discounting. Temporal discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. Additionally, little research has been conducted comparing impulsivity of individuals with Autism who are lower functioning to typically developing individuals using real as opposed to hypothetical choices. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with both neurotypical individuals and individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice and a self-controlled choice. Indifference points were plotted. The preliminary results suggest that individuals with ASD may respond more impulsively than neurotypical peers.

 
106. The Effects of a Rotated Protocol Immersion on Early Observing Responses in Children With Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRICIA CLEMENT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Operant responses of looking, listening, tasting, smelling, and touching are characteristically developed very early in typically developing infants (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). Unfortunately, this is not the case for children and served as the premis of this study. The purpose of this paper was to investigate the effects of a rotated protocol immersion procedure on early observing responses in children with disabilities. A systematic extension to the research conducted by Keohane, Greer, and Luke (2008) on the use of rotated protocol immersion on the increase in observing responses in children with developmental disabilities was implemented. This allowed for the investigation of the effects of quicker presentations and ultimately faster protocol cycle in the increase of observing responses, rate of learning, and overall decrease in learn units to criterion. Results indicated various significant changes in the dependent measures examined throughout this study.

 
107. The Effects of a "Secret Word" Program on Improving Auditory Attending for Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NORMA TORRES (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulties sustaining attention to relevant auditory and/or visual information. One procedure that has been utilized clinically, but not evaluated experimentally, has been the use of a "Secret Word" program to improve auditory attending. Within this procedure the learner is told a "Secret Word" (e.g., ball) and a particular action to engage in each time the word is said (e.g., touching his/her head). Engaging in the specified action when the word is said sets the occasion for reinforcement, while engaging in the response in the absence of the "Secret Word" occasions corrective feedback. In the present study, a reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of the "Secret Word" procedure within a group of three children diagnosed with ASD to improve auditory attending in the context of a therapist reading a book. The results demonstrated that the "Secret Word" procedure was effective at improving auditory attending for all participants in the group.

 
108. Measures to Predict Reinforcing Efficacy: QO and Preference Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

Preference assessments are used to identify items for application as reinforcers in behavior analytic practice. What we do not know is if hierarchies will maintain as ratio-requirements increase. Separately, the field of behavioral economics has provided alternate measures of the effects of reinforcers. For example, the QO parameter from the exponential demand equation could be an indicator of an item's value, as this parameter predicts what consumption of an item will be when it is free (similar to the context of a preference assessment). After conducting preference assessments at increasing ratio-requirements (FR1, 3, 12, 24, 48) for 4 individuals with autism, we compared QO and percent selection values from the preference assessments to determine whether the measures correlated. Interobserver agreement was calculated across all participants for 33% of sessions, and ranged from 93-100% agreement. For all participants, there was a strong correlation, suggesting coherence between the measures of reinforcing efficacy.

 
109. Increasing Verbal Behavior for a Child With Autism Utilizing Textual Prompts
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY N. FIORILLI (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Perpetualyn Du (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

Core diagnostic features of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are a marked delay in communication, social skills, and repetitive interests. A continued area of research for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is increasing the areas of social communication for children with ASD. A variety of prompts have been utilized with children with ASD in order to increase social communication. More specifically, research has shown that the use of textual prompts has effectively increased communication skills with children with ASD. The purpose of the current study was to increase initiation of verbal behavior, utilizing textual prompts across environments. Results indicated that the participant increased his initiation of intraverbals and tacting during play activities, across peers and family members. Although, the intervention indicates the efficacy of textual prompts, the sample size is a limitation and does not necessarily support generalization of procedures to additional participants. Further research should include a larger sample size, with continued analysis on multiple control of verbal behavior within social situations.

 
110. Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY VOBROUCEK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy refers to any vocalization that serves no function in relation to the current environment. Oftentimes, vocal stereotypy is maintained by automatic reinforcement, or reinforcement that occurs independent of the social mediation of others. Behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement are inherently difficult to reduce due to the reinforcer being delivered and received by the engager themselves, and therefore a lack of need for an outside listener to deliver reinforcement. However, previous research has highlighted the effectiveness of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) on vocal stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement, and the present study sought to replicate such research in three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Results demonstrated a functional relation between RIRD and vocal stereotypy, in that a decrease in the frequency of vocal stereotypy followed the introduction of the RIRD intervention across all participants. Future research should be conducted to promote external validity and generalizability of the results.
 
111. The Effects of Using an iPad in Teaching Multistep Social-Communication Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Koul Rajinder (The University of Texas at Austin), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

Tablets are viable tools to be used as speech generating devices (SGDs) with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. These devices have successfully been used to request preferred items, label objects, share information, and engage in social niceties. However, more empirical studies are needed to evaluate the efficacy of utilizing handheld multipurpose electronic devices to teach multistep social-communication skills to children with ASD and other developmental disabilities. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to examine the effectiveness of systematic instruction in teaching iPad-based multistep social-communication skills to children with ASD and other developmental disabilities. Three participants with ASD and other developmental disabilities between 7-10 years of age with no prior experience with using Proloquo2Go app were recruited. The results indicated that the intervention was effective in teaching multistep social-communication skills. The participants were successful in using the iPad to perform the multistep sequence in requesting, saying "thank you," and answering personal questions. Also, some participants were successful in generalizing the iPad-based multistep sequence across new items, common-communication partners, and personal questions.

 
112. The Effect a Tacting-Sorting-Vocal Imitation Procedure on Responding to "Where" Questions for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
XIAOXIAO CHEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

This study was a partial replication of Rehfeld & Granna (2012). The purpose was to evaluate the effect a three-part procedure (i.e., tacting, sorting, and vocal imitation) on responding to 'where' questions. Four children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder participated. Participants acquired intraverbal responses for an average of 36 common items in an average of 15 sessions. The discussion will describe common procedures to teach responding to "wh" questions as well as reported limitations of these procedures from the literature. Discussion will focus on benefit of combining common procedures as well as future directions to evaluate the indicial impact of each components of the procedure and an evaluation of efficiency in teaching this skill.

 
113. Evaluation of a Punisher Assessment for Automatically-Reinforced Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract: Although reinforcement-based interventions can be effective in decreasing automatically-maintained stereotypy, they are not always sufficient, necessitating the inclusion of a punishment component. We evaluated the use of a punisher assessment when reinforcement-based interventions were not effective in decreasing automatically-reinforced motor stereotypy for one individual with ASD. A punisher selection interview with a caregiver identified several socially acceptable punishers. Dependent measures during the punisher assessment included stereotypy, leisure item engagement, and emotional responding. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) alone and in combination with differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) were not effective in decreasing stereotypy. During the punisher assessment phase, NCR and DRA remained in effect while five potential punishers were compared using a multielement design. Response blocking resulted in low levels of stereotypy, high levels of engagement, and low levels of emotional responding. Based on this outcome and because of its perceived acceptability and feasibility, care providers selected response blocking and its effects were subsequently replicated using a reversal design. Interobserver agreement was collected in 39% of sessions and averaged 90.3% across all dependent measures.
 
114. Teaching Turn-Taking During Conversations for Adolescent Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRETT EDWARD FURLONGER (Monash University), Sharon Mittiga (Monash University), Stephanie Butler (Monash University), Victoria Kaye (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University), Angelika Anderson (Monash University), Margherita Busacca (Monash University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Addressing the conversational difficulties of those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is of vital importance as conversational turn-taking is a governing rule of discourse that facilitates positive relationships with peers. Accordingly, this study examined the effectiveness of an intervention to develop the conversation skills of 10 adolescents (12-14 years), diagnosed with ASD. Group interventions, as opposed to an individual intervention, were selected to provide opportunities to practice social skills with peers. The intervention was based on Elliot and Gresham's Social Skill Improvement System and included target behaviours, 1) reciprocal turn-taking during conversations and 2) active listening during conversations. A multiple probe across three groups design was used to assess performances on both behaviours. While there was low variability at baseline across all groups both social behaviours improved following the introduction of the intervention and provided support for the SSIS group instruction procedure for social skill training and early adolescence as an opportune time for intervention. However, maintenance and generalisation of target behaviours declined from maintenance phase to follow-up with teachers and parents reporting no lasting improvement in the participants' social skills. Further research exploring ways of enhancing maintenance and generalization of treatment effects is warranted.

 
115. Reducing Disruptive Vocalizations of a Young Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder in the Workplace
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERIN LYNN SORENSON (Western Michigan University), Kayla Jenssen (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Rachel Popp (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

When compared to developmental disability groups, the rate of unemployment is highest for those diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) at 48% (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2013). Obtaining employment is essential as it provides opportunities for financial security, integration into society, increased independence, and meaningful social relationships (Roux, 2015). Often, patterns of unusual or repetitive behaviors commonly associated with ASD present challenges for the individual and others in the work-environment (i.e. coworkers, supervisors, customers) when disruptive or inappropriate. This presentation reviews a case example for a young adult diagnosed with ASD employed in an office setting, where behavior reduction strategies were applied to disruptive vocalizations (i.e. self-talk, imitative responses) that served as a barrier to long-term employment. A variety of behavior-based strategies (non-contingent scheduled breaks, modified awareness training, rule rehearsal, self-monitoring and goal setting) were implemented to reduce both the frequency and intensity (decibel level) of vocalizations. Each intervention was tailored to maintain the highest degree of normalization for the work environment. Following a scheduled rule-rehearsal procedure and the use a self-monitoring system embedded within a program-wide incentive program, disruptive vocalizations dropped to near-zero rates and have maintained across three months. Additional maintenance data will be taken and discussed.

 
116. Short Inter-Trial Interval Drastically Improves Motor Imitation Performance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAN TIANYI (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Given that discrete trial training (DTT) is widely recognized as a highly structured, adult-direct behavioral approach for the children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), it has also been criticized by its low motivation and increasing disruptive behavior during tasks. This kind of problem also exists in imitation training programs, pervasively (Ingersoll, 2008). Thus, the current study was to examine the controlling variables, in order to facilitate the performance of motor imitation in DTT training with two different inter-trial intervals (ITI) in children with ASD. Four pre-school children with ASD (CA 3-5; DQ 42-73) participated in this study. One experimenter sat opposite to the children and presented the imitation task, while the other recorder noted the children's performance. The recorder stopped counting when the children showed no response more than 4 seconds towards the task. According to the study setting, imitation task was divided into two conditions: short ITI (1 sec) and long ITI (3 sec). The two conditions were conducted by ABAB design, "A" stranded for three sequential units of short ITI, while "B" stranded for three sequential units of long ITI. The motor imitation tasks included 37 stimuli, mainly focus on the physical parts of face, hands, and body. As the result, four children all showed a higher performance in short ITI imitation task compared to the long ITI task, which suggested ITI plays a critical role in both attracting the attention and improving the task performance of children with ASD. Further research needs to make a strict control of the usage of imitation stimulus, in order to exclude other confounding variables.

 
117. Examining Outcomes of a Brief, Intensive Pivotal Response Treatment Parent Education Program for Families Newly Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY OLIVER (Koegel Autism Center, University of California Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California Santa Barbara), Katherine Byrne (Koegel Autism Center, University of California Santa Barbara), Hannah Wenzel (Koegel Autism Center, University of California Santa Barbara)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

Brief, intensive parent education programs that provide introductory training in Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) to families of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have been shown to improve both child and parent outcomes. Research is limited, however, on the effect these types of programs have on aspects of parent well being for families whose child has recently received a diagnosis of ASD. Using a concurrent multiple baseline experimental design across participants, the current study examined outcomes of an intensive 5-day parent education program in PRT for families whose child has recently received a diagnosis of ASD. The treatment program was characterized by a parent-clinician partnership model and used a strength-based approach to teach parents to implement PRT with their child. Standardized assessments and behavioral observation data were used to analyze parent measures, including stress, self-efficacy, and hope. Results from the pilot study indicated that parents showed a decrease in observed stress levels and an increase in observed confidence levels after participating in the parent education program. Further, parents reported increased confidence in teaching and interacting with their child following the treatment program. Implications and recommendations for future directions regarding parent support and ASD are discussed.

 
118. Using Antecedent Strategies to Teach Implementation of the Brief Response Restriction Preference Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY JAMES (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract: The implementation of frequent preference assessments is often impeded due to a lack of staff capable of conducting preference assessments or lack of time available to conduct sometimes lengthy assessments. Researchers have attempted to alleviate aforementioned issues through development of brief forms of preference assessments and through development of more efficient training methods, including use of enhanced instruction packets and video modeling. We assessed the efficacy of video modeling and enhanced written instructions on successful implementation of a brief response restriction preference assessment (BRR). Participants included 6 teachers at a school for children with autism. Participants conducted sessions of the BRR with the experimenter playing the role of a student. During baseline, participants received all of the necessary materials and a data sheet with brief written instructions. Three participants then received an enhanced written instruction packet and three participants received video training. Feedback was delivered if acquisition criteria were not met. Maintenance probes were conducted with the experimenter, and generalization probes were conducted with a student at the school. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used. Results indicate that both training techniques were effective, but feedback was required for some participants. Inter-observer reliability was calculated in 30% of sessions with a mean of 96.6% and a range of 87.2-100%.
 
119. The Use of Video Prompting to Enhance Independence With Price Comparison for Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Lisa Lakritz (San Diego State University), BONNIE KRAEMER (San Diego State University)
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Abstract:

Video prompting has been shown to be a viable tool to teach individuals with autism daily living skills (Bereznak et al., 2012). These skills are often practiced as part of community based instruction (CBI). Weng and Bouck (2014) used video prompts to teach price comparison using a horizontal number line. The current study used commonly available communication software to create the video prompts. The horizontal number line was designed to fit the maximum dollar amount students used for purchases during CBI. Pre-training, error correction and prompt fading procedures were added to instruction to enhance generalization of skills learned. Participants were two males and one female ages 14 to 18 with a diagnosis of autism and moderate to severe intellectual disability. The participants attended a comprehensive high school in Southern California. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Results indicated that two of the three participants acquired the skills to compare the prices of three similar items in a classroom setting. The skill was then generalized to community environments. This study contributes to the literature on the effectiveness of video prompting for teaching functional skills to high school students with severe disabilities.

 
120. The Effects of the Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Naming and Incidental Language Acquisition for Students WithAutism Spectrum Disorderand Language Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Daeyong Kim (Daejeon Middle Public School; Pusan National University), Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), BYEOL HAE SHIN (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of the Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) procedure on the emergence of Naming. Three kindergarten students, who were 3-6 year old males and diagnosed with ASD and/or language delays, participated in this study. The dependent variables of this study was the emergence of Naming, which were tested according to the number of correct responses to probe trials of both untaught listener responses ("point to __") and speaker responses (tact and intraverbal) following mastery of matching responses for pre-determined probe 2D-stimulus sets. The independent variable of this study was the mastery of the MEI in which listener (matching and pointing) and speaker (tact and intraverbal) responses were taught in a randomized sequence. A multiple probe design across participants was employed to identify a potential functional relation between the dependent and independent variables. The results depict that the MEI effectively increased the number of correct responses to the Naming probe trials (i.e., the emergence of Naming).

 
121. Siblings, Autism, and the Impact of Challenging Behavior: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
DOIREANN O'BRIEN (CBI Monarch House)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

The sibling relationship may be the longest and most consistent relationship of ones life. Research focusing on the siblings of children with Autism has been slow to develop as the primary focus has examined the parents. However, increased attention has been paid to the family and sibling research has been gaining momentum in recent years. Current research is variable indicating links to either complexities developing in mental health and increased stress or minimal negative effects to sibling health and well being. Qualitative research has also linked challenging behavior, family size and sibling gender to an possible increases in stress levels for siblings (Feiges and Weiss, 2004). This literature review determines to focus on the area of challenging behavior, siblings and autism and thoroughly examine the impact reflected in current research of sharing a life with a sibling with autism and challenging behavior. In addition, future recommendations for research will be highlighted.

 
122. Training Supervisors to Provide Feedback Using Video Modeling
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NATALIE RUTH SHULER (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Supervisors commonly use feedback to teach staff members to accurately implement behavioral interventions. However, few studies have evaluated methods to teach supervisors to provide effective feedback. In the current study, we used a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the use of video modeling to train four supervisors to provide performance feedback to therapists working with children with autism. We assessed the supervisors' accuracy with implementing eight feedback component skills (e.g., descriptive praise, describing incorrect performance, demonstrating correct performance) during simulated role-plays before and after the video-modeling intervention. Following the intervention, we assessed the extent to which the supervisors' skills generalized to providing feedback on a confederate therapist's implementation of novel behavioral protocols and an actual therapist's implementation of protocols with a child with autism. Results showed that all supervisors implemented the feedback component-skills with accuracy following the video-modeling intervention. Additionally, supervisors' skills generalized to providing feedback on novel protocols and to an actual therapist. These results suggest that video modeling may be an effective method of training supervisors to provide performance feedback.

 
123. Using Token Economy System to Increase Independent Working Duration
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants), Alexander Ambani (Kaizora Consultants), YAHYA HUSSEIN NAJIB (Kaizora Consultants)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Working on a task for long duration is an essential skill for everyone, however, children with Autism find it difficult to work independently for a long duration on a given task. They easily lose concentration which may lead to various problem behaviours. Token economy system provides a consistent reminder of task completion, and a promise of cumulative and valued reinforcer after the task is complete. A study was conducted on an 11 year old boy with autism who displayed aggressive behaviours at Kaizora Institute in Kenya. Initially, the student worked independently to earn 3 tokens to access the back-up reinforcer for 1 minute. This took 5 minutes in total. In this study, after the student successfully completed a task with a score of 90% and above for 3 days, the number of tokens he earned to access the back-up reinforcer was increased by 1 while maintaining the time with the back-up reinforcer. This led to an increase in time spent working on the task before earning a reinforcer. Results shows that the method was successful in increasing the amount of time the child would spend on a given task

 
124. Teaching Discriminated Manding to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MADELEINE DIANE KEEVY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulties in demonstrating discriminated responding. This study examined a method of teaching discriminated manding to children with ASD. All three children received services at a university-based early intervention program and were identified as children who engaged in maladaptive behavior when mands were not reinforced. A conditional multiple schedule was used to teach the children when mands for various preferred items and activities would be reinforced, and when they would not. The primary dependent measure was discriminated responding. Discriminated responding was defined as engaging in the correct functional communication response (FCR) as signaled by the discriminative stimuli (i.e. manding for the item associated with the stimulus) and refraining from responding during the S?. A multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching procedure. In post-teaching probes, discriminated responding occurred for a high percentage of opportunities for two of three participants. This study demonstrates that multiple schedules can be used to teach discriminated manding to children with ASD.

 
125. Teaching a Nonverbal Autistic Student to Answer Comprehension Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
YAHYA HUSSEIN NAJIB (Kaizora Consultants), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

There has been minimal research on non-verbal autism and little is known about the understanding and thought process of the non-verbal autistic children. However, there is limited on-going research that has led to openings on understanding and communication in individuals with autism. This study was done at Kaizora (day-centre) in Kenya on a 5-year-old non-verbal student named Oscar on answering questions after a passage had been read to him. This was after we discovered the student could read with no formal teaching on the same. Lessons started with the student reading a short passage of three sentences (silently), then Oscar was asked questions and given three multiple choices answers written on cards so that he could choose one. At first, he needed gestural prompts to select but after a few trials, we faded the prompts and he could identify the correct answer independently. We gradually increased the length of the passage to a five-sentenced paragraph and Oscar was still able to get an average of 70% independent scores. We tend to underestimate the abilities of non-verbal autistic individuals and we hope to provide insight into how advanced their intellectual abilities can be through appropriate exposure.

 
126. Teaching a Pre-Menstrual Autistic Girl How to Wear a Sanitary Towel Using Task Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Sylvia Mutheu Muema (Kaizora Consultants)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

All females will begin their menstrual period at some point and females with autism are no exception. Using a sanitary pad is an essential skill that doesn't come as easy for females on the autism spectrum as their neurotypical peers. More so, teaching this skill once the menstrual cycle has begun is difficult and can result in additional problem behaviours. There is limited current research in this area, yet it is a skill many struggle with. This study was done at Kaizora Institute in Kenya, with a ten year old pre-menstrual girl who showed signs of physical development. A 24 step task analysis was used with total chaining to teach her how to put on a sanitary pad, keep it on for an hour (maximum time used to avoid rash until she begins her period), and dispose of it hygienically. This process was done on the first week of every month. Initially all steps were done with full physical assistance and after three weeks of trials the student could do all steps independently. This is the second study of the sort done at Kaizora, showing the replicability of the method and its success in mastering this important skill.

 
127. Caregiver-Mediated Interventions to Improve Communication in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Implications of Randomized Controlled Trials
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHING-YI LIAO (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Previous studies have investigated interventions to decrease challenging behaviors in children with ASD who used parent-mediated interventions. However, few published studies have focused on randomized controlled trials of caregiver-mediated interventions in individuals with ASD. This presentation will include a quality review and a meta-analysis to review randomized controlled trials to determine whether caregiver-mediated interventions benefit communication skills in individuals with ASD. The meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials involving 602 individuals with ASD aged 2-12 years was evaluated. The dependent variable was caregiver-mediated interventions for communication skills in an experimental-control group comparison design. The experimental groups were individuals with ASD receive training from parents who were trained to implement interventions to their own child with ASD. The control groups were individuals with ASD who receive training from parents who did not receive any training from professionals. Each study was reviewed and coded for information required to calculate effect sizes and information related to the moderators. The results of design quality characteristics of the included studies were shown that there is no publication bias. By using moderator analysis, the differences in some moderators were statistically significant. The presenter will report results, discuss suggestions for future research, and provide implications for practice.

 
128. The Use of a Stimulus Preference Board to Facilitate Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER JONES (The Learning Tree Inc.)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Grow et al. (2011) compared teaching a set of stimuli for eight learners with Autism utilizing the conditional only and simple-conditional methods. The conditional only method was effective for seven out of eight participants and the simple-conditional method was effective for four out of eight participants. The purpose of the current study was to analyze chance responding and potentially increase conditional discrimination acquisition for a student with Autism and Down Syndrome. Methods: During conditional discrimination training for a learner diagnosed with Autism and Down Syndrome, data showed chance or lower responding across multiple sessions. To potentially increase success, a stimulus placement board was used to systematically increase the distance of the correct answer and potentially increase saliency of the stimulus to the learner. At the first level, the correct answer was placed eight inches closer to the learner than the distractor stimuli. The correct answer was always placed in the middle position. After three sessions at the 80% mastery criterion, the correct answer was placed five inches closer to the learner than the distractor stimuli for Level 2. After three sessions of 80% independent responding, the correct stimulus was placed two inches closer to the learner than the distractor stimuli. At level 3, the correct answer was still in the middle position, and the distractor stimuli were in the same positions. After the learner met the mastery criterion of at least 80% independence across three sessions, the correct answer was at the same distance from the learner as the distractors for Level 4. Furthermore, at this level, we counterbalanced the position of the correct answer and the corresponding stimulus was placed in close proximity to the correct answer (i.e. the "match" was placed right by the correct answer to increase saliency). Differential reinforcement for independent and correct responses was used across all sessions (including baseline). Results: The data shows that mastery criterion was met across all levels. Data were most variable in the last two phases. Conclusion: Overall, these data suggest that the systematic use of a stimulus placement board with stringent and gradual criteria may be effective to increase acquisition of conditional discriminations.

 
129. An Approach to a Highly Aggressive Client's Tolerance to Direct Care Staff
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DEANNA ESTES (Easter Seals Bay Area)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

An AB single subject research design was used to evaluate the implementation of demand fading and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) on the behaviors of a highly aggressive client. The client, an 18 year old male, living primarily in a group home, who is severely impacted by four different diagnoses: ASD, Epilepsy, Cortical Vision Impairment, and Cerebral Palsy. Aberrant behaviors occurred in the form of high frequency aggression; at week ten the client began engaging in high rates of self-injurious behaviors. The aggressive behaviors occurred in the form of scratching, pinching, or digging a nail into another individual's skin, grabbing with enough force to bruise, hitting, kicking, and hair pulling. The high frequency of behaviors impeded the ability for the direct care staff to provide services. A two direct care staff member ratio was executed. A DRA procedure was used to reinforce the client's mands for cessation of staff. Concurrently, demand fading was used to successively increase the demands placed per session in a 10 minute interval. The hypothesized result are a decrease in both self-injurious and aggressive behaviors, as well as an increase in the demands placed per session with an eventual fading of the 2:1 ratio.

 
131. A Systematic Review of Intervention Intensity in Video Modeling Research for Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Components of intervention science, such as procedural fidelity, have been emphasized in the evidence-based movement in special education. Intervention intensity differs from procedural fidelity by emphasizing the dose-response relationship and has received considerately less attention. A group of empirically robust video modeling peer-reviewed journal articles were examined to determine the extent authors reported six constructs of intervention intensity: (1) dose, (2) dose frequency, (3) dose duration, (4) number of practice opportunities, (5) intervention agent, and (6) cumulative intervention intensity. The studies examined were from Wong and colleagues' (2015) evidence-based practices report for learners with autism. Video modeling was selected because of its demonstrated efficacy through a large body of experimental research yet little known about the intensity of video modeling to achieve maximum learner outcomes. Results indicated dose, dose frequency, number of practice opportunities, and cumulative intervention intensity were reported or calculated for over half of the studies while dose duration was reported for less than half of the studies. The primary intervention agent were researchers. Intervention intensity is a complex, relevant construct of intervention science that warrants additional study by diverse groups of researchers. Limitations and suggestions for future intervention intensity research are discussed.

 
132. ATTENTION! Utilizing Multiple Cues to Teach Attention Gaining to a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN ANN HOYLE (University of West Florida; Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Brent Seymour (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

For individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), the ability to respond to multiple cues when requesting or sharing information can be particularly challenging in a group setting. Specifically, teaching a variety of strategies to first gain someone's attention, as well as modify one's own behavior if not immediately successful, is critical to initiate social interactions. The goal of the present study was to teach a child with ASD to use a variety of attention gaining strategies contextually applicable to a situation, and independently modify a strategy if not successful on the first attempt. An extra stimulus prompt in the form of cue cards was used to teach contextually appropriate response options. The ratio of situations in which attention was not immediately provided and the client was required to select another strategy was systematically increased. Results indicate that by utilizing an extra stimulus prompt, the participant was able to use a variety of attention gaining strategies, and change strategies when the first attempt was not successful, as compared to baseline levels. Results suggest attending to multiple cues, responding appropriately, and adjusting behavior as needed to gain attention produces higher quality and more effective social initiations.

 
133. Improving the On-Task Performance of a Young Adult With Autism in a Community Employment Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) typically struggle with obtaining and maintaining gainful employment. Employed adults with ASD will also most likely need workplace supports to perform necessary work tasks. Interventions grounded in principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) can be utilized in community employment settings to support the work performance of employees with ASD. A young adult with ASD employed as a courtesy clerk at a large grocery story received an intervention package consisting of corporate-produced video training modules, practice trials with prompting and reinforcement, and social narratives. A withdrawal design was used to examine the efficacy of the intervention package, and a functional relationship between the intervention package and work performance was established. Results demonstrated the young adult improved his on-task work performance to 80% or higher on work shifts after the intervention package implemented. The degree of confidence of the results is high. Implications for workplace interventions utilizing principles of ABA will be discussed.

 
134. Negative Reinforcer Magnitude Manipulations for Treating Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE MARRA (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Daniel Fredericks (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Nabil Mezhoudi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without extinction may have clinical utility when practitioners cannot successfully implement extinction. DRA for compliance without extinction, when both compliance and problem behavior result in equal durations of escape, is ineffective for escape maintained problem behavior (Lalli et al., 1999). Differential magnitudes of escape contingent on compliance relative to problem behavior may facilitate the efficacy of DRA without extinction (Athens & Vollmer, 2010). We replicated and extended previous research on DRA without extinction by evaluating the effects of large, medium, and small escape durations for compliance. Treatment outcomes were analyzed from data that were and were not corrected for reinforcer access time. Across analyses, problem behavior decreased and compliance increased in only the large escape duration DRA condition. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 36% of sessions and averaged 96.45% for compliance and 97.34% for aggression. Increasing the escape duration for compliance relative to problem behavior may facilitate DRA without extinction for treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior.

 
136. Evaluating the Effects of the Cool Versus Not Cool Procedure Within a Token Economy on Inappropriate Vocal Verbal Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE BEARISH (Melmark Pennsylvania), Jennifer Labowitz (Melmark Pennsylvania), Tori Massimo (Melmark Pennsylvania), Samantha Sarin (Melmark)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Adapted from the Teaching Interaction Procedure, the Cool Versus Not Cool Procedure follows the same basic guidelines in order to teach students with Autism how to respond appropriately in varying social situations. The procedure demonstrates both appropriate and inappropriate forms of responding in order to generalize the appropriate response to targeted social situations (Leaf et al., 2016; Leaf et al., 2015). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the Cool Versus Not Cool Procedure, when teaching students with Autism adaptive replacement behavior that targets social skills to decrease inappropriate vocal verbal behavior and increase socially appropriate interactions with others. This study was conducted with an adolescent, male student in a private residential and school setting, with a primary diagnosis of Autism, who engaged in significantly increasing levels of inappropriate vocal verbal behavior. The steps of the procedure were adapted and applied to a token economy and presented in phases, following the basic guidelines of labeling the targeted behaviors, providing a rationale of why the student should display these behaviors, demonstration of the skill through role-play, and delivery of reinforcement. As a result, the Cool Versus Not Cool Procedure did not demonstrate effectiveness until a token economy was included.

 
137. The Effect of Chained Schedule and Functional Communication Training in Reducing Escape-Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARYAM NASSER ALAKHZAMI (Duquesne University), Xiuchang Huang (Duquesne University), Denise Renae Barberich (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) experience challenging behaviors such as self-injurious behaviors (SIBs). Many SIBs are usually maintained by sensory and social reinforcements. Many individuals with ASD do not know how to access reinforcement appropriately, thus SIBs become handy for them. This study investigates the effectiveness of the use of functional communication training (FCT) plus chained schedule of reinforcement [fixed-ratio (FR) schedule vs. variable-ratio (VR) schedule] to decrease SIB and increase appropriate responses. This is a case study, and uses single-subject alternating treatment design. The participant was reported to engage in SIB regularly and attends Children's Institute that delivers special education services in segregated settings. Data collection is done by a service provider after being trained by the researchers. A functional analysis is done first to identify and verify the function of the SIB. Then two interventions (i.e., FCT + FR and FCT +VR) will be offered to the participant alternately, for example, FCT + FR on days 1, 3 and 5, etc., and FCT +VR on days 2, 4, and 6, etc. SIB will be calculated pre- (i.e., baseline) and post-intervention and comparison will be made to measure the effectiveness of interventions.

 
138. A Review of Reported Mastery During Skill Acquisition Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASSIDY MCDOUGALE (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Soracha O'Rourke (Auburn University), Emily Longino (Auburn University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) focuses largely on developing acquisition of skills and promoting maintenance of these skills once mastery has been achieved and training commences (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968; Stokes & Baer, 1977). Mastery is generally recognized in the field of ABA as an individual reaching a specific mastery criterion (Luiselli, Russo, Christian, & Wilczynski, 2008). A survey of clinical practices indicates that the majority of practitioners utilize a certain accuracy percentage across multiple sessions to determine mastery (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009). Most clinicians report the use of either an 80% or a 90% correct responding across multiple sessions criterion. However, there is little research evaluating what type of mastery criteria are currently used during research. A disconnect between the mastery criteria utilized in empirical evaluations of skill acquisition procedures and the mastery criteria utilized in the application of those procedures in an applied setting may represent a drift away from evidence-based practice. The current study involves a detailed survey of current clinical practices related to the use of mastery criteria in applied settings. In addition, the current study provides a descriptive analysis of mastery criteria utilized within skill acquisition research. Implications of the relationships between the results of these two components is discussed.

 
139. The Impact of Using Behavior Contracts in Treating Students With Antisocial Behaviors and Autism in Grades 3 Through 5 in Public Schools
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RAKAN ALSHAMMARI (Old Dominion University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This review of the literature will be about using behavior contracts to address students with antisocial behaviors and autism in third grade through five grades. Many researches will discuss how contingency contracting can impact these pupils' performances. This research used many databases to review 14 articles that implemented behavior contracts. By the end of this study, it will show how this method can effect students' behavior and academic skills and provide some implications of and recommendations for using behavior contracts.

 
140. Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention of Visual Perception in an Ecological Space for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MASAYO KOYAMA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulty in controlling visual attention. Previous research suggested that children with ASD showed less joint visual attention to stimuli behind them than stimuli in front and on the side (Yamamoto, Kakutani, & Terada, 2001). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a comprehensive intervention of visual perception in an ecological and large space for children with ASD. One child with ASD (chronological age: 4;10, developmental quotient: 73) participated. The experimenter and the child sat facing each other. Six pictures were set 0.5m (short distance condition) or 2m (long distance condition) away from the child. They were each separated by 60°, so two pictures were in front, two to the side, and two behind the child. At each trial, the experimenter said a name of the cards (e.g., "Apple") to require the child to point the card. As a result, the child showed correct pointing at more than 85% of trials in each distance condition and at each stimulus position. In this study, we found that pointing facilitated visual perception in an ecological and large space. We need to conduct this experiment to more children with ASD.

 
142. Evaluating Interpersonal Distance in Two Behavioral Intervention Situations Using Motion Capture System
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
YUKINO OOMORI (Depertment of Psychology, Keio University), Satoru Sekine (Keio University; Japan Society for the Promotion of Science), Airi Tsuji (Tsukuba Univercity), Takuya Enomoto (Keio University; CREST), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

An appropriate interpersonal distance is important for support of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, few studies have quantitatively evaluated interpersonal distance because of methodological constraint. In this research, we examined a methodology to quantify the interpersonal distance in two different behavioral intervention. We used the "Motion Capture System (MCS)" to temporally measure the three-dimensional position by the reflection of infrared radiation. As a preliminary study, two adults played a role of a "therapist" and a "child" in two different intervention situations. (1) developmental behavioral intervention condition ; a "therapist" and a "child" played with toys (Suhreinrich, 2011) and (2) interactive movement condition; a "therapist" and a "child" ran, walked, and followed each other (Sekine, 2017).We automatically measured behaviors with MCS and calculated the interpersonal distance for each time series. As a result, the interpersonal distance was stable around 0.5 m throughout the (1) session. In the (2) session, the interpersonal distance greatly varied between 0.5 m and 5.5 m. These results suggested that MCS could automatically measure the interpersonal distance and interactive space as dependent variables for evaluating the effect of behavioral interventions. The research was supported by CREST of Japan Science and Technology Agency.

 
143. Using Assistive Technology to Reduce Sleep Problems Experienced by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BERNADETTE KIRKPATRICK (Irish Centre for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Research, National University of Ireland Galway), Geraldine Leader (Irish Centre for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Research, National University of Ireland Galway)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

On-going sleep deprivation can be harmful for the child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and their families resulting in a reduction in health, well-being, daily functioning and quality of life. A high percentage of children with ASD experience sleep disturbance. Fifteen families with a child diagnosed with ASD who experienced sleep disturbances were recruited in a single subject A-B design. The research targeted behaviours related to bedtime resistance, sleep onset delay, night waking, early morning waking and co-sleeping with parents. It utilised specifically developed assistive technology and parent training that incorporated behavioural strategies to promote an effective 12-week ASD sleep intervention. Results indicated varying degrees of sleep improvement which are discussed in relation to the targeted behaviours and compliance with the use of the assistive technology used to support individualise bedtime routines. Overall the intervention empowered families to manage sleep routines which may ultimately promote social inclusion, increased feelings of wellbeing and significantly improve the quality of life for those with ASD and their families. With further research replication the assistive technology utilised within the current study has the potential to support sleep clinicians in the implementation of sleep interventions and promote positive treatment outcomes.

 
144. Single-Subject Comparison Between Teaching Arbitrary Auditory-Visual Successive Relations With and Without Exclusion
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CELSO GOYOS (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Giovana Escobal (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Paola Rafaini (Instituto Voar, Ribeirão Preto, Brazil)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Enzo is a 58-month old child who entered an ABA-based program when he was 36 months old. He entered the program as a non-verbal child and has been taught echoic relations and its pre-requisites since the treatment onset. As part of this general program Enzo is being taught auditory-discrimination training via matching-to-sample tasks coupled with exclusion training. A training session is composed by 12 trials. Each trial begins with the presentation of a sample auditory stimulus and followed by a zero delay presentation of two comparison stimuli. Correct comparison choices were followed by the presentation of an item of preference. Incorrect choices were followed by an inter-trial interval of about 3s. Visual stimuli consisted of pictures of familiar objects and auditory stimuli of its correspondents in Portuguese, presented by the research assistant. Eleven pairs of stimuli were presented. In general, after criterion was met for a set of two stimuli, one stimulus was kept and a different stimulus was introduced. In two occasions, however, a new pair was stimulus was introduced, serving as a control condition. General results suggested that the exclusion procedure did not facilitate acquisition of a new relation of a new pair of relations. The discussion covers some of the reasons that might explain the participant's performance and what exactly the participant may be learning when the exclusion procedure is in progress. Suggestions for further research are offered.

 
145. Examining the Increase in Functional Communication in Children With Developmental Concerns in Comparison With Other Children in Clinical Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE NORTHINGTON (Augusta University), Christine Shelton (Fortis College; Early Autism Project ), Rebecca Howell (Augusta University), Taylor Rodriguez (Augusta University)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Background: Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) has demonstrated significant increase in functional language and communication for all types of children with autism spectrum disorders (Koegel et al., 1999). When compared with analogue teaching conditions, PRT outcomes were superior; children demonstrated more verbal utterances and generalized those utterances outside of the clinical setting (Koegel et al., 1987). Over the past several years, generalization of PRT techniques beyond ASD has been examined, with increased functional verbal output demonstrated not only in ASD, but also in children with other developmental concerns, including global developmental delay, speech delay, and Down syndrome (Northington et al., 2016). PRT principles are useful for individuals with other developmental concerns beyond autism (Northington et al., 2016). Treatments that utilize neurotypical peers also demonstrate significant improvements in the social skills of neuroatypical individuals (Maich et al., 2015). It seems that by increasing the functional communication in neuroatypical children, their verbal output will begin to match that of their neurotypical peers. Objectives: To demonstrate the efficacy of PRT in neurotypical and neuroatypical individuals, and to examine if differences in functional output exists between the two groups after treatment. Methods: Data from three children were analyzed. All three were aged 4-years when data were collected as part of ongoing treatment. One boy was diagnosed with global developmental delay; the second was diagnosed with ASD; and the third was neurotypical and in treatment for a disruptive behavior/anxiety disorder. Data were collected utilizing ten-minute video segments of weekly PRT sessions. Data were analyzed to examine increase in functional verbal utterances and mean length of utterances for all children. Results: All three children, regardless of diagnosis, demonstrated increases in functional communication after intervention with PRT. Conclusions: PRT is an effective method for achieving significant improvement in functional communication for all children, despite diagnosis. Furthermore, it can be utilized with both neurotypical and neuroatypical individuals with great success.

 
146. Effects of Choice Making on Escape Maintained Behavior of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (Regis College), Julia Volchok (Regis College)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

We used a reversal design to replicate and extend a previous study conducted by Romaniuk et al. (2002) that evaluated the effects of choice making on problem behaviors maintained by escape. Three young children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder participated. A functional analysis was conducted to determine whether escape from demand maintained problem behavior. Following the identification of the problem behavior's maintaining variable, the effectiveness of instructional task choice on the occurrence of problem behavior was evaluated. The results of this study showed that a choice of task intervention was successful in decreasing problem behavior maintained by escape. These results were replicated further in generalization settings for each participant.

 
147. A Replication of Sensory Extinction or Punishment Effects on Stereotypic Hand Biting in an Individual Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MORGAN STOCKDALE (Central Texas Autism Center), Kelle Wood Rich Rich (Central Texas Autism Center), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Jennifer Martz (Central Texas Autism Center), Tess Gartenberg (Central Texas Autism Center)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The current study is the replication of Mazaleski, Iwata, Rodgers, and Timothy (1994) study. They examined the effects of sensory extinction and punishment effects of protective equipment on self-injurious mouthing with an automatic function. Results of their study showed that one individual's hand mouthing decreased under the sensory extinction condition and another individual's under the punishment condition. In the current study, Functional Analysis was conducted to determine the function of the individual's stereotypic hand biting. Results were mixed, but more occurrences were observed consistently under the alone condition, even in the extended alone condition. High frequency of hand biting was observed during the baseline conditions. Thus, the participant will be exposed to the two treatment conditions i.e., sensory extinction and punishment (Mazaleski et al, 1994). During sensory extinction condition the hand brace will be placed non-contingently on the individual's hand, and during punishment condition the hand brace will be placed on individual's hand contingent upon hand biting. The results will be demonstrated using ABCACBC multiple treatment reversal design.

 
148. Investigating Needs and Barriers Faced by Immigrant Families in Accessing Educational and Therapeutic Services for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
XIUCHANG HUANG (Duquesne University), Jie Zhang (State University of New York-Brockport), Xiaohan Chen (Duquesne University), Mohammed Albahrani (Duquesne University), Maha Ali Alghamdi (Duquesne University), Manal Alsheef (Duquesne University), Ashley Zehner (Duquesne University), Mohamed Aljaffal (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Having a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may yield tremendous impacts on a family, particularly for families from diverse cultural backgrounds such as immigrants. Accessing educational and therapeutic services is often challenging and ridden with various obstacles for these families. This study aims to investigate the needs and barriers faced by immigrant families in accessing these services for their child with ASD. A mixed-method research approach that combines online survey and semi-structured interview was employed to collect data for this project. Thirty immigrant families with various social economic status, racial and ethnic backgrounds completed the online survey and 10 of them were interviewed. Results from the online survey indicated that immigrant families need (1) more information about the legal rights and how the educational system works in the U.S.; (2) more financial and emotional supports; (3) effective parenting skills and communication with service providers; (4) more societal acceptance and inclusion of their child on the spectrum. Data from the semi-structure interviews identified the following barriers: language barrier; cultural and value differences; lack of knowledge of legal rights; lack of knowledge of therapeutic and educational systems; lack of professional supports; and parenting stress/compromised mental health; as well as financial constraints.

 
149. Unpacking Evidence-Based Practices in Parent-Implemented Intervention for Children With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JUN AI (University of Kansas), Songtian Zeng (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

A systematic review of Parent-implemented Intervention (PII) is important as we don't know what specific evidence-based practices (EBPs) have been integrated and trained to support parents. PII entails parents directly using individualized intervention package with their child to increase positive learning opportunities and acquisition of important skills. Parents are encouraged to use EBPs to support their children with autism. It is not clear, however, what specific EBPs have been integrated into the "package" and how parent may be implemented the practice efficiently through structured training. By systematically reviewed effective PII programs reported in previous literature using the 26 EBPs (Wong et al, 2014), this study aims to unpack the core intervention features (i.e., selection and combination of EBPs, related target outcomes), and the implementation process (training and participants' characteristics) of these intervention programs. Thirty two studies were identified and findings suggested that some EBPs (e.g., prompting, modeling) are frequently embedded in the PII package while other EBPs (e.g., video modeling) have not been examined. Also the targeted outcomes and child age are clustered with potential for future research. Moreover, we described how parents were trained overtime and what training strategies may seem promising. Insights about current status of PII research and implication for practices will be provided.

 
150. Increasing Compliance With Haircutting for a Child with Phosphatase and Tensin Homolog - Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jasmine Irani (Queen's University Belfast), CATHERINE STOREY (Queen's University Belfast)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Children with autism often display extreme escape behaviours during haircuts making it very difficult for families to maintain their child's hair (Schumacher & Rapp, 2011). This impacts the child's appearance which in turn has social consequences. The present study set out to increase compliance with haircutting for a five-year-old boy with PTEN-ASD. The secondary aims of the study were to decrease escape behaviours and to conduct a preliminary investigation into the effects of negative reinforcement (escape) alone compared to a combination of both positive and negative reinforcement (escape and a preferred edible item). A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of a multicomponent treatment package on the child's compliant behaviour during haircutting. The treatment package consisted of; a performance hierarchy, distracting stimuli, partial in vivo exposure, a mirror and reinforcement. Following treatment there was an increase in the child's compliance during haircutting and a decrease in his escape behaviours and a combination of both positive and negative reinforcement was shown to be more effective in bringing about fast and lasting behaviour change than negative reinforcement alone.

 
151. Evaluation of a Self-Instructional Package for Teaching Parents to Conduct Discrete Trials Teaching With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN KAMINSKI (Manitoba Association for Behavior Analysis), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is an empirically based treatment for children with Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that uses the principles of applied behavior analysis. Discrete-trials teaching (DTT) is commonly used in EIBI as a method for teaching children with ASD. DTT involves a teacher presenting an antecedent to the child, waiting for the child's response, and then providing a consequence for that response (either a reinforcer for a correct response or non-interaction for an incorrect response). These steps occur in rapid succession over many trials during a teaching session. In order to teach others to conduct DTT Fazzio and Martin (2011) created the Discrete-Trials Teaching With Children With Autism: A Self-Instructional Manual, which is now in its 4th edition. The current study assessed the effectiveness of the Fazzio and Martin DTT self-instructional manual plus video (2011) with mothers of children with ASD as the participants. I used a modified multiple-baseline design across a pair of participants, and then replicated across another pair. During the baseline assessment, a mother was given a one-page summary for three separate tasks and asked to teach these three tasks to a confederate role-playing a child with ASD. Once baseline data was collected, the mother had the opportunity to study the self-instructional manual, respond to the study questions, and watch the demonstration videos. She then conducted a post-training DTT session with the confederate and if she achieved mastery (80% accuracy), she conducted a follow-up session with her child. To date, one participant has completed the study and the results suggest that the self-instructional package is effective in teaching mothers how to implement DTT. Currently, there are three other mothers in the study, and data collection is anticipated to be completed by the beginning of December 2017. It is important that we have an effective tool to train parents how to implement DTT as it is a common component of a child's EIBI program.

 
152. Teaching Children With Autism Discriminated Responding to the Lures of Strangers and Police Officers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE LEDBETTER-CHO (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Glenna Billingsley (Hays Consolidated Independent School District)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching abduction-prevention skills to children with autism. However, the potential overgeneralization of the response to safe strangers (e.g., police officers) has not been evaluated. The current study used BST to teach four children with autism, ages 6 to 12, to emit a three-step safety response to lures from strangers (i.e., vocally decline, leave, and report the incident). After participants met mastery criterion for responding to strangers, their responses to lures from police officers were assessed. A multiple baseline across participants design demonstrated that all four participants acquired the safety response to strangers and subsequently overgeneralized the response to the officers. Discrimination training was effective for two participants, who consistently emitted the targeted responses to strangers (run away and report) and police officers (walk with the officer). The remaining two participants demonstrated improvement in discriminating. Varying degrees of maintenance of skill improvement were observed at 4 to 16-week follow-up sessions. Results indicate that practitioners should likely incorporate discrimination training when teaching abduction-prevention skills and that booster sessions may be necessary to promote maintenance of appropriate safety responses.

 
153. Serving Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Through Telepractice
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA FRANCO (University of Texas at Austin), Madhu Sundarrajan (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Telepractice is an increasingly popular service delivery option for BCBAs (Boisvert, Lang, Andrianopoulos, & Boscardin, 2010). However, practitioners must take special precautions to uphold our ethical and legal requirements. Due to behavioral and attention issues, children with Autism Spectrum disorders (ASD) are often not seen as good candidates for telepractice. However, through parent-directed treatment, children with ASD can benefit from this intervention tool. In a pilot parent training course utilizing telepractice, data suggests positive results for ASD and their parents. Project SKILLS (Skills and Knowledge of Intervention for Language Learning Success) is a parent directed program for caregivers and parents of children with ASD. SKILLS offers 8-week courses of training in evidence-based intervention for enhancing language skills in young children with ASD. Project SKILLS utilizes telepractice in order to provide therapy and parent coaching to reach rural families who cannot regularly access in-person sessions. ZOOM is the teleconferencing software used which complies with HIPAA standards. Project SKILLS is the first to integrate Ingersoll and Dvortcsak's curriculum "Teaching Social Communication to Children with Autism" on a large scale via telepractice.

 
154. Manding in Children With Autism: Transfer of Control From Adults to Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL LAYNE MILLER (Therapeutic Pathways; Central Washington University), Wendy A. Williams (Central Washington University), Stephanie Stein (Central Washington University), Ian Loverro (Central Washington University)
Discussant: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit significant delays and deficits, including language and social skills, especially with peers. Of particular concern is the ability to make specific requests (aka manding) For children with ASD, manding often needs to be taught explicitly. Previous research has focused on manding with adult teachers. There is limited research on manding with peers. The present study used a multiple-baseline (single-subject) design method to assess whether children with ASD can transfer the skill manding from an adult to a typically developing peer. Three children (ages 4-7 years) were taught by an adult to request a spoon during several different activities. Similar-aged peers were taught to serve as substitute peer trainers. The adult teacher then supervised the peer trainers as they assisted the participants through the same activities. Participants were assessed for prompted and unprompted mands across a sequence of naturalistic play-based ABA baselines. The participants were also assessed for manding with a novel peer. All of the children showed improvements over the initial baseline. Two children showed increases in prompted and/or unprompted mands (requests) with the peer trainers. Two children showed evidence of generalization to a novel peer. This study extends previous research on manding in children with ASD.

 
156. Treatment of Vocal and Motor Stereotypy Using Response Interruption and Redirection in an 18-Year-Old Female With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ADRIENNE MARCHESE (Spectrum360; Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Previous research has investigated the analysis and treatment of motor stereotypy, however less research exists regarding the treatment of vocal stereotypy. The current study examined the non-communicative vocalizations of an 18-year old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A functional analysis was conducted to determine the function of the behavior, which was determined to be automatically reinforced. Follow assessment and baseline of the behavior, an intervention combining response interruption and redirection with a stimulus discrimination visual cue was implemented with the intent of decreasing both the vocal and motor stereotypy. The response interruption and redirection procedure was replicated from a previous study conducted by Ahearn, Clark and McDonald (2007). An ABAB design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the component treatment package. Results show that the intervention lead to an immediate decrease in the vocal and motor stereotypies.

 
157. Adolescents and Adults With Autism: Effects of Preferred Staff on Affect, Compliance, and On-Task Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), James Harrison (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

This study seeks to investigate the effects of staff preference (highly preferred staff versus non-preferred staff) on the affect, compliance, and on-task behavior of adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during demand activities that require prompting for on task and thorough completion. [LB1] Individual participants who indicate a clear preference for certain staff members when compared to others, identified through a preference assessment, will be included in the study. Each participant will engage in the same demand activity during both treatment conditions while direct-care staff members are randomly alternated (highly preferred and non-preferred). Data[LB2] will be evaluated through an alternating treatments design and be analyzed through visual analysis. Implications for the study include the value of providing choice and assessing preference of staff members and the potential impact for changing traditional staff training models.

 
158. A Data-Based Protocol for Reducing High Levels of Medication in Adolescents and Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (PAAL)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Medication is often used solely or in conjunction with behavioral procedures to treat behavior problems in individuals with autism. However, the synergetic effect of multiple medications may evoke other difficult challenges that must be addressed in addition to the original dangerous behavioral concerns. Databased decisions and consistent behavioral programming can be used in conjunction with medical oversight and review to systematically reduce medication use so that the individual over time is demonstrating appropriate behavior on the smallest level of medication necessary. This case study demonstrates a formal protocol used when reducing the number and amount of medications used with an adolescent male with autism. He demonstrated such serious self-injurious and aggressive behaviors that he was a danger to himself and others, and that resulted in him being on a cocktail of several different medications to manage his specific problematic behaviors as well as other alleged psychiatric issues. The number and dosage of these medications were such that he was sedated which interfered with skill acquisition. Close collaboration with his medical neurologist, along with consistent behavioral programming and comprehensive data collection, resulted in gradual reduction and elimination of medications along with continued low-to-no rates of the original target behaviors. The protocol was successful due to the collaboration, gradual pace of medication reduction, consistent implementation of the behavior intervention plans, and the systematic collection of behavior data.

 
159. Coaching Parents to Implement an Imitation Intervention With Their Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA TAYLOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

This presentation will provide participants with an overview of Reciprocal Imitation Training (RIT) and the evidence-base supporting the use of this intervention to teach young children with autism to spontaneously imitate. RIT strategies include a combination of naturalistic, developmental, and behavioral principles implemented within play-based routines. Research conducted training four parents to implement RIT through Internet-based modules and in vivo coaching will be presented. Participants will gain an understanding of the procedures used to educate parents and coaching methods used in the home. Measurement of parent and child behavior change within naturalistic environments including improvements in parent fidelity, use of strategies, child imitation will be presented. Video examples demonstrating parent-therapist and parent-child interactions pre and post intervention will be shown. Problem solving methods used during parent training, parent-child outcomes, and limitations will be discussed. Additionally, participants will learn how to incorporate this naturalistic approach to teaching spontaneous imitation into structured, adult-directed applied behavior analysis treatment programs for children with autism.

 
160. Evaluating The Effectiveness of Rehearsal on the Acquisition of Receptive Sequencing Tasks With Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMUEL GARCIA (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Extending from Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) joint control describes the process in which one verbal response is emitted in the presence of two distinct discriminative stimuli. Using a multiple baseline experimental design, experimenters will evaluate the effectiveness of a teaching procedure utilizing rehearsal and joint control on skill acquisition when teaching receptive sequencing tasks. Participants include two school-aged male children diagnosed with autistic spectrum disorder (ASD). The initial procedure includes rehearsal training in order to acquire a self-echoic repertoire. Next procedures for receptive sequencing training include presenting a set of 10 two-decisional pictures to the participant and then presenting the instruction "Give (object 1), (object 2) and (object 2)" requiring the participant to engage in a self-echoic response and then retrieve the objects in the correct order. Preliminary results show that after rehearsal training the two boys were able to demonstrate a self-echoic repertoire by accurately repeating 4 sets of 3 common objects. One participant, Jack, did not respond accurately to receptive sequencing during baseline conditions. Additional data on both participants are to be recorded as receptive sequencing training sessions begin.

 
161. Identification of Untrained Emotions by Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder After Equivalence Relations Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA PLESSA (University of Auckland), Angela Arnold-Saritepe (University of Auckland)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The primary purpose of this study was to investigate the application of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teaching six facial emotions ('happy', 'sad', 'angry', 'scared', 'disgusted' and 'surprised'), both as an isolated stimulus and within a social context. Nine children with ASD aged 9-12 years were taught to identify six facial expressions of emotions (A) correctly, and to relate them to the situational context (C) by using the stimulus equivalence technology. The participants were using a tablet and the stimuli were presented to the participants on the tablet's screen. A pre-test was conducted to assess the participants' ability to match pictures of facial expressions (A) to written labels of emotions (B) and to match pictures of emotional situations (C) to pictures of facial expressions (A). In the training phase, a matching-to-sample procedure was used to teach the participants to match first AB and then BC. After training each relation (AB/BC), symmetry probes were conducted and if participants' failed to pass criterion, then training was re-introduced. A post-test, identical to pre-test followed. Generalisation probes were conducted using novel picture stimuli and video clips. Preliminary group data on each emotion are presented in conjunction with individual performances. The results contribute to the literature suggesting that stimulus equivalence training can be effective in teaching emotional recognition to children with ASD. Clinical and further research implications will be discussed.

 
162. The Effects of Reinforcement of Vocal Alternative Behavior and Contingent Demand on Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FERNANDA CASTANHO CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Rodrigo Dal Ben de Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Marcio Felipe Tardem (Universidade Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil), Victor Delefrati (Universidade Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Research on vocal stereotypy suggest, at one hand, that it can be maintained by sensory consequences, on the other hand, there is also the suggestion that environmental variables can have a role in maintaining it. The current study investigated the effects of reinforcement of vocal alternative behavior and contingent demand on the vocal stereotypy shown by two children diagnosed with autism. Following an experimental functional analysis, the frequency of vocal stereotypy was measured during a baseline condition. The intervention was delivered following an A-B-A single subject design. During A conditions, vocals stereotypies were followed by vocal demand and alternative vocal behaviors were followed by social reinforcement. During B conditions, no intervention was delivered. Functional analyses showed that the vocal stereotypy of one participant was maintained by sensory consequences and by social reinforcement for the other participant. Vocal stereotypy decreased and alternative vocal behavior increased when intervention was in place (condition A) when compared to baseline and reversal conditions (B). Given the effectiveness of the intervention, we are now training caregivers to deliver the intervention in natural settings, thus, increasing the likelihood of generalization.

 
163. The Effects of a DOT Program on Increasing the Length of Comments With a Child Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA MARIE GOLDSTEIN (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often demonstrate limited or restricted language. Thus, behavioral interventions have been developed to expand the vocal-verbal repertoire of individuals diagnosed with ASD. One program that has been implemented clinically, but has not been evaluated empirically, is the DOT program. Within this program the student is presented a picture directly below a pre-determined number of circles (i.e., dots). Each dot is meant to correlate with a spoken word. The student is prompted to touch the dot and say the targeted word (e.g., "Ball"). The number of dots is systematically increased (e.g., from two dots to three dots which could represent "It's a ball"). In this study, a changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the DOT program to expand the number of spoken words during comments for one individual diagnosed with ASD. The results showed that the DOT program was effective at increasing the mean length utterance for the participant.

 
164. Training Effects of Implicit Spatial Perspective-Taking Tasks by Eye Movement in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HIROSHI ASAOKA (University of Tsukuba ), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Implicit spatial perspective-taking is the ability to observe spontaneously an object from an altered viewpoint, consider what is observed, and how it is observed. This study examined how to see objects effectively when participants were moving to an altered viewpoint. Participants were Ken, diagnosed with ASD, and Miki, with typical development. A pre-post design was implemented. At pre-post-test, participants wore eye trackers. Sample stimuli were randomly presented to participants by lighting one of a face stimulus's two eyes, with the stimulus itself rotated 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees from the upright position. Subsequently, comparison stimuli without the lit eye were presented at 0 degrees, and participants were asked to point to the position where they expected the lit eye to appear. During training, the sample stimuli's lighted eye and nose were alternately emphasized and presented. Participants moved to the upright position while continuing to look at sample stimuli. At this time, the monitor displayed participants' eye movement in real time. When mutual gaze behavior appeared, we provided feedback: "You were seeing lighting the eye and nose by turns" or "You looked very well!" Results suggested that mutual gaze behavior was occurring when participants moved to another viewpoint.

 
 
 
Symposium #87
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Matrix Training for Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Corina Jimenez-Gomez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Matrix training is a form of generative instruction that guides the manner in which teaching targets are selected. As a result of using this teaching approach, a subset of targets is directly taught and learned, while learning of other targets emerges without direct teaching, known as recombinative generalization. The studies presented in this symposium include a range of applications of matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Jimenez-Gomez et al. present studies in which matrix training was employed to teach verbal operants and play skills to young children with ASD. The focus of these studies was to use matrix training to program for generalization within and across operant classes. Frampton et al. employed matrix training to teach color-shape tacts using known components. This work replicates and extends previous findings showing the usefulness of matrix training for teaching complex tact skills. Finally, Groskreutz et al. present a study of the application of matrix training to sociodramatic play behaviors and tacting objects and prepositions. They discuss the importance of understanding sources of stimulus control when considering expanding the learner's repertoire.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): early intervention, matrix training, recombinative generalization, verbal operants
Target Audience:

RBTs, ABA Master's and PhD students, and BCBAs working with children with autism spectrum disorder

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the use of matrix training in teaching children with ASD; (2) describe recombinative generalization; and (3) identify situations in which matrix training would be a useful teaching approach.
 

Matrix Training as an Early Intervention Tool for Expanding Verbal and Social Repertoires of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology), Jessebelle Pichardo (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Communication and play imitation deficits are common in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Using generative instruction, such as matrix training, instructors teach a subset of skills and new skills emerge without direct teaching. Such an approach can result in a faster acquisition of functional skills in children with delays associated with ASD diagnosis. Matrix training has been used to teach preschool-aged children with ASD spelling, writing, receptive identification, and pretend play skills. We recently used matrix training as a generative instruction approach to expand the listener and tacting repertoires of toddlers with ASD (Exp. 1) and to obtain transfer across verbal operants (e.g., tacting to listener responding) and other operant classes (e.g., tacting to play; Exp. 2) in five-year-old boys with ASD. We will discuss the usefulness of matrix training as an instructional strategy for early intervention programming, specifically in the area of communication and play.

 

A Replication and Extension of Matrix Training to Teach Tacts to Children With Autism

GARET S. EDWARDS (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Matrix training consists of pre-planning instruction by arranging components of desired skills across a minimum of two axes. The procedures are designed to promote efficiency in instruction and generally include assessment of untrained targets following intervention. The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend past research by incorporating an additional generalization matrix and targeting color-shape tacts with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Matrix training was conducted with six males with ASD who were between the ages of 4 years 1 month and 5 years 4 months within a language clinic. Three matrices were developed for each participant (e.g., Matrix 1, Generalization Matrix 1, and Generalization Matrix 2) with known components (i.e., colors and shapes). Following baseline, diagonal training was conducted with Matrix 1 to teach participants to emit combined tacts (e.g., "red heart"). Results of post-tests were used to determine which, if any, remedial procedures were necessary. Results from all six participants indicated that mastery criteria were eventually met for Matrix 1. For five participants, mastery criteria were also eventually met with generalization matrices. Results replicate findings from prior studies and further demonstrate the utility of applying matrix training to complex tact skills.

 

Establishing Tact and Listener Responses Under the Control of Multiple Stimuli Using Matrix Training Procedures

NICOLE C GROSKREUTZ (University of Saint Joseph), Jessica Allen (University of Saint Joseph), Kathryn Falvey (University of Saint Joseph), Nicholas Cuff (University of Saint Joseph), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Matrix training procedures are an effective means of establishing various skills, including sociodramatic play and preliteracy listener responses, and tacts under control of multiple stimuli. When matrix training procedures are used, participants are systematically exposed to multiple pairings of stimuli, which come to exert stimulus control together in order for learners to produce correct responses. We are currently employing matrix training procedures to teach young children with autism to engage in sociodramatic play behaviors, and to teach elementary-aged children with autism to tact objects and prepositions (e.g., "The book is behind the box."). For one completed participant, matrix training procedures established sociodramatic play responses, which then generalized to unstructured play sessions, with novel toys, and a parent serving as play partner. In the matrix training literature, learned relations among stimuli are often discussed as either trained relations (i.e., those combinations of stimuli presented during training), or instances of recombinative generalization (i.e., responses to pairs of stimuli that were presented in training only as components of different combinations). We will discuss our results in consideration of the potential utility of clarifying the sources of stimulus control established through matrix training, to facilitate learners incorporating new information into previously acquired matrices.

 
 
Symposium #88
Diverging Perspectives on Digital Technology
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Three different projects using digital technology to improve treatment of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are described and demonstrated. In each project, a treatment or intervention aim was addressed with an application of off-the-shelf, inexpensive digital technology. One project shows how to use iPad for acquisition of manding with an autoclitic, a second compares andrpis and IOS based high and low tech approaches to teaching basic verbal operants, and the third describes an android-based intelligent agent to direct discrete trial training. The three presentations will both describe the treatment aim, the rationale behind developing the digital technology, and demonstrate how the technology works. This latter point is crucial because it seems that too many descriptions of exciting digital technology applications leave people wondering how the technology works, looks and feels. Hence the focus of this symposium is to work through development and implementation issues, with data reporting of secondary concern.

Instruction Level: Advanced
 

The Acquisition of an Autoclitic Carrier Phrase Using the iPad as a Speech-Generating Device

(Applied Research)
JESSICA MILLER (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

The use of the iPad with the application Proloqu2Gocontinues to provide practitioners with access to high capability speech-generating devices (SGD). There is a growing body of research demonstrating that the iPad and application Proloqu2Go can be used effectively as an Augmentative and Alternative Communication system for young children with autism, in terms of the acquisition of a mand repertoire. There is relatively less research looking beyond the basic mand repertoire to other operants, such as the tact or intraverbal. Comparatively, we have seen even less research on the acquisition of the autoclitic. This study evaluated the use of an iPad based SGD and a five-second time delay with full physical prompts, for the acquisition of manding with an autoclitic (i.e., carrier phrase), in three preschool-aged children with autism. Using a multiple-baseline design across participants, children were exposed to training during a snack-time routine, within a university-based clinical preschool setting. Preliminary results indicate positive trends in the use of the autoclitic "I want." Results indicate that the use of such a device for full-sentence manding is achievable. Further, these results provide additional support for the use of handheld computing devices as SGD.

 

Open-Source Augmentative and Alternative Communication Technology for Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Applied Research)
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland), J McCleery (National University of Ireland - Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland)
Abstract:

Effective methods for teaching social and communicative skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have traditionally used low-tech approaches. Recent advances in technology (i.e., mobile technology) have resulted in high-tech alternatives to low-tech approaches (i.e., laminated picture cards), though these newer alternatives have only started to be evaluated more recently. Despite rapid adoptions of high-tech device in social and communicative teaching, there are few guidelines for how to use high-tech devices in this manner. An open-source mobile application was developed for both Apple and Android products to facilitate comparisons high-tech and low-tech forms of AAC. This study aimed to answer the following questions: 1) does the complexity of high-tech methods impact the learning of requesting skills; 2) does the complexity of high-tech methods negatively impact the learning of queried requesting skills; and, 3) does the complexity of high-tech methods negatively impact the learning of queried social responding. School-age children were randomly assigned to one of two types of AAC intervention and interventions were provided in the child's school. Trained clinicians provided participants with either a high-tech (n = 18) or low-tech (n = 17) form of communication training. Participants were assessed prior to, and following, approximately four months of intervention. The results of this trial found that children with social and communicative impairments improved in these areas following intervention with high-tech and low-tech forms of AAC. Additionally, the outcomes from these two approaches did not differ significantly in overall outcomes. Despite encouraging results, additional research is warranted to explore the relative efficacy of high-tech approaches with children who may have multiple, and more substantial, levels of impairment. The software will be demonstrated with a range of commonly-used touchscreen devices. The aim of the project was to develop a platform that could be easily adapted for use with "off the shelf" products at a range of price points. The functioning program, and its use, will be demonstrated with both high-end Apple and medium- to low-end Android products (50-100 Euro cost devices).

 
Usability Evaluation of an Intelligent Agent to Guide Discrete Trial Therapy and Perform Data Analytics
(Applied Research)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), John Nosek (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Judith Stull (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Tian Bai (Temple University), Ashis Chanda (Temple University), Shanshan Zhang (Temple University)
Abstract: With turnover rates over 40%, autism service providers struggle to maintain program fidelity across instructors with varying experience, while reducing non-instructional time writing reports, coping with lacking data integrity and overcoming problems inherent in paper-based systems. Transformational technology in the form of an android-based intelligent agent provides unique, real-time process and decision support for instructors while automatically collecting quality, granular data that can be mined. The technology supports instructors in the decisions they need to make before and during instruction. Using student performance, mastery criteria, instructor identity, location and date, the technology identifies what the instructor should do next. It automatically collects data in a way that instructors can focus on the child. For instructors and family members who need it, it provides detailed, step-by-step guidance, updated in real-time based on student performance that coaches them in what to do, how to correct and when to reinforce. In addition to assisting supervisors in program evaluation and customization through descriptive and predictive analytics, prescriptive analytics alter and optimize instruction in real-time based on student past and current performance. Pilot tests of increasing complexity and length conducted over two years at a large regional autism service provider showed that student performance improved.
 
 
Symposium #89
CE Offered: BACB
Exposure to Social Skill Opportunities in a Clinic-Based ABA Program: What Did We Improve?
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura Sabin Milstrey (The BISTÅ Center)
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S.
Abstract:

This study reviews specific social skills programming and exposure to social opportunities and their effects on problem behavior rates for children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental delays. The setting for the study was a clinic-based ABA program designed to help children with various diagnoses respond in groups, follow instructions, and improve social skills for school readiness purposes. Three participants between the ages of 3-5 were evaluated in this study. Each participant was one of 5-7 children present in the program. Target programming consisted of say-do correspondence, functional play skills and interactive play skills, and engaging in reciprocal play. Problem behavior data was also reviewed and correlated in order to assess weather social skill improvements could correspond to changes in problem behavior rates. The results show that each participant's social target improved significantly. Some are now able to interact with peers in the program setting, and some exhibited a decreased rate of problem behaviors once their specific skill was mastered. Future research should include classroom wide social skill improvement measures and a review of data on how many redirections are given from teachers/technicians once specific social skills are taught.

Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Reduction, Clinic-Based ABA, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BCBA in clinical practice, all BCBAs, people interested in social skills, applied professionals.

Learning Objectives: How to teach social skills using new programming based on research Teaching Functional Play Skills Exposure to Social Skills improves Social Skills Increasing Parallel Play with Peers
 

Using Say-Do Correspondence to Teach Social Skills and Reduce Problem Behaviors

(Applied Research)
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
Abstract:

Say-Do Correspondence was used to increase social interactions and reduce the aggression, and property destruction of two participants diagnosed with ASD. The participants were both male, ages 4 and 5. The setting was a clinic-based ABA program which was designed to work on group skills in order to improve the school readiness skills of our clients. The participants were asked what they wanted to play or do during transitions in the classroom, or during breaks from specific DTT programming. Previously, these participants would engage in problem behaviors during transitions or unstructured time. Once each participant identified what they were going to do, the RBT would prompt them to say "I am going to go ____" or "I am going to play _____" and then allow the participant to engage in the stated behavior. Once this phase was mastered, and the participants were above 80% accurate in doing what they stated, they moved the stated action to a social interaction. For example, the RBT would ask "Should we play _____ or _____ next?", in which each choice involved a peer already engaging in that activity. The participants would make a choice, the RBT would prompt them to say "I am going to go play ______ with _______" and then allow the participant to engage in the stated interaction. Results show increased social interactions and reduced problem behaviors for both participants. Future research should include a larger participant sample as well as varied levels in functioning.

 

How Social Opportunities in a Developmental Setting Build Reciprocation Skills

(Applied Research)
JESSIE MARSHALL (The BISTÅ Center)
Abstract:

Teaching social skills to children with developmental delays in the community can be difficult as prompting random peers to engage with the child is not possible. Using a developmental setting with 8 peers with similar diagnoses, each equipped with a personal behavior technician, social skills were targeted in this study through both natural and contrived situations that mimic opportunities found in a typical classroom. The child identified for this study is a 3-year-old with no interests in peers, low tolerance of play being interrupted by peers and adults, and no ability to tolerate parallel play with preferred items. The child's treatment plan identified nine social objectives that would enable the child to interact with peers through play by developing reciprocal play and initiating and responding to peer requests. Prompts used in this study included modeling actions performed by peers, modeling appropriate play schemes, and modeling delivering a "stop" or "no" PECS card to a peer to end a non-preferred interaction.

 

Increasing Functional Play Skill in a Center-Based Environment

(Applied Research)
LAURA SABIN MILSTREY (The BISTA Center)
Abstract:

Teaching play skills is a valuable skill to target for kids when working on imitation skills and preparing for beginner social skills. This current study examined the effectiveness teaching individual play actions using various play sets during center-based sessions. The participant is a four-year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and Phelan-McDermid Syndrome. In each phase, the participant participated in a two-minute probe to assess current skills and then spent up to 10 minutes in teaching trials for skills that were not shown. During an initial intake, the participant displayed zero play skills and only engaged in property destruction. Preliminary results indicate that the participant was able to learn new play skills across the first initial playsets introduced to him. A wooden train set was the first playset introduced. This target had to be modified to take into account the participants fine motor skills and additional staff training.

 
 
Symposium #90
CE Offered: BACB
A Discussion on Social Referencing, Empathy and Joint Attending
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elena Garcia-Albea (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Sandra R. Gomes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The communication and social-skill deficits characteristically displayed by learners with autism are wide ranging, especially in the areas of social referencing, empathy, and joint attending. In the first presentation, a behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon, and the role of discriminative stimuli, social reinforcers, and transitive conditioned motivating operations in the acquisition of the chain of responding in typically-developing children will be discussed. Assessment data supporting this conceptualization will also be discussed as well as treatment considerations for establishing social referencing in children with autism. The second presentation, will provide an overview of the development of empathy, different theories accounting for empathy deficits in children with autism, and behavioral interventions used to teach empathy to children with autism. In addition, suggestions for future research will be described. The third presentation will describe an overview of a study that evaluated whether a three-component strategy consisting of (a) a general-case analysis, (b) multiple-exemplar training, and (c) experimenter-defined categories along with auditory scripts and script-fading, a trial-unique procedure, prompts and prompt-fading, and socially mediated consequences effectively established a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending in four young children with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Joint Attending, Perspective taking,, Social Referencing, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate Students and Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Audience Members will: 1) Define Joint Attending and describe a way to teach it using multiple exemplar training 2) Identify the compound discriminative stimuli for empathetic responding 3) Define social referencing from a behavior analytic perspective
 
A Conceptual Analysis of Social Referencing
PAMELA NICHOLE PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Social referencing is a social response that has been largely discussed in the developmental literature. Behaviorally-defined as a discriminated operant consisting of a chain of responses following the presentation of a novel or ambiguous stimulus, social referencing is lacking in children with autism. Over the last several years, behavior analysts have begun to consider approaches most suitable to teaching this chain of responses to children with autism. A behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon, and the role of discriminative stimuli, social reinforcers, and transitive conditioned motivating operations in the acquisition of the chain of responding in typically-developing children will be discussed. Assessment data supporting this conceptualization will be discussed as well as treatment considerations for establishing social referencing in children with autism will be discussed. Interobserver agreement was collected in 33% of attention to distress assessment sessions for CWA and averaged 94% with a range of 82%-100%.
 

A Brief Review of the Literature of Empathy With Suggestions for Future Research

ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract:

The communication and social-skill deficits characteristically displayed by learners with autism are wide ranging. In particular, many children with autism have a marked impairment in the use of multiple nonverbal behaviors to regulate social interaction and communication. Children with autism who display empathy, which consists of appropriate concern and interest when others are sad, excited, or frustrated, will likely increase their opportunities for future interaction with peers and family members. Although investigations of empathetic behavior are not new to developmental psychology, behavior analysts have only recently begun to investigate this topic, both theoretically and empirically. Instead of assuming that an empathetic repertoire emerges as a function of development, behavior analysts contend that specific learning histories give rise to this complex, higher-order skill. Therefore, establishing the necessary learning history may help remediate deficits in empathetic responding often observed in individuals with autism. This review provides an overview of the development of empathy, different theories accounting for empathy deficits in children with autism, and behavioral interventions used to teach empathy to children with autism. In addition, suggestions for future research are described.

 

Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Initiating Joint Attending With Children With Autism

SANDRA R. GOMES (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated whether a three-component strategy consisting of (a) a general-case analysis, (b) multiple-exemplar training, and (c) experimenter-defined categories along with auditory scripts and script-fading, a trial-unique procedure, prompts and prompt-fading, and socially mediated consequences effectively established a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending in four young children with autism. One hundred forty stimuli consisting of 20 in each of 7 experimenter-defined categories were used to program for generalization for joint attending from trained to untrained stimuli. Two categories of 20 stimuli each were reserved for assessment of generalization. A multiple-baseline across-participants design with a multiple probe was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package on the establishment of a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending. All four participants learned to make initiations for joint attending in the presence of training stimuli. In addition, all participants displayed response and stimulus generalization. That is, all scripts were successfully removed and participants continued to engage joint attending. Also, joint attending generalized from trained settings, interaction partners, and categories of stimuli to an untrained setting, interaction partner, and categories of stimuli. Joint attending skills also maintained at two-week and one-month follow-up assessments.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #91
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

When Training and Coaching Aren’t Enough: Changing Practice and Outcomes in Low-Resource Public Schools

Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
DAVID MANDELL (University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine)
Dr. Mandell directs the Center for Mental Health Policy and Services Research. Dr. Mandell is also Associate Director of the Center for Autism Research at The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia. The goal of his research is to improve the quality of care individuals with autism receive in their communities. This research is of two types. The first examines, at the state and national level, the effects of different strategies to organize, finance and deliver services on service use patterns and outcomes. The second consists of experimental studies designed to determine the best strategies to successfully implement proven-efficacious practices in community settings. Dr. Mandell holds a bachelor of arts in psychology from Columbia University and a doctorate of science from the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health.
Abstract:

The science of behavior change in children with autism is well developed and sophisticated. Much of the work of BCBA's in the school system involves changing and supporting the practices of educators working with these children. The science and practice of changing the behavior of educators lags far behind, however. Nowhere is this more evident than in low-resource public schools, where poor pre-service training, school resources, and organizational culture and climate all can contribute to inadequate implementation of evidence-based practices. In these situations, traditional consultation and training practices often don't result in desired change. In this presentation, I describe a 10-year public-academic partnership and line of research in Philadelphia through which we have developed the science and practice of supporting public school teachers working under difficult circumstances.

Target Audience:

BCBAs and other professionals who provide consultation and training to teachers working with children with autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list 5 barriers to use of evidence-based practices that are common in low-resource public schools; (2) explain a conceptual model that articulates non-traditional, potentially effective targets for changing teacher behavior; (3) apply new methods to consulting and coaching teachers of children with autism in low-resource schools.
 
 
Symposium #92
Real-Time Sensing Devices: An Opportunity to Deploy Behavioral Theory in Health Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Vincent Berardi (Chapman University)
Discussant: Melbourne F. Hovell (SDSU School of Public Health)
Abstract:

Real-time sensing devices such as fitness trackers and the Internet of Things are beginning to enable the continuous assessment of a large range of health behaviors as well as the physiological/environmental contexts in which they occur. This stands in contrast to the historical, non-dynamic, episodic assessments (e.g surveys, EMAs) typically implemented in health-behavior interventions. Real-time sensing technologies increase the precision of both behavioral observations and the deployment of operant contingencies, thereby more faithfully approximating the experimental conditions in lab-based studies. Insights from applied behavior analysis can thus inform health intervention designs, which is expected to increase their efficacy. This symposium presents results from two large health behavioral trials that used real-time sensing technology and operant contingencies to reduce tobacco and increase physical activity behaviors. The first study will focus on the use of real-time air particle monitors to increase the latency between tobacco use responses and the presentation of contingent, aversive stimuli. Longitudinal methodologies for detecting avoidance versus escape behavior in response to aversive stimuli will also be discussed. The second study will describe the use of wrist-worn accelerometers to explore differential effects of varying schedules of financial reinforcement (e.g. fixed vs. variable magnitude/ratio) to promote daily physical activity over one year among healthy, inactive adults. The discussion will focus on the implications of these technological advances and the opportunities for automated shaping routines designed to engender healthy, targeted behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): auto-shaping, health behavior, real-time sensing
 

Effects of Continuous ReinforcementVersus Variable Magnitude and Probability Reinforcement on Adults' Physical Activity

(Applied Research)
MARC A. ADAMS (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

A secondary analysis of data from one arm of an RCT will be presented in order to explore the effects of six different reinforcement stages, each characterized by a different positive reinforcement schedule, on participants' MVPA. Participants (N=187) wore an ActiGraph GT9X daily (32,632 observations) in a one-year intervention. They were prescribed MVPA goals (i.e., MVPA bout minutes) and could earn rewards daily for meeting goals. As participants met goals, they progressed through four stages, transitioning from one to the next after meeting 24 goals: 1) continuous fixed reinforcement ($1 per goal met), 2) continuous variable magnitude ($0.25 to $2.50/goal met, all goals earned a reward), 3) variable magnitude and probability ($0.25 to $2.50/goal, 8% of goals earned $0), 4) variable magnitude and probability ($0.25 to $2.50, 17% of goals earned $0). Rewards denominations were randomized and total amounts within each stage summed to $24. Participants were paid immediately via electronic gift cards after earning $5.00. We averaged cumulative MVPA bout minutes/day (bm/d) over all participants on each day in each stage to investigate potential differences between stages. Rate of growth in cumulative MVPA bm/d increased across stages, with Stage 1 (continuous reinforcement) having the smallest slope. Linear regression indicated that a slope of 23.8 bm/d in Stage 1 increased to 30.1 bm/d in Stage 2 (? = 6.3, p<.001). The slope increased by an additional 2.1 bm/d at Stage 3 (p=0.23) and increased by 12.5 bm/d at Stage 4 (p<.001). When repeating this analysis with only the highest-performing participants, the ? between Stage 1 and Stage 2 was smaller (2.8 bm/d, p<.001) and slopes for other adjacent pairs of stages were more similar. Progression through both variable magnitude and variable probability reinforcement schedules resulted in higher MVPA than observed with continuous fixed reinforcement alone, with leaner probability schedules producing the largest amount of MVPA accrual. Variance was not constant across subjects and was smallest for the highest performing participants. Implications for behavioral maintenance will be discussed.

 

Project Fresh Air: Real-Time Feedback to Encourage Smoke-Free Home

(Applied Research)
JOHN BELLETTIERE (University of California San Diego), Suzanne Hughes (San Diego State University, Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Neil Klepeis (San Diego State University, Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Sandy Liles (San Diego State University, Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Benjamin Nguyen (San Diego State University, Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Marie Boman-Davis (National University)
Abstract:

Exposure to fine particulate matter in the home from sources such as smoking, cooking, and cleaning may put residents, especially children, at risk for detrimental health effects. A trial was conducted from 2011 to 2016 to determine whether real-time feedback in the home could reduce fine particle levels in homes with smokers and children. Monitors were installed in each subject's home and air particle measurements were collected on a nearly-continuous basis over the course of several months. A subset of homes, designated as the treatment group, received aversive visual and auditory feedback (yellow/red lights and tones) when air particle concentrations exceeded a threshold, representing a punishing contingency. A major feature of this study is a very small latency, defined as the temporal interval between a behavior and the presentation of a contingent consequence. This characteristic is known to strengthen behavioral contingencies. In a separate arm, punishing stimuli were augmented with reinforcing contingencies, with participants being provided with gift cards with a value contingent upon the duration of contiguous low-level measurements. The required duration to activate reinforcement was tailored to participants' baseline measurements. This real-time behavior intervention was successful in reducing both the number of particle generating events and the mean daily particle concentration. Moreover, it demonstrates the ability of real-time technology to more faithfully adhere to applied behavioral principles than a traditional approach and to allow for a level of personalization that is often lacking in behavioral interventions. As real-time sensing technology becomes even more ubiquitous, this capacity will grow and allow other features, such as behavior shaping, to be incorporated into interventions. We expect that this development will have major implications for improving the efficacy of health behavior interventions, particularly concerning the maintenance of healthy behaviors.

 
 
Symposium #93
Evaluation and Implications of Individuals' Preferences for Electronics
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine Lark (Marcus Autism Center; Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Given our current technology-driven world, it is important to consider what effects technology has on individuals' behavior and development. This symposium provides a behavior analytic approach to assessing individuals' preferences for electronics while discussing the implications for later development. The symposium will begin with a presentation by Martin and colleagues examining the preference rankings of children with developmental disabilities for electronic items within preference assessments. Subsequently, Hoffmann and colleagues will present on the displacement of low-technology items by high-technology items in preference assessments for adults with disabilities and discuss what implications this has on the validity of the assessment. The symposium will close with a presentation by Bonilla and colleagues on the use of reinforcement delays to alter children's preferences from high-technology to low-technology items. In conclusion, the goal of this symposium is to provide an overview on the use of electronic items within preference assessments as well as discuss a way to shift individuals' preferences towards low-technology items.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Displacement, Electronics, Preference Assessment, Reinforcement Delay
 

Evaluating Preference for Electronics Compared to Other Items in Children With Intellectual and Developmental Delays

CLARISSA MARTIN (Marcus Autism Center), Karys Michaela Normansell (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display repetitive patterns of behavior and restricted interests. A preference for tangible items, especially electronic items, may be encompassed in these restricted interests. Past research has identified that individuals with developmental delays spend more leisure time on electronic devices compared to typically developing peers. However, this past research was based on caregiver report through surveys, and research on preference for electronic items in this population using direct observation is needed. The goal of this presentation is to present results from a consecutive case-series study of preference assessments conducted with children with intellectual and developmental disabilities who were admitted to a day treatment unit for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Data from over 50 participants demonstrated that electronic items, especially those for which there are multiple videos or games available (e.g., tablets), are consistently ranked higher than other tangible items in preference assessments. Implications for treatment settings that conduct preference assessments and identify preferred items for use as reinforcement are discussed.

 

The Displacement of Low-Tech Items by High-Tech Items During Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments

AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Johnson State College), Anna Brady (Utah State University), Ryan Paskins (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Researchers have repeatedly found that some types of items (e.g. edibles) tend to displace other types of items (i.e., leisure items) during multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. Although anecdotal evidence suggests that high-tech items are frequently more preferred when combined with low-tech items during MSWO assessments, these two categories of items are often combined during assessments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether or not preference hierarchies are affected by combining high- and low-tech stimuli in MSWO preference assessments. We conducted an assessment using all low-tech items, then using all high-tech items. We then conducted a combined assessment to test for displacement. The results indicated that the high-tech items displaced low-tech items for five of eight participants. Subsequent reinforcer assessments demonstrated similar levels of responding for the highest preferred high-tech and low-tech items, providing evidence that the combined assessment may provide inaccurate results due to displacement.

 

Identifying Children's Preference in Toys and Encouraging Low-Tech Toy Use With Reinforcement Delays

SOFIA BEATRIZ LATORRE (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Yuram Kim (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Children's overuse of high-technology, including an overuse of screen time, negatively affects their development including attention span and sleep, and it competes other beneficial activities like exercise, as well as social and academic experiences. This study compared the results of two assessments for describing children's preferences for high- and low-tech activities, assessed the degree to which children preferred high-tech activities, and evaluated an intervention for changing those preferences. In this study, subjects were encouraged to reduce the amount of screen time available by selecting low-tech toys. First, Experiment 1 identified children's preference for high or low-tech toys and tested if parents could predict their preference using a survey tool. Experiment 2 evaluated if delaying access to high-tech toys would affect the child's toy selection. Results indicated parents were able to make modest predictions about their child's preferences, all children showed a preference for high-tech toys over low-tech toys, and all children's preferences shifted toward low-tech toys once therapeutic delays were implemented for choosing high-tech toys.

 
 
Symposium #94
Transient Behavioral Changes: Theory, Data and Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The objective of the symposium is to present theoretical discussion and data on transient states of behavior, its controlling variables and applied implications. The field of Behavior Analysis has been paid attention to stable states of behavior, and few studies take an empirical analysis of transient states of behavior and its applied implications. The first presentation is going to analyze behavior dynamics as a field devoted to the fundamental question of what forces drive changes in behavior. Exemplars of different problems and approaches will be briefly reviewed, such as the phenomenon of shaping. Shaping is foundational to all of behavior analysis, yet this has received surprisingly little systematic analysis. The second presentation will show experimental studies demonstrating that the verbal operant called qualifying autoclitic, when presented as an antecedent condition of a response, may have persuasive effects upon it, altering the function of verbal stimuli that accompanies them, producing temporary changes. The applied implications of these temporary changes will be addressed.

 
Behavior Dynamics: Themes and Variations
(Theory)
MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
Abstract: Behavior dynamics is a field devoted to the fundamental question of what forces drive changes in behavior. Exemplars of different problems and approaches will be briefly reviewed. For example, the phenomenon of shaping is foundational to all of behavior analysis, yet this has received surprisingly little systematic analysis. Part of the difficulty here is the need for careful specification of the initial behaviors which are then subject to transformation into new behaviors through differential reinforcement. Typically, to address this problem, some steady-state “baseline” is established under some simple contingency and then a new contingency is introduced and the transition to a new steady-state performance is investigated. This, too, has received remarkably little attention, so that we understand relatively little about how the typical patterns of responding under commonly studied schedules of reinforcement actually emerge. A more common approach, exemplified by a fair number of studies, is to investigate transitions within sessions by repeated changes in the behavior-consequence relations to see how, for example, response rates track changes in available reinforcement rates. These studies have been subject to the most detailed mathematical modeling. Other approaches include explorations of feedback functions and, in general, complex contingencies wherein ongoing behavior-consequence relations modify how the contingencies control subsequent behavior.
 

Verbal Behavior of Higher Order: Theoretical-Empirical Analysis of Transient Effects of Autoclitics Upon Nonverbal Behavior

(Basic Research)
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

The experimental studies presented will demonstrate that the verbal operant called autoclitic, when presented as an antecedent condition of a response, may have persuasive effects upon it, altering the function of verbal stimuli that accompanies them and produce temporary changes. The empirical base is eleven experiments with A-B-A or Pre-Post Test designs. The participants were typical developed children and young university adults. The procedures always evolved a baseline, where it was observed the frequency of a nonverbal response. In experimental phases, one or more verbal manipulations were conducted, evolving verbal antecedent stimuli with the autoclitics topography suggested by Skinner (1957), where one or more verbal responses, previously observed during baseline, were differentially reinforced or instructed. After this, Post-Test measures, under similar conditions of those in baseline, were taken, verifying the reversion or not of the responses observed during baseline. The results in the majority of the studies indicated that the effects of autoclitics verbal stimuli upon nonverbal behavior were transient. Nevertheless, applied implications of transient states produced by autoclitics are highlighted. Transient states produced by autoclitic verbal stimuli on nonverbal response were identified through subtle measures such as latency of a response.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #95
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Using Evidence-Based Kernels to Create Nurturing Environments in Groups and Organizations

Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Magnus Johansson, M.S.
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
MAGNUS JOHANSSON (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Magnus Johansson is a licensed psychologist, former CEO of a private care organization, and for the last 9 years he has been working as a consultant, primarily with leadership and group/organization development using Organizational Behavior Management and Contextual Behavioral Science. Clients include private and public sector organizations with a very wide variety of types of business. During the last two years Magnus has collaborated with Leif Andersson to develop and deliver a time-efficient management training intervention for the Swedish Migration Agency. Magnus has also done work on cultural adaption and pilot testing of the PAX Good Behavior Game in Sweden, as well as being involved in the ProSocial project (www.prosocial.world). He has recently initiated a research project at the Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences, aiming to develop behavioral measures of Nurturing Environments in groups and organizations, and to investigate the effects of multi-tier and multi-level interventions to improve nurturance, using the concept of evidence-based kernels.
Abstract:

Creating work environments that allow humans to thrive and be healthy over time, while also collaborating to increase efficiency in their work is a challenge for any kind of organization. Developing key skills and behaviors that become a natural part of the day to day work is a challenge for every behavior change consultant. An evidence-based kernel is a behavior–influence procedure shown through experimental analysis to affect specific behaviors (Embry & Biglan, 2008). Existing evidence shows that a variety of kernels can influence behavior in context, and evidence suggests that frequent or sufficient use of some kernels may produce longer lasting behavioral shifts. Nurturing Environments (Biglan, Flay, Embry & Sandler, 2012; Biglan, 2015) describes key areas in evolving a healthy culture: minimizing toxic social conditions, increasing reinforcement of prosocial behaviors, limiting problem behaviors, and promoting psychological flexibility in the pursuit of one’s values and goals. This presentation will show how these concepts, coming from research in prevention, can be applied in various ways in non-clinical contexts, with special focus on organizations, groups and communities.

Target Audience:

Professionals working with behavior change in any context, interested in doing practical work in evolving leadership, organizations and groups.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Nurturing Environments and how the field of prevention science can provide useful concepts and interventions in non-clinical settings; (2) discuss several evidence-based kernels and their application in working with leadership and group development; (3) provide examples from a leadership program with specifics of how to use the concept of evidence-based kernels in delivering training.
 
 
Symposium #96
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Guidance or Compliance: What Makes an Ethical Behavior Analyst?
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Nancy Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2016, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board released a new revised ethical code for the field: The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. In this revised code, the board has shifted the language of the code from that of a set of guidelines to that of a set of enforceable rules. This important shift has not been well discussed in the field. In this symposium, we explore the potential implications and perhaps inadvertent consequences of such a shift and propose that a focus on a process of ethical decision making, rather than on an increasing set of rules, may be a better way to promote ethical behavior within the field. We propose a possible ethical decision making process and give a case example of how the process would be used in confronting an ethical dilemma.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compliance code, ethics
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Learners will understand the ethical approach taken by the current ethical code and the implications of that approach 2) Learners will understand other approaches to ethical decision making 3) Learners will be learn of a possible ethical decision making process and how to use it.
 
Ethical Decision Making
(Theory)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract: Abstract: This presentation will discuss the rule-based ethical approach currently being taken by the BACB and the potential implications of that approach. It will provide an overview of other historical approaches to ethical decision making and their strengths and weaknesses and will propose that a focus on an ethical decision making process rather than a focus on compliance with a set of rules might better promote ethical decision making within the field of behavior analysis.
 
An Ethical Decision Making Process for Behavior Analysts
(Theory)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract: Abstract: This talk will outline a possible ethical decision making process developed to help behavior analysts carefully and methodically analyze ethical dilemmas encountered in their practice. The talk will outline the steps of the process and then present a case study example of how the process would be used to help resolve an ethical dilemma.
 
 
Symposium #97
Inter-Individual Variation and Individual Behavior Development: Phylogenetic and Ontogenetic Factors
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 10-13
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christina Nord (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

Behavioral phenomena both result from and contribute to the workings of natural selection. Phylogenetic selection as a causal mechanism has revolutionized our understanding of the origin of various phenotypes (observable characteristics) within and across animal species. The discovery that behavior also acts as a phenotypes in phylogenetic evolution has greatly enriched a thoroughgoing theory of behavior and afforded the opportunity to discover the relationships between ontogenetic and phylogenetic selection. Ontogenetic and phylogenetic selection require variation from which to select and are constrained by multiple variables. For example, behavioral repertoires are constrained by an individual's neuroanatomy and environment; ontogeny and phylogeny interact to select and constrain response systems. Additionally, variation, selection, and constraints act across populations of individuals, which can result in stable population-level phenotypes despite variation at the individual level. Measures of "personality" in the animal behavior literature exemplify a focus on this population-level consistency by measuring behavioral phenotypes relative to the population's repertoire. Here, we aim to synthesize fieldwork with a theoretical analysis focusing on phylogenetic and ontogenetic selection in order to better understand how a selectionist approach can inform research on and interpretation of behavioral phenomena.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): evolution, neuroscience, plastisity, selection
 
The Interaction of Phylogenetic and Ontogenetic Selection Processes
(Theory)
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Selection stands as an alternative to essentialist thinking and as a causal frame for current forms within biology and behavior. When originally discovered, selection was thought to work only on the level of phylogenetic evolution. When genes were discovered, their power to potentially work as a substrate for both heredity and variation, which are necessary for natural selection to occur, earned them an exclusive role in evolutionary thought for a long time. Yet since that time, massive advances in the field have uncovered other mechanisms of heredity and variation, and selection-based causal mechanisms within single lifetimes have been uncovered. This talk will review the minimal relationships that are necessary for a system of selection to arise, the varieties of entities and events that fill these necessary roles in various systems of selection, and the interconnectedness between different levels of selection. Information garnered from evolutionary biology, development, epigenetics, ethology, and behavior analysis will be synthesized to demonstrate how a comprehensive understanding of the relationships between ontogenetic and phylogenetic selection can inform research and interpretation of behavioral phenomena. Our current understanding of selection continues to undergo revision as the complexity of evolutionary processes further come to light.
 
Rapid Inhibition of Competing Behavior within a Response System: A Neuro-Operant Analysis
(Theory)
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The behavioral repertoire has been described as a set of environment-behavior relations acquired during the lifetime of the organism. Within that conceptualization, a response system can be considered as a neuroanatomically and ontogenetically constrained and defined subset of environment-behavior relations. For instance, given the anatomical organization of the human vocal apparatus, humans seem to be able to emit a single vocal response at any given time. Conversely, based on the anatomical organization of human arms and hands, multiple responses can be emitted concurrently, and, within each hand, each finger can potentially respond independently from the others, provided that the organism learns to move the fingers independently. The interaction between ontogeny and phylogeny is discussed in relation to physiologically constrained response systems and Palmer’s (2009) concept of the repertoire, according to which shifts in current stimulus control determine what is the dominant response within each response system. Neural mechanisms that ensure rapid winner-take-all response selection are described with a special focus on how inhibition of competing responses is possible within very short time-frames.
 

Measuring Individual Variation in Wild Vervet Monkeys: How Do Populations Emerge From Individuals?

(Basic Research)
CHRISTINA NORD (University of Lethbridge), S. Henzi (University of Lethbridge), Louise Barrett (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

Variation within and across populations is a necessary component of natural selection, and within-subject variation is a necessary component of behavioral selection. In the animal behavior literature, "boldness" is a measure of the propensity of animals to approach novel stimuli. Boldness is considered to be a measure of animal behavior "personality." Personality measures investigate individual behavioral differences in a population and are predicted to be consistent through time. Here, we examined whether wild vervet monkeys (Chlorocebus pygerythrus) responded similarly to the presentation of novel food items. Individual responses toward novel food items were recorded for 106 individuals in three troops of free-ranging vervet monkeys residing in a private game reserve in South Africa. Replication trials were conducted for a subset of individuals, and the data were analyzed for consistency at both population and individual levels. Our data indicate that boldness was consistent both within age and sex classes, as well as at the population level (repeatability), while being less so within individuals (replicability). Implications of these findings are discussed with respect to both behavioral and natural selection.

 
 
Panel #98
CE Offered: BACB
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida)
NEIL T. MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s certification programs will be provided: Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, and Registered Behavior Technician. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including changes to standards, new initiatives, and various international development activities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe recent BACB data trends. Participants will be able to describe the BACB’s recent developments. Participants will be able to describe key facets of the BACB’s international development efforts.
 
 
Panel #99
CE Offered: BACB
Moving To Electronic Data Collection: Lessons Learned and Tips From Four Organizations
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Paul W. Heering, M.A.
Chair: Paul W. Heering (May Institute)
JAIME STINE (Alpine Learning Group)
TYLER PROULX (Virginia Institute of Autism)
MICHELE D. MAYER (Horace Mann Educational Associates)
Abstract:

In recent years, many organizations have made the move from traditional pen and paper data collection systems to electronic systems. As behavior analysts, we take massive amounts of data in very structured formats, therefore this switch is not an easy transition and can cause anxiety for many. This panel discussion will allow four representatives from four different agencies providing behavior analysis services to tell the story of their transition to electronic systems. Panelists will focus on describing their organization and their transition to an electronic system. Each participant will also describe the steps that did and did not go well, things they know now but wish they knew before starting this process, and give tips to those looking to make a similar switch. The panelists have been chosen to ensure a wide variety of viewpoints and experiences. Panelists come from groups servicing from 50 to 1,000 clients, providing services in a range of settings (home, clinic, & schools), and users of three different electronic platforms. Discussion will include audience questions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Any behavior analyst currently collecting data on paper and considering moving to an electronic system.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn benefits of electronic data collection 2. Learn drawbacks of electronic data collection 3. Learn tips for smooth transitions to electronic data collection
Keyword(s): Data Collection, Technology
 
 
Invited Tutorial #100
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Selection by Scientific Consequences in the Ecology of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Chair: Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
Presenting Authors: : ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England)
Abstract:

Ecology is the study of how organisms relate to one another and to their physical environment. This tutorial presents three insights from an ecological approach to investigating the scientific behavior of behavior analysts. First, longstanding discussions of "foxes" and "hedgehogs" have divided us into behavior analysts who use a broad range of skills and those who rely on a more specialized skillset, but additional categories may be valuable as well. Second, we are all products of the training we receive. From an ecological perspective, behavior analysis training programs can be K-selective or r-selective, either investing heavily in a small number of students or training as many students as possible, with less time and resources invested in each one. Finally, organizing behavior analysis research into a taxonomy, as ecologists have organized life on earth, may help to identify knowledge gaps and emerging areas of future research. One system classifies the spectrum of empirical behavior analysis research into tiers based on the research subjects, target behavior, relevant stimuli and setting used. Viewing behavior analysts, training programs and research output as an ecosystem can enable us to apply the enormously successful methods of science to our own affairs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use Marr's (1991) criteria to differentiate between foxes and hedgehogs in behavior analysis; (2) evaluate the merits and shortcomings of r- and K-selective training programs for educators and students; (3) classify research output according to taxonomic criteria.
 
ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England)
Liz Kyonka is a lecturer in Psychology at the University of New England in Armidale, Australia. Originally from Canada, she completed an Sc.B. in Cognitive Neuroscience at Brown University and a Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Canterbury, in Christchurch, New Zealand. Her research uses schedules of reinforcement to study behavioral mechanisms, with a specific focus on of choice adaptation and temporal learning. An emerging conceptual line of research explores how behavior principles operate on the scientific activities of behavior analysts. Her work has been funded by the National Science and Engineering Research Council of Canada and the National Science Foundation. Dr. Kyonka has served in executive roles for the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. Currently, she is on the ABAI Program Board and the editorial boards of Analysis of Gambling Behavior and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
 
 
Symposium #101
CE Offered: BACB
Manipulating Motivating Operations and Reinforcement Schedules to Increase the Verbal Repertoire of Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For individuals with autism, effective instructional methods for increasing their communication repertoire is essential for preventing social impairments due to miscommunication or the occurrence of problem behavior. This makes initial instruction in foundational communication skills invaluable for future generalization and maintenance of skills. The first study addresses the impact of discrimination of negatively-reinforced mands by evaluating training methods for teaching participants to reject nonpreferred foods on which they were trained, generalization to novel nonpreferred foods, and maintenance over time. Authors for the second study take a strategy that has commonly been investigated for mands, manipulating motivating operations prior to instruction, to determine what effects presession attention has on acquisition of tacts and intraverbals. With the third study, authors promote early requisite behaviors for skill acquisition by demonstrating the utility of environmental arrangements, differential reinforcement, and demand fading procedures to promote choice allocation to instructional environments when demand requirements are high and schedule thinning occurs. Authors for the fourth study evaluated the effects of echoic prompts to increase mand utterance length from single word mands to more socially clear and acceptable mands using multi-word sentences. The discussant will deliver a synthesized conclusion and present future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mand, negative reinforcement, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who are clinicians or researchers. Appropriate for graduate students or individuals who already have their BCBA.

 

Discrimination and Generalization of Negatively-Reinforced Mands in Young Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Gabriela McWhorter (Old Dominion University)
Abstract:

In this study, we examined the generalization of negatively-reinforced mands in three young children with autism. First, we used example and nonexample stimuli embedded in mand training to teach a new, socially appropriate, negatively-reinforced mand to reject unpreferred food items while continuously assessing mand discrimination. Second, we evaluated the discriminated generalization of the newly acquired mand by using untrained example and nonexample stimuli. Finally, we conducted maintenance probes to examine if the new, discriminated mand occurred over time in the absence of training. Results suggest that our mand training produced acquisition of a discriminated negatively-reinforced mand in all three children. Data indicate that the newly acquired, discriminated mand generalized to untrained food items and was maintained after training was discontinued. We discuss clinical implications and the conceptual significance of using example and nonexample trials to produce acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of negatively-reinforced mands in young children with autism and language delays.

 
The Effects of Presession Attention on the Acquisition of Tacts and Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of presession attention on the acquisition of tacts (Experiment 1) and intraverbals (Experiment 2) in children diagnosed with Autism. Each participant was exposed to 3 conditions. In the first 2 conditions, participants experienced a 15-min interval of either presession attention (PA) or no presession attention (NPA) followed by a teaching session. The third condition was a control condition. Across experiments, all participants acquired the verbal operants assigned to the NPA condition, whereas only four of the six participants acquired the verbal operants assigned to the PA condition. Five of the six participants required fewer sessions to meet the mastery criterion and a shorter duration of training for the verbal operants assigned to the NPA condition as compared to the PA condition. These outcomes suggest that antecedent manipulations traditionally reserved for mand training can positively affect the acquisition of other verbal operants. Theoretical implications are discussed.
 

Evaluation of Structured Interventions to Increase Response Allocation to Instructional Settings for Girls With Autism

(Applied Research)
TOM CARIVEAU (University of North Carolina Wilmington), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Arwa Alamoudi (University of Georgia), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center; Georgia State University), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder may engage in a variety of behaviors that influence the efficacy of early intervention programming (e.g., tantrums, disruptive behaviors, etc.). Behavior analysts may utilize a variety of strategies to reduce these competing behaviors and increase appropriate repertoires. However, these strategies may vary in efficacy and caregivers may express concerns when the child engages in problem behavior in a therapeutic setting. The current study describes the findings of a structured intervention protocol on problem behavior and alternative behavior (e.g., compliance, close proximity, etc.) for nine female participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and no vocal verbal behavior. The intervention included the arrangement of concurrent reinforcement schedules, demand fading, and differential reinforcement procedures without the use of physical guidance. Findings indicate that the topography of problem behavior differed across participants during baseline with seven participants completing all stages of the protocol. One participant did not complete the protocol due to high rates of motor stereotypy. For an additional participant, baseline rates of problem behavior were low, thus, progression through the protocol was not necessary. Implications for early intervention are discussed.

 

Effects of Echoic Prompts on Increasing Mand Utterance Length for Children with Autism

(Applied Research)
YANNICK ANDREW SCHENK (May Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Mand training curricula often emphasize the teaching of single-word utterances (e.g., "cookie") to initially provide young learners with an efficient and functional form of communication to make requests. However, as a child's mand repertoire increases, it may be preferable to increase the mean length of utterances (MLU; e.g., "I want cookie"). A total of six children between ages of 4 and 6 years old who primarily manded and tacted using single words participated in the current study. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess the effects of a treatment on MLU. Following baseline probes, a treatment involving echoic prompts using two- to three-word utterances (mands) was used to increase participants' mean length of mands. Results indicated the use of echoic prompts was effective in increasing MLUs across all participants. Maintenance probes were conducted with one of the participants and results showed that MLUs maintained over four sessions.

 
 
Symposium #102
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Application of ABA Principles for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Upon increased awareness for evidence-based treatment in autism among caregivers, needs for ABA service in Korea have drastically escalated. Yet, qualified professionals are scarce and service materials are extremely limited. Our team has continuously worked on establishing an evidence-based assessment and treatment materials for the past 10 years. In this symposium, we are presenting research findings on newly developed assessment instruments for measuring the functions of problem behaviors, and social-perception ability. In addition, results and implications from 2 treatment outcome studies, a behavioral parenting program for decreasing problem behaviors and an app-based application program for improving social ability, will be shared. Specific details on developing and conducting research projects related to this topic will be beneficial to future researchers and clinicians.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D

 

Development and Validation of an App-Based Social Skills Program for Children With High-Functioning Autism

(Applied Research)
DONGJOO CHIN (Yonsei University), Eun Sun Chung (Yonsei University), Soojin Kim (Yonsei University), HyangKyeong Oh (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Deficits of social communication seen in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) can be explained by a lack of social skills and the inability to perceive faces. Although ABA can be used to improve social skills of children with ASD, limitations exist in terms of cost, accessibility, and effectiveness. The aim of this study was to develop and test the effectiveness of "Yface," a cost-effective and highly accessible evidence-based program. "Yface" consists of tasks that are designed to improve eye-contact, face perception and social cognition. Fifth-three high-functioning ASD children participated in the study and were randomly assigned to three groups: a social training ("Yface"), a cognitive training ("Ycog") and a control (waiting) group. The two training groups trained through the program for 10-15 minutes per day for 12 weeks, whereas the waiting group received usual care. Computerized cognitive tasks, the Faux-Pas test, behavioral observation, and an interview and surveys were conducted as pre- and post- assessments. A repeated measure ANOVA was used for data analysis. Result showed that the "Yface" group reported enhanced social reactivity, communication and face perception compared to the "Ycog" group and the waiting group. This indicates that the "Yface" program is effective in improving social cognition of children with ASD. Further efforts are needed for the implementation and dissemination of the program.

 

Understanding Subtle Emotions in Others: Applying the Yonsei Mindreading Face Battery (Y-CAM) in Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
EUN SUN CHUNG (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders(ASD) are characterized by significant difficulties in emotion recognition, but the evidence-based assessment tool for this impairment is limited. Yonsei Mindreading Face Battery(Y-CAM) is developed to test subtle emotion recognition, including 113 facial stimuli video clips which has been modified to match Korean culture based on the Cambridge Mindreading Face Battery. The purpose of this study is to establish differential validity of the Y-CAM in detecting subtle emotion recognition in ASD on samples of adolescents with ASD and typically developing(TD) adults. In experiment 1, 60 adolescents with ASD completed 3 tasks consisting of Y-CAM, the Autism Quotient (AQ), and the Social Skills Improvement System(SSIS), whereas 121 TD adults completed 5 tasks consisting of Y-CAM, AQ, SSIS, Beck Depression Inventory(BDI) and State-Trait Anxiety Inventory(STAI). The results showed a significant positive correlation between Y-CAM and SSIS among ASD adolescents, while Y-CAM was significantly negatively correlated with AQ among TD adults. In experiment 2, youths with ASD were divided into 2 groups upon their ages and the accuracy of Y-CAM were compared. The results showed that children aged 5-10 showed significantly lower accuracy of emotion perception than adolescents aged 11-17. These results suggest that the Y-CAM is a sensitive tool to detect emotion recognition ability in both ASD adolescents and adults.

 

Effectiveness of Behavioral Parent Training on Reducing Problem Behaviors for Youths With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
SEO-I LEE (Yonsei University), Chunmae Lee (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA)
Abstract:

Problem behaviors such as physical aggression, self-injury, defiance, stereotypy, and disruption are major barriers to the children and adolescents' social development and their parents' quality of life. Behavioral parent training (BPT) is one of the empirically supported interventions for improving problem behaviors and promoting effective parenting. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of behavioral parent training (BPT) on reducing problem behaviors for youths with developmental disabilities (DD). Twenty-five parents of youths with DD participated in a BPT program for 12 weeks. Data on parent's quality of life, knowledge of behavior principles, parenting efficacy, parenting stress and depression were collected before and after the training. Parents also recorded frequency and severity of the target problem behaviors of their offspring. Paired t-test showed significant improvement on all dependent variables after the training. Bootstrapping, a computational nonparametric technique for "re-sampling," enables researchers to draw a conclusion about the characteristics of a population strictly from the existing sample rather than by making parametric assumptions about the estimator. Bootstrapping was used to compare the confidence intervals of the mean severity of problem behavior before and after training. The results showed that 64%(16 out of 25) youth showed significant reduction of their problem behaviors after the BPT training program, suggesting the BPT as an effective method to treat problem behaviors.

 

Comparison Between Teachers and Day Program Staff on the Functional Assessment for Challenging/Problem Behaviors for Persons With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
MINJOO LEE (Korea Institute for ABA), Hyeonsuk Jang (Korea Institute for ABA), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA), Daesung Seo (Yonsei University Graduate School Department of Psychology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to compare the identified functions of problem behaviors between teachers and day program staff for persons with developmental disabilities (DD). 15 teachers (aged 23-57; 5 teachers completed two questionnaires; N = 20) and 25 staff members (aged 20-45; N = 25) who works for the DD population (aged 8-43) participated in this study. They completed one or two Functional Assessment for Challenging/Problem Behaviors (FAPB: Chung, Kim & Chung, 2017) questionnaires to evaluate the function of the problem behaviors of clients they work with. The FAPB is a 24-item scale used to identify 6 functions of problem behaviors (demand, self-stimulation, physical state, obsession and control, avoidance, attention) and its psychometric properties were well established. An independent t-test was conducted to determine the differences the FAPB scores of each function between teachers and staff. As a result, there was a significant difference only in the 'obsession and control' function and there were no significant differences in the other functions. This result suggests possible differences in perception of the function of problem behaviors across informants. Further implications and limitations of this study are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #103
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions: Experimental Research to Improve Communication Outcomes in Children With Complex Communication Needs
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Communication is central to most major life activities. Children with complex communication needs and developmental disabilities frequently benefit from implementation of augmentative and alternative communication interventions, which provide them with means of supplementing conventional communication modes. This symposium includes 4 presentations and a discussant -- renowned, experienced researcher teams spanning the fields of communication science, behavior analysis, and special education and from 5 Carnegie-classified Doctoral Universities, Highest Research Activity. These teams will present findings from their work on topics such as parent coaching interventions for families with children with autism spectrum disorder, functional communication training and schedules of reinforcement, promoting peer interaction in preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder, and using technology to improve language outcomes in young children. Findings will provide researchers with direction to fill research gaps and practitioners with empirically-supported strategies for improving communication for children with complex communication needs, their families, and their peers. The discussant will provide a synthesis of and potential future research directions for the use of augmentative and alternative communication for people with autism spectrum and other developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, augmentative communication, CCN, single-case design
Target Audience:

Researchers Graduate students Practitioners

 

The Persistence of Augmentative and Alternative Mands During Functional Communication Training Following Fixed and Variable Reinforcement Schedules for Two Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota), Brittany Pennington (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Functional communication training is a robust intervention to decrease challenging behavior. The implementation of this intervention often includes a continuous reinforcement schedule arrangement for the targeted appropriate replacement behavior, including mands; potentially impacting the persistence of mands when introduced to the thinned and variable reinforcement schedules often encountered in the natural environment. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of functional communication training intervention delivered with fixed ratio (FR1) and then variable ratio (VR3) reinforcement schedules on the targeted mands with adapted reversal designs with embedded extinction probes (Wacker et al., 2011). During the intervention, parents conducted all functional communication training interventions with remote coaching via telehealth. Both participants improved use of the targeted mands, including with augmentative and alternative communication, and experienced reductions in challenging behavior. Implications from this study support increased responding of the mands under variable schedules. Both participants displayed increased responding of mands in the extinction probes following variable reinforcement schedules; however, one participant also experienced slightly elevated levels of an untargeted typography of challenging behavior.

 

Augmentative and Alternative Communication and Peer Interaction: Supporting Preschool Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
MICHELLE THERRIEN (Florida State University)
Abstract:

Purpose: Social interaction has been shown to have a positive impact on relationship development, health, and academic success. For children with autism spectrum disorders who use augmentative and alternative communication, evidence-based intervention to support peer interaction is needed. Method: 5 dyads of children (child with autism spectrum disorder and peer) participated. A multiple probe across dyads design with a partial replication was used to evaluate the effects of intervention on the frequency of communicative turns expressed by children with autism spectrum disorders when interacting with peers. Frequency of peer turns, percentage of turns taken by peers, and joint engagement were collateral measures. The intervention included: (a) provision of a communication app on an iPad and (b) dyadic turn-taking training. Results: For four participants with autism spectrum disorders, the intervention had a strong effect on the frequency of turn-taking. The fifth participant showed increased turn-taking during training, but little change in independent turn-taking. All peers increased turn-taking with no negative impact on the turn balance between participants. Average joint engagement increased for all dyads.

 

Teaching Five-Year-Olds to Build Sentences via Aided Augmentative and Alternative Communication Modeling With a Communication App

(Applied Research)
JENNIFER KENT-WALSH (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology), Cathy Binger (University of New Mexico), Nancy Harrington (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology), Carolyn Buchanan (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology)
Abstract:

Estimates indicate that more than 4.05 million people in the United States have such severe speech disabilities that they require the use of augmentative and alternative communication. Since the advent of mass market tablet technologies like the iPad, increasing numbers of families and clinicians are reportedly considering augmentative and alternative communication options for preschool-age children with complex communication needs. However, even when early access to augmentative and alternative communication technologies is available, accompanying access to evidence-based augmentative and alternative communication services -- particularly during the critical early language learning years -- often is not. This puts these children at further risk for the poor expressive language outcomes that have been reported in the augmentative and alternative communication literature. This investigation was designed to evaluate the impact of an aided augmentative and alternative communication modeling intervention on: (a) the productive use of a range of linguistic structures by 5 year olds using an augmentative and alternative communication iPad app, and (b) generalization to productive use of non-targeted linguistic structures. Single case experimental design (multiple probe across three participants) indicated that the intervention is effective in increasing participants' expressive productions of the targeted linguistic structures using an augmentative and alternative communication iPad app, and that participants are able to generalize to non-targeted linguistic structures.

 

The Effects of Parent Coaching in a Multimodal Communication Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
CHING-YI LIAO (Texas A&M University - College Station, TX), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University), Sarah Ura (Texas A&M University), Kristi Morin (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill)
Abstract:

This single-case experimental study was to evaluate the effects of coaching the parents in a multimodal communication intervention via behavioral skills training to parents of children with autism spectrum disorder to increase children's social communication skills in natural contexts. The participants included 2 parent-child dyads and 1 parent-child triad. The child participants ranged in age from 5 years to 15 years at the time of data collection and were identied as having autism spectrum disorder, two of whom also had complex communication needs. A multiple-probe design was used and data were collected on the proximal effects of the parent-coaching protocol on the parents' use of the intervention and the distal effects on communication behaviors in children. There were three phases in this study, including baseline, intervention, and generalization/maintenance. After collecting baseline data, the initial parent training session was provided in a group webinar, and the remaining 10-12 coaching sessions were provided individually with the parents and their children. Researchers implemented parent coaching, collected data via video recording, and provided weekly feedback to parents. The multimodal communication intervention was used to promote that each child's communication skills, and developmentally and behaviorally-based strategies were used to expanded new communication skills in children with autism spectrum disorder. The presenters will report results on the parents' fidelity of implementation and children's communication outcomes and will discuss limitations, suggestions for future research, and implications for practice.

 
 
Symposium #104
CE Offered: BACB
Examining Components of Parent and Staff Training: Assessment, Instruction, and Preferences
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Odessa Luna (Auburn University)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Odessa Luna, M.S.
Abstract:

To ensure child skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction, behavior analysts may conduct trainings with change agents (e.g., parents and special education staff). Utilizing behavioral techniques in school and home allows change agents to become active participants in their child's intervention. One empirically supported instructional strategy is the use of behavioral skills training (BST). BST is a multi-component teaching package that consists of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Past research demonstrates how BST can be employed to teach change agents to accurately implement behavioral interventions like discrete-trial instruction (e.g., Sarokoff & Sturmey 2004) or differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (e.g., DiGennaro, Martens, & Kleinmann, 2007). Though BST can increase the accuracy in which an individual conducts a behavior-analytic procedure, other factors could influence stakeholder implementation and endorsement of evidence-based practices. Given that BST is resource intensive, procedural modifications (using real-time feedback) or alternatives (self-instructional packages) should also be investigated to identify efficient and effective training modalities that could minimize practitioner time. Presentations in this symposium will describe strategies in assessing preferences and identifying barriers when conducting parent training. In addition, methodological BST refinements will also be presented. Dr. Nathan Call will discuss these studies at the conclusion of the presentations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, parent training, staff training
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are board certified behavior analysts and graduate students in applied behavior analysis who conduct training in home and school settings.

 

Assessment and Improvement of Parent Training

JAMIE VILLACORTA (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Florida Institute of Technology), James Bevacqua (Nemours Children's Hospital), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Despite training, some parents continue to implement behavioral interventions with poor integrity. In the current study, we assessed the barriers to proper parental implementation of a skill acquisition procedure to teach verbal operants to three children with autism. Prior to baseline, parents were taught to implement the skill acquisition procedure. During baseline, we assessed parental implementation of the procedure. Next, we adapted the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) to assess the reasons parents implemented the procedure poorly during the baseline phase. Based on PDC results, we designed a training to increase the percentage of steps on which parents correctly implemented the skill acquisition procedure with their children. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the assessment to identify barriers to proper parental implementation of behavioral interventions.

 

An Evaluation of Parent Preference for Visual Inspection

MIRANDA MAY OLSEN (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), William Davies (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Abstract:

In behavior analysis, visual inspection is the primary method of evaluation of the effects of treatment outcomes (Kahng, Chung, Gutshall, Pitts, Koad, & Girolami, 2010). Previous research shows that graphical analysis has multiple benefits including allowing immediate treatment decisions to be made and communicating with interested parties (e.g., parents; Vanselow & Bourret, 2010). Although previous research evaluated teacher's preference for different graphical forms, limited research has been conducted to evaluate parent preference for graphical displays. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to evaluate parents' preferences for and understanding (i.e., clarity) of single-subject design graphs. 276 parents completed a survey that asked questions regarding their preference for several graphical forms. Results showed that bar graphs and pie charts were most preferred for evaluating problem behavior. For skill acquisition data, parents preferred condensed data displays rather than data displayed in a multiple baseline across stimulus sets. The role of using different graphical displays with parents, clinical implications, and future research suggestions are discussed.

 

Evaluation of Real-Time Feedback to Train Caregivers to Conduct Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions

AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Mounting empirical support for early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has increased demand for these types of treatments for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Many caregivers are now learning EIBI techniques and becoming active agents in their child's ASD treatment. Behavioral skills training (BST) has been frequently used to teach individuals to perform a variety of skills correctly, including discrete-trial instruction (DTI) (Lafasakis & Sturmey, 2007). In this study, caregivers were trained to conduct a DTI procedure. A single-component BST method (i.e., real-time feedback) was examined. A concurrent, multiple baseline across caregivers design was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results showed that a single-component BST was associated with short training time and few sessions to mastery. In addition, caregivers expressed high satisfaction with the real-time feedback training method.

 
Using a Self-Instructional Package to Train Special Education Staff Members to Implement Reinforcement Strategies
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), Jessica Palmier (Auburn University), Elizabeth Brestan-Knight (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: We trained five special education staff members to conduct differential reinforcement of other and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior using PowerPoint presentations that incorporated embedded text, video modeling, and voiceover instruction. After training, we evaluated each staff member’s implementation of the reinforcement strategies with a confederate who engaged in simulated problem behavior. After multiple video exposures in a group training format, one participant mastered both procedures, three participants mastered one procedure, and one participant did not master either strategy. We discuss the clinical implications of the findings and utility of this training strategy in a school-consulting role.
 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB
Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relations With Arbitrary/Non-Arbitrary and Familiar/Unfamiliar Stimuli
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kelly Mercorella (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Typically developing children learn language incidentally through experiences interactions with caregivers in the environment. However, some children do not acquire language incidentally, and require direct instruction. We call the presence of the incidental acquisition of language as a speaker and a listener as Bidirectional Naming. We present 4 papers that examine the ways individuals acquire language incidentally and the subsequent effects of the acquisition of Bidirectional Naming. The first paper examines the differences in the incidental acquisition of language for familiar and non-familiar stimuli. Results demonstrated a significant difference in the percentage of correct responses emitted during probe sessions for the different types of stimuli. The second paper sought to determine if there is a relation between the presence of Bidirectional Naming and relational responding for arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli. The third paper examines the relation between verbal developmental cusps and the acquisition of basic relational concept development as measured by the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts. The final paper examines effective modes of instruction for students who have acquired Bidirectional Naming, and if its presence effected the rate of acquisition for new operants. All results will be discussed in terms of the educational implications of Bidirectional Naming.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bidirectional Naming, Derived Relations, VBDT
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are behavior analysts that are interested in the incidental learning of language, and its theoretical and practical implications.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will (1) understand the components of bidirectional naming, (2) explain how individuals may acquire bidirectional naming and derived relations, and (3) know the educational significance of the acquisition of bidirectional naming for individuals with disabilities.
 

Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Visual Non-Familiar and Familiar Stimuli: A Comparison of Naming Repertoires and the Effects of a Repeated Probe Procedure

KELLY L. KLEINERT (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Children's vocabulary exponentially increases without direct instruction (Hart & Risley, 1995). Verbal behavior developmental research and theory suggests that children acquire listener and speaker responses to a stimulus after observation of another person saying the name of the stimulus, when a Full Naming repertoire (i.e., joint stimulus control across listener and speaker responses) is present. In Experiment I, I examined the differences between incidental language acquisition of familiar (non-contrived) and unfamiliar (contrived) stimuli for 20 first-grade students. Paired samples t-tests were conducted to compare the percentage of correct untaught: (a) listener and speaker responses across stimuli conditions. The t-test revealed a significant difference in the percentage of correct untaught listener and speaker responses for familiar versus unfamiliar stimuli conditions. The results also suggest that the learned repertoire to acquire language incidentally differs across stimuli types (familiar and unfamiliar), consistent with findings of recent studies. In Experiment II, I examined the effects of a repeated naming probe intervention on the emergence of naming for familiar and unfamiliar stimuli. The increased numbers of correct untaught responses during post-intervention naming probe sessions across all participants, demonstrated relation between increased naming experiences and the emergence of joint stimulus control across listener and speaker responses for both stimuli types.

 

An Experimental Analysis of the Establishment of Bidirectional Naming on the Emergence of Non-Arbitrary and Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding

GEORGETTE MORGAN (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experiment is to determine if there is a relation between the presence of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) and relational responding for arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli. 32 preschool students , ages 2 to 4-years-old, were selected based on the demonstration of prerequisite listener and speaker repertoires. The participants were separated into 4 groups to control for sequence effects. Following a single exposure to a novel set of stimuli, the presence of BiN was measured by the number of correct listener (i.e., point) and speaker (i.e., intraverbal tact) responses emitted by the participants. The participants were trained with a second set of novel arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli in order to determine the presence of relational responses. These responses were measured based on correct responses to mutual entailment and combinatorial entailment probes. The results will be discussed in terms of (1) the presence of BiN, (2) the presence of relational responding, and (3) the relation between the two.

 

Basic Relational Concept and Verbal Behavior Development in Preschool Children With and Without Autism Spectrum Disorder

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Alexis Branca (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ann Boehm (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current study investigated basic, relational concept development, as measured by the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts 3rd Edition Preschool Version (BTBC3-P), in 51 preschoolers with and without Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Relational concepts represent spatial, dimensional, temporal, quantitative, and class relationships between objects or people. This study investigated relational concept acquisition using Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) framework. We found that preschoolers with ASD demonstrated significantly fewer acquisition of total concepts, quantitative concepts, and spatial concepts than their typically developing (TD) counterparts. Also, the more VBD cusps and capabilities a child attained, the more concepts he/she correctly identified. Further, regardless of diagnosis and student progression of VBD, naming was a significant predictor of total concepts known (R2 naming = .114), as well as of concepts known not covered in the C-PIRK curriculum (R2 naming = .099) used at the preschool. A secondary aim of this study investigated the effects of an Assessor's Tactic Checklist on the students' motivation and on task behavior as well as the assessment validity. Overall, diagnosis and naming were related to the number of assessor's tactics used, with those children with ASD and children without naming requiring significantly more types of tactics than their counterparts.

 
The Naming Continuum and the Subsequent Acceleration of Learning
MADELINE FRANK (Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract: In Experiment 1, I tested the effects of the induction of the verbal developmental capability of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on the rate of acquisition of new operants under Standard Learn Unit (SLU) and Instructional Demonstration Learn Unit (IDLU) conditions. With 4 preschool-age participants, I conducted a combined multiple probe and counterbalanced ABAB/BABA reversal design across dyads. Each participant’s rate of acquisition was compared under the IDLU and SLU conditions before and after the acquisition of BiN. After the acquisition of BiN, all participants demonstrated accelerated rates of learning academic objectives when provided IDLU instruction, indicating a functional relation between the acquisition of BiN and the acceleration of learning via teacher-modeled instruction. In Experiment 2, a combined ABAB/BABA reversal design across learning objectives and levels of BiN was used to compare the rate of learning speaker (i.e., tact) and listener (i.e., point-to) tasks across both IDLU and SLU conditions. Results indicated that students with BiN in repertoire always benefited from IDLU instruction, but students with only Unidirectional Naming (the listener half of Naming) only learned faster when provided a model for listener tasks. Results across both Experiments 1 and 2 indicate that BiN, which allows for students to learn language incidentally, is an essential verbal developmental capability for learning through the observation of a model in a standard classroom instructional setting.
 
 
Symposium #106
Cultural Analysis: From the Laboratory to the Natural Environment, From Basic to Translational Research
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Discussant: João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

The interest in cultural level phenomena has produced a great number of studies. These range from interpretations of social phenomena to experimental studies in the laboratory. This symposium aims to present some of this variety. The first study aimed to establish the best individual baselines for the study of social behavior and cultural practices in the lab using the parameters used in the literature of schedules of reinforcement. Twelve participants worked in a task that established the rate of responses, showing a good baseline for superimposing demands of coordination, helping to study levels of variation and selection. The second study aimed to evaluate differences between schedules of punishment and extinction in reducing the frequency of culturants. The data lead to the discussion of the effects as analogous to operant-level processes. The third presentation is an ongoing research aiming to promote sustainable behavior in children. The researcher present contingencies to increase four kinds of interlocked behavioral contingencies. The last presentation takes the concepts used in cultural analysis to make interpretation of interlocked behavioral contingencies in organizations as organizational culture. The study concludes with a comparison between the culture of public institutions in Brazil and post-bureaucratic organizations like technology and advertisement companies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): basic research, cultural analysis, OBM, translacional research
 

Establishing Good Individual Baselines for the Experimental Study of Social Behavior and Cultural Practices

(Basic Research)
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO BENVENUTI (Universidade de São Paulo), Thais F N de Toledo (Universidade Federal de Mato Grosso)
Abstract:

Participants worked in individual computers with image of a faucet and a gallon in the computer screen. Clicking with mouse button on faucet produced the filling of gallons according to different reinforcement schedules. Our task permits that the experimenter superimpose additional criteria (spacing responses) for coordinated behaviors from different participants. The aim of the present study was to establish the best individual baselines for the study of social behavior and cultural practices in the lab using the parameters frequently used in the literature of schedules of reinforcement. Twelve university students participated in the experiment. Six participants worked under ratio schedules (FR 40 and VR 40). Six other participants worked under interval schedules yoked to the firsts participants as a way to equalize reinforcement rate. Participants presented low rates in interval schedules and high rates in ratio schedules. Strong effect of programmed schedules indicates that parameters and stability criterion we used can produce a good baseline to test the effects of the demand for coordinated performances. We compare this data with others from our research group when demand for coordination is superimposed to baselines with less stability. This helps to evaluate two simultaneous levels of variation and selection occurring simultaneously.

 

Different Effects of Punishment and Extinction in Reducing Culturant's Frequency

(Basic Research)
FABIO HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Rio Verde), Isabella Lemes (Universidade de Rio Verde), Alina Biano (Universidade de Rio Verde), Poliana Ferreira da Silva (Universidade de Rio Verde), Rogerio Guaita dos Santos Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde)
Abstract:

Previously studies have showed that the culturant's frequency can be reducing by suspending cultural consequence or by providing aversive consequences (as losing bonus). But no study has investigated potential difference of this two ways by exposing the same group at both situations. This work aimed verify if there was different effects of to schedule punishment (characterized by losing bonus) or extinction (characterized by break only the metacontingency, so no bonus were available) in reducing culturants frequency. Six undergraduate students distributed in tow triads. In condition A responses were reinforced by points and culturants by adding bonus. In condition B responses still produced points, but culturants (that attend the criteria in previous condition) would produce withdraw bonus. In condition C only individual consequences were available. The Triad 1 was exposed to ABABACAC design and Triad 2 to ACACABAB design. Results showed that on one hand losing bonus could suppress culturant's frequency. On the other hand withdrawal could decline culturant's frequency slower than losing bonus. The data are discussed concerning different processes of selection in cultural level: strengthening cultural and weakening cultural. They are analogous processes in operant level.

 

Organizational Culture as Interlocked Behavioral Contingencies Selected By Cultural Consequences

(Applied Research)
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para)
Abstract:

Discussion about behavior management takes into account that organizations maintain patterns of behavioral contingencies. These patterns shape both wanted and unwanted behavior in the work environment. This may lead to behavioral problems and solutions. Cultural Analysis has emphasized the role of cultural consequences in the selection of interlocked behavioral contingencies. Discussion on metacontingencies may be useful in describing and planning interventions for changing that behavior. Organizational patterns of behavior, reinforcement and punishment practices may be conceptualized as an organizational culture in a Behavior Analytic framework. This study presents an overview of the concept of organizational culture: We describe it as interlocked behavioral contingencies and its aggregate product (a culturant) selected by its consequences. These consequences are both by an external environment and an internal environment. The study concludes with a comparison between the culture of public institutions in Brazil and post-bureaucratic organizations like technology and advertisement companies. Thus, we illustrate how environmental contingencies selected different interlocked behavioral contingencies.

 

Strengthening Children's Cultural Practices: Metacontingencies of Sustainability and Prevention of the Zika Virus

(Applied Research)
Laércia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

The objective of this ongoing research is to promote sustainable behavior in children, members of a new generation who can change the behavior of their family members. Participants were 32 children (approximately 10 years of age), students in the 5th grade of an elementary school in a Brazilian city. The researcher conducted 30 min sessions with the class, three times in two months. In these sessions the researcher addressed topics related to the 17 sustainable development goals proposed by the UN and established contingencies to promote operants related to sustainability. The target operants were related to four topics: 1) use of water 2) use of electrical energy; 3) management of residues; and 4) mechanical control of the mosquito Aedes aegypti. Children were instructed to observe and record operants in these four classes. In a baseline condition, the sustainable behaviors classes were represented by 63,64%, 75,76%, 69,69%, and 60,61% of children's records, respectively. In Condition B, the cultural practices of sustainability will be reinforced, and in Condition C metacontingencies of sustainability will have children in interlocking behavior contingencies (IBCs) producing aggregate products (APs) of sustainability. The cultural consequences will be presented by teachers and managers.

 
 
Paper Session #107
Improving Students' Academic Performance
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Emily Nordlund (Central Washington University )
 
Designing Effective Programs
Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY NORDLUND (Central Washington University; Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy)
 
Abstract: Pre-developed behavior analytic programs like the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program, Strategies for Teaching based on Autism Research or the Picture Exchange Communication System, are often implemented within learning centers. However, learning centers may want to implement new, non-behavioral programs to meet consumer’s needs. These new programs may contain gaps or weaknesses such as unreliable assessments, curriculums, or effective instructional strategies that fit within the learning center’s methodologies. Additionally, there may not be evidence of growth as pertaining to the learning center’s population. At Morningside Academy, Primary Math (also known as Singapore Math) was implemented in the 2016-2017 school year. After one year of implementing Primary Math as prescribed by the publisher, Primary Math did produce desired outcomes, although the growth was not as robust as in previous years pre-implementation. We aligned this program with a behavior analytic approach, which we believe will increase the magnitude of student’s academic gains. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the process we took, thereby educating the audience on how they can align potential programs with a more behavior analytic approach.
 

Effects of Prompt Fading Across Two Reading Comprehension Interventions With Diverse Learners

Domain: Applied Research
MARIA HELTON (The Ohio State Univeristy), Leigh Ann Amspaugh (The Ohio State University), Amy Bruno (The Ohio StateUniveristy), Nichole Bordner (Accelerated Learning Clinic), Kelsey Ross (The Ohio State Univeristy), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Laurice Joseph (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to examine the effectiveness of two different studies involving systematic prompt fading combined with evidenced-based reading interventions on reading comprehension. One study examined the effects of a self-management strategy, specifically, a self-questioning intervention with systematic prompt fading on recall reading comprehension questions. Self-questioning, a strategic approach for monitoring ones own comprehension, has shown promising outcomes for a range of diverse learners across grade and ability levels (Joseph, Alber-Morgan, Cullen, & Rouse, 2015). Results of the study indicated that self-questioning was functionally related to improvements in reading comprehension outcomes for students at risk for reading failure. As students with Autism Spectrum Disorder struggle with summarizing the main ideas of reading passages (Happe & Frith, 2006), the second study examined the effects of anaphoric cueing combined with systematic prompt fading on the literal and inferential reading comprehension of students identified with ASD. Findings from this study indicate mixed results for a functional relationship between anaphoric cueing with systematic prompt fading on students reading comprehension.

 

Using Self-Monitoring to Improve On-Task Behavior and Academic Skills

Domain: Applied Research
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Cincinnati), Stacy Masterson Masterson Tilford (University of Cincinnati), Christina Carnahan (University of Cincinnati), Todd Haydon (University of Cincinnati)
 
Abstract:

Self-monitoring has proven an effective strategy to increase engagement of academic tasks. A multiple baseline across three settings: writing, reading, and social studies-was used to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring on a student at-risk for academic failure. The target student was a seven-year-old male with an individualized education plan served under the other health impairment category. The student was taught to self-monitor his own behavior via a momentary time sample recording process by using a watch that vibrated to provide a tactile cue to self-monitor. Additionally, observational data for on-task behavior were collected for the target student and peer comparisons using the Behavioral Observation of Students in School (BOSS). Results indicated that upon completion of the self-monitoring intervention, the target student increased on-task behavior in all subject areas. On-task behavior increased in writing class from an average of 51.1% in baseline to 69% post intervention, in Reading from 42.5% in baseline to 62% post-intervention, and in Social Studies from 36% in baseline to 60% post intervention. The results of this study suggest the potential efficacy of a self-monitoring intervention on classroom engagement and academic skills.

 

Comparing an Evidence-Based Approach to Literacy Instruction With an Eclectic Model for Children With Specific Literacy Difficulty

Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE STOREY (Queen's University Belfast), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
 
Abstract:

Research investigating remedial action for disadvantaged children suggests that explicit systematic phonological training is the fastest most effective method of increasing word recognition and subsequently reading accuracy. Combining an evidence-based approach with computer assisted instruction (CAI) may be an efficient means to improving educational outcomes. The current study compared the effectiveness of evidence-based practice with an eclectic approach to supplementary literacy instruction for children with specific literacy difficulty. Participants were primary school children (aged 6-9) in receipt of free school meals (FSM), indicative of low socioeconomic status in Northern Ireland and diagnosed with a specific literacy difficulty. 32 pupils were randomized to either a Headsprout Early Reading group (HER) (n = 17) or a treatment as usual (TAU) group (n = 15). Literacy skills were assessed using the Phonics and Early Reading Assessment (PERA) pre- and post-intervention. Anova and T-test analysis found that HER made significantly greater gains on measures of Word/Non-Word Recognition (t(30)=7.55, p<0.001), Sentence Reading (t(30)=3.33, p<0.05) and sight words (t(30)=4.23, p<0.001) than the TAU group . This study is the first to demonstrate stronger outcomes for children receiving evidence-based intervention over eclectic approaches typically used in Northern Irish Schools.

 
 
 
Symposium #108
CE Offered: BACB
Feedback Accuracy: Gathering, Delivering, and Its Effect on Performance
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Feedback has been shown to be effective in increasing and maintaining performance in organizations. Despite its abundant research within the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), a gap remains in the literature in understanding under which environmental arrangement feedback is the most effective in increasing and maintaining performance, as well as under which environmental arrangement the observer is more likely to deliver accurate feedback. This symposium will present four studies relating to gathering feedback and/or feedback accuracy. Specifically, the first study, evaluated patterns of responding and patterns of feedback request of anonymous, internet-based feedback. The second study evaluated the effects of feedback accuracy on rumor during an analogue task. The third study evaluated the relative effects of feedback accuracy and trainer verbal behavior on performance during an analogue task. The final study evaluated the variables that impact feedback accuracy during coaching interaction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accuracy, Feedback, Rumor
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is anyone who provides feedback in their daily jobs. Including: BCBA's, OBMers, practitioners, and scholars.

Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the importance of delivering accurate feedback 2. Describe the relationship between delivering in vivo feedback an accuracy of observation 3. Create better survey questions when soliciting for anonymous feedback
 

An Evaluation of Anonymous, Internet-Based Feedback

Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Frequent feedback has been linked to more consistent improvements in performance greater job satisfaction, and lower intention to leave the organization. However, some people report feeling uncomfortable providing honest feedback in the workplace. In addition, research suggests that people are more likely to seek feedback when it is given through the computer rather than face-to-face and when feedback is easily accessible. There is evidence that feedback provided through technology improves work performance and learning more than the same feedback delivered face-to-face. This study evaluated a total of 1223 feedback questions and their corresponding responses from a web service that allows users to ask feedback questions and receive responses anonymously. We categorized the questions in terms of valance, ending type, people, personalization, and specificity. We coded feedback responses in terms of the number of pieces of feedback per response and had information about number of people asked and response. Results and future implications will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Feedback Accuracy on Rumor During an Analogue Task

Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Graduate Student at Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Recent OBM research has examined both the effects of inaccurate feedback (FB) on performance as well as rumors created due to inaccurate rules. The current study expanded upon both of these lines of research by examining the verbal behavior exhibited by dyads of participants during an analogue task as they were exposed to three different levels of FB accuracy (i.e., one-third FB of the actual number of entries completed, accurate FB, and tripled FB of the actual number of entries completed). The results of the study showed that participants exhibited different types and levels of verbal behavior depending on the level of feedback accuracy to which they were exposed. Specifically, more feedback rumor statements were exhibited during conditions with inaccurate feedback compared to the condition with accurate feedback. Implications, limitations of the study, and directions for future research are discussed.

 

The Relative Effects of Feedback Accuracy and Trainer Verbal Behavior on Performance During an Analogue Task

JOSHUA LIPSCHULTZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Recent OBM research has examined both the effects of inaccurate feedback (FB) on performance as well as rumors created due to inaccurate rules. The current study expanded upon both of these lines of research by examining the verbal behavior exhibited by dyads of participants during an analogue task as they were exposed to three different levels of FB accuracy (i.e., one-third FB of the actual number of entries completed, accurate FB, and tripled FB of the actual number of entries completed). The study also assessed the relative effects of two independent variables on performance during an analogue work task: the type of verbal behavior regarding FB accuracy provided during training by confederates posing as participants (i.e., being told during training that FB accuracy during their task was incorrect) and the actual FB accuracy to which participants were exposed during the analogue work task (i.e., one-third, accurate, and tripled). The results of the study showed that participants exhibited different types and levels of verbal behavior depending on the level of FB accuracy to which they were exposed. Additionally, the type of verbal behavior regarding FB accuracy provided during training by confederates posing as participants and the level of FB accuracy to which participants were exposed affected performance on the analogue task. Implications, limitations of the study, and directions for future research are discussed.

 

An Assessment of Variables That Impact Feedback Accuracy During Coaching Interactions

NICHOLAS MATEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Coastal Behavior Analysis), Ronald Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Noell Jankowski (Florida Institute of Technology), Dennis Uriarte (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in organizational behavior management (OBM) and accurate feedback is most effective at improving performance. To efficiently influence performance, we should focus on accurate data that leads to accurate feedback. The current study combines 2 parts to investigate factors that might influence less accurate data collection or feedback delivery. Part 1 of the current study uses a counterbalanced ABAB design to compare observation only conditions with observations plus required feedback conditions. Results suggest that requiring observers to provide immediate feedback, following a safety observation, leads to less accurate data than when observers are not required to provide feedback following an observation. Part 2 of the current study uses a multiple baseline design that attempts to evaluate the specific variables that may contribute to this disparity between the two phases. Results of both parts of this study, limitations, and future directions will be discussed within.

 
 
Symposium #109
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Big Picture: An Analysis of Interlocking and Competing Contingencies Affecting Values-Based Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Nicole Lawless (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Janani Vaidya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch Totsch, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In general, the practice of ABA is guided by a complicated array of variables, such alignment with the seven dimensions of ABA (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1986), adherence to our Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2017), and setting-specific policies and requirements (such as those dictated by agency administrations, funding streams, licensure laws, etc.), just to name a few. Additionally, each practitioner also has specific values that guide their practice. Sometimes, these values may conflict with our ability to practice in such a way that is supported by our environment. In this symposium, the authors will discuss several practice scenarios, highlighting the interlocking and competing contingencies that may put clinician values in conflict with ethical guidelines and practice standards. The symposium will conclude with a discussion of the ?big picture,? and how clinicians can clarify their values in service of practicing in a way that best serves our clients, their community, and our field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, interlocking contingencies, practice-based issues, values
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to identify personal values that guide their practice of ABA. 2. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to analyze those values to determine if they align or contradict with ethical and practice guidelines. 3. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to identify ways they can practice in service of their values while still abiding by ethical and practice guidelines.
 
Putting the "Functional" in Skill Building for Restorative Justice Practices
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract: In interpersonal situations involving serious harm, cultural contingencies often involve solely punitive measures. Punitive measures, including calling law enforcement and utilizing prison systems, often completely discount habilitation and training functional replacement behaviors. These systems typically do not take behavior function into account. Restorative Justice practices can be a meaningful alternative to punitive systems. Restorative Justice “encourages those who have caused harm to acknowledge the impact of what they have done and gives them an opportunity to make reparation. It offers those who have suffered harm the opportunity to have their harm or loss acknowledged and amends made,” (Restorative Justice Consortium 2006). This is achieved through focusing on Victim Healing and Support, Offenders Accepting Responsibility, Dialogue for Perspective Taking, Amends or Reparations, Skill Building to Prevent Future Harm, and Community Reintegration. For skill building to prevent future harm, however, it is important to assess behavior function and to train functional replacement behaviors. This presentation will discuss the potential impact of behavior analytic involvement in Transformative Justice practices, and ethical implications at the cultural and systemic level.
 

The Application of Transformative Justice-Based Practices in Improving the Social Validity of Behavior Change Interventions

JENNIFER KLAPATCH TOTSCH (National Louis University)
Abstract:

Transformative justice-based practices often focus on examining the impact of an individual's harmful or problematic behaviors on others in their environment. Specifically, the goal of transformative justice-based practices is not only to decrease future instances of that harmful behavior, but also to focus on the healing of persons harmed by those behaviors (i.e., the victims). Behavior analysts are often tasked with working with individuals who emit problematic behaviors that negatively impact others in that client's environment (such as a client aggressing toward their parent). During this presentation, we will discuss the interlocking nature of both our client's harmful behaviors and the behavior of those harmed by the clients (i.e., the victims). We'll then discuss how to design interventions that both effectively and ethically target those problematic behaviors while concurrently focusing on validating the victim's experience and healing the relationships that may have been damaged as a result of the client's problematic behavior.

 
Considering Client Values in Clinical Decision Making
JAMINE DETTMERING (ReachABA)
Abstract: Making decisions that impact service recipients can be challenging, especially in cases which measures to ensure the clients health and safety conflict with the client’s values. Parents and guardians often consult with Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA’s) when making decisions on behalf of clients receiving services. In situations concerning the health and safety of the client, recommended interventions may include restrictions that reduce the risk of harm to the client, but may neglect the values of the client. Individuals with intellectual disabilities may be assumed to be incompetent to make rational decisions and therefore are not included in the planning of and consent for behavior-change programs, despite our ethical obligation to involve clients (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2014). This presentation will (a) evaluate practitioner’s role in decision-making and impact on the service recipient, (b) discuss tactics that promote values-based decision making in consideration of the values of the parent or guardian and the service recipient, and (c) examine strategies to ensure values-based decision making in practice.
 
Organizational Maintenance of Ethical Practice Repertoires
AMY NICOLE LAWLESS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA’s) are ethically obligated to rely on scientific knowledge when engaging in professional endeavors and to maintain competence through access with the current research relevant to their clients and attending professional development events, such as conferences and workshops (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2014). Although organizations arrange contingencies to ensure sufficient monthly billable hours and completion of paperwork, many organizations neglect to implement organizational systems that maintain behaviors related to research and professional development. BCBA’s are tasked with maintaining programs for their caseload, training therapists, and working with families of service recipients, in addition to maintaining responsibilities in their personal lives. In the absence of organizational systems that support ongoing professional development, it is less likely BCBA’s are engaging in these behaviors. This presentation will discuss (a) ethical guidelines related to ongoing professional development, (b) contingencies impacting BCBA’s behaviors related to professional development, and (c) organizational systems that may enhance professional development.
 
 
Symposium #110
Improving Higher Education Using Behavior Analysis: Interteaching Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a relatively new behavioral teaching method with a growing body of empirical evidence to support its efficacy. Over the past 15 years, over 25 empirical studies have been published examining the effectiveness of interteaching. However, more research is still needed to examine the influence of different interteaching components and the methods used for instructional delivery. The first presenter will provide a conceptual overview of effective instructional design, along with a review of interteaching, how the instructional method is implemented, and recent empirical research in the area. The second presenter will share results of a laboratory study which conducted a component analysis of interteaching. The third presenter will highlight the findings of a two-study series examining the relationship between content contained in interteaching prep guide questions, quality of discussion, student test scores, and student preference. The final presenter will discuss how instruction and student learning in higher education can be improved upon by combining techniques from behavioral teaching methodologies, such as fluency building, programmed instruction, and interteaching, as well as strategies for demonstrating effective teaching. Together, these four presentations illustrate current interteaching research and practice in higher education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Interteaching, Pedagogy
 
Principles of Effective Instruction: What Behavior Analysis Has Discovered About Best Teaching Practices
(Theory)
Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has uncovered principles of effective instruction that govern the acquisition of both knowledge and overt behaviors. Best practices include immediate feedback, teaching small units of material, students working at their own pace, and active responding to the content being targeted for acquisition. These principles of effective instruction have been demonstrated to facilitate student learning across learner populations (e.g., children, adults, typical learners, learners with disabilities). An evidenced-based procedure for use with higher-education is the “Interteach,” which combines best instructional practice to enhance student learning in college environments. An InterTeach involves active student responding in small groups of students, working at their own practice on guided notes and questions provided by the instructor. Student feedback at the end of the Interteach session guides the instructor to prepare subsequent teaching sessions to further review concepts and topics recommended by students. Numerous studies have shown InterTeach to produce better student acquisition, maintenance, and retention. This presentation will provide a brief overview of the InterTeach procedures embedded in a conceptual presentation of effective instructional design.
 
A Component Analysis of Interteaching
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University), Clarissa Nepereny (University of Pittsburgh Johnstown)
Abstract: Although interteaching has been shown to improve students’ understanding of course material and test scores, further investigation is needed to determine which components of interteaching are responsible for its success. Up to this point, only one laboratory study has been conducted and it demonstrated that those who experienced interteaching scored significantly higher on a quiz than any other group. The goal of the present study was to add to the laboratory literature in this area by parsing out the different components of interteaching to determine which are necessary and sufficient for students' academic success. Four groups of 20 participants (n = 80) answered a 10-question quiz in a pre-test/post-test design. Group 1 read over an excerpt of reading, group 2 read over the material and filled out a prep guide, group 3 had the addition of a small group discussion over the prep guide, and group 4 experienced a clarifying lecture following the group discussion. It was hypothesized that each component will incrementally increase participants’ quiz scores. Results support this hypothesis, which implies that each component is integral to producing positive academic outcomes. This study will allow for more efficient implementation of interteaching.
 
Multiple Variables in Interteaching Sessions and the Relation Between Question Type and Discussion Quality
(Applied Research)
SCOTT A. SPAULDING (University of Washington), Michael Gutierrez (University of Washington)
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavioral teaching approach used in higher education that scaffolds multiple components to facilitate student learning, including prep guides, in-class discussion, records of interteach sessions, targeted lectures, and content quizzes or probes (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). Recently, researchers have begun examining interteaching components to understand the efficacy of this approach (see Querol, Rosales, & Soldner, 2015, for a review). The purpose of this research was to evaluate student preference for and performance on multiple interteaching aspects in a master’s program in special education. During study 1, a different interteaching variable was modified each week, and students provided feedback about the change in their interteach records. Based in part on these results, study 2 will alternate prep guide content each week to compare the differential effects of fact-based and application questions on student test scores and preference. Study 1 results include higher preferences for fluency building activities and application exercises. We anticipate study 2 will show differences in student preference and performance between prep guides with application questions and those with fact-based questions or those discussions that occur in class rather than online between class sessions. These results may lead to continued refinement of interteaching components.
 

Comparing Teaching Styles: Traditional Lecture Versus Interteach

(Theory)
MARGARET MURPHY (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Training for applied behavior analysts often starts in the classroom. Much like other arenas where behavioral principles are employed to benefit learning rates, so, too, can the classroom become a place for applied behavior analytic intervention. A current goal of many behaviorists is to develop technologies that improve classroom learning, though often in a segregated fashion. Some examples of classroom instructional technologies include programmed instruction, fluency building, errorless learning, spaced rehearsal, stimulus equivalence, interteaching, and personalized systems of instruction. This talk discusses creative ways by which educators, particularly those in the higher education system, can combine these and other behavioral technologies to improve instruction and enhance learner performance in the classroom. Particular emphasis will be placed on methodological issues in demonstrating effective teaching, such as parametric and component analysis. In addition, suggestions for single case design strategies and effect size measures will be addressed.

 
 
Symposium #111
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Verbal Behavior Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S.
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often have deficits in vocal verbal behavior. Therefore, developing verbal operants is frequently a goal within behavioral treatment, and identifying the most efficient and efficacious way to teach more complex repertoires is of crucial importance. The purpose of this symposium is to provide resources and information on recent advances in verbal behavior research. In the first paper, Pellegrino and Higbee used an interrupted-behavior chain to teach mands for information (i.e., "where"). The remaining papers in the symposium evaluated strategies to teach complex intraverbal responses. In the second paper, Smothermon, Lechago, and Jackson evaluated the effects of modifications to motivating operations and echoic prompts when teaching children to answer questions about private events (i.e., various states of deprivation). In the third paper, Van Den Elzen et al. compared within-stimulus prompts (e.g., elongation, emphasis) to teach compound intraverbal discriminations. In the final paper, Silberman et al. investigated the utility of multiple procedures (i.e., blocked-trials, differential observing responses) for teaching multiply controlled intraverbals. The discussant will describe the contributions of these studies to the extant literature on verbal behavior and suggest clinical implications and avenues for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Intraverbals, Mands, Motivating operations
Target Audience:

Researchers and Clinicians in Behavior Analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the role of contriving motivating operations when teaching mands/intraverbals; (2) Identify various procedural modifications that may assist with teaching complex verbal behavior; (3) Evaluate and summarize updates on recent advances in verbal behavior research and clinical implications for children with autism spectrum disorder.
 

The Effects of a Procedure to Generalize Manding "Where?" in Children With Autism

AZURE PELLEGRINO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Katelin Hobson (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Manding for information is a skill often taught to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by contriving motivating operations such that the information functions as a reinforcer, although it does not always generalize to other appropriate situations (Lechago & Low, 2015). One way of contriving motivating operations to teach manding for information is using interrupted-behavior chain procedures. We used multiple exemplars of interrupted-behavior chains and objects within each chain to teach manding "where?" to two preschoolers with ASD, and tested for generalization to novel objects in novel chains, as well as novel objects with different instructional agents. Both participants learned to mand for information during training, which generalized to novel objects and novel chains for one participant, and to novel objects with different instructional agents for the other participant. Direct training led to manding for information to the situations in which generalized responding did not occur. Potential reasons to some form of context-specific responding and their relevance to clinical practice are discussed.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Talk About Private Events

STEPHANIE SMOTHERMON (Texana Center), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Rachel Jackson (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

There is a dearth of research related to teaching individuals how to talk about private events. Learning to talk about private events affords multiple benefits to the social and physical health of an individual. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across MOs and participants is employed to investigate the effects of MO manipulations and echoic prompts to answer yes/no questions about specific states of deprivation in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The three private events targeted are food deprivation, water-deprivation, and lack of stimulation. Echoic prompts are used to teach the responses to the questions. Offering choices of food, drink, and an activity via picture card selection after answering the questions is used to verify the presence of the putative relevant MO. Control conditions in the form of states of satiation are interspersed to ensure responding under the influence of the relevant MO. The results thus far demonstrate that the MO manipulations and echoic prompts are effective for teaching the participant to answer the yes/no questions correctly during EO conditions, and to select the appropriate picture card 100% of the time.

 
Comparing Within-Stimulus Prompts to Teach Intraverbal Conditional Discriminations of Function
GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior is controlled by a verbal stimulus that lacks point-to-point correspondence (Skinner, 1957) and can range from simple to complex. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty acquiring complex intraverbal behavior, especially those that require a conditional discrimination (Axe, 2008). Responding to complex verbal stimuli requires the speaker to attend to multiple components of the stimulus. To increase the likelihood that the participants’ verbal behavior was controlled by relevant antecedent verbal stimuli, we evaluated the use of within-stimulus prompts (i.e., emphasis, elongation) to teach complex intraverbals which required conditional discrimination (e.g., “You drink [juice]” and “You drink from [cup]”) to two participants diagnosed with ASD. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the efficacy and efficiency of elongated, emphasized, and unmodified prepositions within complex intraverbals. The emphasis condition was the most efficacious and efficient. Future research on how to maintain these discriminations in the natural (i.e., unmodified) environment is warranted.
 

Evaluation of a Blocked-Trials Procedure to Teach Multiply Controlled Intraverbals to Children With Autism

ASHLEY E. SILBERMAN (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Lauren Goodwyn (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Multiply controlled intraverbals commonly occur in social interactions and are important for the acquisition of academic skills. Research on the effectiveness of strategies for teaching multiply controlled intraverbals to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is limited. It has been suggested that multiply controlled intraverbals involve conditional or compound stimulus control. Procedures involving prompt delays have resulted in acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals for some children with autism spectrum disorder. Blocked-trials procedures (BTP) have also been effective for teaching responses to auditory-visual and visual-visual stimuli involving conditional and compound stimulus control. The purpose of the present study was to extend the literature on teaching multiply controlled intraverbals by evaluating (a) the effects of a constant prompt delay on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals by children with ASD, (b) a BTP on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals if a prompt delay was not effective, (c) the addition of a differential observing response (DOR) if the BTP alone was not effective, (d) control by all relevant antecedent stimuli by constructing sets of stimuli with overlapping components, (e) effectiveness of these procedures on Wh-questions, and (f) maintenance of the multiply controlled intraverbals via two- and four-week probes.

 
 
Symposium #112
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing the Employability of Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jason Travers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Reports of a recent national survey indicate that young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at higher risk for unemployment than young adults with other disabilities (Shattuck et al., 2012). Deficits in social skills contribute to lack of success in job interviews and sustained employment. This symposium will focus on different teaching strategies to enhance the employability of young adults with ASD. The first study evaluated the effects of individual components of an interview-training package to improve responses to eight commonly asked interview questions. Positive outcomes were observed for all participants during mock interviews, and the responses generalized to a novel interviewer and maintained at one-month follow-up. The second study evaluated the effects of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) intervention on verbal and nonverbal behaviors for three individuals with ASD. Dependent measures included verbal and physiological responses during mock interviews. The third study examined the impact of video modeling to teach customer service skills (i.e., customer service phrases) to a young adult with ASD employed as a cashier at a retail store. In addition to acquiring the target behavior, both the participant and his employer rated the intervention favorably. The symposium presenters will each offer recommendations for future research in this area.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, interview skills, job skills
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers working with this populations and/or those interested in conducting follow-up studies in this area of research.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Discuss the importance of teaching job-related skills to young adults with ASD. 2. Describe common and more novel approaches to teach job interview skills to young adults with ASD. 3. List at least two different ways to extend the results presented in the symposium (e.g., areas for future research on this topic).
 

A Component Analysis of Job Interview Training for Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

HELENA WHITLOW (Seven Hills Foundation), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Auclair (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

A successful job interview contributes to gainful employment, but individuals with ASD struggle with interviewing skills (Hendricks, 2010). Previous research has focused on training programs to teach job-interviewing skills, but few studies have evaluated procedures to improve responses to interview questions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of individual components of an interview-training package on responses to eight commonly asked interview questions by young adults with ASD. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the impact of: 1) written instructions, 2) rehearsal and video self-feedback using a commercially available program, and 3) verbal feedback from a trainer. A generalization probe was conducted by a career counselor not involved in the study. Results show all participants required a remedial behavioral skills training session to answer all eight interview questions with accuracy. The skills generalized to an interview with a novel trainer and were maintained at follow-up. We will discuss the limited impact of each training component and areas for future research.

 

Improving Flexible Responding During a Mock Job Interview for High Functioning Adults With Autism

VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Southern Illinois Univesity), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

A deficit in social skills is a common issue among individuals with autism. Adaptive social skills are often required for individuals with autism to live a more autonomous lifestyle. One area in which adaptive social skills are necessary is with the job interviewing process. Past research has shown success in behavior skills training (Kelly, Wildman, & Berler, 1980) and modeling (Hall, Sheldon-Widgen, & Sherman, 1980) to improve these skills among individuals with autism. However, there is a limitation to these procedures because they do not address the language barrier present in many individuals with autism. More research is needed to determine effective procedures for increasing flexibility in verbal and nonverbal behaviors in individuals with autism during a job interview. The current study measured verbal and physiological responses of three individuals with autism during a mock job interview before and after the implementation of mindfulness and defusion activities. A noncurrent multiple-baseline procedure was used to evaluate the effects of an ACT intervention prior to a job interview. A discussion of the results will be provided that will relate to current literature and future directions for research will be provided.

 

Developing Customer Service Skills in a Young Adult With Autism Employed at a Retail Store

LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience lower rates of employment and may have difficulty maintaining employment that requires customer service and/or social skills. Additional research is needed to examine existing evidence-based practices (EBPs) as learners with ASD progress across the lifespan. An established EBP, video modeling, was implemented to teach customer service skills to a young adult with ASD employed as a cashier at a bargain retail store. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to teach three different customer service phrases. A co-worker served as the peer model and videos were shot using an iPhone. Visual analysis indicated that customer service phrases increased contingent on watching video models. The degree of confidence of the visual analysis is high. Both the young adult with ASD and his employer highly rated the social validity of the video modeling intervention. Implications of examining the efficacy of EBPs in applied settings, such as community employment settings, will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #113
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral Approach to Targeting Play Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.S.
Abstract:

Teaching children to play is an integral part of development because it sets the occasion for having social and communicative interactions with peers, increases the likelihood of learning in natural and inclusive settings, and offers flexibility to be used in multiple environments (Barton & Wolery, 2008). Children with disabilities are observed to engage in spontaneous play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development (Barton, 2015). Jahr and Eldevik (2007) identify the acquisition of play skills as the barrier, rather than the production of play. Teaching children with autism appropriate play skills requires a systematic approach involving intentional, direct teaching strategies and explicit instruction. An examination of the various aspects of typically developing childrens play, including object of play, agent of play, vocalizations during play, and category of play, prompted the development of a systematic intervention to teach children with autism appropriate play skills. Play is an integral part of a childs development and should be an emphasis in behavioral intervention for children with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): language, play skills, pretend play, social skills
Target Audience:

Professionals, BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn the importance of teaching play and language simultaneously and be able to implement interventions targeting both 2) Participants will learn the 3 agents of play and be able to implement interventions with multiple agents 3) Participants will learn the 3 essential skills for sociodramatic play and be able to implement interventions targeting each skill 4) Participants will learn the 3 categories of play and be able to implement interventions with each category 5) Participants will be able to identify and implement a teaching sequence to target chaining play actions and corresponding vocalizations
 

An Evaluation of Typically Developing Children's Sociodramatic Play and Language Skills

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Play is a child's work that captures their attention and interest. Play stands out as a distinct domain because of its systematic relationships with other developmental domains. Through play, children acquire various skills critical to their development including language and social skills. When looking at object play it has been identified that the diversity of object play is theoretically predictive of communicative word use, lexical density growth, and future language (Tomasello, Striano, & Rochat, 1995; Yoder, 2006). The long-term effects of an impoverished play repertoire are observed in social interactions later in life. McConnell (2002), discovered that children with disabilities spend more time in isolate play, make fewer attempts to initiate social interactions, are less likely to respond to the social initiations of peers, and spend less overall time engaged in direct interactions with peers. The purpose of this study was to assess the pretend sociodramatic play skills of typically developing children, ages 2–5. Typically developing boys and girls were video-taped playing in dyads in a designated play room with 15 different play schemes. Researchers coded and evaluated the play to identify variations in play across the age spans including gender differences, scheme preference, and abstract play.

 

Examining Independent Pretend Play Skills in Typically Developing Children

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Research identifies a number of complex stages in the typical developmental sequence of play. Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language, and high rates of stereotypic behavior (Casby, 2003; Lifter, 2005). Early language development and symbolic play are correlated developmentally and are related in time, content, and structure (Casby, 2003). The purpose of this study was to assess independent play skills of typically developing children, ages 2–5. Each participant was video-taped for two 10-minute play sessions in an isolated room with 2 play schemes, 3 figures (e.g., dolls, action figures), and 2 abstract items. The play sessions were analyzed to identify differences in independent play across age groups, gender, and play schemes. Consistent with the results of this study, Case-Smith (2008) evaluated gender differences in play and identified that boys enjoyed simpler fantasy themes when compared to same age girls. Additional components were examined including the category of play, vocalizations during play, agent of play, abstract play, and advanced play.

 

Teaching Children Diagnosed With Autism a Chain of Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations

BAILEY BOSC (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Play in children with autism is often referred to as stereotypical and lacking in symbolic qualities and flexibility (Lifter, Sulzer-Azaroff, Anderson, & Cowdert, 1993). The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 8 components to acquire the 2nd stage of pretend play: chaining play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach a chain of 3 play actions and vocalizations to 4 children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-5. All 4 children were taught each chain of play actions across agent of play: self as agent, passive figure, and active figure. Advanced play was targeted in the form of rotating between play schemes and combining play schemes both independently and with peers. Lastly, the essential skills to sociodramatic play, initiating, responding, and expanding were targeted throughout the sequence. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 8 teaching components as steps to teach all 4 children a chain of play actions with corresponding vocalizations across agent of play and object of play, independently and with peers.

 
 
Panel #114
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Measuring Intervention Outcomes and Evaluating Quality of Programs for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sara Gershfeld Litvak, M.A.
Chair: Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
THOMAS J. ZWICKER (ZABA Therapy; Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
YAGNESH VADGAMA (Magellan Healthcare)
Abstract:

Intervention outcomes in ABA are most commonly measured through single-case research designs where the effects of individualized interventions are evaluated. Given the countless combinations of behaviors that meet the diagnostic criteria for ASD, it is of little surprise that consensus has not been reached on how to measure intervention outcomes. The lack of consensus makes it difficult to evaluate the overall quality of organizations' clinical programs. However, BCBA's are experiencing more pressure than ever before to demonstrate intervention outcomes for insurance reimbursement and allocation of public funds. Various methods to measure intervention outcomes and quality of programs will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is appropriate for clinical staff who are interested in identifying the methodology for reporting aggregate client outcomes to stakeholders. BCBA's, Senior Leadership, or Researchers are welcome.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn to identify appropriate methodology for reporting client outcomes at the micro or macro level. Challenges will be discussed related to client outcome measurement, single subject design and stake holder responsibilities.
Keyword(s): group design, outcome analysis, quality assurance, sustainable programming
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Resilience and PTSD Through Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
CE Instructor: Nicole C Groskreutz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since the wars following September 11, 2001, our military service members have suffered from two hallmark wounds: post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and traumatic brain injury (TBI). Chronic pain and substance abuse have also been common co-morbid conditions suffered by members of this community. While the rate of suicide among veterans of all wars continues to fluctuate between 20 and 22 per day, suicides in the military continue to remain above civilian rates. At no time in our country's history have the military or civilian communities sustained lower suicide rates despite their numerous programmatic and treatment efforts. Resilience is part of the answer to these problems; effective treatments are another. These three talks apply ABA theory to elucidate how resilience, PTSD and other conditions operate. By analyzing some of the evidence-based treatments for these conditions, the authors illustrate how ABA offers helpful explanations and additional solutions to the challenges faced by the military and veteran communities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): military veteran, PTSD, resilience, suicide
Target Audience:

This is for members of the behavior analysis community who are interested in continuing education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Use behavior analysis to explain the concept of resilience. 2) Describe cognitive processing therapy in behavior analytic terms. 3) Discuss the various effective treatments and a recommended general approach to addressing the common problems faced by the members of the military and veteran community.
 
Toward a Behavioral Analysis of Resilience and Implications for Military Personnel
(Theory)
MARK P. GROSKREUTZ (Southern Connecticut State University), Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: Military personnel described as less resilient are considered higher risk for a variety of challenges, including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), substance abuse, and suicidality (Cornum, Matthews, & Seligman, 2011). In literature examining military personnel, resilience is typically considered as a complex construct related to psychological fitness and personality characteristics (e.g., Meredeth et al., 2011; Morgan & Garmon Bibb, 2011). Resilience encompasses an individual's experience of stress during event(s) and effectiveness in recovering from the event(s) over both the short- and long term. Researchers interested in resilience have historically targeted cognitive processes for assessment and intervention. From a behavior analytic perspective, resilience may alternatively be defined as a pattern of behavior characterized by the continued engagement in desirable behaviors despite behavioral disruptors (i.e., stressors). From this perspective, resilience would be expected to be influenced similar to other behaviors, i.e., by examining functional relations and developing behavior analytic interventions. To explore the potential effects of such an analysis, we will discuss specific topics from behavior analysis and how they may align well conceptually and practically with behavioral resilience and potential insights for supporting military personnel, including generalization, maintenance, resistance to change, relational frame theory (RFT), and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT).
 

Cognitive Processing Therapy in Behavior Analytic Terms

(Service Delivery)
KOMLANTSE GOSSOU (Quebec Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Since 2001, American military service members have endured multiple deployments, some lasting up to 24-months in duration. Combat experiences leave many service members living with an unregulated, highly active sympathetic nervous system. For some service members, this degrades their job performance, while others experience sub-threshold or diagnosable sleeping problems, irritability, interpersonal conflicts, substance abuse, and post-traumatic stress symptoms (PSTD). Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT) is one of only two efficacious treatments for treating combat-related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). CPT has been shown to be an effective manualized treatment in both the civilian and the military populations, and it has been endorsed as a best practice for the treatment of PTSD by the United States Departments of Veterans Affairs and Defense, as well as the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies. Since it works, it must somehow operate via behavioral principles. However, our review of the literature indicates that it is difficult to find a behavior analytic conceptualization of CPT, or a behavior analytic explanation of its effectiveness.

 
The Complexities of PTSD Co-Morbidities
(Service Delivery)
AMBER GROAT (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Veterans and active duty seeking treatments for PTSD often experience chronic pain, and develop habits that lead to substance abuse problems that may interfere with the effective treatment of PTSD symptoms. Treatment approaches vary in which symptoms to treat first. In this symposium we review current research on treatment practices for PTSD, substance abuse, and the comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse. We identify which treatment approaches are emerging vs. established treatment approaches, and recommend research areas that behavior analyst can further explore and expand the treatment of PTSD and comorbid substance abuse. Furthermore, we bring behavior analytic terms and techniques into common treatment approaches currently evaluated in PTSD and comorbid substance abuse literature. We define some of the underlying contingencies that lead to the occurrence of comorbidity in veterans and active duty military with PTSD, and suggest future directions treatment providers might consider in addressing the complexities of PTSD comorbidities.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #116
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

ECHO Autism: Bringing Best Practice Autism Care to Community Providers

Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
KRISTIN SOHL (University of Missouri Health Care)
Kristin Sohl, MD, FAAP is an Associate Professor of Clinical Child Health at the University of Missouri, Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders and Associate Chair for the Child Health Department. She is a pediatrician with extensive experience in medical diagnosis, evaluation and treatment of children with a concern of autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Dr. Sohl is regarded as an expert in quality and process improvement for comprehensive autism diagnostic and longitudinal services. She is the site principle investigator for the Autism Intervention Research for Physical Health/Autism Treatment Network (AIRP/ATN) and serves in national leadership roles with each of these programs. She is the founder of ECHO Autism, an innovative framework to increase community capacity to care for children with autism and other developmental/behavioral concerns. Her research focuses on systems change to improve healthcare and also focuses on understanding underlying medical conditions in individuals with autism. Dr. Sohl is a tireless advocate for children and enjoys engaging other physicians in being a voice for children's health. She serves on the Executive Board of the Missouri Chapter of the American Academy of Pediatrics. She completed medical school and pediatric residency at the University of Missouri.
Abstract:

ECHO Autism is an innovative model that leverages video-conferencing technology to create virtual learning networks of community providers. Community Providers regularly share deidentified case information with a team of experts who mentor through best practice strategies. ECHO Autism is reaching thousands of children in North America by training their primary care physicians and therapists. ECHO Autism for Primary Care Physicians/Practitioners focuses on increasing self-efficacy in identifying symptoms of autism and managing common medical and psychiatric comorbidities. ECHO Autism ABA and ECHO Autism School Psychology are other iterations of the model being used to disseminate and mentor best practice methods in rural and underserved communities.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes (ECHO) Model; (2) Articulate how ECHO Autism is improving access to care for children in rural and underserved communities; (3) List 3 benefits to participating in ECHO clinic.
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
New Developments in Human Services and Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Adam S. Warman, M.S.
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has a long history of improving employee performance in human service settings. As human services continue to grow the need for OBM will also expand. It is essential for OBM to refine its current techniques, and develop new intervention strategies so that it can meet the ever changing demands of human services. This symposium contains three data-based presentations on key aspects of human services. The first two presentations present data on refining two common staff management procedures: antecedent prompts and training. The last presentation addresses safety for employees by means of a retrospective analysis. These studies add to the existing repertoire of OBM practitioners as they assess and design treatment plans to increase employee safety and performance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Antecedent interventions, Behavioral skilltraining, Employee safety
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts in applied settings who have an interest in OBM topics

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify specific characteristics of antecedent intervention stimuli that are most likely to evoke a consistent response from the verbal organism, in contrast to those characteristics that result in an ineffective antecedent intervention. 2. Attendees will describe how video critiques may be used in lieu of role play sessions when conducting behavioral skills training. 3. Attendees will identify the factors of human service workplaces that have been demonstrated to contribute to the likelihood of injury in both staff and patients.
 
An Evaluation of Static Versus Dynamic Antecedents on Human Service Employees
ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Ting Chen (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Antecedents, in the forms of memos, signs, and emails are common in the work environment. These simple interventions are likely widespread due in part to the relative ease of delivery and low cost; however, antecedent interventions without correlated consequences may not have a significant or long-lasting effect. This study evaluated the effects of no signs, static signs (i.e., fixed and unchanging), signs that changed daily (i.e., color, size and location), and signs that changed daily and were humorous (i.e., presented the prompt with a character and a catch-phrase). Results suggested that signs that change daily in either form have a greater effect on changing employee behavior. Implications for antecedent interventions in organizations will be discussed.
 
Towards an Efficient Model of Group Staff Training: The Utility of Video Critiques
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavior Skills Training (BST) is considered best practice for teaching a variety of skills. However, of practical concern is the time required to rehearse these procedures (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012). Another time-consuming aspect of BST, particularly in group training, is progress measurement, which is typically percent correct implementation within session (e.g., Nigro-Bruzzi & Sturmey, 2010). Video models with errors (henceforth referred to as video critiques) were developed in the current study which involved a confederate either implementing a behavioral treatment correctly or incorrectly. Newly hired direct care staff watched the video and documented treatment integrity. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of video critiques within the context of BST to teach direct care staff behavioral principles. First, total agreement to an answer key in a video critique was validated as a measure of performance against percent correct implementation in role play sessions. Twenty newly hired direct care staff participated and no statistical differences between the two measures were found. Next, in lieu of role play sessions, video critiques demonstrating multiple exemplars of treatment protocols were utilized. Results suggest video critiques may be a more efficient method to effectively train and monitor progress in large groups.
 

Injury Prediction in Human Service Settings Serving Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Related Intellectual Disabilities: Staff Injury Potential and Patient Injury Potential

SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Staff working in human service settings (e.g., direct care staff) are at high risk of being injured on the job, and workplace violence initiated by the patient results in the largest proportion of injuries to staff in these settings (Bureau of Labor Statistics [BLS], 2014). While ample research exists for predicting staff injuries within psychiatric settings (e.g., Cunningham, Connor, Miller, & Melloni, 2003), little to no research has been conducted on risk factors in other human service settings, such as organizations who serve individuals with autism and related intellectual disabilities. This study involves a retrospective analysis of staff injuries documented in an inpatient unit specializing in the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior for individuals 4-21 years old, and who are diagnosed with autism, intellectual disabilities, and related disorders. Purposes of this study include: 1) determining to what extent staff working in this particular setting are likely to be injured on the job; 2) examining the severity of injuries incurred by staff; 3) attempting to generate an actuarial model of staff injury potential (SIP); 4) attempting to generate an actuarial model of a patient's injury potential (PIP); and lastly 5) using staff, patient, and contextual factors in an attempt to identify a statistical model that best accounts for staff injuries within this inpatient unit.

 
 
Panel #118
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
PDS: Variations in Supervision Practices: How to Best Conduct Supervision Using Different Methodologies
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, Ph.D.
Chair: Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
DANA R. REINECKE (Long Island University Post; SupervisorABA)
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (Little Star Center)
VALBONA DEMIRI (Hopewell Valley Regional School District; Endicott College)
Abstract:

The standards for Board Certified Behavior Analyst supervision have changed greatly over the past decade. As stated by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the supervisee's primary focus should be acquiring new behavior analytic skills related to the BACB Task List, with activities consistent with the dimensions of applied behavior analysis identified by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968). Providing appropriate supervision includes clinical case review, direct observation and reviewing the application of BACB Task List items. Supervising potential BCBAs may be accomplished using varied formats, including in-person meetings and observations and distance contact through both synchronous and asynchronous modes. This expert panel comprises BCBA supervisors who use various modes of supervision, including in-person, distance, university practicum, private practice, clinic-based, and more. Panelists will present best practices in providing supervision, share tracking systems, and discuss dilemmas faced when providing supervision. There will be a discussion with the audience with an emphasis on best practices, assessing supervisees skills and acquisition of new skills, as well as supervisor effectiveness.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is BACB supervisors who have completed an 8-hour supervision training.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the panel, participants will: 1. Describe best practices to utilize in supervision 2. Identify recommended structure for supervision 3. Summarize various means to evaluate supervisee skill development 4. List ethical implications in supervision
Keyword(s): BACB supervision, Effective Supervision, Ethical supervision, Supervisory skills
 
 
Invited Tutorial #119
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Behavioral Economics and Public Policy
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors: : STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract:

Much of public policy has to do with how to formulate policy to either directly influence human behavior toward some common goal or consider the indirect effects of public policy on human behavior. From a behavior analytic point of view, public policy designed to influence behavior can manipulate discriminative control of behavior through advertising and education, offer reinforcers as incentives to shift behavior toward more productive or healthy choices, or introduce costs or penalties to discourage destructive or unhealthy choices. Underlying nearly all public policy decisions is a need to understand what sorts of things people want—what do people desire and how much will they pay for the things that they desire. Effective public policy harnesses our natural desires and directs them toward more healthy and productive outcomes by offering new and better alternatives, lowering the perceived costs of desired alternatives, and discouraging less desirable alternatives. Framed in this way, we can see that public policy is all about behavioral economics—the science that quantifies the essential value of commodities and defines the cost/benefit relationships associated with those commodities. In this tutorial I will explain scientific principles and methods for quantifying essential value and demand for alternative goods. I will draw on animal studies using drugs as reinforcers, human studies of drugs as reinforcers and other commodities, and studies of both isolated demand for single goods and competing demand between several goods. I will show extrapolations of these principles to public policy to stimulate future research and application beyond the bulk of prior research. I will conclude by demonstrating that impulsive behavior that is also a focus of behavioral economics and public policy is, at its core, another way to look at the relative essential value of goods, with time as the dimension of cost.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how economic demand is studied as a behavioral process; (2) understand how economic demand can be used to assess the essential value of goods; (3) be familiar with the inter-relationships between demand, choice, and delay discounting; (4) describe how behavioral economics and essential value can be used to help shape public policy.
 
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Dr. Steve Hursh is President and Chief Scientist of the Institutes for Behavior Resources in Baltimore, MD. He directs research and application efforts on human performance and fatigue, behavioral economics, drug abuse, and cooperative team performance. He is also Adjunct Professor of Behavioral Biology in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His leadership of IBR builds on a distinguished career both as a behavioral researcher and research manager, including 23 years of experience as a scientist in the US Army, serving as the consultant to the Army Surgeon General for Research Psychology, Director of the Division of Neuropsychiatry at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, and as a medical staff officer in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Research, Development, and Acquisition). Dr. Hursh is a recognized co-founder of the Behavioral Economics subfield of Behavioral Psychology. His exponential model of economic demand has been widely adopted for research and analysis of consumer behavior. His research papers have introduced into the behavioral vocabulary a number of standard terms: open and closed economies, demand curves and demand elasticity, unit price, substitution and complementarity, Pmax, Omax, and recently an exponential model of demand that has broad generality across species and reinforcers. His extensions to drug abuse and the framing of drug abuse policy have had a major impact on the research direction of the National Institute of Drug Abuse. The concept of essential value derived from exponential demand has promise as a framework for assessing abuse liability, defining the nature of drug addiction, and more broadly providing a framework for understanding how public policy can shape human behavior. Dr. Hursh earned his B.A. in Psychology from Wake Forest University and Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the University of California, San Diego. Over his 45 years in research, Steve has authored or co-authored over 100 published articles, book chapters, and technical reports, and served as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and guest reviewer for numerous other journals.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
On the Efficiency, Complexity, and Safety of Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Holly Gover (Western New England University)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, M.S.
Abstract:

Obstacles behavior analysts cite as reasons not to conduct functional analyses include the amount of time, complexity, and safety of functional analyses, and the potential inability to address multiple topographies of problem behavior at once. The current symposium will address these and related issues through evaluations of (a) components of functional analyses, (b) the utility of different models of functional analysis, (c) social acceptability of consultant-supported functional analyses, and (d) procedures for promoting safety and addressing multiple topographies of problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): consulting, functional analysis, problem behavior, social acceptability
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is researchers and practitioners interested in the assessment of problem behavior. The ideal audience has a background in behavior analysis or works with individuals with developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: 1. The first presentation will help participants to describe components necessary to conduct a successful functional analysis of problem behavior 2. Participants will learn to assess the utility of different models of functional analyses based on efficiency and data-based decisions 3. The third presentation will help participants learn about a consulting model to teach paraprofessionals a functional analysis method 4. The fourth presentation will teach participants how to conduct an expedited extinction analysis of problem behavior when confronted with the task of analyzing multiple topographies
 

A Review of Trends in Efficiency and Implementation Components of Published Functional Analyses (1965-2016)

RACHEL METRAS (Student), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Since the publication of Iwata et al. 1982/1994, functional assessment has evolved to become considered best practice in the treatment of problem behavior for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Fischer et al., 2016; Pelios, Morren, Tesch, & Axelrod, 1999). Though legal mandates requiring access to functional assessment are further evidence of the broader cultural importance of function-based behavioral intervention (Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act, 2004), surveys of practicing behavior analysts conducted over the last 10 years (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009; Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015) reveal most practitioners are choosing to run descriptive assessments over more rigorous experimental analyses in their own practices. To investigate this issue, we review trends of published functional analyses for efficiency and number of components necessary for a successful analysis.

 

A Data-Based Decision-Making Model in the Selection of Functional Analysis Procedures

JAMES MOORE (University of Southern Mississippi; Canopy Children's Solutions), Breanna Newborne (Canopy Children's Solutions), Hayden Rizer (University of Southern Mississippi), Meleah Ackley (University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Whipple (University of Southern Mississippi; Kennedy-Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Hanley et al. (2003) outlined the practical issue of efficiency in the use of functional analysis procedures. Recently, fervent debate has arisen regarding the use of standardized, synthesized, and other functional analysis. At times, standard functional analysis procedures yield zero-rates of problem behavior, perhaps because they fail to capture the true establishing operation, which may involve a combination of multiple stimulus events. In the current study, indirect descriptive assessments in the form of open-ended interviews were conducted and compared with standard functional analysis procedures as described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994). These results were then compared with functional analysis procedures derived from the results of the open-ended interview. Results suggested that in some cases, standard functional analysis procedures that yield zero-rates of responding were not congruent with the establishing operations suggested by interviewees. Revised analysis, including concurrent operant arrangements and synthesized contingencies, produced clear rates of responding under conditions described by caregivers and teachers during interviews. Finally, a trial-based synthesized contingency analysis was piloted that successfully determined behavioral function in under 30 minutes of session time, on average. Results are discussed in terms of individualized assessment, and using descriptive analyses to inform the design of relevant functional analysis conditions.

 

Consultant-Supported Functional Analysis in Educational Settings

CORY WHELAN (May Institute; Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Practitioners report an almost exclusive reliance on indirect and descriptive assessments when conducting functional behavior assessments (FBA) of severe problem behavior (SPB) in school and residential settings, despite the absence of evidence supporting their utility when not complimented with a functional analysis. Practitioners also report that they do not conduct functional analyses due to concerns with safety, amount of time required, and lack of necessary resources. This project describes a collaborative approach for conducting effective functional analysis of SPB in educational settings. The process involved the collaborative conduct of a particular type of functional analysis referred to as an Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) for students with SPB. With the consult of a board certified behavior analyst, the participants conducted interviews, designed conditions, ran sessions, and collected and analyzed data. All analyses yielded differentiated outcomes safely and quickly. Survey results showed that the process was considered sufficiently safe, fast, and effective by the practitioners for use in their educational settings.

 

An Evaluation of Progressive Extinction to Assess Response Class Membership of Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior

CHRISTINE A. WARNER (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Persons with autism often engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior. Conducting functional analyses of each form as recommended by Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) may be too time consuming. As an alternative, we progressively applied extinction in test conditions that were differentiated from their control conditions to determine response class membership of multiple topographies of problem behavior. During interview-informed and synthesized test conditions, all reported problem behaviors were initially reinforced. Progressive extinction based on the procedures described by Magee and Ellis (2000) was then implemented during which problem behavior types were sequentially placed on extinction for four participants. Expedited or brief extinction analyses were conducted with the remaining participants in which all but the most concerning topography of problem behavior were placed on extinction. Results showed that all topographies of problem behavior that were reported to co-occur, including the most concerning topographies, were evoked and maintained by the same contingencies across all nine participants. We highlight the conditions under which a full or expedited extinction analysis should be considered when functionally analyzing multiple topographies of problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #121
Getting Adults Moving! Evaluating the Use of Feedback, Goal-Setting, Deposit Contracts, and Various Schedules of Reinforcement to Increase Physical Activity
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

This symposium addresses various intervention packages to increase physical activity among populations of typically developing adults. Physical activity targets included total steps per day, the distribution of physical activity during work hours, and running distance. Interventions consisted of some combination of education, feedback, goal-setting, prompting, contingency management, and deposit contracts. All studies collected data with some model of a Fitbit (e.g., Zip, One). Each paper presents a novel methodology to increase physical activity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

The Effects of Escalating Versus Non-Escalating Schedules of Reinforcement on Increasing Physical Activity in Adults

KELLY M. BANNA (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Rebecca Lurie (State University of New York, Binghamton), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effects of escalating versus non-escalating schedules of reinforcement on increasing physical activity in typically-developed, healthy adults using an A-B-A design. In the escalating condition, the value of rewards increased for each consecutive day that goals were met and the reward value reset when participants failed to meet daily goals. In the non-escalating condition, the magnitude of rewards remained static throughout the experimental phase. Total potential earnings was held constant across the two conditions, and both included a bonus for meeting goals on three consecutive days. Physical activity was defined as the number of steps taken each day, and was measured using Fitbit One� activity trackers. While step counts were higher during the intervention than baseline periods, there were no between-group differences in percent increase in step counts, number of goals met, or maximum number of continuous goals met during the intervention phase.

 

Shaping Up at Work! Evaluating the Effects of Education, Feedback, Goal-Setting, and Prompting to Increase Workplace Physical Activity

NICHOLAS GREEN (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have had success measuring fitness related behaviors such as increasing step counts, improving sport-specific performance, and helping individuals lose weight. However, these target behaviors only comprise a small portion of an individual's waking day. The need to address total sedentary duration is warranted due to association with increases in preventable diseases and increased mortality (Diaz et al., 2017). This paper describes a methodology to reduce sedentary time in the workplace for sedentary office workers. An intervention package consisting of education, feedback, and goal-setting produced desired results for 2/6 participants.

 

Comparison of a Mobile Versus In-Person Deposit Contract Intervention for Increasing Physical Activity

LISA M STEDMAN-FALLS (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Deposit contract interventions are effective for promoting health behavior and related outcomes; however, the procedures require frequent interactions, which may be cumbersome. To reduce effort and costs associated with in-person meetings, some researchers have delivered deposit contract components using advanced technologies, such as mobile phones. However, no study has evaluated a fully remote, mobile deposit contract intervention. Self-report data collected by our laboratory suggests that mobile deposit contracts may be less acceptable than in-person ones. The purpose of the present study was to experimentally compare the acceptability, and efficacy, of mobile versus in-person deposit contracts for promoting health behavior. Through counterbalanced reversal designs across participants, we used mobile and in-person deposit contracts to successfully increase physical activity (measured using Fitbits) with five participants. Our results showed no clear difference in efficacy between the two treatment modalities; however, preference was greater for mobile treatment delivery. We discuss implications for technology-based behavior analytic services and potential avenues for future research.

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Goal Setting and Textual Feedback for Increasing Running Distance

DIEGO VALBUENA (University of South Florida), Michael Zarate (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Obesity is a growing problem that has life-threatening health consequences. One way to combat obesity is by increasing physical activity levels, which has been a focus of recent applied behavioral research. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of goal setting and textual feedback without social support for increasing physical activity, specifically weekly running distance. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed with four participants using a Fitbit Flex accelerometer to collect two physical activity measures, intense steps and distance. Results showed an increase in weekly running distance for all participants following the intervention.

 
 
Symposium #122
Function-Based Treatments: Implications for Treatment and Maintenance
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Madeleine Diane Keevy (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Function-based treatments are widely used in behavior analysis. Practitioners are not only interested in developing effective treatments in clinical settings, but in developing treatments that generalize to caregivers and can be feasibly implemented over time. To this end, practitioners implementing function-based treatments must consider teaching methods (e.g. prompting procedures), schedule thinning methods, caregiver training procedures, and the prevalence of relapse of caregiver behavior. Four studies investigated the impact of these variables on the outcomes of function-based interventions including functional communication training (FCT) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). First, one study compared the effects of response-independent and response dependent progressive time delay during training of FCT. Second, an investigation evaluated the effects of multiple schedules to rapidly thin schedules of NCR. Third, a study investigated the transfer of FCT treatment effects to a caregiver. Fourth, one investigation evaluated relapse of undesirable caregiver behavior after training to implement FCT. The results of these studies indicate that function-based interventions such as FCT and NCR are effective in reducing problem behavior, but it may be necessary to explicitly program for maintenance of treatment results by training caregivers to adhere to treatment protocols.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, FCT, relapse, schedule thinning
 

The Effects of Response Dependent and Response Independent Progressive Time Delay During Functional Communication Training

KRISTINA GERENCSER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Functional communication training is a well-established, reinforcement based treatment to reduce problem behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, the specific prompting procedures to teach a functional communication response (FCR) vary across studies and often are not adequately described. Progressive time delay (PTD) is a prompting procedure that initially starts with the therapist providing the child with a prompt to ensure s/he is engaging in the FCR. Then, the therapist gradually increases the delay of the prompt to give the child time to respond independently. Typically in most PTD procedures, the delay is increased dependent on the child's lack of acquisition. An alternative approach is to increase the time delay independent of the child's acquisition. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two PTD procedures (i.e., response dependent and response independent) on the acquisition of the FCR. The study included eight participants that engaged in problem behavior maintained by access to preferred items or attention. All participants acquired the FCR regardless of which PTD procedure was implemented. These results suggest that increasing the delay based on acquisition may not be a critical component. Clinical implications regarding these outcomes and future directions will be discussed.

 
Evaluation of Multiple Schedules for Rapidly Thinning Noncontingent Reinforcement
RONALD JOSEPH CLARK (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Justine Henry (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Theo Paul Robinson (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Kacie McGarry (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Prior studies have successfully demonstrated thinning of reinforcement schedules when utilizing multiple schedules with a salient discriminative stimulus during functional communication training (FCT) (Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, & Owen, 2013; Fisher, Greer, Fuhrman, & Querim, 2015). Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is a common treatment for behavior maintained by social reinforcement; however, little research has evaluated the use or rapid thinning of NCR within a multiple schedule. The current study aimed to replicate and extend previous literature by evaluating the effects of multiple schedules to rapidly thin schedules of NCR as a treatment to decrease problem behavior in children diagnosed with autism. Experiment one consisted of a brief functional analysis to determine environmental variables that maintained problem behavior. Experiment two consisted of a NCR evaluation as well as a comparison between mixed and multiple schedules of reinforcement. In experiment three, we rapidly thinned the schedule of reinforcement from 60s NCR/60s extinction (Ext) to 60s/540s (i.e., 60s NCR/540s Ext). Results demonstrated that multiple schedules were successful in decreasing problem behavior even when rapidly shifting from a dense schedule to a lean schedule of noncontingent reinforcement.
 
Promoting Rapid Transfer of Treatment Effects to Caregivers During Functional Communication Training
LAUREN PHILLIPS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katie Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Fisher, Greer, Fuhrman, and Querim (2015) found that bringing functional communication responses (FCRs) and destructive behavior under the discriminative control of schedule-correlated stimuli within a multiple schedule facilitates the rapid transfer of functional communication training (FCT) treatment effects to other therapists or other settings. Study 1 extended these findings by evaluating the transfer of FCT treatment effects to a caregiver using FCT with response restriction (RR). The caregiver conducted baseline sessions within both escape and attention contexts while therapists initiated FCT with schedule thinning. We then trained the caregiver to implement FCT with RR at each terminal schedule in both contexts according to a multiple-baseline-across-functions design and observed rapid transfer of FCT treatment effects, despite the caregiver’s unique and lengthy history of reinforcement of the child’s destructive behavior. Study 2 evaluated transfer of treatment effects to two caregivers trained to implement FCT at a terminal schedule in the tangible context following therapist initiated FCT schedule thinning. We compared mixed and multiple schedules to isolate the effects of extinction versus discriminative control of schedule correlated stimuli. The results of these two studies demonstrate a potential method of mitigating the renewal of previously extinguished behavior upon changes in context.
 

Relapse of Undesirable Caregiver Behavior Following Behavioral Skills Training

DANIEL R. MITTEER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam M. Briggs (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ryan Kimball (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kayla Rechelle Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Treatment relapse may be the most ubiquitous challenge facing behavior-analytic interventions for destructive behavior, and failure of caregiver treatment adherence to those interventions represents a primary source of treatment relapse. Researchers have focused on the persistence of child destructive and alternative behavior as they relate to treatment relapse and have largely ignored the persistence of caregiver treatment adherence. In the current study, we examined relapse of undesirable caregiver behavior (e.g., reinforcing child destructive behavior) following behavioral skills training (BST) with three caregivers of children referred to our clinic for treatment of destructive behavior. First, we simulated conditions in which undesirable caregiver behavior terminated confederate destructive behavior in a home-like context. Second, the behavior analyst used BST to teach desirable caregiver behavior (i.e., how to implement functional communication training), after which the caregiver practiced these skills with the confederate in a clinic context. Third, we introduced a treatment-adherence challenge in which caregivers returned to the home-like context and confederates appeared inconsolable (i.e., neither desirable nor undesirable caregiver behavior terminated confederate destructive behavior). We observed relapse of undesirable caregiver behavior during 2 of 3 caregivers' treatment-adherence challenges. We discuss these findings along with prospective training enhancements for strengthening caregiver treatment adherence.

 
 
Symposium #123
Advances in Technology for the Operant Laboratory
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Dean C. Williams (Parsons Research Center)
Abstract: In recent years, technological advances have made affordable hardware and open-source software available to scientists around the world. These advances are notable because they allow informed researchers and teachers to create laboratory apparatus at a fraction of the price of commercially available equipment. In addition to saving money, the new apparatus can allow scientists to control experimental events and measure behavior in ways that were not previously possible. This symposium describes four ventures aimed at developing inexpensive and easy-to-use apparatus for laboratory work. Advances discussed here include hardware and software for work with humans, rats, and pigeons. We hope to help remove barriers to laboratory research that result from the high cost and inflexibility of commercially available laboratory equipment.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Apparatus, Equipment, Instrumentation, Technology
 

Paradigm Experiments: Accessible Software for Building and Executing Mobile-Friendly Research

SEAN DRISCOLL (Factari), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

As human researchers rely more and more on modern technology, the need for a sophisticated, easy-to-use, and mobile-friendly program for building and executing experiments grows. Options available for current purchase are often beyond the reach of most researchers' budgets. However, a more affordable option is currently experiencing an increase in behavior analytic use. This is Paradigm Experiments. It includes a drag-and-drop interface to quickly build simple, yet customizable experiments and a backend which allows for more sophisticated experiments with the use of Python scripting. In this presentation, we will demonstrate the value of making research development easier and how the removal of a barrier to entry can have wide-spread impact on both experimental and applied researchers.

 
Design and Evaluation of a Touchscreen Apparatus for Pigeons
FORREST TOEGEL (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: We developed an operant chamber for pigeons that uses a touchscreen monitor – instead of mechanical keys – to present stimuli and record responses. In addition to the touchscreen monitor, the chamber includes a complete set of control equipment. This self-contained apparatus includes a single-board Windows 10 computer programmed in Visual Basic and a set of relays to allow the computer to control the chamber’s houselight, food hopper, and response feedback mechanism. The computer also provides an unlimited array of auditory stimuli. The touchscreen apparatus is capable of presenting response “keys” with any shape, color, or graphic image, displayed at any location on the screen – a substantial improvement in experimental flexibility over the standard three-key pigeon chamber. The utility of the touchscreen chamber will be evaluated by comparing the features of responding such as the response rate and response accuracy in sessions with equivalent FR requirements in either the touchscreen chamber or a conventional chamber. Results and implications of our evaluation will be discussed.
 

Improved Designs for 3-D Printed Operant Chambers

ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brissa Gutiurrez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rodrigo Benavides (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Additive manufacturing, commonly known as 3D printing, has revolutionized manufacturing processes. Users can design tridimensional forms in minutes and transfer them to a 3D printer to create inexpensive physical objects. For a few years, we have provided free and open-source software along with instructions to build 3D printed operant chambers for rats that can be used in laboratory demonstrations and even for research. These chambers by combining 3D printing, laser cutting, and do-it-yourself (DIY) electronics have drastically reduced the cost of research equipment making it more accessible to researchers and instructors around the world. Based on our experience, we have created improved designs of the devices used in these operant chambers. One improvement consists of adding a microcontroller and a photocell to the feeder dispenser to detect pellet delivery and make it more reliable and easy-to-connect to electronic control equipment. A similar arrangement with limiting switches can be added to retractable levers. A potentiometer module can be used with peristaltic water pumps to control precisely the amount of water delivered as reinforcement, and to piezo speakers to create auditive signals. 3D-printing files and circuit diagrams required to build these devices will be described and will available for free download.

 
A Cheap, Versatile Operant Interface Based on Arduino Technology
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Abstract: This paper describes the design, construction, testing, and implementation of a digital input-output interface to connect a personal computer to one or more operant chambers. The interface is based on open-source Arduino hardware and software and can be built with off-the-shelf components. It provides four opto-isolated inputs that can detect 5 V to 28 V, eight relay outputs, and adjustable-volume, amplified auditory stimuli including white noise and a wide range of tones (100 Hz to 6,000 Hz). The interface also provides timing functions for pulsing and flashing the relays, relieving the host computer of this chore. The interface is currently used in the rat lab of a large undergraduate course on behavior principles. Costs and benefits of building this interface – as opposed to using commercially available products – will be considered.
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Mathematics and Executive Function Skills With Typical and Near-Typical Learners
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew R. Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Richard M. Kubina (Penn State)
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways. The first two presentations focus on mathematics instruction for pre-schoolers and middle school students. In the first presentation, James Stocker will describe research demonstrating the effects of computational fluency on middle school students? higher order math skills and quantitative reasoning repertoires in a public charter school. Next, Kerri Milyko will demonstrate how to adapt a commercially available pre-school mathematics ?app? to increase active responding, reinforcement, discrimination training, individual generalization and application to a wider array of students. The second two presentations focus on teaching executive functioning skills and repertoires to elementary and middle school students. In the third presentation, Shiloh Isbell will demonstrate how so-called executive functioning can be broken down into component learning-to-learn behaviors and taught discretely, and how middle school students can be taught to self-assess their executive dysfunction, and apply the component learning behaviors to promote application and adduction. Next, Vivian Mach will show how teaching elementary aged students (a) the behaviors correlated with executive functioning skills, and (b) how to name the behavior required in a given situation, facilitates their academic gains and ability to successfully complete standardized tests to reintegrate in their former school.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other education and psychology professionals

 

Effects of Frequency Building Using a Modified Morningside Academy Math Facts Curriculum on Middle School Students' Mathematics Achievement

(Applied Research)
JAMES STOCKER (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Computational and procedural fluency are critical elements that support mathematics achievement. Using curricular materials from Morningside Academy, a frequency building intervention was implemented in a public charter middle school (n=84). Students engaged in 12 minutes of daily practice for 50 days that consisted of three thirty-second timings solving for missing numbers in addition fact families followed by a one-minute timing of related math facts. The same procedure was repeated for multiplication fact families. Students completed a two-minute Curriculum Based Measurements (CBM) on Fridays and self-monitored progress using a computer-based standard celeration chart application. The treatment group outperformed the control group yielding a mean gain of 51 digits correct or 38 correct problems per three minutes on the Woodcock-Johnson IV (WJ-IV) fluency sub-test and 21 correct problems or 28 digits correct per two minutes on weekly CBM measures. The treatment group continued to outperform the control on generalization measures that consisted of reducing fractions, long division, and computing fractions with unlike denominators. Effect sizes from the WJ-IV tests of mathematics achievement will be discussed with emphasis on gains in quantitative reasoning. Teachers found the intervention socially valid, easy to implement, and beneficial to pace of instruction impacting overall mathematics performance.

 

Native Numbers With Precision: Adapting an Educational App for Precision Teaching

(Service Delivery)
KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center)
Abstract:

The growing use of educational apps has helped increase access to fun, yet challenging, learning opportunities for children. Little learners are more inclined to play an educational game filling in the missing letter with a talking robot and shooting stars, rather than studying flash cards. However, these educational apps, while somewhat intuitive, always seem to miss critical features required to fully embrace the educational behavior analytic community's standards. One such app is Native Numbers. Native Numbers is brilliant with respect to the scope and sequence of each "lesson" to conceptually and fluently teach number sense. However, essential barriers make it not conducive to all learners. These barriers include 1) ratio strain, 2) excessive error correction, 3) punitive settings with no balanced reinforcers, and 4) limited modes of responding (e.g. learning channels). The team at Precision TLC adapted Native Numbers into one that was not computer based, required tangibles, vocal responses, motor responses, and flexible discrimination sensitive to the learner. This presentation will describe and demonstrate the app, detail strengths and limitations when working with particular students, and show how Precision TLC's curriculum strengthens the app to help promote individual generalization and application to a wider array of students.

 
Executive Dysfunction in the Classroom: A Behavioral Interpretation
(Service Delivery)
SHILOH M ISBELL (Morningside Academy), Brien McGuire (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Many students are unsuccessful in school not because they have a specific learning disability but rather because they lack a strong repertoire of executive functioning skills. To be successful in a classroom, students need crucial behavioral repertoires such as response inhibition, task initiation, and sustained attention, to name a few. Rather than treating the concepts surrounding executive functioning as a cognitive problem, this presentation examines them through a behavior analytic framework. Using diagnostic assessments adapted from Smart but Scattered: The Revolutionary "Executive Skills" Approach to Helping Kids Reach Their Potential (Dawson & Guare, 2011), this presentation explores ways to measure and shape executive functioning in the middle school classroom setting. Students self assess using behavior checklists and their personal ratings are cross-referenced with ratings given by the teacher. Behavior repertoires for deficit skills are broken down into component behaviors and taught discretely, and then students are given application opportunities to measure application and adduction.
 

Enhancing Executive Function Skills by Teaching Retelling With Logic Problems

(Service Delivery)
VIVIAN MACH (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Executive Function refers to both self-regulation and self-direction (Barkley 2011; Delis 2012). Improvement in self-regulatory skills can lead to short and long-term accomplishments in a student's academic career (Dawson and Guare, 2009). Using a behavior analytic approach to acquire skills such as response inhibition, working memory, and goal-directed persistence, students will advance their Language of Instruction. We presented logic problems and retelling activities in small groups of elementary-aged students, while observing and measuring classroom behaviors correlating with the executive skills being enhanced, such as being patient, following one-two step instructions, actively staying with a group member, starting and ending a task. Students conducted the prescribed activities through peer coaching, which involved one partner leading complex see/say directions for the other performer to hear/write directions and hear/do tasks. We measured how many tasks each member of the pair can accurately complete in a fixed amount of time. Improvement in behaviors that correlate with the acquired executive functioning skills enhance students' academic language, which in turn facilitates academic gains and student ability to successfully complete standardized tests to reintegrate in their former school.

 
 
Symposium #125
Metacontingencies: Social Networks, Further Developments, Contributions, and Applications
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Discussant: Gunnar Ree (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

Metacontingencies describe a conditional relation between interlocking behavioral contingencies, their aggregate product and a selecting environment. Such phenomena is found when dealing with human behavior at the group/cultural level. In the same direction, conceptual and experimental designs have been employed to study such phenomena from a systemic perspective. Metacontingencies share with others areas of knowledge the assumption that human relations take place in rather complex webs of interactions. In this symposium, we propose further developments of the metacontingency concept, and discuss it relates to systems and social network analysis. Therefore, much can be learned by bridging behavior analysis with central concepts and measures of social network analysis. Networks are here understood as the structure of social systems. However, such self-organizing process of social systems poses challenges to classical organizational performance engineering. Hence, the need to discuss the interventions from a behavioral system analysis approach. In this regard, we employ metacontingency and social network analysis as conceptual tools to examine corruption.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): corrupt behavior, metacontingencies, self-organization, social networks
 

Including Contingencies and Metacontingencies to a Coevolutionary Approach to Cultural Evolution

KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

First extensively used by Darwin, the theory of natural selection describes how the interplay between a population’s traits and environmental events drives the evolution of species. These traits vary from sensitivity to physical characteristics of the environment to innate predispositions to acquire specific behavioral topographies. The capability of learning new behavioral repertories during ontogenesis also has great adaptive value. Thus, learning capability is historically inseparable from evolution by natural selection. In humans, besides inheriting behavioral predispositions and the ability to incrementally acquire new behavioral repertoires during ontogenesis, learning is greatly connected to an evolving cultural environment. As natural selection and learning, cultural evolution can also be described from a Darwinian perspective. Cultural practices are selected as a function of their adaptive value to the practicing group, and also serve to enhance members’ adaptive capability. In this presentation, cultural evolution will be analyzed from a selectionist perspective, as a coevolutionary processes involving learning and natural selection. Natural and operant selection will be discussed in the context of cultural evolution; discussed as selection of cultural practices and selection of environmental settings.

 

Organizational Performance Engineering Versus Self-Organization and Adaptation: Exploring Limits and Synergies Between Two Paradoxical Approaches

JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University)
Abstract:

Hyten (2009) distinguished between behavior-focused approaches and results-focused approaches to drive performance improvement in the field of organizational behavior management (OBM), arguing that results-focused, systems-models of organizational functioning provide numerous benefits to OBM interventions beyond behavior-focused approaches. Recent discussions in the behavior analytic literature have suggested that such interventions may be limited in their impact due to self-organizing dynamics present in the extended, cultural environment (Mattaini, 2006). Krispin (2016) outlined a potential, self-organizing process through which cultural-level selection contingencies might develop and impact the contingencies that affect organizational systems and metacontingencies. This paper will outline a set of sufficient conditions for the self-organization of systems and then will consider the implications of these conditions for several different systems models using a behavioral systems analysis approach. Specifically, the supersystems model approach proposed by Rummler and Brache (1995) and the Total Performance System approach proposed by Abernathy (2000) will contrasted with these principles of self-organization with a goal of identifying key practices that can reconcile these perpectives.

 

Exploring Complexity in Organizations: Bridging Social Networks and Behavior Analysis

FABIO BENTO (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

Complexity science highlights the importance of communication between different areas of knowledge. Bearing that in mind, the present conceptual article offers a discussion about the contributions of bridging social network analysis and behavior analysis in explaining change in organizations. Social network analysis has provides graphical representations and important quantitative tools to describe structural features of complex webs of interactions. It has played an important role in mapping flow of information and communication processes in organizations. Furthermore, it provides dynamics of network growth. However, recent work has attempted to move from static descriptions to incorporate a time perspective focusing on change and system resilience. In this respect, much can be learned from the evolutionary perspective that permeates behavior analysis. Networks are here understood as the structure of social systems. From a metacontingency perspective, there is an interest in understanding interlocking behavioral contingencies in where interdependent individuals produce an aggregate product. Understanding the structure of patterns of communications and interdependencies may contribute to an understanding of contingencies of reinforcement.

 

The Role of Middlemen in Administrative Actions: Behavioral and Metacontingencies Analyses of Petty Corruption

TETE KOBLA AGBOTA (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway)
Abstract:

The use of intermediaries known as "goro boys" when accessing public goods is common in Ghana. Using a survey method, this paper explores why people use intermediaries during public encounters. The role of intermediaries in perpetuating petty corrupt behavior as a cultural determinant for administrative actions is examined. Using behavioral contingencies and metacontingencies as analytical tools, this paper examines the contingencies that generate and sustain the use intermediaries in administrative actions. We observe that the rearrangement of administrative processes and procedures may eliminate intermediaries during public encounters. We conclude that combating corruption should focus more on methods, which destabilize corrupt cooperation. Transparency is key to destabilizing corrupt relations but a leadership willing to use this key is a paramount anti-corruption element.

 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Basic Strategies to Achieve Positive Outcomes for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ashly Voorde (LOGAN Community Resources, Inc.)
Discussant: Ian Melton (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Ian Melton, M.S.
Abstract:

Goals in applied settings are to improve client outcome. Frequently fundamental interventions are discounted for more complicated, labor intensive ones. The papers in this symposium will discuss two research projects. Specific data are presented on a specific staff training strategy to teach staff to become proficient group teachers. The second paper presents data on a strategy to increase staff/client engagement across activities in a center-based setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practioners

 

Teaching Staff to Effectively Teach Groups of Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), Katelyn Moisan (BCI), micaela grady (BCI)
Abstract:

The literature in applied behavior analysis (ABA) clearly indicates effective strategies to teach staff to successfully teach learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in 1:1 instructional formats. There are few resources available, however, specific to training staff to become effective and efficient group teachers. The current project takes place in a center with 10 learners with ASD ranging from 3-7 years-of-age, and 10 staff. The project evaluates the use of didactic instruction combined with competency-based checklists to teach skills essential to effective group teaching. Dependent measures include teaching skills broken down into sub-categories consisting of environmental arrangement, prompting, reinforcement, and management of problem behaviors, among others, with corresponding didactic instruction. Skills for both group leaders and support staff are targeted. Data was collected using both per opportunity and interval sampling. A multiple baseline design across sets of skills with-in groups was utilized to evaluate the intervention. Preliminary data indicates that the intervention is effective in providing group teaching skills to group leaders (data attached). Results will be discussed well as suggestions for next steps and future research.

 

Making Significant Staff and Client Behavior Change Using Basic Strategies

(Service Delivery)
Jill E. McGrale Maher (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), KATELYN MOISAN (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), Desdalin Black (Behavioral Concepts, Inc)
Abstract:

Environmental arrangement, client participation, and systematic treatment measures are essential and pivotal in evaluating effecting change in treatment environments (PLA-Check, Doke and Risley, 1972). Interventions require little observer effort, evaluating and comparing entire activity periods or settings using group recording time-sampling procedures. PLA-check measure sample proportions of time a client is observed to be appropriately engaged or participating in the target activity are then evaluated. The PLA-Check has since been applied to numerous treatment settings and has been used as a staff performance feedback system. This is a basic, effective, and easy system to dramatically change both staff and client behaviors. The current project replicates this basic procedure in a center for 10 clients ages 3-8 with ASD, and 10 staff. Preliminary data is presented. Results clearly indicate an increase in staff/engagement.

 
 
Symposium #127
Intervention Strategies for Older Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Enhancing Life and Work Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kaitlin Ross (MECA)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder who graduate from the public school system face an uncertain future. It is well known that the amount and quality of services for adolescents and adults with ASD pale in comparison to the supports offered in the public school (K-12) system. However, adolescents and adults face significant life concerns associated with living and working in their communities. Most individuals do not have jobs. Most individuals don't access community opportunities such as restaurants, parks, exercise facilities, and movie theaters. Innovative programming must be developed to increase the choice, competency, and control that these individuals can exert over what they do with their lives. This symposium will provide data-based examples of behaviorally-based programs that focus on unique challenges that these individuals pose. These instructional programs incorporate principles of behavior change that result in improved vocational independence, improved coping of aversive events, and enhanced independence of completing academic activities. More data-based programming must be developed for these individuals who are transitioning into the real world and dealing, often for the first time, with these real-world problems.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ASD adolescents, ASD adults, community integration
 

Effectiveness of Electronic Visual Schedules on Task Completion and Transitioning of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
KATARINA RADI (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Adolescents with developmental disabilities are often unable to navigate single daily tasks without depending on verbal prompts. The purpose of this study was to measure the effectiveness of electronic visual schedules on task completion and independent transitioning from one task to another. Four high school students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders participated. A single subject multiple baseline design was used for the study. During the baseline, students followed a paper based daily schedule. Independence in task completion and transitioning were measured. During the intervention, an application, First Then Visual Schedule High Definition, on an iPod was provided for each student. Individualized tasks were programmed into each device's app and adjusted for individual academic goals and unique needs at the beginning of the academic day. Participants' independence was monitored during academic lessons and during community based instructions for 20 consecutive days. Applying the principles of behavior analysis, an additional intervention condition was presented to one of the participants. The results showed that task completion and independent task transition of all participants increased when using FTVS HD app on an iPod.

 

The Effects of Using an iPad Mini to Teach Vocational Tasks

(Applied Research)
KARI ANNE DUNLOP (HMEA; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Young adults with disabilities, specifically autism spectrum disorder (ASD), struggle to find competitive employment upon completion of schooling. It is critical to minimize dependence upon other people to assist with tasks to make the transition from school to adult work more successful. The present study evaluated the use of a technologically presented visual schedule, Choiceworks on the iPad miniTM to teach vocational skills to four young adults with ASD. Using a multiple baseline design, participants mastered vocational tasks, maintained, and generalized those skills to community vocational settings, with the use of the technology. Overall, 75% of tasks were mastered across participants, and all participants mastered at least one task. The majority also maintained skills and successfully generalized to known community settings. These findings suggest that the use of portable technology could have implications for teaching vocational skills to adults with disabilities. Future research should expand these findings to other disability groups, and the use of the technology in vocational settings.

 

Developing Adaptive Responses Through Systematic Desensitization to Challenging Stimuli

(Applied Research)
LAUREN ERION (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Dan Albrand (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Gloria Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL))
Abstract:

It has been well documented in the literature that individuals diagnosed with autism have challenges in developing adaptive skills, specifically the ability to cope with the ever-changing and often unanticipated events in their daily environment. These skills often come naturally to their typically developing peers and are essential to develop relationships, participate in their community, and increase quality of life. A deficit in these necessary adaptive skills can lead to extreme responses and behavioral concerns. The inability to tolerate and cope with a wide variety of unexpected stimuli is suggested to correlate with levels of anxiety which are reported to be far more prevalent in the ASD population. While cognitive functioning does not appear to play a role in the increased incidence of anxiety or lack of coping skills, potential relationships have been found between levels of executive functioning, emotional regulation, and social perception. This study explored these relationships for 3 adolescents with autism. Baseline measures of inappropriate behavior (indicators of anxiety) were taken, and then researchers implemented systematic desensitization while allowing escape to build tolerance and consistent reinforcement to increase the use of functionally relevant replacement behaviors across changing criteria. Preliminary results indicate systematic desensitization can build tolerance to aversive stimuli even with access to escape. Data demonstrate increasing use of coping strategies through reinforcement and explicit instruction across participants.

 
 
Paper Session #128
Effective School-Based Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT
Chair: Michael Voltaire (Nova Southeastern University)
 

Early Interventions and Implications for Independent Functioning of Emerging Adults Diagnosed With Autism

Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL VOLTAIRE (Nova Southeastern University)
 
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a lifelong neurodevelopmental condition that affects 3.5 million Americans and 1% of the world population. The prevalence rate of the disorder has steadily been on the rise in recent years. Children diagnosed with ASD will grow up to become adults with autism, and many will need substantial support to function, whereas others will lead independent lives, provided that they received appropriate training. Approximately, 50,000 young adults with autism graduate from high school each year. Support services end when recipients reach the age of 21, and parents are generally unequipped to deal with the abrupt transition when their children no longer attend a predictable and structured environment. This presentation highlights the importance of early interventions and the need for Individualized Education Programs (IEP) to target life skills that facilitate the transition to adulthood, regarding employment and, where appropriate, independent living. Well-designed and properly implemented IEPs can yield results that ensure emerging adults will have the necessary support to go on when parents are no longer around to care for them. This presentation also explores whether current practices being implemented with young adults diagnosed with ASD are congruent with evidence-based research findings.

 
Closing the Gap: Utilization of Applied Behavior Analysis Methodologies in the General Education Classroom for Students With Autism
Domain: Service Delivery
HANA LYNN JURGENS (Cayer Behavioral Group, Inc.)
 
Abstract: One of the primary goals of Applied Behavior Analysis within classroom and community settings is to increase appropriate behaviors while simultaneously decreasing inappropriate behaviors in order to develop student independence. Such work ultimately seeks to merge students from Exceptional Student Educational (ESE) classrooms into general educational classrooms. Despite this goal however, a majority of students with Autism do not typically spend the duration of their academic school days among neurotypical peers in general education settings, especially in the cases where 1:1 therapeutic guidance is not able to be provided. This paper will explore several behavior management systems which have both effectively transitioned students with Autism into general education classrooms as well as maintained their continued long-term engagement there. These behavior management systems rely on individualized programs, based on client age and skill sets, taught to classroom teachers and staff and implemented by these general education instructors alongside ABA therapists and ESE teachers. This paper discusses how the data collected from these behavior management systems demonstrates their versatility and efficiency at addressing practical problems facing students with Autism in this transitional process.
 
 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Misophonia: A Conditioned Respondent Behavior Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Thomas H. Dozier, M.S.
Abstract:

Misophonia is an understudied but relatively common respondent behavior condition, the effects of which range from annoying to debilitating. Misophonia cannot be classified with DSM or ICD-criteria. Misophonia is known as a condition where commonly occurring innocuous stimuli (e.g. chewing sound) elicit anger and accompanying physiological responses which function as motivating operations for overt aggression and escape. Recent basic research on misophonia as a behavioral phenomenon has identified an immediate physical response (typically a muscle flinch) elicited by misophonic stimuli, which is unique for each person. Although there are some common misophonic stimuli, each person has a unique set of stimuli, which often includes auditory and visual stimuli, but can be any sensory modality. Misophonia is similar to general sensory sensitivity which is common with autism, but the management and intervention for each are quite different. Misophonia was first identified and named by audiologists and has been considered a hearing disorder. Recently misophonia has come to be viewed as an anger disorder and the focus of psychiatrists, psychologists, and neuroscience. Behaviorally, misophonia is a classically conditioned physical respondent phenomenon, and it may be more appropriate to view misophonia as a conditioned behavioral disorder.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classical conditioning, counterconditioning, misophonia, respondent behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, other professional practitioners, and educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify two initial respondent behaviors of the misophonic response. 2. Identify the difference between misophonia and sensory over-responsivity. 3. Identify one intervention to reduce the initial physical response of misophonia.
 
Phenomenology of Misophonia: A Respondent Physical-Emotional Response Disorder
(Applied Research)
MICHELLE LOPEZ (Alliant International University, San Diego; Misophonia Institute), Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Treatment Institute; Misophonia Institute), Kate L. Morrison (Utah State University), Leighton Grampp (Alliant International University, San Diego)
Abstract: Two basic research studies on the phenomenology of misophonia were conducted to document the initial physical response to misophonic stimuli previously reported in cases studies. All participants were developmentally typical adults. One study exposed participants to weak auditory and visual misophonic stimuli, and they reported immediate physical sensations and emotions. All reported immediate physical responses to at least one of their stimuli. The second study used electromyography (EMG) and direct observation of the immediate physical response to misophonic stimuli in three participants. EMG responses were recorded for two participants and an observed physical response (tic-like or muscle flinch) was consistent but different in each participants. Response latency for the EMG measured response was several hundred milliseconds, indicating the responses were elicited reflexes and not general physiological arousal. Overall, results show that misophonic auditory and visual trigger stimuli elicit physical responses in addition to emotional responses. Therefore misophonia should be considered a condition in which otherwise innocuous stimuli elicit specific physical responses unique to the individual and strong emotional responses.
 

Counterconditioning Intervention for Misophonia

(Service Delivery)
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract:

Misophonia behavior patterns often impair multiple life domains, and once developed may persist indefinitely. Two adult participants with misophonia and no comorbid conditions were treated using a adapted counterconditioning intervention which provided a continual positive stimulus and an intermittent, low intensity misophonic stimulus. During the intervention, the participants experienced a physical reflex consisting of a skeletal muscle contraction, which gradually extinguished. Both participants had a large reduction in their misophonia impairment, and maintenance and generalization of the treatment effect. One intervention was a multiple baseline design, providing some empirical support of a functional relation. The intervention for one participant included live and recorded audio sessions. The second intervention utilized an automated stimulus delivery system (an iPhone app) which gave the participant real-time control of the counterconditioning parameters. These cases provide initial support for a counterconditioning treatment for misophonia, and they show that misophonia may include a physical respondent to misophonic stimuli.

 
 
Symposium #130
CE Offered: BACB
Persisting and Thriving: Recent Research on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Megan St. Clair, M.A.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a behavior analytic approach to intervening on complex verbal behavior, with the goal of disrupting maladaptive control by rules, leading to socially meaningful overt behavior change. The functional analyses that form the foundation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy are broadly applicable and provide a set of analytical tools that can be used to understand adaptive and maladaptive behavior across a variety of settings and repertoires. This symposium brings together three presentations that adapt conceptual and practical analyses from the ACT literature to novel areas. The first paper, by Megan St. Clair, consists of a behavioral conceptual analysis of "grit." The second paper, by Lauren Servellon, consists of a research review and behavioral conceptual analysis of "resilience." The third paper, by Dr. Thomas Szabo, evaluates an ACT-based treatment program for gender-based violence in Sierra Leone.

Keyword(s): ACT, Grit, Resilience
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

 

No Room to Quit When You've Built Up Your Grit: A Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Grit and Implications for Functional Assessment and Treatment

(Theory)
MEGAN ST. CLAIR (Halo Behavioral Health), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Across the social sciences, grit can collectively be described as demonstrating single-minded persistence in pursuit of a goal, in spite of various forms of interference such as adversity, plateaus in progress, and even failure. While the construct of grit has received robust empirical attention in mainstream psychology within recent years, it has primarily been regarded as a stable personality characteristic, trait, or disposition which an individual either possesses or does not. This perception is limiting; however, when considering that it does not pave the way for effective behavioral acquisition. Unfortunately, thus far, the behavioral literature has contributed little to the understanding of grit as a behavioral phenomenon by functionally analyzing the behavioral mechanisms involved. This is concerning when considering that related traditional psychological research has widely documented that grit is highly correlated with positive outcomes in academic achievement, professional advancement, and personal ambitions that correspond to one's principal life objectives. Fortunately, a behavior analytic conceptualization supported by relational frame theory (RFT) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) would alternatively regard grit as yet another behavior to be explained in terms of its functional, behavior-environment relations. As such, within this context, grit is perceived as a complex behavior that has the potential to be built within one's repertoire by applying the principles of the science of behavior in functional analytic procedures that inform treatment methodology. This presentation will review the strengths and limitations of research on grit, with an emphasis on clinical implications and future directions.

 

Thriving in the Face of Adversity: A Review and Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Research on Promoting Resilience

(Theory)
LAUREN SERVELLON (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Resilience is a construct that refers to one's ability to continue living and even thrive, despite having experienced significant adversity. For example, veterans who return from war and report good quality of life and satisfaction in their normally daily non-combat lives are said to have good resilience. Veterans who struggle with depression, substance abuse and/or report low quality of life and/or happiness might be said to demonstrate low resilience. As a hypothetical internal causal construct, resilience has little to recommend it. However, response to adversity certainly differs among people and at least some of that difference must be due to learning history and therefore it seems likely that it must be possible to arrange interventions where adaptive responses to adverse circumstances can be strengthened. Research in clinical psychology has begun on treatment approaches designed to increase resilience, however little or no behavior analytic research has attempted to analyze or improve repertoires referred to as resilience. This presentation will review research on interventions designed to increase resilience and present a behavioral conceptual analysis of some of the repertoires that might contribute to adaptive responding in the face of adverse life circumstances.

 

Microaggression, Intimate Partner Gender-Based Violence, and Behavioral Flexibility Training in Sierra Leonean Couples

(Applied Research)
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology), Hannah Bockarie (Commit & Act, Sierra Leone), Ross White (University of Liverpool), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Corinna Stewart (National University of Ireland), Beate Ebert (Commit & Act International)
Abstract:

Gender-based violence and a response class that may serve as its precursor, microaggression, are rarely studied by behavior analysts but likely entail a complex repertoire of physical, verbal and arbitrarily applied relational responding. Microaggression is particularly important to the reduction of gender-based violence because it often goes unnoticed and therefore unaddressed, but it predicts other more serious forms of aggression. Like most other operant behavior, it is reinforced without explicit awareness of its occurrence by the speaker or the listener. We conducted a multiple probe study across married couples in which microaggression and overtly aggressive behavior were recorded during and between sessions of a month-long, four-session behavioral flexibility training that was modeled on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. The study was conducted in a small west African nation where gender-based violence is reported to be at pandemic levels. Results showed immediate reductions in microaggression occurring within and between sessions. Subsequent reductions in aggression that occurred between sessions were also recorded and partner reports were endorsed by all participants during private communications when partners were not present. Further, collateral behavior that sometimes occurred before or during microaggression and physical assault (e.g., heavy drinking, drug use, and betrayal) were weakened and replacement behaviors strengthened.

 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB
Toolbox for Success: An Evaluation of Instructional Strategies for Employment and Daily Living Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erin Lynn Sorenson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Ann Korneder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Young adults and adolescents with developmental disabilities are particularly vulnerable to the negative impact of deficits in functional and daily living skills. These skills are essential to an improved quality of life, greater independence, and integration into the community (Gardner & Wolfe, 2015). In addition, many young adults find themselves unprepared to transition into competitive employment after formal education (Hartman, 2009). Several instructional strategies have been utilized for teaching these transition-related skills, including self-monitoring (Rusch & Dattilo, 2012), Behavioral Skills Training (BST; Kelly, Wildman, & Berler, 1980), and video-based procedures such as video modeling and video prompting (Seaman & Malone, 2016; Gardner & Wolfe, 2015). This presentation will examine two research studies and a program evaluation focused on the utility of these instructional tools for teaching daily living, pre-employment, and job-related social skills for young adults and adolescents diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Varied changes in performance levels will be discussed in relation to each of these strategies with the inclusion of a variety of training features.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): daily living, pre-employment, social skills, video-based instruction
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 
Press Play! The Effects of Video Prompting and Frequency Building to Teach Daily Living Skills
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Armstrong State University)
Abstract: The striking increase in prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has contributed to a growing awareness of the needs of adolescents and adults (Ratto & Mesibov, 2015), with acquisition of independent living skills constituting a primary concern for parents and families (Heiman, 2002). However, many individuals with ASD exit high school lacking the ability to care for their daily needs (Gray et al., 2015). The present study used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate and compare the effects of video prompting (VP) and video prompting plus frequency building (VP + FB) to teach daily living skills to three adolescents with ASD. Results demonstrated all three students made substantial improvements over their baseline performance using VP and VP + FB. Furthermore, a strong intervention effect emerged for VP and VP + FB conditions when compared to the control task. However, in terms of one intervention proving superior to the other (e.g., VP to VP + FB), the data offer a mixed interpretation with VP + FB affecting change better for two of the three students. The frequency building component in the VP + FB had strong, consistent gains for all students in terms of retention.
 

An Applied Behavior Analysis Approach to Teaching Pre-Employment Skills

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA ANN KORNEDER (Oakland University), Kristin Rohrbeck (Oakland University)
Abstract:

An estimated 50,000 adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) turn eighteen annually in the United States, but are unprepared to engage in typical independent adult lifestyles when they graduate, including maintaining employment (Roux, Shattuck, Cooper, Anderson, Wagner, & Narendorf, 2013). Problems in the workplace can be present due to the significant social and perceptual deficits including problems understanding social cues, understanding emotions, inflexibility with change, and difficulty adapting to new tasks and routines (Muller, Schuler, Burton, & Yates, 2003). The current program evaluation is aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of an intensive employment skills training program for fifteen adults with high-functioning ASD. Teaching strategies evaluated include self-monitoring, behavioral skills training, video modeling and feedback. Adults with ASD were evaluated by momentary time sampling, percentage of opportunities, and self-monitoring. Soft skills monitored include staying engaged, following directions, self-advocating, respectfulness, independence, peer interactions, assertiveness, and risk-taking. This program evaluation assessed participant growth in self-regulation techniques and increases in socially appropriate behaviors to increase successful pre-employment skills. Results indicated that risk-taking and taking a leadership role are pre-employment skills that need more intervention than other soft skills such as direction-taking and staying engaged.

 

You're Hired! Examining the Effects of First-Person Point-of-View Video Models as an Instructional Tool for Job-Related Social Skills

(Applied Research)
KAYLA JENSSEN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Kimberly Peck (Western Michigan University), Sean Field (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite a growing emphasis on autism-related services, many young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are underemployed and unprepared for employment (Hartman, 2009). Social skill deficits are reported as the reason for 90% of employment loss (Murray & Doren, 2013), and nine of 10 reasons applicants are rejected during a job interview (Elsknin & Elsknin, 1991). One instructional method that has been used to teach social skills is video modeling. Past research on first-person point-of-view (FPPOV) video modeling (shown from the perspective of the performer) has demonstrated changes in behavior only when FPPOV video models are combined with additional intervention. This presentation will focus on a study conducted to examine the effectiveness of FPPOV video models as a stand-alone instructional tool for job-related social skills for four young adults diagnosed with ASD, ages 18 to 26. Results suggest that FPPOV video models alone were not effective for teaching job-related social skills until embedded in the Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package or after the addition of enhanced video features. This presentation serves as an extension of the video modeling literature and will present additional avenues for continued research on behavior-based instructional tools for job-related social skills.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Emerging Technologies and Alternative Modalities of Preference Assessment
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Audrey N. Hoffmann (Johnson State College)
CE Instructor: Audrey N. Hoffmann, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A large body of evidence exists supporting the use of preference assessment as part of providing behavior analytic services to individuals with disabilities. Although several empirically supported methods for identifying preference exist, practitioners and researchers often need to modify and individualize preference assessments to meet client needs, especially when using emerging technologies. For example, practitioners and researchers may need to identify preference for content on electronic devices or modalities for augmentative and assistive technology. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight the use of alternative forms of preference assessments. The first speaker will present a literature review study examining the efficacy of alternative modality stimulus preference assessments. The second speaker will present a study examining a modified MSWO preference assessment using picture icons to assess preference for content on an iPad. The third speaker will present a study examining preference for alternative communication apps commonly used by individuals with disabilities. Implications for alternative modality and individualized preference assessments will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): alternative modality, communication applications, preference assessment, technology
Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts, Researchers, Behavior Analytic Practitioners, Educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research examining alternative forms of preference assessment; (2) list at least two methods for assessing preference for content on electronic devices; (3) explain why alternative methods of preference assessment may be necessary in everyday practice
 

Assessing Preferences of Individuals With Developmental Disabilities Using Alternative Stimulus Modalities: A Review

Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), CATHERINE COPSEY (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The purpose of this review was to identify investigations comparing the efficacy of alternative modality stimulus preference assessments for individuals with developmental disabilities. We identified articles by searching peer-reviewed journals using the PsycINFO and ERIC databases, conducting table of content searches of common behavioral outlets, and conducting ancestral searches of recent reviews and practitioner summaries of preference assessment methods. A total of 32 articles met our inclusion criteria. These studies were then coded across a variety of features to gain a better understanding of the efficacy of alternative format preference assessment for individuals with developmental disabilities. In addition, we reviewed this literature for the use of prerequisite skill assessments and contingent reinforcer access to further investigate the relation between these variables and the success of pictorial, verbal, and video preference assessments. A variety of methodological concerns are discussed as well as suggestions for future research.

 

Using Pictures Depicting App Icons to Conduct an Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment on a Tablet Device

Audrey N. Hoffmann (Johnson State College), RYAN PASKINS (Utah State University), Anna Brady (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University; Utah Behavior Support Clinic)
Abstract:

High tech items, such as iPads, are increasingly being used for individuals receiving behavior analytic services. When using iPads as part of behavioral services, it is important to assess preference for content delivered on the device, (i.e., applications or apps). Presenting apps for selection within a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment may involve unique difficulties (i.e., having multiple iPads to deliver an app on each screen, or needing to move apps around on the device prior to every presentation). This study examined the effects of using pictures depicting app icons within an MSWO preference assessment followed by reinforcer assessments to validate preference assessment outcomes. Participants included six adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities attending a vocational day program. Results of the app icon preference assessment included identifying preference hierarchies for all participants. Subsequently, when given a choice to earn different apps, five participants showed a clear pattern of responding toward the highest preferred app. Results have implications for using alternative formats when conducting preference assessments using high-tech devices.

 
Preference of Two Communication Applications and Ease of Navigation
DAPHNE HARTZHEIM (Louisiana State University), Surani Nakkawita (Louisiana State University), Cara Tyson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to investigate how quickly someone unfamiliar to communication devices would navigate through two different systems. Further, our aim was to identify system preference. We recruited 10 adults, ages 20-30 years old. Recruitment continues until 30 adults and 15 children have participated in the study. Informed consent was obtained from participants. Twenty words with high- and low-frequency occurrence in regular conversation were identified. We utilized two communication apps (i.e. Speak for Yourself (SfY) and Proloquo2Go (P2G)) that are frequently used by therapists. SfY is based on motor planning theories, while P2G has a linguistic organization. Participants were asked to find words four times, twice using P2G and twice using SfY. All sessions were video-recorded to measure reliability. Duration and frequency of touches to get to target word were measured. Additionally, we interviewed each participant on their device preference. Thus far, results indicate no significant difference frequency of touches during first attempt between the apps. During the second attempt, participants needed less touches using P2G. Further, participants used less time using P2G. All ten participants indicated a preference for P2G due to ease of operation, categorization, logical organization and color coded layout.
 
 
Symposium #133
CE Offered: NASP
Applications of a Behavioral-Developmental Stage Model to Intelligence in Animals, Humans, and Androids
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Androids may be based on the behavioral developmental and evolutionary stage model: An Android is "computer based" synthetic organism designed to act like a human. We have created a higher order neural network that thinks, perceives, understands, predicts and manipulates better than insects. Our goal is to emulate the behavior smartest people as measured by their behavioral-developmental stage. Operant conditioning is based conditioning based on four instances of respondent conditioning: 1) respondent conditioning case pairs the reinforcer with the eliciting neural stimulus for the operant response. 2) Pairing of the now salient neural stimulus that elicits the operant with the environment event. 3) Pairing of the environmental event with the reinforcing stimulus.4) pairing of the stimulus elected by the drive with the reinforcement event, changing the strength of the reinforcer. Because of the simplicity of the calculations. These neural networks should be faster and smaller. The first three developmental and evolutionary behavioral stages are Order 1 tasks that are addressed with automatic unconditioned responses; Order 2 tasks include classical conditioning but not operant conditioning. Order 3 tasks coordinate three instances of these earlier tasks to make possible operant conditioning. Neural networks operate at this order as well as some invertebrates and all insects.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

People interested in Computer models of behavior, androids and evolution of "smarts" in animals. No experience or knowledge of computer is required. Some background of Respondent and Operant Conditioning is required.

Learning Objectives: The students will learn about the evolution of animals "smarts" that predict how much reinforcement they obtain by successfully obtain by doing more difficult tasks. They will learn about the evolution of operant conditioning from respondent conditioning. They will learn how to make androids that are equally smarter or smarter than humans.
 
The First Three Developmental and Evolutionary Behavioral Stages
(Basic Research)
MANSI J SHAH (Dare Association)
Abstract: The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a behavioral model of developmental and evolutionary stage, based on task analysis. Tasks are ordered in terms of their hierarchical complexity, which is an ordinal scale that measures difficulty. Successful performance on a task is called the behavioral stage. This model can be applied to non-human animals, humans as well as to androids. Using data from simple animals and more complex one, we will describe the three lowest behavioral stages and illustrate them using the behaviors of a range of simple organisms. For example, Order 1 tasks and performance on them are addressed with automatic unconditioned responses. Behavior at this order includes sensing, tropisms, habituation and other automatic behaviors. Single cell organisms operate at this order. Order 2 tasks include these earlier behaviors, but also include classical conditioning but not operant conditioning. Animals such as some simple invertebrates have shown classical conditioning, but not operant conditioning. Order 3 tasks coordinate three instances of these earlier tasks to make possible operant conditioning. Neural networks operate at this order as well as some invertebrates and all insects.
 
Respondent Conditioning Based on Adaptive Neural Networks
(Basic Research)
SIMRAN TRISAL MALHOTRA (Dare Association), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Adaptive neural networks can be constructed from four cases of respondent conditioning. Respondently based neural networks reduce error and act as amplifiers using the all-or-nothing method. Within each module, a “0” means no Stimulus A and the “1” means an occurrence of Stimulus A. To obtain an output, one multiples either a “0” or a “1”. The first respondent conditioning case pairs the reinforcer with the eliciting neural stimulus for the operant response. The pairing strengthens and makes salient that eliciting neural stimulus. The second case is the pairing of the now salient neural stimulus that elicits the operant with the environment event. The third is the pairing of the environmental event with the reinforcing stimulus. The fourth is the pairing of the stimulus elected by the drive with the reinforcement event, changing the strength of the reinforcer. The network should be able to adapt to its environment of stimuli and better processes the information. It is shown that there are four modules, each representing a responding conditioning case. Because of the simplicity of the calculations, neural networks built in this manner should be faster and smaller.
 
Androids Based on the Behavioral Developmental and Evolutionary Stage Model
(Basic Research)
ANISHA BAIDYA (Dare Association)
Abstract: An intelligent agent, or Android is “computer based” synthetic organism designed to act like a human. Researchers are working on developing computational models of human behavior. They are very far from accurate or useful simulations of intelligent behavior. The Androids here are based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a general behavioral-developmental theory that applies to behavior of all animals, including humans and computer based models. That Model is consistent with evolution. The Orders of Hierarchical Complexity are mathematical model that may be applied to account for how organisms and groups of organisms behave. At present, the artificial neural networks operate at Stage 3 (Circular Sensory-Motor Stage) characteristic of insects. We have created a higher order neural network that thinks, perceives, understands, predicts and manipulates better than insects. Our goal is to develop higher order stacked neural network that emulate the hierarchical complexity of the smartest people as measured by their behavioral-developmental stage. Such androids should even be able to design future androids smarter than any human.
 
 
Paper Session #134
Animal Models of Neurological Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Area: EAB
Chair: Espen Sjoberg (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 

Ascending Versus Descending Delays: A Delay Discounting Experiment on an Animal Model of ADHD

Domain: Basic Research
ESPEN SJOBERG (Oslo Metropolitan University), Per Holth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Hans Martin Ottåsen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Raquel Wilner (Courtauld Institute of Art), Espen Borgå Johansen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
 
Abstract:

In delay discounting experiments on rats, the animals are exposed to a choice between a small, immediate reinforcer and a larger, delayed reinforcer. A preference for the larger reinforcer tends to negatively correlate with response-reinforcer delay. While we do not dispute the effect of the delay function, we argue that recent learning history, i.e. order of exposure, also influences choice. We conducted delay discounting experiments using an animal model of ADHD, the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR). One group of rats experienced systematic, ascending delays from zero to 24 seconds for the large reinforcer, while another group experienced this order in reverse. Results showed that the rats in the descending delay condition were profoundly more impulsive than the rats in the standard, ascending delay condition. The descending rats almost exclusively preferred the smaller reinforcer, regardless of the response-reinforcer delay in the second experiment. These results suggests that the rats' previous experience influences their choice in subsequent trials: previous exposure to long delays increases the chance that the next choice will be the small reinforcer, even if the response-reinforcer delay decreases in the next trial. The results are discussed in the context of the dual-component model of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).

 

Translational Studies of Epilepsy, Behavior, and Environment: A 35 Year Progress Report

Domain: Applied Research
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University, Post)
 
Abstract:

Up to 50% of individuals with severe developmental disabilities have epilepsy. Behavior analysts are often unaware how epilepsy impairs their client's ability to learn about contingencies of reinforcement. Individuals with epilepsy often have behavior disorders which can be exacerbated by seizures, acutely and chronically. These seizures could be managed better, and important new life skills could be acquired, if the client's behavior analyst knew more about epilepsy. A basic review of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and molecular events responsible for seizures and seizure-induced impairments in learning and behavior will be provided. Behavioral research on several animal models of seizures will be presented. A frequent problem for developmentally disabled clients is that they are improperly medicated for seizures. This could be avoided with EEG (electroencephalography), which is a crucial test for an accurate diagnosis of epilepsy. Effective behavioral techniques from our lab will be described for teaching a client to cooperate with an EEG, without sedation or anesthesia. While epileptic seizures change an individual's ability to interact with their environment, conversely, the environment often modulates seizure intensity, frequency, duration and magnitude. Behavior analysts can greatly benefit their clients who have epilepsy by learning about how to describe, measure and control these relationships.

 
 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB
Providing Behavioral Services in Higher Education: Supporting Students, Faculty, and Administration
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Katelyn Danielle Smith (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Benjamin N. Witts, Ph.D.
Abstract:

University enrollment and state support for public institutions have largely been trending downward for several years now. These downward trends mean that universities have less money and fewer resources to support their many programs and services. When resources are scarce, administrators are faced with difficult choices. The behavior analyst is uniquely situated in the higher education system to provide services that help support institutional goals and protect his or her discipline during difficult economic times. Curricular and pedagogical advancements through behavior analytic technologies help to strengthen the behaviorist's position within the university while simultaneously expanding the field. This symposium presents three areas of involvement where behavior analysts can provide meaningful contributions to student, program, and university growth. G. DeBernardis discusses ways in which behavior analytic undergraduate programming can promote student success while also growing our field. K. Kellum provides an overview of how to promote university-wide faculty success in meeting assessment and accreditation goals. B. Witts reviews how behavioral faculty can include graduate students in conducting assessments at the university to increase supports for non-traditional students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): accreditation, curriculum, higher education, university
Target Audience:

Higher education instructors (faculty, professors, lecturers) Higher education administrators Graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to 1) identify how faculty and administrators can contribute to student success in ABA and the field of ABA through undergraduate education, 2) identify how behavior analytic faculty can contribute to assessment and accreditation practices across the university, and 3) how graduate courses in ABA can be used to help graduate students get hands-on experience with behavioral assessments while contributing to university growth.
 
Fostering the Future: Promoting Behavior Science in Undergraduate Education
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The increased demand for behavior analysts has led to rapid growth within our field, yet a need remains for qualified practitioners at the bachelor’s level. Compounding this issue, there are few bachelor’s programs that offer specialized training in behavior analysis, and most programs in general psychology provide students with minimal exposure (if any) to behavior science. Given the need for behavior analysts at the bachelor’s level, more needs to be done to promote opportunities within behavior science in undergraduate education. This paper will review the current state of undergraduate training programs in our field, including the various ways students are formally exposed to behavior analysis in academia. This will include a review of the current state of undergraduate majors, specializations, coursework, and experiential learning opportunities in behavior analysis. Suggestions for implementing undergraduate training in behavior analysis and fostering the development of these programs will be outlined. In addition, the anticipated future growth of undergraduate education in behavior science will be discussed.
 

Nontraditional Students' Views of Their University at a Medium-Sized Midwest University

BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Higher education recognizes two general classifications of student: traditional and nontraditional. Traditional students are those students who transition immediately from secondary to post-secondary schooling. Nontraditional students are everyone else, and include undergraduate students over the age of 25, students who took time off between secondary and post-secondary schooling, and those students with dependents, to name a few. Nontraditional students are often overlooked by faculty and staff, disconnected with their university, and must endure additional hardships not experienced by their traditional student counterpart. This presentation outlines four assessments conducted at a medium-sized Midwest university that aimed to better understand how this broad population was being served at this university. While some results varied, the general conclusion across assessments was that this university is atypical when it comes to nontraditional student inclusion, belonging, and supports. I conclude with a discussion of how this information can be used to continue developing these supports and how it can be used for recruitment and retention efforts.

 
A Focus on Faculty Behavior: Influencing Institutional Effectiveness and Assessment Practices
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
Abstract: Many regional and field-specific accrediting agencies compel institutions to engage in institutional effectiveness or assessment practices. The specific requirements and language vary between these regulatory bodies, but they typically require a focus on student learning at program or institutional levels. Generally, each accrediting body mandates that programs/institutions define what students should learn, measure the extent to which such learning occurs, and use those data to make changes to the context of student learning. Most faculty are quite adept at developing and evaluating course assignments and examinations; however, few have direct experience doing so across a program of study or the institution. Yet, faculty are often asked to serve on assessment committees. The contextual influences for measuring student learning for class grades are likely quite different than those influencing measuring such learning for the purpose of program or institutional improvement. These different contexts likely require slightly different sets of faculty behavior. This paper reviews contextual changes made over the last 8 years to improve assessment practices at a large southern university and subsequent results as measured by correspondence to good assessment practices. The paper concludes with suggestions for contextual changes that may improve assessment behavior at other institutions.
 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB
Police Academy Training and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
CE Instructor: John O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present data on applications of behavior analysis to police academy training. The first study involved a class of 54 police academy cadets exposed to training as usual with performance assessed at 7 and 15-week follow-up during the academy. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field as a police officer. The second study involved a novel class of 46 police academy cadets exposed to behavioral skills training. Half of the class received video-modeling and the other half did not. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field as a police officer. Results of both studies will be discussed in terms of implications for police academy training and the dissemination of behavior analysis to policing.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, Maintenance, Police, Video-modeling
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts who are interested in working with police.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn how to employ single-case designs in policing. Attendees will learn about the effectiveness of ABA in policing. Attendees will learn how to apply BST in policing.
 
Police Academy Training: The Effect of Performance Feedback
(Applied Research)
JOHN O'NEILL (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Dawn O'Neill (Force Science Institute), Katelyn Weed (Minnesota State University Mankato), Emily Novak (Force Science Institute), William Spence (Force Science Institute), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract: A class of 54 police academy cadets was exposed to training as usual and performance was assessed at 7 and 15-week follow-up during the academy. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field.
 
Police Academy Training: The Effect of Video Modeling
(Applied Research)
DAWN O'NEILL (Force Science Institute), John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Katelyn Weed (Force Science Institute), Emily Novak (Force Science Institute), William Spence (Force Science Institute), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract: A novel class of 46 police academy cadets was exposed to behavioral skills training. Half of the class received video-modeling and the other half did not. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field.
 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: BACB
Further Refinements in Defining and Teaching Compliant Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristen Brogan (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Kristen Brogan, M.S.
Abstract:

Researchers have defined compliant and noncompliant behavior in several ways. For example, Cook, Rapp, and Schulze (2015) suggested that compliance can be broken down into two subtypes; active or passive. Active compliance involves a specific response requirement while passive involves teaching tolerance of a context. Treating compliant behavior may pose challenges unique to the type and function of the noncompliant counter-behavior. The current symposium will present three papers focused on refining the way behavior analysts define and treat compliance across diverse populations. The first paper focuses on a specific type of compliance, quiet compliance, and how it may be taught to typically developing adjudicated adolescents who receive treatment in secure residential facilities. Results showed that using a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedure to treat quiet compliance as its own unique behavior was effective for seven adjudicated adolescents. The second paper compared the delivery of positive reinforcement and negative reinforcement to treat escape-maintained behavior. Results suggested that the positive reinforcement condition was most effective to reduce problem behavior. The third paper compared the efficacy of time based or completion based structured schedules. Researchers will discuss results with respect to individual differences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

 
Increasing Quiet Compliance by Detained Male Adolescents
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Amanda Niedfeld (Auburn University), Jodi Coon (Auburn University), Jan Everhart Newman (Auburn University), Barry Burkhart (Auburn University)
Abstract: Some adjudicated adolescents receive treatment for their offenses in residential facilities. Detained adolescents’ engagement in either low levels of compliant behavior or excess behavior (e.g., swearing, gestures) while following commands from residential personnel may result in decreased opportunities for those youth to access preferred activities. The current study employed nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants designs to evaluate the effects of a procedure to increase seven detained adolescents’ quiet compliance with academic and vocational demands. Results show that problem behavior decreased to zero or near-zero levels for each participant during simulated conditions and suggest that self-control, alone or in combination with a differential reinforcement of low rate behavior for omitting problem behavior, may have been responsible for the behavior changes. We discuss some clinical implications of the findings.
 

Further Evaluation of Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement to Treat Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape

JAMES BEVACQUA (Nemours Children's Hospital), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Previous research has found that problem behavior maintained by escape can be successfully treated using the delivery of preferred items contingent upon compliance, in the absence of escape extinction. In the current study, we compared the delivery of positive reinforcement (a nonfunctional intervention) to negative reinforcement (a functional intervention) to treat escape-maintained problem behavior (i.e., aggression, self-injury) among three children with intellectual disabilities. We evaluated two positive reinforcement conditions: one in which a preferred edible item was delivered contingent upon compliance and one in which a preferred tangible item was delivered contingent upon compliance. Escape extinction was not used. Results suggest that the positive reinforcement condition in which a preferred tangible item was delivered contingent upon compliance was most effective to reduce problem behavior.

 

An Evaluation of Impact of Time- and Product-Based Work Requirements on Instructional Performance

MAGGIE ANN MOLONY (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Meara McMahon (University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

The use of structured schedules is one antecedent-based strategy that can be helpful in reducing problem behavior and increasing compliance exhibited by students with autism spectrum and other developmental and intellectual disorders. While this approach is an often-used strategy, it is possible that variations in its implementation may contribute to individual success. In the current investigation, the work portions of a structured schedule were implemented in two distinct manners. In one arrangement, work was presented for a fixed amount of time (e.g., 5 min). In a second arrangement, a specific amount of work (e.g., one worksheet) was presented to the student. Work ended when either the time criterion was met or the work requirement was met in the respective conditions. The relative effects of the two work requirement conditions were evaluated using single subject reversal experimental design. Data were collected on problem behavior and compliance exhibited across work arrangements. Results are discussed with respect to individual differences that may contribute to the relative success or failure of this type of antecedent-based intervention.

 
 
Symposium #138
Applications of Contextual Behavioral Approaches to Alter the Avoidance-Occasioning Function of Child Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analytic approaches to problem behavior are generally focused on identifying the function of problem behavior, and then using that information to inform treatment design. It is also widely recognized that caregiver behaviors that reinforce child problem behavior are governed by reinforcement contingencies, namely negative reinforcement. Though there is an awareness of the bi-directional nature of caregiver-child interactions, this topic has received limited attention, and an explicit technology for systematically addressing these issues is lacking. The first presentation will review known caregiver-child interactions that perpetuate maladaptive patterns of interaction, discuss the collateral emotional responses these may induce among caregivers that interfere with adherence with recommendations, and review findings on the use of Mindfulness and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) for helping residential staff who work with individuals with problem behavior. The second presentation will describe how this approach can be used to address the collateral emotional behaviors of parents associated with escape and avoidance of child problem behavior, and present outcomes obtained using a single-case experimental design to evaluate an ACT-informed strategy. The discussant will synthesize information summarized by the presenters and comment more broadly on the potential use of ACT-informed approaches to alter maladaptive caregiver-child interactions.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ACT, Caregiver training, Mindfulness, Problem behavior
 

Translating and Applying Mindfulness/Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Caregivers of Individuals With Problem Behavior

JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mauro Leoni (Disability Department, Fondazione Istituto Ospedaliero di Sospiro Onlus (Italy)), Giovanni Miselli (Disability Department, Fondazione Istituto Ospedaliero di Sospiro Onlus (Italy))
Abstract:

Due to the complex functional relationships that exist between children and caregivers when behavioral treatment plans for problem behavior are implemented, a systematic analysis of the contingencies related to treatment adherence is warranted (Allen & Warzak, 2000; Stocco &Thompson, 2015). Child problem behavior may occasion caregiver responses maintained by cessation of problem behavior and relief from aversive emotional experiences. Previous research investigating painful medical procedures and child anxiety has indicated emotional responding by caregivers due to observation of child distress can affect caregiver behavior and treatment adherence. This has direct relevance to problem behavior, where collateral emotional behavior is often not addressed in a conceptually systematic way. Using a behavior analytic framework, we review the literature to evaluate how applying mindfulness and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) strategies for caregivers of individuals with developmental disabilities who displayed severe problem behavior, affected caregiver emotional experiences (e.g., stress levels) and behavioral intervention implementation. A critical evaluation of the effectiveness of the application of the strategies to date, how well the programs evaluated align with the core principles of ACT and mindfulness, and potential reasons why these strategies can be of use for researchers and clinicians will be discussed.

 
A Contextual Behavioral Strategy for Enhancing Caregiver Adherence with Implementing Extinction
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Christopher M. Furlow (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Suni Schwandtner (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research suggests that attempting to suppress, or distract oneself from, an aversive experience (e.g. unpleasant private event such as a thought or emotion) produces a paradoxical effect of strengthening the experience (Wegner et al., 1987); this phenomenon may be relevant for caregivers who implement extinction for child problem behavior. If child problem behavior occasions an aversive emotional experience and emotional responding from a caregiver, an attempt to ignore or distract oneself may potentiate the aversiveness and increase the likelihood that the caregiver may attend to the behavior to produce its cessation. In the current study, we used a multiple-probe design across participants to investigate the effectiveness of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) procedure to assist the parents in implementing attention-extinction. The procedure focused on sensitizing the parents to (rather than distracting from) the aversive experience of observing problem behavior while withholding attention. Results indicated that, for both parents, the ACT-informed procedure produced clinically significant improvements compared to baseline, led to sustained behavior changes, and was considered socially acceptable. In addition to reporting outcomes, this paper will describe in behavior analytic terms the ACT strategy and it’s similarity to concepts discussed by Ferster (1973), Goldiamond (1974), and Skinner (1969).
 
 
Panel #139
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
A Behavior Analyst Guide to Self-Care
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Karen Chung, M.A.
Chair: Bahijah D. Sheibanee (Bedrock Clinic & Research Center; Rider University)
KAREN CHUNG (Special Learning, Inc.)
ANA ELISA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe)
NICOLE J. POSTMA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
Abstract:

Self-care is a term discussed scarcely enough in psychological practice, but is rarely discussed among behavior analytic practitioners. Trauma, burnout, and compassion fatigue are widely studied in other fields similar to behavior analysis. These concepts have significant impacts on client care and therapist well-being, so why aren't we discussing this more often? This panel aims to discuss these concepts in behavior analytic practice and further the discussion on a potentially ugly but necessary truth of behavior analytic practitioners.

Target Audience:

Our target audience are BCBA's that are seeking to learn more about the important components of self-care in our field and how to embed as part of being a practitioner and supervisor.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion the audience should be able to : 1) Identify possible trauma in their supervisees 2) Identify possible trauma in themselves 3) Understand how to place the appropriate antecedent interventions in place to prevent burn out.
Keyword(s): self-care, ethics
 
 
Invited Panel #140
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Behavioral Economics and Public Policy: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D.
Panelists: MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University), BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Abstract:

This session is coupled with, and immediately follows, a SQAB tutorial on Behavioral Economics and Public Policy presented by Dr. Steven Hursh. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion has arisen because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but we (SQAB and ABAI's Science Board) wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe behavioral economic principles; (2) link basic behavioral economic ideas to practical solutions; (3) provide examples of behavioral economic solutions to policy-level concerns.
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Mikhail Koffarnus received his Ph.D. from the University of Michigan and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He is currently a Research Assistant Professor at the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute. Dr. Koffarnus' research focuses on understanding drug abuse and developing drug abuse treatments from a behavioral economic perspective. Decision-making processes are often disrupted in drug users, leading to a systematic preference for immediately available rewards like drugs over delayed rewards like improved health or gainful employment. His active areas of research aim to understand and counteract this pattern, and include the use of technology to facilitate contingency management interventions, the neural correlates of risky and impulsive decision making, and the abuse liability of cigarettes and other nicotine products. Additionally, he has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D., is a Professor at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU) in the Department of Behavioral Neuroscience, with secondary appointments in Psychiatry and in the Oregon Institute for Occupational health Science. She obtained her B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees at the University of Hull, England and her Ph.D. at SUNY-Stony Brook, USA. Her dissertation focused on the economics of foraging behavior of rats, examining the role of the energetic costs and benefits in feeding. Her committee was chaired by Howard Rachlin, whose influence made her sensitive to the role of temporal costs as well as energetic costs in determining the value of food rewards. During a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Chicago, Dr. Mitchell worked with Harriet de Wit, Ph.D. using behavioral economics as an explanation for use of alcohol, nicotine/cigarettes, and amphetamine in humans. During that time she also began collaborating with Jerry Richards, Ph.D. on delay discounting studies with rats. Following her postdoctoral work, Dr. Mitchell was an assistant professor at the University of New Hampshire, where she continued to explore recreational drug use using behavioral economic models. She moved her lab to OHSU in 2001 from the University of New Hampshire to devote more time to research, particularly looking into why drug users tend to be more impulsive than non-drug users using human and animal models. Most recently she has returned to her earlier interests in energetic costs and her research has increased its scope to include effort-related decision-making in clinical populations. She has received funding from various NIH institutes (NHLBI, NIAAA, NIDA and NIH), has served on several study sections as a member and as an ad hoc participant, and has received awards for education and mentoring.
BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Dr. Raiff graduated from the University of Florida in 2008 with her PhD in Psychology, with an emphasis in Behavioral Pharmacology. She worked as a principal investigator for four years at the National Development and Research Institutes, Inc. before moving to the Department of Psychology at Rowan University, where she is now an Associate Professor. Dr. Raiff's primary research interests include developing and evaluating the integration of technological innovations with behavioral economic interventions for promoting healthy behavior. Dr. Raiff is currently developing two video games which use a contingency management intervention with nonmonetary incentives to encourage people to quit smoking. In addition to her work on smoking cessation, Dr. Raiff has also evaluated technology-delivered behavioral interventions for improving diabetes management and physical activity. Dr. Raiff was the 2015 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award for Applied Research, from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She holds a vested interest in developing cost-effective, scalable, and sustainable treatments, using the principles of behavioral economics, to address many of society’s unhealthy behaviors.
 
 
Panel #141
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: An Introduction to Peer Review: Insights From the ABAI Journal Editors
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
MARK DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

This panel discussion is intended for graduate students and beginning academicians who are relatively new to the process of peer review and publishing. This panel will feature editors of the four ABAI journals, including The Behavior Analyst, The Psychological Record, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. The panel will provide an overview of the aims and missions of each of the four journals, along with a showcase of recent representative publications and special projects. The panel will also discuss the peer review process and share insights for those just getting started as journal reviewers and contributors. Tips and strategies to promote success among newer authors and reviewers will be shared. A former ABAI journal editor will moderate the discussion.

Target Audience:

Graduate students and beginning academics

Learning Objectives: 1. Become familiar with the mission of the ABAI journals 2. Learn strategies for becoming successful as a peer reviewer 3. Learn strategies for becoming successful as a journal author
 
 
Symposium #142
The Natural Sciences of Biology, Neuroscience, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics Are Fundamental for Current and Especially Future Day-To-Day Clinical Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

This symposium reviews tools, technologies, and methodologies of current and (imminent) future use in treating not only the "traditional" ABA treated illnesses, but as importantly, the multitude of medical/mental/neurologic illness with which patients are afflicted. The symposium also reviews some of the many principles of the "other" Natural Sciences (neuroscience, biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics) from which the natural science of ABA were derived. The ABA clinician, and especially the newest generation of those studying and researching ABA (students, faculty, practitioners), will benefit from a greater understanding of the technologies and their applications, as well as the foundation principles of natural science from which much of ABA has been derived.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): natural science, neuroscience
 

Conditioning the Immune System: ABA Methodologies Applied to Curing Cancer and Treating Addiction

(Theory)
RODNEY D. CLARK (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

Previous research suggests that classical conditioning of immune function via kappa opioid mechanisms is possible. The present experiments were conducted to extend previous findings in our lab with the kappa agonist and antagonist, Mu agonist and antagonist the Delta agonist and antagonist Naltraben, Naltrendol, U-69-593, morphine, naloxone, sham, or saline. Forty nine Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into groups of seven and were treated with the above drugs. Determination of levels of Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha (TNF-α) in rat blood serum by ELISA kit analysis then followed. Results indicate the highest levels of TNF-α were detected in rat blood serum following a three day injection period of nor-BNI while levels of TNF-α observed during naloxone conditioning were not different than control values. Elevated levels of TNF-α wer observed following Kappa agonists. Although making accurate predictions of future events is exceptionally difficult, there are none-the-less trends that currently appear evident. Data collected from experiments such as those described above strongly suggests that classical conditioning of the effects of Immunomodulatory drugs may offer a fruitful path for the development of successful treatment strategies for the treatment of drug addiction, the treatment of cancer and other diseases. The opioid receptor is one factor that should be explored as a therapeutic target for cancer drugs.

 

Concepts From the Natural Sciences (Biology, Neuroscience, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics) Used by ABA Clinicians Currently and in the Imminent Future

(Theory)
RICHARD COOK (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

The natural sciences (biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics) are arguably the home of behaviorism. Some argue that behaviorism IS a natural science, yet ABA practice and education today reflects little of this heritage, nor the ongoing explosion of knowledge in neuroscience. Many tenets of applied behavior analysis (ABA) can be found, and even better understood, thru their analogous principles in some of these other "natural sciences." Terms like reinFORCEment and behavioral MOMENTUM can sometimes be more easily understood in light of their context in other disciplines. Concepts in chemistry, physics, biology, and mathematics will be discussed and utilized by participants until they not only understood and no longer feared, but are readily incorporated into the participant's armamentarium. The session will also review some of the newer findings in neuroscience most relevant to the daily practice of ABA.

 

Neuroscience, Neuroimaging, Neuroimmunologic Tools, Technologies, and Methodologies of Current and (Near) Future Use by ABA Clinicians

(Theory)
JENNY LEANN PAGAN (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Richard Cook (Pennsylvania State University), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

The explosion of neuroscience, and related neuroimmunology, neuroimaging, and other related medical specialties and foci continues exponentially, and has given clinicians the ability to "look inside the box." Intervening early in the "chain of behaviors" is a well known axiom and well applied technique; neuroimaging can alert the clinician much earlier in the chain of events, long before any overt signs of behavior are observable. fMRI can be an effective and efficient tool for reinforcer determination, for assessing the impact of the "wiring of the brain" done by the ABA behavior modification plan, and even for drawing inferences about what have been previously described as "private behaviors." Biofeedback has been utilized by behaviorists, and now can incorporate enhanced systems benefiting from the new technologies and understanding of brain function. Paralyzed patients are using brain waves to stimulate electronically driven devices for communication and ambulation. Neuroimmunologic methodologies can be used to assess impact of chemical or "behavioral" intervention, and can themselves have an impact on behavior, on rewiring the brain. The population will continue to age, increasing the incidence and prevalence of diseases/disabilities such as dementia, stroke, Parkinson's disease, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis and many other neurologically mediated illnesses. Fortunately, there is a concomitant increase in the technological and medicinal implements to diagnose and treat such illnesses, as well as the increasing "societal burden" leading to increased societal concern and resource allocation. In all of this, the principles of behavior as outlined by nature stand firm, but are themselves becoming better understood as they apply to the multitude of behaviors, overt, "private," and "neurophysiological." This paper reviews tools, technologies, and methodologies of current and (imminent) future use in treating not only the "traditional" ABA treated illnesses, but as importantly, the multitude of medical/mental/neurologic illnesses with which patients are afflicted. The ABA clinician, and especially the newest generation of those studying and researching ABA (students, faculty, practitioners), will benefit from a greater understanding of the technologies and their applications, as well as the foundation principles of natural science from which much of ABA has been derived.

 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior Interventions to Establish Abstraction of Rule-Governed Algorithms in Teaching Number, Language, and Problem-Solving Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Crystal Lo (Verbal Behavior Associates)
CE Instructor: Derek Jacob Shanman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analyst working in education research effective and efficient teaching interventions and tactics to increase learner skill acquisition and generalization across areas of development. However, a learner?s ability to demonstrate the skill during instruction is not sufficient; for a skill to be considered truly in one?s repertoire, the individual must be able to acquire the correct source of environmental control over the learned responses and be able to emit these responses in the natural environment or under novel conditions. In addition, behavior analysts are interested in identifying instructional procedures that result in the emission of generative behavior; much research has demonstrated the efficacy of providing certain instructional histories (i.e., multiple exemplar experiences) on the production of novel verbal behavior. In this symposium, we present 3 studies on instructional procedures that have resulted in better acquisition rates or the emergence of untaught behaviors: 1) the implementation of a rule-governed error correction procedure on the acquisition of textual responses to numbers, 2) multiple exemplar instruction across autoclitic frames on the emergence of novel combinations of autoclitics emitted in tacts and 3) a multiple exemplar training package on the behavior of seeking help and resolving conflicts in novel social situations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBAs, educators, or related service providers (e.g., speech therapists) working with individuals with autism, other developmental disabilities, or with language delays

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Assess for problem solving and asking-for help repertoires, and implement an instructional procedure to target teaching these repertoires. 2) Explain abstraction and list at least one instructional intervention that results in abstraction of skills. 3) Describe the difference between 1) role-governed error correction procedures vs. traditional error correction procedures 2) rate training as an instructional tactic, and 3) identify the most efficient and effective instructional method for student acquisition of numeric textual responses.
 

Following the Rules: The Effects of a Rule Governed Correction Procedure on Acquisition of Untaught Number Names

(Applied Research)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Katie Jenkins (Nicholls State University; Behavioral Intervention Group)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts and educators are constantly looking for more efficient methods of acquiring new skills. Curricula, programs of instruction, and behavioral tactics are all methods by which instructors can facilitate faster learning. Recent studies have begun to look at the effects of different types of correction procedures on rates of learning for different types of skills. Preliminary findings suggest that different correction procedures have different effects depending on the level of verbal behavior of the learner and the presented task. The current study is the first of an intended three part series of studies to look at the effects of a rule governed error correction procedure on the acquisition of numeric textual responses. This study was conducted with seven 2-year old participants, three with a diagnosis and four without. A multiple probe design was used to test for the effectiveness of the error correction procedure. While the study is ongoing, previous results have shown this to be an effective tactic in acquiring this skill. We will discuss results, limitations, and future studies including the relative efficiency of the tactic, and the role of rate training as compared to rule-governed corrections, and “traditional” error correction procedures.

 

The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Autoclitic Frames on the Emission of Functional Autoclitic Tacts

(Applied Research)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Crystal Lo (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across relational autoclitic frames on the emergent emission of untaught combinations of autoclitics in speech using a delayed multiple probe design across participants. Participants in this study were pre-school aged children with language delays who emitted high instances of non-functional (grammatically incorrect) autoclitics (e.g., saying "Boy boy dog dog" or "He has a dog" in response to a 2D stimulus of 2 boys walking multiple dogs) when emitting tacts. During MEI intervention, the experimenters rotated instructional trials across the target relational autoclitics: demonstrative pronouns, possessive adjectives, subject pronouns, verb tense, and singular vs. plural nouns. The following combinations and responses were taught to a pre-established mastery criterion: 1) subjective pronoun and verb tense (e.g., they are painting), 2) Possessive adjectives and singular or plural noun (e.g., Her balloons), and 3) Demonstrative pronouns and singular or plural nouns (e.g., Those are backpacks). Post-intervention assessment results for the current two participants showed an overall increase in emission of functional autoclitics, untaught combinations of autoclitics (e.g. she is holding her dog, or, Those are her pumpkins), and decreased emission of non-functional autoclitics across both participants. This study is on-going; we are currently working on implementing the MEI procedure with additional participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Problem Solving Skills: A Training Package

(Applied Research)
LYNN YUAN (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

Many children with Autism lack problem solving skills in social situations as well as in daily life routines. Previous research have implemented video modeling as a tactic to teach a variety of skills in children with Autism, however, some studies have shown that video modeling alone do not facilitate generalization. A multiple probe design across four participants and across two behaviors were used in this study. Participants were preschoolers with Autism who displayed none or a few problem solving skills in baseline. A training package consisted of (1) accurately tacting multiple exemplars of case scenarios in video clips, (2) choosing an appropriate solution to the problem, and (3) demonstrating the chosen solution in active role play was implemented to test its effects on seeking help behavior in daily routine and resolving conflict in social situations. Results showed that after the training package, all participants showed an increase in their correct responding. Generalization probes were also conducted and the results were consistent with the post-training results.

 
 
Special Event #144
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Scholar Address: Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-13
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D.
 

Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior

Abstract:

The study of evolution in relation to human affairs lags behind the study of evolution in biology by about a century. During this period, the many basic and applied human-related disciplines developed into sophisticated bodies of knowledge that were poorly integrated with each other or with evolutionary theory. That is now rapidly changing. I will provide a broad overview of the integration in progress and how it can lead to positive intentional change at all scales, from individuals to the planet.

 
DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University)
 
David Sloan Wilson is SUNY Distinguished Professor of Biology and Anthropology at Binghamton University and President of the Evolution Institute, a nonprofit organization that formulates public policy from an evolutionary perspective. He has made foundational contributions to evolutionary theory and is widely credited for helping to revive Multilevel Selection Theory, which explains how adaptations can evolve (or fail to evolve) at any level of a multi-tier hierarchy of biological or human social units. He has also been influential in expanding the study of evolution beyond the biological sciences to include all aspects of humanity, both inside and outside the Ivory Tower. His books include Darwin's Cathedral: Evolution, Religion, and the Nature of Society (2002), Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin's Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives (2007), The Neighborhood Project: Using Evolution to Improve my City, One Block at a Time (2011), and Does Altruism Exist? Culture, Genes, and the Welfare of Others (2015). His next book, titled This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution and Evolving the Future, will be published in 2019.
 
Target Audience:

The presentation is targeted to a broad applied behavioral science audience.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the complex history of psychological and social thought during the 20th century; (2) discuss the conceptual unification in progress; (3) discuss how the unification can be applied to real-world positive change efforts.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #145
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open business meeting for the journal, Education and Treatment of Children. All editorial board members are invited to learn about the past year's submissions and future goals of the journal. Also invited are those interested in publishing in or reviewing for the journal

 
 
Business Meeting #146
Business Meeting of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post; NYSABA)
Presenting Authors:

The NYSABA business meeting is held so that representatives of the NYSABA Board can update attendees on the activities of NYSABA over the past year, as well as on goals and activities for the future. Topics discussed include committee reports, legislative issues, NYSABA activities at the ABAI conference, NYSABA activities throughout the state, ongoing CEU opportunities, and other topics affecting behavior analysts in the state of New York. Audience questions will be encouraged.

 
 
Business Meeting #147
The Missing Operant: A Strategic Plan for Reintegrating Behavior Analysis Principles
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
Presenting Authors:

Despite years of dissemination effort on our part, a National Medal of Science for Skinner, and impressive generality, replication, and application, operant and Pavlovian learning principles still frequently get ignored in mainstream psychology, minimized or misrepresented in texts, and only spottily incorporated into relevant related disciplines. Meanwhile, we’re losing basic positions at research universities. The goal of this meeting will be to start creating a strategic plan for the integration/reintegration of basic operant principles into mainstream psychology and underrepresented interdisciplinary areas - taking advantage of high-profile supporters in those areas, among other methods. Let's assess where we are now (good news as well as bad), where we want to end up, and how we might realistically overcome the many barriers to getting there. Andy Lattal and Ray Pitts will serve as co-chairs.

 
 
Business Meeting #148
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Chair: Jennifer A. Bonow (Blueprints)
Presenting Authors:

We welcome current and new members to attend the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis business meeting. Business items will be reviewed along with updates on our chapter's events. This meeting is open to all current members of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and to those who are interested in joining!

 
 
Business Meeting #149
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR)
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Chair: Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:

BFSR is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. In the business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social and sustainability issues, (b) the journal Behavior and Social Issues, (c) international outreach, (d) expanded social media presence, (e) a sustainability initiative/research project under development, and (f), maintaining a visible presence at ABAI conventions with panels, symposia, and invited presenters. Discussion of opportunities for participation will follow these brief reports.

Keyword(s): Human Rights, Social Justice, Social Responsibility, Sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #150
Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Chair: Cody Morris (Western Michigan University )
Presenting Authors:

The Behavior Analysis and Technology (BAT) SIG was formed to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The goals of the BAT SIG are: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, 2) to disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience, and 3) to organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.

Keyword(s): Technology
 
 
Business Meeting #151
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Regatta ABC
Chair: Kathleen Penland (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:
Join the Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis as we discuss dissemination of ABA and legislative endeavors in the aloha state.
Keyword(s): Hawai'i
 
 
Business Meeting #152
Behavior Analysis in the Arts (BAARTs)
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Presidio 1-2
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:

Behavior Analysis in the Arts (BAARTs) is about the relationship between behavior analysis and the arts, where "arts" is used in the broad sense to represent all the arts. The BAARTs SIG group has a twofold purpose: 1) the ways in which behavior analysis influences the arts; and 2) to acknowledge ABAI members who are independent artists in their own right.

Keyword(s): Music-art-literature
 
 
Business Meeting #153
ABAI Crime and Delinquency Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Chair: Timothy Templin (HABA)
Presenting Authors:

The SIG's Mission is to ensure that those in the criminal justice field have access to information on evidence-based practices and resources for reducing crime and delinquency. The business meeting will provide an opportunity for attendees and those interested in forensics, crime, and delinquency to network. The business meeting will include discussions on expanding events and activities in the upcoming year. We will explore ways in which the SIG can support individuals and groups within local communities and professional networks. Discussions will include methods for collaborating on future research and other initiatives, updates and current events, dissemination of SIG information, and strategies for meeting the needs of current and future members.

Keyword(s): Crime, Criminal Justice, Delinquency, Forensics
 
 
Business Meeting #154
Journal of Behavioral Education (JOBE)
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Presenting Authors:

Business meeting to discuss editorial process and submissions to the journal. Open to Associate Editors, editorial board members, and those interested in reviewing or submitting manuscripts to JOBE.

 
 
Business Meeting #155
BHCOE Accreditation: Introduction and Application
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom A
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will cover important components of the Behavioral Health Center of Excellence (BHCOE) accreditation, including information on how to achieve accreditation, eligibility requirements, approved provider structures, evaluation process, and applying for evaluation. The presentation will also offer information regarding the BHCOE's growth, development, and future directions. This meeting is intended for business owners or clinical directors who want basic information on the BHCOE accreditation process, are planning to become accredited, or are current BHCOE accredited organizations who would like an update on the BHCOE activities.

Keyword(s): accreditation, quality, quality assurance, regulation
 
 
Business Meeting #156
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Bankers Hill
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the HoBA SIG Business Meeting is to review the SIGs vision (i.e., to advance and expand behavior analysis through its history and historiography) and mission (i.e. to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the fields history), but primarily to develop strategic initiatives. At this years meeting, we will discuss our initiatives in the areas of (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi for HoBA instructors); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., the status of HoBA archives at the Cummings Center for the History of Psychology in Akron, OH; creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic resources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the SIG's website (historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to other websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG's ABA Expo Poster (e.g., posting pictures of unidentified behavior analysts). ABAI members interested in the SIG's vision and mission and working on the foregoing initiatives and planning new ones are invited to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #157
Positive Behavior Support (PBS) Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Rancho Santa Fe 1-3
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida; Florida Center for Inclusive Communities)
Presenting Authors:

Positive behavior support (PBS), a systems approach, uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in PBS operate within various levels from providing direct supports to individuals to applying principles of adult behavior change to broad systems (e.g., organizations, schools). The PBS Special Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. All interested parties are encouraged to attend.

Keyword(s): behavior support, business meeting
 
 
Business Meeting #158
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Chair: Kathryn L. Kalafut (Antioch College)
Presenting Authors:
The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior SIG is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Please join us to learn more about and contribute to this growing field.
Keyword(s): animal, applied
 
 
Business Meeting #159
Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Chair: Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis; National Louis University)
Presenting Authors:
The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) is an associate chapter of Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The chapter was established in order to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Illinois to stay up to date on legislative issues as they apply to our field as well as to offer continuing education and advocacy for ABA practitioners throughout our state. ILABA is a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Authorized Continuing Education (ACE) provider. The organization offers a membership and agency directory, annual conference, job board, representation on practitioner and academic committees, and additional resources to all members. All are welcome to attend the business meeting at ABAI to learn more about the organization and receive updates on the chapter's recent activities and goals.
Keyword(s): associate chapter, business meeting, illinois, state organization
 
 
Business Meeting #160
Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABAI Business Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABAI focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. In addition, during the business meeting, the Behavioral Medicine Student Research Award winner will present their research and receive their award.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology
 
 
Business Meeting #161
Association for Science in Autism Treatment
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Torrey Pines 1-3
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)'s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst provider, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup

 
 
Business Meeting #162
Clinical Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom A
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to the full range of behavioral and mental health problems licensed clinical psychologists treat. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to promote our work at ABAI and beyond. Members have the opportunity to network and discuss their areas of interest and work, training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, and plan activities for the next year. Everyone is welcome to attend and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): behavioral health, clinical, mental health
 
 
Business Meeting #163
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Ocean Beach
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will explore attendees' interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice, and research. Further business items consist of the selection of officers, and feedback on student presentations in the area of behavioral gerontology to help determine the recipient of the annual Student Researcher Award.

Keyword(s): alzheimer, behavioral health, gerontology, older adults
 
 
Business Meeting #164
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom G
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
Presenting Authors:

All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.

Keyword(s): Gender, Research, Sex, Sexual Behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #165
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting is for all individuals interested in the Ethics special interest group. The SIG leadership will update members on progress of SIG projects and seek input for further SIG activities. Everyone is welcome.
Keyword(s): Ethics
 
 
Business Meeting #166
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Chair: Patrice Miller (Salem State University)
Presenting Authors:

The SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with complex kinds of behavior such as stimulus equivalence, relational frames, language and problem solving, as well as normal and problematic behaviors in social interactions, as well as the historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The business meeting will review activities during the past year and discuss plans for the next. All are welcome to attend.

Keyword(s): behavioral development, complex behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #167
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom C
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
Keyword(s): EAHB, Experimental Analysis, Human Behavior, Human Operant
 
 
Business Meeting #168
KYABA Business Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Mission Beach A-C
Chair: Becky L. Nastally (Bloom Behavior Therapy)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual ABAI business meeting of the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis (KYABA). We welcome all interested behavior analysts from our region. We will discuss and solicit feedback on our efforts to promote behavior analysis in our commonwealth.

 
 
Business Meeting #169
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. An abstract of the SPABA award winners submissions for the Student Research Grant award and the Dissemination Award will be provided at this meeting as well as awards to the winners. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.
Keyword(s): Inter-professional collaboration, Speech Therapy, speech--language pathology, Verbal Behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #170
Neuroscience Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:
Meeting to discuss outreach to increase membership from within ABAI, ideas for possible future symposia, and expanding website resources.
Keyword(s): brain imaging, brain injury, neuroanatomy, neuroscience
 
 
Business Meeting #171
The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) and the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network Business Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–8:20 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Chair: Manuel A. Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual meeting of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) and the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management, the Network, and JOBM. Additionally, network officers and the JOBM editor will present data summarizing the status and development of the network and journal.

 
 
Business Meeting #171A
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2018
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Chair: Kira Austin (Dominion ABA)
Presenting Authors:

Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) purpose is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting in which those activities occur. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the TBA SIG. We will set goals for the upcoming year and allow time for individuals to network. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member of the TBA SIG. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments is welcome.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #172
Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
1.

Capilano University Bachelor's of Applied Behavior Analysis-Autism

Richard Stock (Capilano University), Brenda Fossett (Capilano University), MIRIAM ELFERT (Capilano University)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis department at Capilano University offers a Bachelor's degree, a Post-Bac Certificate, and a Post-Bac Diploma in ABA-Autism. All three programs are BACB verified course sequences leading to BCaBA eligibility. The Bachelor's and Post-Bac Diploma programs include a 500-hour intensive BCBA supervised practicum. Our programs are available on campus and online.

 
2.

Study Behaviour Analysis in Ireland: M.Sc./Ph.D. Applied Behaviour Analysis, National University of Ireland, Galway

HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland), Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

The School of Psychology at NUI Galway offers postgraduate training in Applied Behaviour Analysis at both Master's (MSc) and Doctorate level (Ph.D). Both courses provide approved course sequences by the internationally-recognised Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The MSc is a taught programme that provides professional training in Applied Behaviour Analysis. The programme subscribes to the scientist-practitioner model, and provides students with thorough and integrated training in academic, practical, and research aspects of ABA. The Ph.D programme is a structured four-year Ph.D programme of study. This qualification articulates within the existing MSc in ABA and therefore combines the Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Students of the programmes have had their research published in peer reviewed journals and this poster will provide an overview of the research output of the programmes. Research streams include behavioral fluency, social skills intervention, investigation of co-morbidity in Autism, early intensive behavioral education, sleep and feeding, behavioural interventions for challenging behavior and mental health issues. In addition, students of the programmes have a the 3rd highest pass rate on the BCBA exam. Students have access to excellent research facilities, and are supervised by academic staff with international reputations in behaviour analysis. Graduates are qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings.

 
3.

Verified Course Sequence at Reykjavik University

BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Simon Dymond (Reykjavik University;Swansea University)
Abstract:

Reykjavik University (RU) is located in Reykjavik, Iceland. The University's vision is to create and disseminate knowledge so as to improve the quality of life for individuals and societies with ethics, sustainability, and responsibility. In 2014 RU started a graduate program in Clinical Psychology. The two-year program includes courses approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements for the Board Certified Behavior Analysts credential. This is the only approved program in Iceland and is an important step towards developing a critical mass of behavior analysts in Iceland. This poster will describe the key features of the popular program, the faculty, and the opportunities for international study in the land of fire and ice.

 
4. Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales), Aoife McTiernan (University of South Wales)
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s Centre for Behaviour Analysis, housed with the School of Psychology, includes undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, as well as our research-led Behaviour Analysis Clinic. Approved by the BACB, our academic programmes are designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and clinical skills, while our supervised practice programmes ensure students have opportunities to apply and refine their skills across a range of populations and settings. Our on-campus clinic provides a variety of services, including early intervention, parent training, behaviour therapy, and fluency-based academic intervention. In addition to the opportunities at our clinic, close linkages with local schools, charities, and the National Health Service ensure that students have ample settings for both research and clinical practice. Our faculty have a range of specialisations, helping students contact the scope of behaviour analytic science and applications.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a six-course sequence that has been verified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Horace Mann Educational Associates, Seven Hills Foundation, and Central Massachusetts Collaborative, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
6. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a two-year master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The full-time program is designed to train future practitioners to provide behavioral services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities; students with academic and behavioral challenges; juvenile offenders; and foster, adoptive, and birth families facing varied challenges. Doctoral training in behavior analysis is also provided at Auburn University through the Cognitive and Behavioral Science (CABS) program. Applicants seeking doctoral training via the CABS program must be board certified behavior analysts.
 
7.

Ball State University: Tomorrows Practitioners and Leaders

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Shannon Titus Dieringer (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

3.21 The Department of Special Education Promotion and Tenure Committee will provide candidates a preliminary review and feedback about the format of the vita for promotion and tenure. The exact date that all vita and promotion Comprehensive Documentation of Professional Evidence are due in to the departmental promotion and tenure committee will be determined by the end of the second week in September and will be determined based on the Teachers College Promotion and Tenure Calendar. Final promotion and tenure vita and materials are due the first day of Spring Semester.

 
9. Caldwell University’s Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
SHARON A. REEVE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB©-approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities.
 
10. The Applied Behavior Analysis Program at Fresno State
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (Fresno State), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners, and as a Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework and supervised practicum experience for our graduates to be eligible to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) exam. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. These are paid positions through campus-based services. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Annual Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State.
 
11. California State University, Northridge (CSUN) Master’s of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (California State University, Northridge)
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practicum experiences and research projects. While we prepare students to practice as Master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs.
 
13. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
ROBERT F. LITTLETON JR. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with additional campuses located in Springfield, Massachusetts and Rancho Cucamonga, California. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-verified course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the verified BACB sequence. The BACB-verified courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
14. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology
SUSAN D. FLYNN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Online at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. Because of the convenience of The Chicago School's online programs, students' lives remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals.
 
15. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus
Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), JOSHUA GARNER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Carole Ann Deitchman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB® verified course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!
 
16. The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California
LESLIE A. MORRISON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California), David Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California)
Abstract: The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Southern California offers masters and doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The M.S. in ABA program, offered in Los Angeles, Irvine (Orange County), and San Diego, provides students with the training needed to understand the principles of behavior analysis and how they underlie applied practice. Coursework in the M.S. ABA program also includes a verified course sequence by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®. The Ph.D. in Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program, offered in Los Angeles, expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in the M.S. ABA program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors and high-level supervisors and consultants. In addition, the Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization degree provides graduates with an eligible degree to seek licensure as a Licensed Psychologist in the state of California.
 
17. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Washington DC Campus
ERIN E. WATKINS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mary Caruso-Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Barbara J. Kaminski (Green Box ABA, PLLC)
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Washington DC! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB® verified course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is easily accessible by public transportation and is within walking distance to the Smithsonian Museums, the Washington Monument, the White House, and the annual Cherry Blossom festival. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy the views of downtown DC from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that the District of Columbia has to offer!
 
18. Applied Behavior Analysis at Drake University
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
Abstract: Drake University has a newly formed Master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis. This comprehensive program provides intensive classroom instruction and supervised practicum experiences. Drake's program is a Verified Course Sequence by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®). Drake University’s program provides hands-on learning experiences, working alongside faculty at practicum sites to learn a range of clinical skills, including conducting assessments; developing, writing, and implementing programming to reduce problem behavior and teach new skills; analyzing data; and training and supervising others. Students rotate though multiple practicum sites to increase experiences, skills, and exposures to different settings and populations. Completion requires 45 credit hours, 9 credit hours each semester, which includes coursework and practicum hours across 5 semesters (Fall, Spring, Summer, Fall, Spring).
 
19. Ph.D. Special Education at Duquesne University: Expand Your Perspective, Maximize Your Impact in Special Education
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University)
Abstract: Duquesne's 80-credit doctoral program in Special Education prepares you to be a global leader in research, scholarly inquiry, and professional careers. You'll learn evidence-based practices that translate to the national and international context, and be able to choose your area of academic specialization from two key concentrations in: Autism/Behavior or Assessment/Learning. Our full-time program offers global-level research and internationally recognized faculty with active research agendas in Africa and China, as well as national and international leadership positions in the field. Faculty work with students to promote publication and presentation of their research at regional and national conferences. Field experiences give students opportunities to connect research and classroom learning with practice. Our campus's location in the heart of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania provides access to field experiences in urban, suburban, and rural educational and community settings.
 
20. Clinical Health or Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program with Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization at East Carolina University
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Kelli Minton (East Carolina University)
Abstract: East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the student’s chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the American Psychological Association and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.
 
21. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis at Eastern Michigan University
ALEXANDROS MARAGAKIS (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in all aspects of behavior analysis -- clinical, applied, and operant research -- at the master's (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral levels (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support). The program is supported by eight behavioral faculty members with specialties in third-wave behavior therapies, behavioral gerontology and integrated behavioral health; serious mental illness; neurodevelopmental disorders; and implementation science and human operant research. Students choose among more than 40 practicum placements. The graduate course of study prepares graduates for both BCBA certification and for general psychology licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology with options for behavioral research is also available (thesis required).
 
22. The Hunter College School of Education Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College)
Abstract: The Hunter College School of Education, located just outside Central Park on the Upper East side of Manhattan, offers a 41-credit Master of Science degree program in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The Hunter College ABA program will prepare students to develop, deliver, and evaluate the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic intervention for learners with autism and increase the availability of professionals who have the appropriate training and experience to provide behavior analytic services to learners across the lifespan. Students enrolled in the ABA program will have the opportunity to participate in distance learning in which they attend class in real-time using internet-based courseware along with classroom-based students. This distance-learning experience provides direct and ongoing personal interactions that maximize students' opportunities to fully participate in the ABA Program. Students who complete the Master of Science degree program will have the graduate training necessary to sit for the national Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA) exam. Upon passing the BCBA exam, graduates will be eligible for New York State’s new license in behavior analysis.
 
23. Behavior Analysis at Long Island University, Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University, Post)
Abstract: The Psychology department at LIU Post offers two graduate programs that focus on behavior analysis, a Master of Arts in Behavior Analysis and an Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The programs, along with the hours of required supervised clinical experience, can qualify students to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA) examination. This national credential attests to an individuals’ expertise in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. has approved our course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition to a Masters in Behavior Analysis, which is a two year program, including a thesis, we offer the ABA Certificate program, which requires the completion of only 18 credits, and is designed so that all requirements can be met within one calendar year (fall semester, spring semester, and summer session). Our state-of-the-art laboratories permit students to obtain hands-on experience in both human and small animal laboratories, depending on student interest. We excel at helping students conduct and present their own research at conferences.
 
24. Marquette University: Masters and Doctoral Training in Behavior Analysis
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Douglas Woods (Marquette University)
Abstract: Marquette University is pleased to announce the beginning of new training programs in behavior analysis to begin in the Fall of 2018. Our program highlights include our world renowned faculty that will provide mentorship to Masters and Doctoral students and the construction of an onsite, state-of-the-art clinic for research and practicum training in downtown Milwaukee.
 
25.

University of Minnesota MA in Special Education With Emphasis in ABA

JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The University of Minnesota now offers a master's degree in special education with an emphasis in applied behavior analysis. This four semester course sequence is designed to prepare candidates for the BCBA exam and subsequent practice as a board-certified behavior analyst.

 
26. Northeastern University's Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Since 1976, Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis. Our graduate programs, which include Master of Science, CAGS, and Certificate Program, are designed to develop teaching and intervention skills based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. According to The Behavior Analyst Today (2004), Northeastern University was named a “Top 25 Most Prolific Research Institution” in applied behavior analysis. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Expo.
 
27. Applied Behavior Analysis at Oregon Institute of Technology
MARIA LYNN KESSLER (Oregon Institute of Technology), Dawn Allison Bailey (Oregon Institute of Technology), John Borgen (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Oregon Institute of Technology offers graduate and undergraduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis. The focus of the applied behavior analysis programs is on the development of competence in and the application of the concepts, principles, and methods of behavior analysis. The mission of the MS-ABA program is to enable students to become effective and ethical behavior analysts. Students will be prepared to apply principles of behavior analysis to enhance the lives of individuals across a wide variety of settings. The program emphasizes a foundation in theory, concepts, and principles, development of basic behavior analytic skills, and an emphasis on professional and ethical responsibilities. The MS-ABA includes a Behavior Analyst Certification Board BCBA© verified course sequence, practicum, and research opportunities. Oregon Tech also offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and a BCaBA© Verified Course Sequence. All courses are available to students at our Klamath Falls and Portland-Metro campuses and at any location via online videoconferencing.
 
28. Pepperdine University Master's of Science in Behavioral Psychology
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: Pepperdine University’s M.S. in Behavioral Psychology program (MSBP) provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® has verified Pepperdine’s MSBP course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition to rigorous theoretical study, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine’s MSBP program.
 
29. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Penn State University (Online and On Campus)
DAVID L. LEE (Penn State University), Erin M. Garthe (Penn State University)
Abstract: We are... Online. We are... Academic Excellence. We are... World Class. We are...Penn State. The Special Education Program at Penn State University offers several graduate training options in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Our online M.Ed. in Special Education gives students the opportunity to choose an emphasis in ABA, Autism, or Academic and Behavioral Supports. The ABA emphasis includes Penn State’s 18-credit verified course sequence and the option to complete supervised experience hours via practicum in order to become eligible for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst®. In residence programs on Penn State’s main campus in State College, Pennsylvania include M.S., M.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees. There are currently eleven tenure-track faculty working in the program, with a diverse range of research interests including mild disabilities, severe disabilities, behavior disorders, school-based prevention, and augmentative and alternative communication. The faculty to student ratio is quite low, allowing students individualized attention and the ability to work with advisors and mentors who have similar research and training goals. Information on all graduate programs, both online and on campus, and associated funding opportunities will be available.
 
31. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College
STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science Master of Arts program at Rollins College endorses a holistic approach to graduate education by providing focused training in applied behavior analysis while including interdisciplinary coursework in clinical science. Program features include small class sizes, personalized attention, two- or three-year matriculation options, an intensive practicum experience, and a thesis or capstone project requirement. Classes are held in the evenings at Rollins' beautiful Winter Park campus just outside Orlando. Students begin the program as a cohort each fall semester; the final application deadline is July 1.
 
32. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Victor Chin (Rowan University)
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board ®, Inc (BACB®) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 45 credit hour program that fulfills the coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.
 
33. Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) at The Sage Colleges
SARAH RUSSELL (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC), Benjamin C. Mauro (The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism program at The Sage Graduate Schools follows a scientist-practitioner model of training. This means that all instruction is grounded in the scientific approach towards studying behavior, as espoused by B.F. Skinner. Students learn about research design, the importance of empirical evidence, and the focus on experimentation to discern causes of behavior. This knowledge is coupled with a thorough training in the only therapeutic approach to the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders that has empirical research to support its effectiveness with this population. This program is delivered completely via distance learning, utilizing online delivery of classes, as well as optional clinical supervision delivered by geographically close BCBA supervisors or through distance supervision (e.g. webcam observation). The goals of the program are to prepare students to work with persons with autism and to provide each student with the educational and skill competence necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Lastly, The Sage Colleges wants to increase the number of professionals who have behavioral skills to provide services to those in need throughout the world.
 
34. Savannah State University Behavior Ananlysis Program
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), Kimberly N. Frame (Savannah State Univeristy), Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University offers students the opportunity to learn and apply the principles of behavior through coursework, research opportunities, and practical experience. Some examples of coursework are Basic Concepts in Behavior Analysis, Behavior Change in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Assessment in Behavior Analysis. Experiential learning opportunities include serving as an undergraduate teaching intern, working on a research team, or working at local centers for children with autism. Currently students are helping to conduct research on decision making in academic settings, behavior analysis applications in higher education, and verbal behavior. There are numerous exciting opportunities that arise each semester for motivated students. Graduates of the Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University are prepared to go to graduate school in behavior analysis or psychology. Additionally, they are in a unique position to apply their degree immediately after graduation.
 
35. Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Programs
Amanda Fisher (Temple University), MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: The program's mission is to enable its students to work proficiently with the coherent system of concepts and principles of behavior analysis, preparing them for professional careers in a variety of environments. The core principles and techniques of ABA are broadly applicable; hence, the interdisciplinary character of this program. Demand for individuals with applied behavior-analytic competencies is intense and growing, especially in social service agencies and educational institutions that serve individuals with autism or with developmental disabilities and functional deficits resulting from head injury. The program also provides competencies for diverse types of work, such as devising arrangements for more effective instruction and classroom management, teaching strategies for effective behavior management in home settings, and designing and improving performance, productivity, and safety in organizations. The program is anchored upon fundamentals of the behavior - analytic approach. These include direct and continuous measures of behavior both before and during interventions and graphical representation of outcomes, especially as applied to within-subject research designs. Complementing these is an emphasis upon the logic and style of scientific prose and upon principles of ethical practice.
 
36. University of Massachusetts Lowell Master of Science in Autism Studies & Graduate Certificate Programs
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Doreen Arcus (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Frye (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashleigh Hillier (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts Lowell offers three programs to help prepare students to work with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in the field of behavior analysis: the Master of Science in Autism Studies, the Graduate Certificate in Behavioral Intervention in Autism, and the Graduate Certificate in Behavioral Management in Autism. All three programs have a verified course sequence (VCS) that prepares students to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) or Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) exam. The M.S. in Autism Studies is a 42-credit combination of online and face-to-face coursework and practical experiences designed to prepare students to work with individuals with ASD from a behavior analytic and developmental perspective, thus enhancing their effectiveness as a professional and a practitioner. Students have ample opportunity to gain research experience during the two-year program, and are encouraged but not required to complete a thesis project. The two certificate programs are aimed at developing the students’ conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis and its application to individuals with ASD; students seek practicum experience on their own.
 
37. Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Michigan-Dearborn
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan - Dearborn), Angela Capuano (University of Michigan-Dearborn)
Abstract: Since its founding in 1959 on the estate of Henry Ford, the University of Michigan-Dearborn has been distinguished by its commitment to providing excellent educational opportunities responsive to the needs of our metropolitan community. The College of Education, Health, and Human Services at the University of Michigan-Dearborn (UM-D) offers training programs in Applied Behavior Analysis to prepare those seeking the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT), Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA), and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credentials. All three programs prepare students to sit for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board examinations. The BCaBA program may be pursued as a certification only program or through an undergraduate degree program. The BCBA program may be pursued through coursework in preparation for certification or as a Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis. Through coursework providing a solid foundation in the science of behavior, students are prepared for careers in educational, clinical, and other community settings.
 
38. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
Cheyenne Daniel (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katelyn Hunt (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tiffany Kronenwetter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caroline Mueller (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Erika Winnie (University of North Carolina Wilmington), CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program (ABA and Psychological Science) and a track (ABA) in our clinical PhD program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
39. Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program: University of the Pacific
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific, located in Northern California, offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® verified course sequence (30 units) is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has both Fieldwork and BACB® approved Practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Supervised experience in both Fieldwork and Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Four faculty and five staff are board certified behavior analysts and provide the supervision required for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst.
 
40. Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Southern California
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Southern California is designed for students who wish to pursue a career in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The mission of the program is to train students to become scientist-practitioners who are leaders in service and research in a diverse variety of areas in which behavior analysis is used to make the world a better place. In addition, the program prepares students for application to the leading behavior analytic PhD programs in the world. The program contains a verified course sequence, approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ (BACB™). After graduating from the program, students will have completed all of the coursework and fieldwork requirements to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst™ (BCBA™) certification exam. In addition, advanced coursework in behavior analysis covers cutting edge topics, such as stimulus equivalence, relational frame theory, and acceptance and commitment therapy. A unique component of the program is the provision of two courses in developmental psychology that provide students with an up-to-date survey of theory and research in cognitive, social and emotional development of children and adolescents.
 
41.

Behavior Analysis at the University of Texas at San Antonio

LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio), Kyra Hastings (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Brandi Skrobanek (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The Department of Educational Psychology at The University of Texas at San Antonio offers a research and clinically-oriented, BACB-approved course sequence designed for medical professionals, behavior analysts, educations, or other professionals seeking initial, additional, or advanced study in working with individuals with disabilities. Field-experience hours may be accrued through an Intensive Practicum in the San Antonio Applied Behavior Analysis Clinic (located on-site at the Children's Hospital of San Antonio) or through supervised independent fieldwork with one of our many community partners. UTSA's training helps students examine and research the interdisciplinary issues and perspectives of learning, teaching, and curricular development associated with educating culturally- and economically-diverse populations.

 
42.

Free-Operant Field Experiences at the University of Texas at San Antonio

LEE L MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching)
Abstract:

The University of Texas at San Antonio's TEAM Autism Research Center serves as a ShaperSpace for developing preservice behavior analysts and special education teachers and researchers. Since 2013 we have been providing free and reduced-cost behavior-analytic intervention to children and adolescents from the South Texas Community. Dr. Bryant Silbaugh's feeding laboratory focuses on validating and disseminating behavioral interventions for pediatric feeding disorders in children with autism. Dr. Lee Mason's verbal behavior laboratory conducts research on language assessment and intervention, such as the stimulus control ratio equation and referent-based instruction. Prof. Alonzo Andrews specializes in interventions to reduce challenging behavior and other behavioral excesses. UTSA's Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching offers degrees at the undergraduate, master's, and doctoral level, with coursework approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Our innovative ShaperSpace model of professional development emphasizes a selection-based approach to shape the behavior-analytic repertoire. Find out more on our website: www.utsa.edu/autism

 
43. The Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Utah (BCBA)
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah)
Abstract: This poster will describe the Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Utah (Salt Lake City). The program is a joint effort of the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology in the College of Education, including coursework and supervision from both Departments. The poster will describe the approved required coursework sequence, required supervision, practicum placement opportunities, and current research interests and publications of program faculty and students.
 
44. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis program at the University of Washington offers on-campus and distance education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. Students in both programs complete a coursework sequence approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and an intensive practicum, earning a Master’s Degree in Special Education. Program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington.
 
45.

Master of Education in Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah Valley University

JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University/ Utah Behavior Services, Inc.), Teresa Cardon (Utah Valley University), Jennifer Call (Utah Valley University)
Abstract:

Utah Valley University's 30 credit, face-to-face graduate degree program prepares students to become practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis and to work with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. This 18 month program includes 1000 hours of supervised experience, combining university-based group supervision with on-site supervision in partnership with local service providers. (Students are required to secure appropriate field placements to satisfy BACB requirements). Housed in the new Melisa Nellesen Center for Autism, the program offers connections to community programs serving individuals and families including two on-site model classrooms, and the Passages program, supporting young adults with autism spectrum disorders pursuing college degrees. All courses are taught by BCBAs with years of practical experience developing and monitoring ABA programs for children and adults with ASD. Focusing on effective interventions across the lifespan, students at Utah Valley University gain a breadth and depth of knowledge and experience that prepares them to be successful in a variety of treatment settings.

 
46. Industrial Organizational Behavior Management Graduate Programs at Western Michigan University
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions.
 
47. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
48. Bancroft/Rider Partnership
TRACY L. KETTERING (Bancroft; Rider University)
Abstract: Bancroft is pleased to offer a partnership to provide qualifying employees the unique opportunity to earn a highly regarded Rider University graduate degree in Applied Psychology and qualify to take the national exam to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Students will earn a coveted academic and professional credential while attending classes conveniently on the Bancroft campus. Program students will be able to enjoy convenient on-site, afternoon and evening courses provided on the Bancroft campus. Students will learn alongside and share your educational experience with fellow employees in an intimate, cohort-based program limited to 20 students. The program will prepare students for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Full scholarships are provided for Bancroft employees with at least one year of experience. The 36-credit program provides training in evidence-based practices in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to support clients, community members and family members across a variety of settings. Students learn how to (1) apply behavioral principles to solve performance problems, (2) build new behaviors and strengthen existing appropriate behaviors, (3) gain a compassionate understanding of individual differences, and (4) develop strategies that will impact behavior and learning.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #173
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
49.

ABAI Accreditation Board

Michael Perone (West Virginia University), JENNA LYNN MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

This poster will provide an update on the ABAI Accreditation Board's standards and activities.

 
50. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board© of ABAI©. The core of the program consists of a BACB©-approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB©-approved intensive practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program.
 
51. California State University, Los Angeles - Applied Behavior Analysis Program
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: This poster will provide an overview of the M.S. program in Counseling, option in Applied Behavior Analysis, at California State University, Los Angeles. This will include providing a description of the comprehensive training students receive in the program, emphasizing the theoretical/conceptual, basic, applied, and service delivery domains of the discipline. Our unique fieldwork sequence is also described, which involves a carefully sequenced series of behavioral skills based competencies. Students in the M.S. ABA program are permitted to complete the program by completing a thesis research project or an oral comprehensive exam. The program is primarily offered on Mondays and Wednesdays, during the day, so students can provide their employers with a steady schedule of their availability for fieldwork hours throughout the program. Being an option within the M.S. Counseling degree program, the Applied Behavior Analysis program at CSULA also includes training in general counseling skills and human development across the lifespan.
 
52.

The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University Teachers College

R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract:

We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.

 
53. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Weatherly (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne, FL will be described. Four on-campus programs will be highlighted: the MS in applied behavior analysis (ABA), the MS in organizational behavior management (OBM), the MS in ABA + OBM, and the Ph.D. program in Behavior Analysis will be described. The coursework, faculty, and practicum opportunities will be highlighted.
 
54. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum, research, and thesis opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities, as well as an opportunity to meet current faculty and students.
 
55. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's (OSU) ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for over 40 years. OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, ABAI-accredited since 1995, prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.
 
56. The Behavior Analysis Program at Simmons College
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Master�s Degree program in Behavior Analysis was started in 2000 and received course approval from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that same year. The Master�s Degree program then met the eligibility standards for accreditation in 2005, 2010 and 2015 by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In 2006 a Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis was launched and in 2008 the Department of Behavior Analysis was created. Since that time enrollment in both programs has grown markedly. Additionally, an on-line Masters degree program was started in the Fall, 2016. Post-graduate school employment for Masters student is close 1 to 100% and the pass rate on the BACB examination is above 80% (BACB, 2013). Finally, our faculty is supplemented by the participation of esteemed Behaviorists, such as Dr. David Palmer, Dr. Vince Carbone, Dr. Harry Mackay, Dr. Phil Chase, Dr. Julie Vargas, Dr. Ted Carr, Dr. Carol Pilgrim, etc. as Instructors, Dissertation Committee members or Invited Speakers at our Annual Conference.
 
57.

Southern Illinois University Behavior Analysis & Therapy Program

JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University), Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University), Michael E. May (Southern Illinois University), John Pingo (Goldie B. Floberg Center; Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Southern Illinois University (SIU) has an undergraduate degree program, an online VCS certificate program, two terminal master's degree programs, and a doctoral training program in behavior analysis. Come visit the world's first terminal master's degree program in behavior analysis and find out which of our degrees is the best fit for you!

 
58. MS in Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University
MICHELE R. TRAUB (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: St. Cloud State University's Master's Degree program in Applied Behavior Analysis is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board (BAAB) and features campus and distance options. Our campus students complete their coursework in one year, allowing maximum flexibility in internship placements as they are not geographically bound to campus in the second year. Our distance students come from all 50 states, all Canadian provinces, and over 25 countries around the world. SCSU graduates have the highest first-time pass rate (96%) on the BCBA exam of any online course sequence. Research opportunities are available in many areas of behavioral application, including basic and human operant laboratories, behavioral health, gambling, school consultation, and sports performance. Master's students are also eligible for graduate assistantships and scholarships, and our students routinely present and publish their work regionally, nationally, and internationally.
 
59. University of Cincinnati ABAI Accredited School Psychology Programs
Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Tai Collins (University of Cincinnati), JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly competent professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging field of education through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the Programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology.
 
60.

University of Kansas Department of Applied Behavioral Science

EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Vincent Thomas Francisco (University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The Department of Applied Behavior Science at the University of Kansas is housed in the university's College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. It has 12 regular behavior analysis faculty members, 7 faculty members in clinical child psychology, and over 50 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, 200 undergraduate majors, and 40 graduate students, mainly doctoral students. It offers a master's degree in applied behavioral science and a doctoral degree is in behavioral psychology. The graduate program's mission is to train scientists and practitioners in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge in behavior analysis. This includes teaching and mentoring, research and scholarship, and service related to (a) the basic principles of a natural science of behavior; (b) research methods in basic and applied research, including prevention and intervention research; (c) the field's historical and conceptual foundations; and (d) applications for understanding and improving the human condition -- locally, nationally, and globally. The program is unique in advancing rigor and relevance in making knowledge and taking it to practice.

 
61. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis at University of Houston, Clear Lake
TAYLOR CUSTER (University of Houston Clear Lake), Sarah Williams (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Yuhui Michelle Wang (University of Houston, Clear Lake ), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in theoretical and conceptual issues of behavior analysis and the application of basic principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. Research is student-directed, with opportunities to gain experience in a variety of areas and with various populations. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates for eligibility to be a Texas Licensed Behavior Analyst. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
63. University of Maryland, Baltimore County Applied Behavior Analysis M.A. Track
JOLENE R. SY (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to prepare students as professionals in the practice of behavior analysis. Our track is accredited by ABAI. Our course sequence is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board.
 
64. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center,), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
65. Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 27th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our Program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Our undergraduate training in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016.
 
66. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Masters’ Degree Program accredited by the ABAI Accreditation Board. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. All three programs are recognized Approved Course Sequences by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and include approved practica. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 25 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, Jordan and Saudi Arabia.
 
67. University of North Texas: Graduate Program in Behavior Analysis
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas), Shahla Alai-Rosales (University Of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of the graduate program at UNT. The poster includes a description of faculty interests & expertise, courses and field experience, basic and applied research lab, and general information about the University of North Texas.
 
69. Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida in Tampa offers graduate programs at doctoral and master’s level. The doctoral program is designed to develop scientist-practitioners who are accomplished teachers and researchers. Students with a master’s degree in behavior analysis are welcome to apply to the three-year doctoral program. The two-year, on campus MS program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International with a course sequence and practicum approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The MS program welcomes applicants from students with good academic credentials who have coursework and experience in ABA (and a passion for ABA). Graduates of the MS program have excellent clinical and research skills so they are prepared for their BCBA exam or for application to a doctoral program. The two-year online MA program (also with a course sequence and practicum program approved by the BACB) accepts students for admission in the fall and spring semesters. The MA program is fully online so it caters to RBTs or BCaBAs who want to continue their education and work toward their MA while currently working in the field.
 
70.

Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University

Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Daniel Bell-Garrison (West Virginia University), Claudia C Diaz-Salvat (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis program trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.

 
71. Western Michigan University: MA and Ph.D. Programs in Behavior Analysis
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #174
Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
72. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University)
Abstract: The mission of the Applied Animal Behavior SIG is to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. Please come check out the great work that our members are dong in a variety of settings!
 
73. Autism Special Interest Group
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: The purpose autism special interest group was developed to 1) promote evidence based practices in regard to treatment for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), 2) promote best practices as it relates to procedures/interventions based upon the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as it relates to individuals diagnosed with ASD, 3) help individuals diagnosed with ASD, families of individuals diagnosed with ASD, and consumers to identify components of evidence based practices, quality behavioral intervention, and effective treatments, 4) help protect individuals diagnosed with ASD and their families from ineffective, non-evidence based, and/or potential harmful treatment(s), 5) serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, and 6) organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.
 
74. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
75. Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group
CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University), Vahe Esmaeili (California State University, Northridge), Denice Rios (Western Michigan University), Lisa M Stedman-Falls (University of Florida), Victor Ramirez (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The behavior analysis and technology (BAT) SIG was formed to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The goals of the BAT SIG are: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, 2) to disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience, and 3) to organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.
 
76. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is the Association for Behavior Analysis International's oldest Special Interest Group, dating back to 1977 as Behaviorists for Social Action. The group offers behavior analysts the opportunity to meet other behavior analysts with progressive social and political perspectives, to develop programming in the convention and field that advances progressive social problem solving, and to provide prompts that facilitate research and applied interventions that address progressive solutions to a wide range of social problems and issues. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility publishes the peer-reviewed open-access journal Behavior and Social Issues and presents symposia, workshops, and papers at the annual convention. More recently, it initiated its Matrix project that fosters pragmatic, concrete problem-solving interventions in 26 societal sectors, such as education and politics. A goal of the Matrix Project is to interest additional behavior analysts to join Matrix teams working in the initial sectors. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an open membership organization where all are welcome to join and contribute.
 
77. Clinical Special Interest Group
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. Our members practice and do research in a wide range of areas including: anxiety disorders, behavioral gerontology, behavioral health/medicine, behavioral pediatrics, childhood disorders, cognitive rehabilitation, couples therapy, family therapy, depression, forensic psychology (assessment and treatment), habit disorders, intellectual and developmental disabilities, serious mental illness (e.g., Borderline Personality Disorder, Schizophrenia), substance abuse, trauma, and much more. In general, the range of interests reflects the scope of practice regulated to licensed clinical psychologists and Clinical SIG members can serve as a good resource for behavior analysts interested in such training.. Clinical behavior analysts use a functional analytic conceptual framework to identify problematic context-behavior relationships and work with clients to build the skills and supports they need to develop and maintain more effective behavior patterns. . The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply our ever expanding knowledge base to community-based clinical populations and to facilitate the relevance of research to actual clinical practice. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application.
 
78.

ABAI Crime and Delinquency Special Interest Group

Esther Bubb-McKinnie (St. Joseph's University; Eastern University; Elwyn), TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA), Yvette Marie Claudio (Elwyn)
Abstract:

The SIG's Mission - To ensure that those in the criminal justice field have access to appropriate, evidence-based behavior analytic therapy to reduce crime and delinquency. SIG members have testified on behavioral intervention to reduce crime. Behavioral interventions can reduce crime by approximately 13-20% (Redondo-Illescas, Snchez-Meca, & Garrido-Genovs, 2001). Behavioral interventions can reduce prison misconduct (French & Gendreu, 2006).

 
80.

Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), ANA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe)
Abstract:

If you are interested in the dissemination of our science of Behavior Analysis worldwide, this is the place for you. We're looking to take Behavior Analysis out of its pigeon-holes, and really publicize the potential to develop global solutions in all realms of life. We've demonstrated our efficacy in the Autism/DD world, and we're really good at proving that our interventions work...to ourselves. We are not as good at getting the word out to those who aren't aware of the science of behavior! This SIG should be of interest to every behavior analyst as without the support of the population, our science will never reach its potential. Every behavior analyst should be continually working to put forward a positive image about our science and its practitioners. Without this component, all of our work will never reach those who need it most.

 
81. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: This competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
 
82. Gambling Special Interest Group
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The mission of the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is to foster the growth of gambling research in behavior analysis through collaborative research efforts, the coordination of presentations, and the sharing of resources to the mutual benefit of the field, its adherents, and those who are impacted by such endeavors. Membership in the G-SIG is open to any ABAI member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the community of researchers and practitioners. This poster will serve as a means to disseminate information about G-SIG to conference attendees, including the availability of gambling research software, subscription to The Handle (a semi-annual newsletter), and other membership benefits. Further, the poster will serve as a means to recruit new members, to garner interest in students of behavior analysis, and to foster a greater interest the study and treatment of problem gambling and related behavioral addictions.
 
83. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Student at Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Allison A. Ilem (Spectrum Health Medical Group), Christopher Walmsley (Humboldt State University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (SIG) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems that occur later in life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The Expo poster and its presenters will offer information about the current areas of special interest to behavior analysts working with older adults, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies to examine the loss of verbal skills in the case of neurodegenerative diseases. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, and the steps to become a SIG member along with social media links and contact information.
 
84. History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: This poster describes the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our vision is to advance and expand behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our strategies include maintaining a Listserv and a website, holding annual business meetings at the ABAI conventions, and implementing strategic initiatives. Our current initiatives include (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic sources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the HoBA (website historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to related websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG’s ABA Expo Poster (e.g., identifying behavior analysts in old pictures). If you are interested in the SIG’s vision, mission, and initiatives, please visit our poster and learn something new about our common behavioral past!
 
85.

ABAI Health, Sports, and Fitness SIG

GABRIELLE TRAPENBERG TORRES (Behavior Basics LLC)
Abstract:

The mission of the Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sports and fitness (HSF). The Health, Sports & Fitness SIG's current activities and goals are 1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sports and fitness (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members. Current members participate in research and practice in the areas of health and wellness training with individuals with and without disabilities, sports training and workplace wellness. SIG members have the opportunity to network for practice and research purposes, as well as learning ways to become more involved in the areas of health, sports and fitness as behavior analysts.

 
86.

Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABAI

GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
Abstract:

The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.

 
87.

The Military and Veteran Issues Special Interest Group (MilVet SIG)

BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS IN MILITARY AND VETERANS' (Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Issues)
Abstract:

The MilVet SIG continues to grow, expanding the field of applied behavior analysis within the military and veteran literature and communities. While the most recent year revealed a membership of over 60 members and the number of relevant abstracts submitted for presentation at ABAI 2018 are the highest ever for the SIG, a great deal of work remains. The Military and Veteran Issues Special Interest Group Co-Chairs trace ABA's contact with and influence of the military and veteran communities from 1904 through the present time. Most notable are the recent developments within the law enforcement field, and in social and clinical areas such as PTSD, suicide, substance use, pain and the application of ABA theory and principles to understanding various factors concerning the military and veteran communities. Despite the recent surge of activity within the ABA community with the military and veteran population, resources for training the behavior analytic community remain scare. Therefore, this year, the SIG Co-Chairs will disseminate information about these in an effort to catalyze further interaction between behavior analysis and the military and veteran communities.

 
88. Neuroscience SIG: The wizard behind the behavioral curtain
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to visit the expo and speak to us.
 
89. Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network
MANUEL RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through networking, journal publications, newsletters, online resources, and a bi-annual conference. Today, the OBM Network has over 500 members, supported by a board of directors, volunteers, and the members taking an active role in dissemination, practice, and research through the partnering peer reviewed journal, the Journal of OBM.
 
90. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Center for Inclusive Communities), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Abstract: Positive behavior support (PBS), a systems approach, uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in PBS operate within various levels from providing direct supports to individuals to applying principles to broad systems (e.g., organizations, schools). The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession.
 
91. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego, Inc)
Abstract: The PIBA SIG was foundedin 2007 for the express purpose of promoting, advocating for, and furthering, the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis as a distinct profession. The SIG serves to discuss, elucidate, enhance and forward the rights of behavior analysts to practice as independent practitioners in the community, schools, residentail and other settings. Issues discussed include credentialing, licensure, supervision, insurance reimbursements, evidence-based practice, various populations served by ABA, and other matters of interest to the members and the profession.
 
92.

Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group

CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group continues to support the need for expanding the impact of Behavior Analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation and related areas. The R.A.I.L. SIG has welcomed members from such diverse backgrounds as physicians and brain injury professionals to students and concerned family members. The power of that diversity is evident in lively discussions and informative exchanges of information. Members are encouraged to share articles, program ideas and professional experiences. There continues to be tremendous challenges for individuals and families of those in need of neurorehabilitation especially when it comes to addressing difficult behavior. Behavior Analysts remain an excellent resource for providing programming and training on behavior interventions. Dissemination of these principles to the treatment team and families contributes to greater maintenance and generalization of treatment goals. Members of the R.A.I.L. SIG must be a part of the solution. Growth of the R.A.I.L. SIG has come from current members networking with their peers and having the courage to step up to significant challenges this treatment population presents. Opportunities to exchange research concepts, job openings, internships and thoughts on future SIG directions were enjoyed by all members.

 
93. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality), Janani Vaidya (N/A), Shane Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex research to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
94. The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group
NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House), Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP-A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Heather Forbes (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network - Autism Initiative (PaTTAN)), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Deirdre M. Muldoon (The College of Saint Rose), Landa L. Mark (Positive Connections)
Abstract: The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in and donation to our SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally-oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership, its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook group and page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.
 
95. Standard Celeration Society
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The Society’s heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley. The SCS has been focusing its efforts on building a sustainable organization. With the committed work the Board of Directors and an incredible volunteer force of a President, seven Vice Presidents, Associate VPs and committee members we are making great strides towards that aim. The Society has always encouraged the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promoted using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Come learn about member benefits, special-interest tracks at our annual conference, and so much more.
 
96. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
KIRA AUSTIN (Dominion ABA)
Abstract: The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group’s (TBA SIG) mission is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting. Therefore, the TBA SIG continues to be the prominent place for discussions regarding behavior analysis, both basic and applied. Founded in 1991, it is one of the oldest special interest groups in ABAI. We are one of the largest ABAI SIGs, we count as members some of the top behavior analysts in the world. All behavior analysts teach others to change behavior—whether it's staff trainers, parent educators, university professors, or others. Therefore, by nature we discuss things that are of universal interest to behavior analysts—intervention techniques, basic behavioral principles, and teaching others. We are also one of the most diverse groups of individuals who represent all facets of behavior analysis including clinicians, researchers, students, and consumers. The TBA SIG continues to develop outlets and resources for sharing tools and strategies for teaching and learning more about behavior analysis.
 
97.

Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group

APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to people around the world who are interested in Skinner?s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News is the newsletter published twice annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as is the Jack Michael Award for enduring contributions to the study of verbal behavior. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserv, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and to get involved.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #175
Affiliated Chapters
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
98. British Columbia Association for Behaviour Analysis
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: This poster will highlight the work the British Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis (BC-ABA) has been doing in the past year as a very active affiliate chapter of ABAI. BC-ABA hosts a yearly fall workshop as well as an annual conference with invited speakers, a keynote, and multi-track breakout sessions. BC-ABA has an active student group that meets monthly and hosts a variety of student-oriented events throughout the year. In the coming year, BC-ABA will host its first annual student research award competition, with financial awards available for both undergraduate and graduate students. Data will be presented on current and past membership levels, BC-ABA sponsored and co-sponsored events, annual conference attendance and speaker information. New developments in behaviour analysis in British Columbia will also be presented.
 
99. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
MORENA MILJKOVIC (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) is a non-profit organization founded in September of 2005 and officially approved for Affiliate status from the larger Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in May of 2006. MABA became an Affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) in August of 2015. MABA is composed of a large body of committed members; and the organization's direction and goals are determined by an elected executive committee and a number of other internal committees. MABA membership is entirely voluntary. Our mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behavior) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis.
 
100. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA)
KENDRA THOMSON (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA)), Jennifer Alice Cunningham (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is Canada’s largest not-for-profit professional organization representing behaviour analysis. Our mission is to demonstrate leadership, knowledge, and innovation in education, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis. Our vision is fostering a culture of excellence, integrity, and expertise for the advancement and promotion of the science of behaviour analysis. We aim to: advocate for the ethical and effective provision of behaviour analytic services, promote and support those with an interest in behaviour analysis in Ontario, educate and inform the public about the practice of behaviour analysis, monitor and participate in professional issues related to behaviour analysis, work towards standardized practices in the field of behaviour analysis in Ontario, and support efforts to regulate the profession of behaviour analysis in Ontario.
 
101. The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA)
MALENA ARGUMEDES (University of Sherbrooke)
Abstract: The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organisation founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Québec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organises an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organisations that share our vision.
 
102. The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA)
ZUILMA GABRIELA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Kristjan Gudmundsson (Reykjavik University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University), Asa Ingimarsdottir (Klettaskóli), Holmfridur Osk Arnalds (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center of Iceland), Kristín Arnaldsdóttir (Breiðholt Center Municipal Service Center)
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is a young association with a diverse membership. Since ICEABA´s establishment in 2004, we have grown in numbers and in ambition. Our first conference was held in 2009 and we now aim to have a conference every other year with smaller events, such as workshops, in between. ICEABA places an emphasis on regular informal meetings where members share information on research and work in the field. Our email list and Facebook are also great avenues for lively discussions between our members. We also host events for students where we introduce behavior analysis graduate and doctoral programs available to them. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis.
 
103. Division of Behavior Analysis in Ireland; Past, Present, and Future Directions
JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland Galway), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract: The Division of Behavior Analysis (DBA) in Ireland was established in 1977, and has grown in strength over the past 40 years. Teaching and research in Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis continues to flourish in both parts of Ireland and the DBA are committed to supporting this progression. We are currently working towards advancing professional recognition of Behavioral Psychology with professional organizations across Ireland. This will mean a significant difference to behavior analysts and those in receipt of ABA services. The DBA holds very successful annual conferences covering both ABA and EAB with distinguished guest speakers and workshops. With over 60 students graduating from master's programmes across the following universities; National University of Ireland Galway, Trinity College Dublin, University of Ulster, and Queens University, Ireland is a hive of research activity exploring the science from basic and applied perspectives. The next conference is being held in Galway in May 2018. This poster presents the history and current work of the DBA.
 
104. Norwegian ABA
Monica Vandbakk (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Jon Arne Løkke (Østfold University College), ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
105. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
ULRIKA LANGH (Habilitation & Health, Stockholm County Council), Dag Stromberg (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm County Council)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in September 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an af_liate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund.
 
106. Israel--The Association of Behavior Analysis (IABA)
Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College), Einav Cohen (IABA), keren englander (Kibbutzim College), RACHELI MAZOR (Kibbutzim College ), Shay Menashe Shir (Kibbutzim College ), Judy Rosenzweig (IABA)
Abstract: 2017 has been a great year for IABA with the new leadership of Dr. Michal Hirschmann. The number of members who support the field in various academic and clinical works continued to increase. IABA held several events throughout the year that included an annual meeting, conferences and workshops. Following its 15th annual conference, IABA held a workshop focused on practicing behavior analysis through games. A second workshop touched the delicate issue of using reasonable force in the public education system. The attendance in the second workshop soared to over 120 participants. Various new committees established this year to promote important issues in the field such as ethics, licensure, and online resource center. The licensure committee made progress with government officials and anticipates positive results in the next few years. All committees are staffed by over 30 dedicated volunteers. Strategically, IABA hired a PR specialist to disseminate the field within different segments of the Israeli population. IABA also made a step to straighten the bond with parents of the children we serve by planning a series of lectures followed by discussions throughout 2018.
 
107.

Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA)

KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Kazuchika Manabe (Nihon University), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University), Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract:

This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1007 as of September 2016. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more.

 
108. Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rodrigo Benavides (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Katya Quiñones (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This poster describes the mission of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis (SMAC) and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (MJBA). The mission is to advance, communicate, and disseminate behavior analysis in Mexico and internationally. With this mission, MJBA and SMAC were created in 1975. Ever since, a national conference is organized, initially every other year, and more recently every year. The last conference in 2017 was organized in the city of Aguascalientes, Mexico. Brief information about the 2018 conference will be provided. MJBA is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes papers in English and Spanish. It includes theoretical, experimental, and applied contributions relevant to behavior analysis. Three issues are published each year. Two regular issues in June and December, and a Special Issue in September. The Special Issue is devoted to a topic of contemporary interest for behavior analysts around the world. The last special issue was devoted to instrumentation in behavior analysis and was edited by Drs. Lattal and Yoshioka. The Table of contents of the current issue will be shown. Contact information for SMAC and MJBA will be provided.
 
109. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
110. California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA)
JENNIFER L. HARRIS (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.; University of Southern California; California Association for Behavior Analysis), Matt McAlear (California Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: CalABA continues to evolve and grow as does the practice of behavior analysis in California. Highlights from our Chapter year include another sold-out Annual Western Regional Conference in Santa Clara, California and another significant 15% increase in our membership to just over 2300 current members. Further, we have continued our efforts to support both our behavior analysts working in academia and those practicing in applied settings by creating specific board positions to interface with each group. Also, not only did we again host our annual Science Retreat for university faculty, but we also offered numerous Town Hall Meetings and “Listen and Lunch” gatherings where at members from both sectors were able to exchange ideas with one another and our Board of Directors and together offer suggestions and feedback regarding the future initiatives and direction of our association. Our public policy committee also enjoyed success this year with the passage of the CalABA sponsored Assembly Bill 1074 that offers timely modifications to our original Health Insurance bill, Senate Bill 946, thus ensuring individuals with autism have timely access to effective ABA services via health insurance coverage. Looking to the future, we anticipate an ever-increasing membership and are building the requisite infrastructure to meet the needs of both our current and future members. This focus includes increased communication and opportunities for dialog, opportunities for outreach and continuing education, continued work in public policy to protect our practice rights and ensure optimal consumer care, and networking with those outside of behavior analysis in order to build bridges with professionals commonly part of interdisciplinary teams with whom we all regularly work. Ultimately, we remain guided by our founding mission to do all that we can to advance, promote, and protect the science and practice of behavior analysis.
 
111. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review
SHELLY JONES (Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA)), Kaitlin Cormier (Beacon Services of Connecticut)
Abstract: The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is a professional organization that seeks to promote and advance the science, research and practice of applied behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut. As a professional organization, CTABA is dedicated to promoting the theoretical, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior across a wide array of applications and audiences by providing practitioner support, education opportunities, and by working to promote public understanding of the science. CTABA hosts a variety of events throughout the year such as an annual conference, workshops, and networking events. This poster will highlight some of our events from the past year as well as provide data on current and past membership.
 
112. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes International)
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 by clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by; encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI.
 
113. Florida Association for Behavior Analysis
NIKKI DICKENS (Florida State University- Early Childhood Autism Program), Andrew John Houvouras (Brevard Public Schools), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Corey L. Robertson (ABA Tech / Florida Tech), Leigh Stehlik (Florida Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA) was founded in 1980 by Dr. Jon Bailey.  FABA’s first President and Keynote Speaker were Nate Azrin and B. F. Skinner, respectively.  Since that time, FABA’s reputation as the premier behavior analytic venue in the southeast has only grown with contributions by such notables as Jack Michael, Fred Keller, Sid Bijou, Julie Vargas, Aubrey Daniels, Brian Iwata, Judy Favell, Ivar Lovaas, Richard Foxx, Scott Geller, Nate Azrin, Don Baer, Glenn Latham and many other prominent behavior analysts. FABA is dedicated to promoting the ethical, effective and humane application of behavior principles across a variety of settings. The most recent 37th annual conference in Daytona Beach was capped and sold out with almost 1300 attendees.  The 2018 conference will be held September 12th – 15th at the Hyatt Regency Coconut Point in Bonita Springs, FL. The 2019 FABA conference will be held in Ponte Vedra Beach at the Sawgrass Marriott and is expected to be the largest FABA conference to date.
 
114. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), Michele Bishop (Devereux Arizona), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Sienna VanGelder (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis (4CABA) is an independent, non-profit, professional organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. 4CABA is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States, which includes the states of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah. 4CABA members work to promote basic and applied research that will advance understanding of human and other animal behavior. We also seek to identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in the educational, therapeutic and habilitation needs of persons in the Four Corners region. Each year, 4CABA leadership organize a conference that serves as a forum for presentation of scientific research, technological achievements, and demonstrations of successful transfer of technologies. The conference is held in late March or early April. The conference location rotates on an annual basis, visiting each of the Four Corners states on a quadrennial basis. The 11th Annual Conference was held in Park City, Utah, in April 2018 and the 2019 conference will be held in Santa Fe, New Mexico.
 
115. Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College), Amy T Solen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Carolyn Trump (University of Georgia)
Abstract: The Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis (GABA) is dedicated to supporting behavior analysts in the state of Georgia. We have several goals dedicated to advancing behavior analysis in Georgia. First, we provide a professional network resource for behavior analysts in Georgia. Through this network, we promote collaboration, dissemination of recent research, sharing ideas, and discussing needs. Second, we promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis and encourage ethical practice through offering live continuing education in this domain during our annual conference as well as postings related to current information in the field. Third, we serve as a resource for caregivers and other individuals seeking ABA services in Georgia. Lastly, we host an annual regional ABA conference where we provide continuing education through presentations from leading researchers in the field of behavior analysis, as well as events to promote local networking. Professional and student behavior analysts in Georgia are encouraged to join GABA and gain access to valuable information and opportunities to promote professional development.
 
116. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis
KATHLEEN PENLAND (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Hawai’i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers and parents, educate community leaders, and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall, HABA hosts an annual convention located on Oahu.
 
117. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University)
Abstract: Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis is organized as an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Specifically, the organization shall: Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience. Support the development of standards of practice for behavior analysis. Advise political, legislative and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis. Iowa ABA membership is open to all persons interested in or actively engaged in teaching, research, and/or application of the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Membership is not restricted to residents of the State of Iowa. There are three classes of membership: Full Member, Affiliate Member, and Student Member. Our annual conference is will be held November 2, 2018.
 
118. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Katelyn Gower (University of Kansas), Brett Gelino (University of Kansas), Allison Tetreault (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Sarah C. Mead (University of Kansas), Tyler Re (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This poster describes KansABAs continuing and new initiatives. Its mission is to disseminate the science and practice of behavior analysis; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis in Kansas and the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA welcomes new members (see www.KansABA.org). KansABA is governed by an Executive Committee (EC) consisting of a president and full member, affiliate, and student representatives, assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. KansABA has committees for BACB Certification, Legislative Affairs (e.g., KansABA meets with the Kansas Behavioral Science Regulatory Board on behalf of licensing), Membership, Professional Development, and its web site. KansABAs main activity is its April conferences, always on the theme of research-to-practice. This years topic was The Science of Everyday Decision-Making. The speakers were Willie DeLeon on autism/IDD, Greg Madden on obesity, Matt Johnson on substance abuse, Kim Kirkpatrick on translational research, and Darnell Lattal on organizational behavior management, along with Mike Wasmer (Autism Speaks) on legislative updates. The conference also hosted a student poster session and a Career Fair.
 
119. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
Robert C. Pennington (Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis), Erick M. Dubuque (Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis), BECKY L. NASTALLY (Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The mission of the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance awareness, development, and access to the science and practice of behavior analysis in the Commonwealth of Kentucky. Come join us to learn more about our organization, the events host, and the benefits we offer to our members.
 
120. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is the Louisiana affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which shares the Association for Behavior Analysis International's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association also strives to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and and to promote compliance with relevant ethics standards.
 
121. The Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center), Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) has over 1,200 professional members and represents the business/clinical issues of behavior analysts across the Commonwealth.
 
122. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University), Morgan Wright (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
123. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA)
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas)
Abstract: A Midwest Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1974 and held its inaugural meeting in 1975 in Chicago. That organization quickly outgrew its regional roots and evolved into the Association for Behavior Analysis, now an international organization. Like the original MABA, we are a membership organization designed to promote scholarly exchange in behavior analysis, primarily through our annual convention. The new MABA took shape officially in 2001 and became an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis during the same year. Since that time, our annual conference has been held in the Fall and membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. The conference runs approximately 1.5 days on a single-speaker track, featuring talks that span a wide range of behavior analytic topics. This poster will present information about MABA membership, the annual conference, current officers, and the recent goals and objectives of the organization.
 
124. Montana Association for Behavior Analysis and the road to licensure
JACKIE MOHLER (MTABA), Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings), Traci Burton-Sell (MTABA), Kimberly Piper (MTABA)
Abstract: The mission of the Montana Association for Behavior Analysis is to support both students and professionals in the field of behavior analysis through the use of education, research, and practical exercises. Licensure was passed by the Montana legislature in April 2017 and was put into practice November 2017. The Montana Association for Behavior Analysis will show the how licensure came into effect in the state and what advantages it will provide for professionals. Behavior analysts who reside in or are interested in working in Montana will be interested in utilizing this chapter because Montana Association for Behavior Analysis provides networking opportunities, a source of reliable information, and support for research and scholarly endeavors. Likewise, behavior analysts who are interested in instituting licensure in their state will be able to talk with some of the people who were instrumental in the process, allowing them to learn what did and didn’t work.
 
125. Nebraska Association for Behavior Analysis
TERRI NEWTON (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center)
Abstract: The Nebraska Association for Behavior Analysis (NEABA) seeks to promote the science and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the state of Nebraska. To further this goal, NEABA serves as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for our members and disseminates information to promote our mission to a wider audience. Annual business meetings are organized to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. NEABA advises relevant political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to the effective and ethical application of the principles of ABA. NEABA informs stakeholders about the fundamental principles of ABA and its application in areas such as education, habilitation, rehabilitation, business, and government. We also encourage the involvement of parents, service providers, and professionals interested in expanding the application of ABA technology in Nebraska by identifying goals and promoting effective action.
 
126. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
Ashley Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Szeto (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions (ACBS), LLC), Molly Halligan (Las Vegas Autism Center), Steven Anbro (University of Nevada Reno), JENNIFER A. BONOW (Blueprints)
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is committed to its mission to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice.
 
127. The New Hampshire Association of Behavior Analysis
KIM M. KELLY (New Hampshire Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The New Hampshire Association of Behavior Analysis (NHABA) was founded as a chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in 2013 to advance Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within the state of New Hampshire. Our mission is to promote the ethical practice of Applied Behavior Analysis by supporting the development of state standards for practice, promoting research and public education, supporting professional development of behavior analysts and behavior technicians, and raising awareness of the association and it services. NHABA held its third annual conference this past September, hosting a great speaker line up to an audience of 330 people. During the past year, NHABA continued to carry out other aspects of its mission through a variety of activities, including ethics and supervision training, membership development, and dissemination of news and information relevant to the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. Additionally, the association hosted free community events for parents and educators, with members presenting information about the use of behavior analysis to assist with common childhood issues.
 
128. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
DANA R. REINECKE (Long Island University Post; NYSABA)
Abstract: As a State affiliate chapter of ABAI, NYSABA is the representative body of the profession of behavior analysis within the State of New York. This poster will present information on NYSABA including history, current activities, and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis happening in New York State.
 
129.

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis

Whitney Luffman (Autism Society of NC), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alleta Johnson (ABC of NC Child Development Center), Kristi Toward (Autism Society of NC), Leigh Ann Strain (Autism Society of NC), RUTH M. HURST (Central Regional Hospital), Nancy Poteet (Carolina Center for ABA), Erica Brown (Autism Society of North Carolina), Karla Durig (New Leaf Therapeutic Services)
Abstract:

The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis , NCABA, celebrated its 28th annual conference February 22-24, 2017 in Wrightsville Beach. Melanie Bachmeyer, our NCABA President, coordinated an outstanding program that included presentations by Travis Thompson, Denny Reid, Mark Galizio, Pat Friman, Claire St. Peter, Carole Van Camp, Kenneth Silverman, Brenda Bassingthwaite and Alice Shillingsburg. Over 250 participants enjoyed more than 20 presentations and an evening poster session and social and received more than 1000 CEs in behavior analysis. In July NCABA held its second one-day Autism conference in Raleigh with over 80 participants for two three-hour workshops by Gina Green and Jennifer Zarcone. We are already well on our way to completing the program for our 29th annual conference in Winston-Salem February 21-23, 2018. Check out our website at www.nc-aba.com as well as our Facebook page.

 
130. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA)
MELISSA J. GARD (Building Bridges / ORABA), Emily Kearney (ORABA), Alice A. Keyl Austin (AKA Consulting-Anchor Academy, Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis, Oregon Institute of Technology), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jenny Fisher (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis), Analise A Herrera-Minteer (Play Connections Autism Center)
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA), and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). ORABA encourages the understanding of all aspects of behavior analysis and serve as a professional resource group for those who embrace and practice behavior analytic interventions. We support the design and implementation of evidence based practice to improve the lives of Oregonians.
 
131. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Fairmount Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine Affiliate), Art Glenn Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter was created with the mission to to bring together new and established behavior analysts from the region. The Philadelphia Metropolitan region includes areas regionally surrounding Philadelphia in the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland. Specifically this includes but is not limited to areas such as: New Castle County, Delaware; Cecil County, Maryland; Burlington, Camden, Cumberland, Gloucester, Mercer, and Salem Counties in New Jersey, and Berks, Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania. Our objective is to provide continuing education for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience. (c) Organize at least one annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. (d) Organize at least two CEU events per calendar year (e) Maintain a list serve or web page for postings, announcements, and events for members.
 
132. South Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis
CECILIA KNIGHT (Institute for Behavioral Training), Anna Craft (Project HOPE Foundation), Jessica A. Thompson Scibilia Scibilia (Consultant), Aaron Check (Private Practice), Zahra Hajiaghamohseni (ABX Solutions, LLC), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The mission of the South Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (SC ABA) is to promote the awareness and use of the principles and practices of applied behavior analysis for the delivery of treatment in natural environments. SC ABA: (a) provides a framework for the sharing of information and ideas among people who are involved or would like to become involved in effective, ethical ABA-based programming (b) supports the partnership between parents and providers involved in ABA-based services (c) encourages quality ABA-based research within the state (d) promotes socially valid and evidence-based interventions which maintain the dignity of all individuals who receive services.
 
133. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA)
Kim Kimberly Epting (Elon University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University), CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Daniel Bell-Garrison (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.
 
134. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The mission of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). Our poster will present information related to annual membership levels, conference participation, TxABA Special Interest Groups, our elected governing council, and contact information.
 
135. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
Christine Evanko (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis), AMANDA RANDALL (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. We have approximately 450 members and hold a conference annually, as well as other events.
 
136. Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
ROGER FRANK BASS (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis is the state chapter of ABAI. A great many initiatives are under way, a website revision is completed and content is regularly added, an array of newly organized committees are addressing Outreach, Legislative Review, membership drives, developing "WisABA University" with on-line instructional materials augmenting BCBA preparation, collaborative efforts with neighboring state chapters, and much more. Come talk to us, we believe you will want to be a part of what we are doing.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #176
Associate Chapters
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
137. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA)
JENNIFER KLAPATCH TOTSCH (Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis; National Louis University)
Abstract: The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) is an associate chapter of Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The chapter was established in order to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Illinois to stay up to date on legislative issues as they apply to our field as well as to offer continuing education and advocacy for ABA practitioners throughout our state. ILABA is a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Authorized Continuing Education (ACE) provider. The organization offers a membership and agency directory, annual conference, job board, representation on practitioner and academic committees, and additional resources to all members.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #177
ABAI Boards and Committees
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
138. ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board Poster
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board Poster: Updates and Information of the ABAI Affiliated Chapter across the world.
 
139.

The Membership Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI)

WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The ABAI Membership Board includes two committees. The Application Review Committee ensures the qualifications of applicants for full membership. This poster will provide a summary of recent membership trends and criteria for different membership levels in ABAI. The Student Committee facilitates the involvement and professional development of the ABAI student membership, and a description of their initiatives will be provided, including: Outstanding Mentor Award, Presidential Scholar Essay Contest, student participation efforts, and the Professional Development Series.

 
140. ABAI Science Board
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), William Stoops (University of Kentucky), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Purpose: Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose of its Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength, and its success depend much on both basic and applied research. ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this board. In addition, ABAI provides grant writing information to members on the web and through articles and workshops.
 
141. ABA Student Committee
LORRAINE A BECERRA (Utah State University), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees—the events subcommittee, outreach subcommittee, or academic engagement subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #178
Other Organizations
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Marriott Marquis, Pacific Ballroom
142. Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Edward Wasserman (University of Iowa), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State)
Abstract: The mission of Division 25 is to promote behavior analysis within American Psychological Association (APA) and beyond. Exemplary activities of the Division include sponsoring a program within APA’s annual convention, maintaining an awards program to recognize excellence in the field, and participating in APA’s fellows program to recognize those division members who have made enduring and outstanding contributions to behavior analysis. We encourage researchers and clinicians to address behavior as a subject matter in its own right. We support the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and other fields/divisions with similar interests. In addition, division members frequently serve on standing and ad hoc committees within APA, lending a behavior analytic perspective to the proceedings. Early Career and Student members are encouraged to interact with Division leaders and members as a resource for networking and career development. This poster will highlight the benefits of APA membership and will allow conference-goers to meet members of the executive committee.
 
143.

CAPPDR-CCABA Membership Services

FRANK YU (CCABA), Dehua Guo (CCABA)
Abstract:

Central China Association of Behavior Analysis (CCABA) is a sub-organization under China Association of Persons with Psychiatric Disability and their Relatives (CAPPDR), which currently represents 8.2 million citizens with psychiatric disability, among them over 2 million are children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) under 14 years old. CCABA currently has 328 registered members including scholars, students, parents, educators, medical and psychological practitioners in 27 provinces. CCABA offers the following membership services jointly with CAPPDR in applied behavior analysis (ABA) areas: the promotion of ABA in China, multiple levels of ABA professional training and certification, the help setup of local intervention centers, inclusive education for children with ASD in public school systems, the sponsorship of national or local conferences or workshops, setting up volunteer groups to help individuals with ASD and their families, among others. One particular project that is currently undertaken is to build an online training and service platform for CCABA members and other ABA professionals. Another plan is to help open the first ABA program in a college in China. More and more parents, teachers and other professionals in ASD services recognize CCABA's leadership role and most importantly, support the fact-based intervention under ABA principles.

 
144.

Recognition of Behaviour Analysis Under Australia's National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS)

ALEXANDRA BROWN (Bright Eyes Early Intervention), Alayna T. Haberlin (Momentum Learning Services), Michelle A. Furminger (Leaps Ahead Early Intervention)
Abstract:

Behaviour Analysis is a small, yet growing, field in Australia. The National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) is a relatively new, government funded initiative for all Australians with a disability. The Association for Behaviour Analysis (ABAA) has been working towards recognition of behaviour analysis within this scheme. Despite having a sound research base and explicit recommendations from researchers within the National Disability Insurance Agency (NDIA) many NDIS participants are not getting approval for intensive early intervention programs based on the principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA). We would like to share our journey thus far with our international colleagues.

 
145.

European ABA

HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Torunn Lian (Oslo and Akershus University College), Christoph F. Boerdlein (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg), Christos Nikopoulos (Autism Consultancy Services, London), Zuilma Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org

 
146.

Institute for Child Development as the Only Dissemination Site of Princeton Child Development Institute in Poland

IWONA RUTA-SOMINKA (Institute for Child Development, Poland), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk)
Abstract:

The Foundation - Institute for Child Development in Poland (Instytut Wspomagania Rozwoju Dziecka) is a non-profit organization offering science-based therapy to children with autism and comprehensive assistance to their families. The Institute is modeled on and closely cooperates with the Princeton Child Development Institute (PCDI). IWRD also conduct scientific studies of autism and offers training for a core group of professionals specializing in the field. The main Institute?s mission is to bring to Poland a comprehensive intervention program that will give autistic children the chance for normal lives in their future. IWRD professionals are developing deficit skills in our students through the scientifically proved techniques. Throughout the day we use incidental teaching, discrete trial training, the script and script fading methods, as well as video modeling. IWRD students can follow activity schedules. IWRD runs the following educational institutions: The Special Kindergarten for Children with Autism, The Integrative Kindergarten; The IWRD Diagnostic and Consultation Clinic and The IWRD Teacher Training Center IWRD developes scientific cooperation with main universities in Gdansk: The University of Gdansk, The Gdansk University of Technology and The Medical University of Gdansk. IWRD cooperates also with the Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences (HiOA) from Norway.

 
148. Association for Science in Autism Treatment
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup
 
150. University of North Texas - Behavior Analysis Online
SCOTT SOLOMON (University Of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Behavior Analysis Online (BAO) delivers high quality behavior analysis education, using advanced instructional technologies to help people and organizations across the globe. All our courses are online, self-paced and accessible 24/7. The Fast-Track program allows our students to advance through the material at an accelerated pace. BAO?s continuing education lectures and workshops have been curated by renowned behavior analysts, who have designed the activities with their students in mind, providing an interactive and original learning experience.
 
151.

Behavior Analysis Training System

Richard Malott (Western Michigan University), CORINNE KELLEY (Western Michigan University), Sarah Bradtke (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The students in the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) program are trained as practitioners and complete the coursework and experience training (intensive practicum) to become competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in two years. Throughout the program, our students acquire a solid foundation in the principles and concepts of behavior analysis through completion of two practical MA projects rather than an MA thesis. Our students also attain early, intensive, behavioral intervention skills, supervision experience, and time-management skills.

 
152.

Applied Behavior Analysis at May Institute

CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute)
Abstract:

May Institute is a leader in behavior analytic services for people with autism, traumatic brain injury, and other disabilities. Founded more than 60 years ago, we support individuals across the lifespan through home and community-based services, through our private schools, and through our community-based residential programs. May Institute is one of the largest and most well-respected providers of services and special education schools for children and adults with autism and other special needs in Massachusetts and in the United States. We also provide training and consultation internationally. May staff are actively engaged in the practice of applied behavior analysis and in the conduct of research in best practices to support individuals with autism and related disabilities. Staff receive extensive training in the principles and practices of behavior analysis and this training is (a) matched to the skills and expertise of each staff person and (b) ongoing throughout each staff person’s career at May Institute. We encourage staff to continue their training in the fields of special education and behavior analysis, providing tuition assistance for those in training programs, free supervision for accruing hours towards licensure and accreditation, and on-going free CEU opportunities in behavior analysis.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}